213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31iso4217:GBPxbrli:sharesiso4217:GBP213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31babcock:RightsIssueReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnHedgingInstrumentsThatHedgeInvestmentsInEquityInstrumentsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-03-31213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31babcock:RightsIssueReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnHedgingInstrumentsThatHedgeInvestmentsInEquityInstrumentsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31babcock:RightsIssueReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnHedgingInstrumentsThatHedgeInvestmentsInEquityInstrumentsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-03-31213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31babcock:RightsIssueReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnHedgingInstrumentsThatHedgeInvestmentsInEquityInstrumentsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772023-04-012024-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31babcock:RightsIssueReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnHedgingInstrumentsThatHedgeInvestmentsInEquityInstrumentsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800TSKOLX4EU6L3772024-03-31
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
What we do
matters
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Contents
Introduction
110 Chair’s introduction
112 Board of Directors
114 Board leadership and company
purpose
120 Division of responsibilities
122 Composition, succession and
evaluation
126 Nominations Committee report
128 Audit, risk and internal control
128 Audit Committee report
136 Remuneration
136 Remuneration Committee report
157 Other statutory information
162 Directors’ responsibility statement
163 Independent auditor’s report
tothemembers of
BabcockInternational Group PLC
177 Group financial statements:
177 Group income statement
177 Group statement of
comprehensiveincome
178 Group statement of changes
inequity
179 Group statement of
financialposition
180 Group cash flow statement
181 Notes to the Group financial
statements
247 Company financial statements:
247 Company statement of
financialposition
248 Company statement of
changesinequity
249 Notes to the Company financial
statements
256 Shareholder information
1 Financial highlights
2 At a glance
4 Investment case
6 Chair’s statement
8 CEO review
12 Developing our people
14 Strategic framework
16 Our business model
18 Risk management
20 Market review
22 Key performance indicators
24 Financial review
39 Financial Glossary
44 Operational reviews
44 Marine
48 Nuclear
52 Land
56 Aviation
60 Stakeholder engagement and
s172(1) statement
62 ESG
67 Environmental
80 Social
86 Governance
88 Non-financial and sustainability
information statement
89 Principal risks and management
controls
107 Going concern and viability
statement
Babcock is an international
defence, aerospace and
security company
Our mission has never been clearer:
in times of geopolitical instability and
disruption, we play a crucial role.
More than ever, what we do matters
Creating a safe and secure
world, together
Protecting lives, maintaining lines of
defence, ensuring critical services and
assets are readily available, affordable,
future proof
Side by side with the
armed forces
Enabling them to fulfil their duty, we make
their mission, our mission. From nuclear
submarines beneath the waves, to the
latest land vehicle technology, to secure
communications in space
What we do matters
Forward-looking statements
Statements in this Annual Report, including those regarding the possible or assumed future or performance
of Babcock or its industry, as well as any trend projections or statements about Babcock’s or management’s
beliefs or expectations, may constitute forward-looking statements. By their nature, forward-looking
statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties as well as other factors, many of which are
beyond Babcock’s control. These risks, uncertainties and factors may cause actual results, performance or
developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. No
assurance is given that any forward-looking statements will prove to be correct. The information and
opinions contained in this Annual Report do not purport to be comprehensive, are provided as at the date of
the Annual Report and are subject to change without notice. Babcock is not under any obligation to update
or keep current any information in the Annual Report, including any forward-looking statements.
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Revenue
£4,390m
2023: £4,439m
Statutory cash generated
from operations
£374m
2023: £349m
Statutory operating profit
£242m
2023: £46m
Underlying operating profit*
£238m
2023: £178m
Underlying free cash flow*
£160m
2023: £75m
Net debt/EBITDA (covenant basis)*
0.8x
2023: 1.5x
Financial highlights
Making sure the services we
support are equipped for
their missions
Delivering the capability they need,
where and when they need it. Harnessing
the right technology for the greatest
impact at the right cost
Delivering without
compromise
Always striving for excellence, bringing
integrity and ingenuity to meet today’s
challenges. Unlocking potential in our
business, in our communities and in our
customers to meet tomorrow’s challenges
What we do matters – this film
explains how and why
Cooperation agreement with Saab to
develop an advanced naval corvette for
Sweden; initial design contract award
Strategic agreement with HII to
collaborate on nuclear-powered
submarine capabilities to support the
AUKUS endeavour
Babcock General Logistics Vehicle (GLV)
launched to target emerging UK and
international opportunities
Type 31 programme restructured
following detailed operational review
Launched Babcock Skills Academy to
develop submarine support capabilities
in our growing workforce
Validation of our net zero targets from
the Science Based Targets initiative
Long-term funding agreements
reached with two of our three large
pension schemes
Strategic highlights
* Underlying operating profit, underlying free cash flow and net debt/EBITDA (covenant
basis) are defined as Alternative Performance Measures; see page 39 for more detail.
Adjustments between statutory and underlying
The Group provides APMs, including underlying operating profit, underlying margin, underlying earnings per share, underlying operating cash flow, underlying free
cash flow, net debt and net debt excluding leases to enable users to have a more consistent view of the performance and earnings trends of the Group. These
measures are considered to provide a consistent measure of business performance from year to year. They are used by management to assess operating performance
and as a basis for forecasting and decision-making, as well as the planning and allocation of capital resources. They are also understood to be used by investors in
analysing business performance. The Group’s APMs are not defined by IFRS and are therefore considered to be non-GAAP measures. The measures may not be
comparable to similar measures used by other companies, and they are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, measures defined under IFRS. The Group’s
APMs are consistent with the year ended 31 March 2023. The Group has defined and outlined the purpose of its APMs in the Financial Glossary on page 39.
1Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Product design, manufacture
andintegration
We design and manufacture a range of defence and specialist
equipment from naval ships and weapons handling systems
toliquid gas handling systems. We also provide integrated,
technology-enabled solutions to our defence customers
in areas such as secure communications, electronic warfare
and air defence.
Deliver support on complex
programmes
We provide through-life technical and engineering support
for our customers’ assets, delivering improvements in
performance, availability and programme cost.
We deliver these critical services to defence and civil
customers, including engineering support to naval, land, air
and nuclear operations, frontline support, specialist training
and asset management.
Our Purpose is to create a safe and secure world, together.
Babcock is an international defence, aerospace and security company providing support
and product solutions to enhance our customers’ defence capabilities and critical assets.
What we do
Our capabilities Our customer requirements
Understanding Babcock
FY24 global revenue profile
At a glance
Equipment
support
Technical
training
Frontline
support
Technology and
systems integration
Design, develop,
manufacture
£4.4bn
FY24 revenue
74%
Defence
>26,000
Employees
£10.3bn
Contract backlog
Availability
Affordability
Capability
UK
70%
ANZ
8%
SA
8%
FRA
2%
ROW
8%
CAN
4%
2 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
12%
88%
39%
36%
10%
15%
32%
34%
24%
10%
15%
31%
1%
53%
Our c.7,200-strong workforce delivers:
Design and build of warships
Warship through-life support
Submarine and equipment through-life support
Weapons handling and launch systems for
shipsand submarines
Design, build and support of secure military
communications systems
World-leading commercial liquid gas
equipment systems
Our c.8,600-strong workforce delivers:
Complex engineering support to the entire
UKnuclear submarine fleet, and to
international navies
Management of critical national infrastructure
End-to-end engineering integration
partnership for AWE deterrent production
UK civil nuclear new build, generation support
and decommissioning projects
Growing international nuclear services portfolio
Our c.6,400-strong workforce delivers:
Military vehicle build and systems integration
Strategic asset management and through-life
engineering support for military equipment
Engineering services in power generation and
transport networks, and through-life support
of mining equipment
Modern individual and collective training
forcustomers with critical missions
Strategy and
business model
See pages 14 and 16
Investment case
See page 4
Market review
See page 20
ESG strategy
See page 62
Marine
Nuclear
Land
FY24 revenue profile
FY24 revenue profile
FY24 revenue profile
Our c.2,500-strong workforce delivers:
Military training for the two largest Air Forces
inEurope (France and UK), training pilots
andoperators from university through
tocombat operations
Through-life support of operational military
flying assets
Critical air operations for governments,
savinglives and protecting communities
Aviation
FY24 revenue profile
£1.1bn
£0.3bn
£1.4bn
£1.5bn
Defence UK Defence Intl.
Civil UK Civil Intl.
Defence UK
Civil UK
Defence UK Defence Intl.
Civil UK Civil Intl.
Defence UK Defence Intl.
Civil UK Civil Intl.
3Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Investment case
Strongly
positioned
Supportive market dynamics
Defence budget growth in core
markets
Customers’ need for military
capability:
Equipment modernisation
Increased value for money
Demand for asset availability
Energy transition driving nuclear
Clear growth strategy
Underpinned by £10.3 billion
contract backlog and incumbent
positions
Growing opportunity set across
allsectors, addressed by:
Leveraging our technical
capabilities to create incremental
and adjacent opportunities
Developing our people and
capabilities
New strategic partnerships
andcollaborations
Differentiated proposition
Focused portfolio in growth
markets: 74% defence
Critical supplier to governments
Own critical assets
Highly differentiated proposition
combining:
Engineering know-how
Product development capability
Customer intimacy
Operational asset knowledge
Strong focus on ESG
Margin improvement
Improved contract terms
and discipline
Focus on operational
improvement
Improved programme delivery
Growth of quality business
Unwind of legacy contracts
Sustainable
growth
Improving
margins and
cash flow
Strong embedded position
underpins sustainable growth
Complex programme delivery:
High barriers to entry
End-to-end through-life support
Proven track record
Strong visibility
Capability transfer
See page 10
See page 9
See page 11
Cash flow improvement and
balance sheet
Programme execution
Enhanced controls
Improved bidding governance
Focus on cash efficiency
Strong balance sheet: investment-
grade credit rating
Clear capital allocation framework
to maximise value for our
stakeholders
4 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Underpinned by our capital allocation framework
1. Organic investment
Sustain investment to support business operations and enhance growth potential
Priority
Pensions
Accelerate de-risking
M&A
Bolt-on opportunities
Shareholder returns
Further returns of surplus capital
to our shareholders
2. Financial strength
Maintain strong balance sheet and investment-grade rating
3. Ordinary dividend
Pay an ordinary dividend
Further capital options
Strong focus on our medium-term targets
Average annual organic
revenue growth
Mid-single digit
Underlying operating
margin
≥8%
Underlying operating
cash conversion
≥80%
Creating shareholder value
Strong embedded
position and
sustainable growth
=
Confidence
in driving value
+
Clear financial
targets
+
Disciplined capital
allocation
5Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Chair’s statement
This year has seen a shift to an increased focus on defence in
public discourse around the world. The sober nature of these
conversations reflects the undiminished tensions from the war in
Ukraine and adversarial postures in the Indo-Pacific, augmented
by the substantial increase in tension in the Middle East following
the attack on Israel and subsequent devastating conflict in Gaza.
Chair’s statement
“Our systematic approach, which combines
our technical capability, commercial
processes and contract governance,
willcontinue to drive improved contract
discipline and quality of earnings.”
Ruth Cairnie
Chair
In response to this uncertain future and recognising its
implications, we have seen a proposed increase in defence
budgets in all our key countries. However, the expected growth
inspend is not yet matched by military demand.
6 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
In addition to increasing our well-established graduate and
apprentice programmes, we have been deploying some
innovative routes to employment. I was delighted to meet some
of our Production Support Operatives (PSOs) when I visited Rosyth,
who have joined Babcock through a new initiative focused on
attracting people from a range of backgrounds and experience,
including those not currently in education, employment or
training. Developed in partnership with trade union and local
community partners, our PSOs both support and learn from
experienced colleagues. We also launched a pilot pre-
apprenticeship programme, which we intend to roll-out to
Devonport in FY25.
Babcock is a people business, which is why our ongoing cultural
change programme is critical to our success. On each of my visits
to our operational sites through the year, I have spent time with
people in different roles across the organisation, listening to their
views on our strategy, transformation and leadership. From this,
Ihave been delighted to see first-hand some real signs of tangible
changes in our culture, for example understanding of how
individual team roles link to our broader objectives; recognising
the Company’s enduring commitment to safety and what it
means; and appreciation of increased engagement and
communication.
Outlook
With a strong balance sheet, improving operational performance
and an increasing opportunity set before us, the Company is well
set to deliver its objective of sustainable growth. The Board is
confident of making further progress against our medium-term
ambitions in FY25.
Ruth Cairnie
Chair
While the threats are already present and responding is urgent,
development programmes for new ships, submarines and land
vehicles typically take a long time. The Group’s ability to deliver
an increase in the availability and capability of existing resources
is therefore ever more relevant, alongside our involvement in
product development programmes. These market dynamics led
toa 9% increase in our contract backlog in FY24 to £10.3 billion.
Improving delivery
Against this backdrop, I’m pleased to report another year of
substantial strategic progress for the Group.
Our transformation is continuing to deliver improved performance
both operationally and financially. FY24 saw continued growth in
organic revenue and underlying profit. Our cash performance was
ahead of the Board’s expectations and we ended the year with
astronger balance sheet, despite the increase in the overall
estimated programme costs of our legacy Type 31 contract.
We made further progress on improving operational controls,
supported by the development of a dedicated Group Risk
function, and a framework that enables us to consider risk at all
levels across the Group. The Board will maintain its focus on risk as
we work through the delivery of legacy contracts. Our systematic
approach, which combines our technical capability, commercial
processes and contract governance, will continue to drive
improved contract discipline and quality of earnings.
Sustainable growth
We have a clear strategy to capture sustainable growth
acrossthesectors; our key drivers for growth are leveraging
ourtechnical capability, developing our people and building
strategic partnerships. We were delighted to present our strategy
toinvestors at our Capital Markets Day in February 2024.
One of the encouraging signs of progress this year was the
partnerships we forged with major international companies.
InJuly2023 we entered a global agreement with HII to collaborate
on nuclear opportunities in the civil and defence market.
In September 2023 we signed a Strategic Cooperation
Agreement with Saab to leverage our collective strengths to
offera broad range of products, services and solutions. Saab
subsequently awarded Babcock an initial contract to support the
design for the development of the Swedish Navy’s new Corvette.
And in November we signed a Memorandum of Understanding
with South Korea’s Hanwha Aerospace to offer enhanced
capabilities across land, air and sea defence domains, with
aninitial focus on conventional submarines.
These partnerships not only enhance our ability to offer customers
compelling solutions, they provide a high-value, low-risk and fast
route to effective market entry and are a keystone of our
approach to building out our international portfolio.
Developing our workforce
Success in capturing and delivering the opportunities that
liebefore us will depend on us developing the necessary skills;
thechallenge here covers both the size and shape of our future
workforce. Therefore, the recruitment, retention and
development of our people is a key element of our strategy
andwe are taking active steps to prepare for future needs.
In August 2023 we launched the Babcock Skills Academy,
designed to address the current and future demand for nuclear
skills. It will focus initially on developing the expertise needed
tomanage complex submarine maintenance. In FY24 we also
introduced an accelerated training programme for high-demand
roles, and we are supporting current employees to gain additional
skills, developing our leaders of the future.
7Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
CEO review
Introduction
FY24 was another year of improving delivery and increasing
momentum for Babcock, with growth in underlying profit and
cash flow performance ahead of our expectations. Revenue grew
organically
1
by 11% to £4.4 billion and underlying operating
profit
1
improved 34% to £238 million, which generated
underlying operating cash flow
1
of £323 million, an underlying
CEO review
“Babcock is well positioned to benefit from the
sustained uplift in global defence budgets,
driven by the need to recapitalise, re-equip and
modernise militaries, resulting in an increase in
our opportunity set.”
David Lockwood
CEO
operating cash conversion
1
of 136%. On a statutory basis, we
delivered operating profit of £242 million and cash generated
from operations of £374 million. We ended the year strongly
positioned for future success, and remain confident of delivering
sustainable growth and improving margins in the medium term
and beyond.
8 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Our contract backlog
1
increased by 9% to £10.3 billion, reflecting
demand for our specialist capabilities in our core defence and
security markets and demonstrating our potential for continued
growth. In addition, we made good strategic progress, entering
into a number of important partnerships and cooperation
agreements, including with Saab in Sweden and Huntington
Ingalls Industries (HII) in the US, where we will leverage our
complementary technical capabilities to address opportunities
emerging in both existing and new markets.
Our balance sheet continues to strengthen. Since we began our
transformation during FY21, net debt
1
is down £1.2 billion to
£435 million at the end of FY24, and our aggregate pension
deficit has reduced by more than £500 million to c.£200 million
on a technical provision basis.
Reflecting this strengthened financial base and improved outlook,
in December 2023, S&P Global upgraded our credit rating for the
second time in 15 months to BBB+ (stable). In November 2023,
following a four-year hiatus, the Board reinstated the dividend,
and has recommended a final dividend of 3.3 pence per share,
taking the total dividend for FY24 to 5.0 pence per share
(FY23:nil), in line with our capital allocation priorities set out
inFY23 todeliver shareholder value.
Our global people strategy continues to place our c.26,000
workforce at the heart of our business, fostering inclusion and
diversity and providing the critical skills training, development,
recruitment and retention that will enable us to deliver our
growth aspirations.
Strong underlying FY24 results
Revenue of £4,390 million was in line with FY23, with strong
organic revenue growth
1
of 11%. The growth was delivered
acrossNuclear (+29%) and Land (+17%), which offset an expected
revenue decline in Aviation (-17%).
The 34% increase in underlying operating profit
1
to £238 million
(FY23: £178 million) reflects strong performance across the
Group, in particular Nuclear, Aviation and Land, and a £17 million
one-off profit on a property disposal. Also within underlying
operating profit
1
is a £90 million loss on the Type 31 contract
(FY23: £100 million loss), as set out in our trading update 17 July
2024. As a result, underlying operating margin improved 140
basis points to 5.4%.
Excluding the Type 31 impact and material one-off credits,
underlying operating profit
1
increased 17% to £311 million,
generating a margin of 7.0% (as described on page 38). The FY23
baseline underlying operating profit and underlying operating
margin for our medium-term guidance was £265 million and
6.6% respectively (see page 38).
Margin expansion remains a key focus. At a sector level, Nuclear
delivered a 180 basis points improvement in underlying operating
margin
1
to 7.2%. Land also performed well, delivering an
underlying operating margin of 8.8% including the one-off profit
on property disposal. Aviation profitability improved significantly,
with a 360 basis points improvement to 5.6% driven by pricing,
contract timing and prior year disposals. Marine underlying
operating margin of 0.9% was impacted by the Type 31 loss,
which more than offset the positive impact of licence income
onthe Polish frigate programme.
Due to our strong underlying operating cash performance, we
made additional pension deficit repair payments of £35 million as
part of a long-term funding agreement in one of our three major
pension schemes. As a result, this scheme has reached self-
sufficiency and is not expected to require further deficit repair
contributions and we are in the process of closure to future
accruals. We also reached an agreement with the Trustees on
another of our major pension schemes regarding a long-term
funding plan and closure of the scheme to future accrual,
providing clarity to both the scheme and the Company. As a result
of these actions, we now expect the total Group pension deficit
repair payments to reduce to around £40 million per annum
(previously £65 million per annum).
Our aggregate pension deficit position on a technical provision
basis reduced to c.£200 million (FY23: c.£400 million). We also
reduced our net debt excluding leases
1
to £211 million. As a result
of this and improved profitability, net debt to EBITDA (covenant
basis) reduced to 0.8x (FY23: 1.5x).
Babcock is strongly positioned with a wide opportunity set.
Asaresult, we are confident that we can deliver sustainable
growth and improved margins and cash flow over the medium
term and beyond.
Type 31 programme
Signed in 2019, the Type 31 contract for five ships is the last
material legacy onerous contract the Group is managing. We have
continued to make good operational progress on the programme
through the year, with the superstructure of the first ship almost
complete and work is also progressing on the second ship. During
the year we settled the Dispute Resolution Process with the
customer, which has enabled the restructuring of the programme
to drive efficiency.
However, overall estimated programme costs have increased due
to the maturing of the design and an increase in the forecast cost
of labour in Rosyth, which is expected to be higher than CPI, the
indexation within the Type 31 contract. These cost increases have
caused the total contract outturn to deteriorate by £90 million
over the life of the programme.
During the year, we initiated an operational improvement
programme to challenge all aspects of the contract, facilitated by
the fact that the design is now more mature. Although this has
increased the volume of work, the design maturity has allowed us
to target improvements in productivity and ongoing support costs
as well as benefitting prospective export sales of our Arrowhead
140 design. As a result, we expect to deliver additional
programme benefits over the course of the programme from
improvements in productivity and further work relating to
thecontinuation of the Type 31 contract. We considered the
available evidence in respect of these benefits against the
evidential bar required to recognise them and decided not to take
them fully into account in the loss, although we do expect the
benefits to be delivered over the course of the programme.
Strongly positioned
With 74% of Group revenue and 78% total contract backlog
1
in
the Defence sector, our portfolio is increasingly focused and
well-placed to address rising global security requirements. Rising
geopolitical tensions are driving the recent growth in defence
budgets. However, the growth in defence budgets is still not
matched by the growth in military demand, making Babcock’s
ability to affordably add increased value, essential. Additionally,
the threats that governments face are here today, while typically
new product development programmes take years to deliver.
Increasing availability and capability with existing assets have
become ever more important.
Our deep understanding of our customers’ needs, their assets
andthe regulatory environment in which they operate is
embedded in our workforce, creating high barriers to entry.
Asathrough-life capability partner, we are able to not only
support assets but deliver capability and system upgrades and
apply our own product development capabilities to deliver a full
lifecycle engineering offering.
9Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Sustainable growth
Current market dynamics, in particular the growth in defence
budgets driven by the need to recapitalise, re-equip and
modernise militaries, have resulted in an increase in our
opportunity set. This translated to a 9% increase in our contract
backlog
1
in FY24 to £10.3 billion. This was driven by further major
contract awards and renewals, for example in Nuclear, both major
infrastructure and programme contracts related to the UK’s
nuclear submarine enterprise, and in Marine, extension of the
Canadian submarine support contract. Our contract backlog gives
us significant visibility and a deep understanding of customer
requirements.
We have a clear strategy to deliver sustainable growth across
theGroup by leveraging our technical capability, developing
ourpeople and building strategic partnerships.
UK growth
IIn UK defence, our largest market, accounting for around 60%
ofGroup revenue, we continue to optimise our position as the
second largest supplier to the UK MOD, strengthening our
relationships and targeting selective new programmes.
Optimise our position
The major recapitalisation of our Devonport facility, which plays
acritical role in delivering the UK’s nuclear submarine support
capability, continues at pace, in preparation for the next 50+
years of nuclear submarine support. In November 2023, we were
awarded a c.£750 million infrastructure contract to upgrade a
key dry dock in readiness for the deep maintenance programme
for the Royal Navy’s Astute Class submarines, scheduled to
commence in the coming years. This, together with more Astute
Class submarines entering the fleet and further infrastructure
programme contract awards, including ongoing refurbishment
ofthe dry dock for deep maintenance of Vanguard Class nuclear
deterrent submarines and the future Dreadnought Class deterrent
submarine, will underpin revenue growth in our defence nuclear
activities over the medium and long-term. Discussions are also
ongoing to establish a formal long-term partnership to help
improve submarine availability against a backdrop of increasing
operational requirements.
We continue to develop our position as a leading provider in
secure communications to the military, having successfully begun
the management and operation of Skynet, the UK MOD’s military
communication system, following a 12-month mobilisation
process. This vital work is being delivered with our partners SES,
Intelsat and GovSat, global leaders in the commercial and military
satellite industry. We believe that the successful implementation
of this operationally critical service will create opportunities for
further growth.
Selective new programmes
We are also selectively targeting new programmes in the UK,
many of which will also position Babcock for emerging
international opportunities.
We continue to develop our Land portfolio of product-based
offerings which reflect our deep understanding of customer
requirements. Babcock’s General Logistics Vehicle (GLV), built
around the proven Toyota Land Cruiser 70 series platform,
waslaunched in September 2023 with an initial focus on the
upcoming UK MOD tender to replace the current British Army
Land Rover fleet.
The GLV meets the requirements of military and security forces
across the world and we are pursuing a number of export
opportunities. In June 2024 we launched a medium wheelbase
variant and a six-wheel drive variant will follow in FY25.
We have also signed a collaboration agreement with Singapore
Technology Engineering for the manufacture of its 120mm
mortar system in the UK and we are tracking a number of
opportunities to supply and integrate this capability.
In Devonport, we commenced initial production of the Jackal 3
High Mobility Transporter vehicle at our newly created facility
within the Plymouth Freeport. The contract, to deliver 70 vehicles
for the British Army, is one of the first to deliver on the UK’s Land
Industrial Strategy. Production is ramping up and we see
opportunity to provide further vehicles to the UK, whilst also
pursuing international opportunities in collaboration with
Supacat.
Our bid to become the Strategic Training Partner for the Army
Collective Training Service (ACTS), together with our partners in
Team Crucible, has progressed to the Invitation to Tender stage.
We are offering a digitally enabled and data driven solution,
building out the technological and commercial infrastructure
needed to support an ever-evolving collective training system
thatcan adapt as fast as the operating environment evolves.
In naval nuclear, AUKUS represents a significant opportunity,
bothin the UK and internationally. In October 2023 we signed
afive-year contract with the UK MOD to provide input in the
detailed design for the new Ship Submersible Nuclear AUKUS
(SSN-A) submarine, which will replace the Astute Class and is
planned to be the design on which the Australian Navy builds its
future fleet. Ensuring that future support is properly considered
atthe design stage is expected to result in increased availability
throughout the life of the submarine.
International growth
We see significant opportunity to grow international revenues
through expansion in our focus countries, increased direct exports
and the establishment of strategic industrial partnerships.
Expansion in focus countries:
In France we continue to support military fighter pilot training.
Asa result of the success of that programme, the French Air Force
has decided to outsource further training support opportunities
for the first time. We are currently bidding for an initial training
stage outsourcing opportunity, MENTOR2, and are undergoing
pre-qualification on the future transport pilot training opportunity.
We are also looking at opportunities to expand our operations
inmainland Europe and are actively bidding an opportunity
tosupport fighter pilot training for the Belgian Air Force from
Babcock France. The French and Belgian Air Forces have a long
history of working closely together, so our track record in France
represents a compelling reference case.
In Canada, we have signed a Technical Cooperation Agreement
with Hanwha Ocean and HD Hyundai Heavy Industries to
collaborate on the Canadian Patrol Submarine Project, which will
research procurement options for its next generation submarines.
Direct exports
We celebrated a number of major milestones in the MIECZNIK
frigate programme in Poland, including the keel-laying of the first
ship in the programme. Following the Strategic Cooperation
Agreement signed in 2022, we were pleased to finalise the
design licence agreement which allows the PGZ-MIECZNIK
consortium to build three frigates for the Polish Navy. We also
entered into a framework agreement that will further strengthen
our partnership.
We continue to support Ukraine. In July 2023, we were awarded
acontract by the UK MOD to support urgent operational
requirements for Ukraine’s military assets.
CEO review continued
10 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
The contract sees Babcock provide operational support to
armoured vehicles provided by the UK to the Ukrainian military,
such as Challenger 2 tanks and the Combat Vehicle
Reconnaissance (Tracked) – known as CVRT, train Ukrainian
personnel and manage vital equipment, supply chains and spares.
In May 2024, we announced work was underway on an in-country
facility to deliver engineering support, including the repair and
overhaul of military vehicles. In partnership with UDI, Ukraine’s
state-owned defence industry, Babcock will ensure that critical
military assets are available when and where they are needed
most, enhancing the country’s defence capability.
Strategic partnerships
Our ability to form partnerships with leading industry players
isakey part of our growth strategy. Working with a strong local
partner represents the highest-value, lowest-risk and fastest route
to effective market entry.
We formed a number of significant strategic partnerships in FY24.
In July 2023, we entered into a global strategic agreement with
HII, America’s largest shipbuilder, to collaborate on naval and civil
nuclear decommissioning and construction opportunities in the
UK and US, as well as for AUKUS. The companies agreed to apply
their complementary capabilities, including in build and support,
to existing nuclear decommissioning contracts for US ships and
UKsubmarines, and to look at opportunities to work together
toupskill and enhance both organisations’ capability for the
benefit of the UK, US and future Australian programmes.
Thememorandum of understanding (MoU) also identified
opportunities for cooperation in civil nuclear, including power
plant and component design, fabrication and construction in
North America and the UK. The launch of the H&B Defence Joint
Venture in Australia in June 2024 is the first tangible outcome
from that collaboration and offers Australia a one-stop-shop for
support of their emerging nuclear submarine operational and
support requirements.
In addition, Babcock, HII and Bechtel signed an MoU to
collaborate in Australia to support the AUKUS nuclear submarine
enterprise. Our complementary capabilities represent an
opportunity to play a key role in development of the specialist
infrastructure needed for the planned fleet of up to eight Virginia
Class and SSN-AUKUS nuclear-powered submarines.
In September 2023, we signed a Strategic Cooperation
Agreement with Saab to enable the delivery of enhanced
capabilities to customers by leveraging our collective strengths to
offer a broad range of products, services and integrated solutions.
Subsequently, in May 2024 Babcock was selected by Saab to
support the development of the Swedish Navy’s new Luleå-class
Surface Combatant. Babcock will initially provide engineering
support, including structural design and auxiliary systems,
supporting Saab to complete the basic design phase. The two
companies will also work together to identify potential export
markets for the Luleå design.
In November, we signed an MoU with South Korea’s Hanwha
Aerospace to offer enhanced capabilities across land, air and sea
domains. Under the agreement we will work together to pursue
global opportunities, with an initial focus on conventional
submarines.
Improving margins and cash flow
We are making good progress towards delivering our medium-
term guidance set out in FY23 of average annual revenue
growthin the mid-single digits, an underlying operating margin
1
of at least 8% and underlying operating cash conversion
1
of at
least 80%.
We will achieve this through further progress in execution
anddelivery, improved systems and overhead rationalisation,
supported by the improvements we have made to internal
governance.
Our systematic approach to programme risk management
through the coordination of our technical capability, commercial
processes and contract governance is driving contract discipline
and an improving mix of higher-margin new business.
Our focus on improving programme execution and efficiency
isevidenced in the 10-year DSG contract to support the British
Army land vehicles fleet. Following a major overhaul of operations
in recent years, delivery has significantly improved, resulting in
ade-risking of the final two years of delivery of the base contract
which will complete in FY25.
As a result, profitability improved sufficiently in FY24 to elevate
the contract out of the category of legacy low to zero margin
programmes. Following notification by our UK MOD customer
ofits intention to exercise up to five option years for DSG from
FY26, we have commenced a period of negotiation and transition
as we move towards contract signature. The revised model will
result in better outcomes for all stakeholders throughout the rest
of the decade.
In FY24, we returned HMS Vanguard to the Royal Navy after the
most complex nuclear submarine deep maintenance programme
(DMP) and life-extension (LIFEX) ever undertaken in the UK,
representing a significant de-risking of our nuclear business. DMP
and LIFEX of the second of the class, HMS Victorious, is underway
following an agreed full cost recovery contract in March 2024
worth an estimated £560 million, with the Submarine Delivery
Agency (SDA). The new commercial framework for the delivery
ofthis programme represents a truly collaborative effort with the
SDA to support an essential part of the UK’s defences.
Our focus on operational cash efficiency has delivered
overperformance in cash generation over the last two years,
withaverage underlying operating cash conversion of over 100%,
despite ongoing investment catch up in systems and assets. There
remains some risk of reversal of the contract timing factors such
as early customer receipts that drove strong cash outperformance
in FY24 and FY23, leading to an expected second half cash flow
weighting in FY25.
Trading in the first quarter of FY25
Trading in the first quarter ended 30 June 2024 was in line
withexpectations.
Outlook
Our expectations for FY25 remain unchanged. With c.70% of FY25
expected revenue under contract at 1 April 2024, we enter the
year strongly positioned with good momentum and are confident
of making further progress against our medium-term guidance: to
deliver mid-single digit average annual revenue growth and
achieve underlying operating margins of at least 8% and
underlying operating cash conversion of at least 80%.
David Lockwood OBE
Chief Executive
1. A defined Alternative Performance Measure (APM) as set out in the Financial
Glossary on pages 39 to 43
11Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
In focus: Production Support Operative
350 new Production Support Operative (PSO) jobs are being
created at Rosyth. This new programme, developed in
partnership with trade unions and local community partners,
offers people a different route to employment.
“I was a cleaner in the company for seven years.
When I found out I had secured a place on the
PSO programme I was over the moon. This was
really the start of a career for me.
“The best part about the programme is that
I have a clear purpose and understanding of
how I am making an impact to the company,
our customers and the defence industry.”
Steph
Production Support Operative, Rosyth
Babcock is a people business. We have a lot of opportunities ahead of us and are ensuring
we have the workforce we need, both now and in the future. That means delivering the
growth, skills and capability enhancements that will support our customers’ critical
programmes for years to come.
The right people, with the right skills, in the right place.
Skills – capable today,
ready for tomorrow
New approaches to identify people and talent
Creating futures
Developing our people
New initiatives introduced:
skills-based work academy programme developed, in conjunction
with the Department of Work and Pensions and Plymouth City
Council, to help people transition back to the workforce,
supporting the new Jackal vehicles for the British Army
employability pilot with Argyle Community Trust and KAEFER,
offering valuable insights into various roles at Babcock including
electrical engineering, insulating and labouring, supporting
people in the local community who may be facing challenges
getting back into work.
A career with Babcock can start from anywhere
We have introduced new approaches outside traditional routes,
opening up opportunities to a broader range of people, as well as
supporting existing employees to gain additional skills and retrain
into new roles and careers:
attracting people from a range of backgrounds and experience,
including those not currently in education, employment or training
assessing people first on characteristics such as attitude and
teamwork rather than qualifications, broadening our talent pool.
We are continuing to grow our early careers programmes,
with over 1,600 apprentices and graduates currently working
across the Group. New initiatives introduced:
roll-out of pre-apprenticeship programmes in Clyde, Rosyth
and Devonport, designed for those who need some support
and training to meet engineering apprenticeship entry
requirements
launch of our Group-wide Project Management graduate
programme, allowing graduates to rotate across different
sectors within the Group, giving them valuable exposure
and skill development across the sectors in which we work.
View Steph’s story and hear from others
enjoying new career opportunities at Babcock
1,000
new jobs to be created at
Rosyth over four years
600+
new early
careers
employees
in year
See our Early Careers website for more information
12 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
View Cheri’s story and hear from others building
their capabilities and skills with Babcock
2,000+
people expected to
flow through in its
first three years,
and 10,000+ over
the next five years
Developing complex
skills for deep
submarine
maintenance
through the
Babcock
Skills Academy
Building strategic partnerships through collaboration
Leveraging our technical skills
In focus: Nuclear Skills Taskforce
Operating across both defence and civil nuclear, we are leading
the way to retain and grow the critical mass of nuclear skills we
need today and tomorrow.
We are a key industrial partner on the Nuclear Skills Taskforce,
which has developed the 10-year National Nuclear Strategic
Plan for Skills to secure the specialist skills needed to deliver the
national nuclear enterprise, including:
full-time executive support to this Government-led task force
leading the development of a South West regional hub
collaboration
actively supporting Destination Nuclear, the UK’s first-ever
national nuclear communications and recruitment campaign.
Collaborate to accelerate
We work with a variety of organisations to deliver impactful
results which leverage our scale and minimise duplication, while
providing our customers and communities with what they need.
Key strategic partnerships include:
a new partnership between the University of Adelaide and our
Australasian business to collaborate on talent attraction and
development, designed to support national security and realise
the potential presented by AUKUS
continuation of our active support for Women in Defence and
Women in Nuclear to improve the representation of women
including in leadership roles
partnering with a range of other universities including
Strathclyde University and Cranfield University to support and
develop leaders of the future
working with EngineeringUK, focusing on early careers.
In focus: Babcock Skills Academy
Launched in August 2023, our Skills Academy is focused on
addressing the current and future nuclear skills demand for
our programmes, as well as the wider civil and defence
nuclear enterprise.
The complex and critical nature of our work means we can
provide unique career opportunities and skilled technical training,
which contribute to creating a safe and secure world, together.
Programmes being delivered include:
operation and upgrade of the Defence High Frequency
Communications System, providing operation, management and
maintenance upgrades to support our servicemen and women
on critical operations in Australia and overseas. The new system
is providing an enhanced communications capability with
reliability and operational resilience not seen before within this
technology domain
enhancing and maximising the skills and talent within our
engineering community through a consistent global engineering
framework. This will ensure the complex and critical work for
which we are renowned is delivered, in a collaborative way, by
the best people, wherever they happen to be in the world.
In focus: Train to Fit
‘Train to Fit’ accelerated training programmes for high-demand
roles for motivated candidates.
“My background is in the healthcare sector, but
when the opportunity arose to be part of the
Babcock team, a well-established organisation
which improves lives, I couldn’t resist. The ‘Train to
Fit’ accelerated training programme was intense
but invaluable. I learned so much that I have been
able to take forward into my new role.”
Cheri
Scheduler, Devonport
13Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
To create a safe and secure world, together
Our strategy
Strategic framework
Creating a safe and secure
world, together
Over the medium and long term, we are focused on delivering value for all our stakeholders
Improved outcomes
for our customers
A better place
to work
Returns for our
shareholders
Our capabilities span four key markets, with 74% of our business in defence
Marine Nuclear Land Aviation
See page 44 See page 48 See page 52 See page 56
Our four sectors
Our strategy aims to deliver
Our Purpose
Leverage our
technical capability
Grow our UK business
through optimising our
existing position and
entering selective new
programmes
Grow our international
business through
expanding activity in our
focus countries, direct
exports and strategic
partnerships
Develop our people
and capabilities
Build our engineering
capability, enhancing the
mobility of our engineers
Progress our early careers
and back to work
programmes
Develop engineering and
nuclear skills through the
Babcock Skills Academy
as well as via national and
industry initiatives
Build strategic
partnerships
Work with our customers
to deliver critical
solutions
Develop innovative
solutions to solve
complex customer
challenges
Work with industry
partners to enter new
markets and programmes
Be a responsible
corporate citizen
Progress our five ESG
priorities and apply our
framework for integrating
sustainability into growth
Promote the vital role
of defence and national
security aligned with ESG
In growth areas of defence, aerospace and security
14 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
UK International
Optimise
position
Expansion
in focus
countries
Selective new
programmes
Direct exports Strategic
partnerships
Our growth strategy
Our growth strategy in action
Direct exports:
Case study – Polish frigate
programme
The Transfer of Knowledge and
Technology (TOKAT) framework
agreement between Babcock and
Poland’s PGZ-Miecznik consortium is
providing opportunities for us to forge
closer ties with our Polish partners.
Strategic partnership:
Case study – HII
In 2023 we entered into a strategic
agreement with Huntington Ingalls
Industries (HII) to collaborate onnaval
and civil nuclear decommissioning
and construction opportunities in
both the UK and US.
We have a sustainable growth strategy.
In the UK, where we have a strong
position, we are optimising our existing
positions and bidding selectively for
newprogrammes.
Internationally, we are expanding
ourfootprint in, and from, our focus
countries. We are also developing
ourexports from the UK, particularly
inourMarine sector. And finally, we are
forming alliances with strong partners
who see value in working with us and who
understand the markets we’re entering.
Optimise position:
Case study – DSG extension
The MOD has notified us of its
intention to exercise up to five option
years on our current contract to
deliver equipment and support to
over 30,000 British Army vehicles.
The transition activity will result in
better outcomes for all stakeholders.
Selective new programmes:
Case study – MRSS
The MOD has begun the first,
orconcept, phase of a programme
todevelop Multi Role Support Ships
(MRSS), extremely versatile warships
which will replace the Royal Navy’s
current amphibious flagships and
support vessels.
Expansion in focus countries:
Case study – Belgium military air
Babcock France is bidding on a
contract to support the training
ofBelgium’s military fighter pilots.
Wealready support training for
French military pilots and the two
airforces have historically worked
closely together.
15Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Our business model
Our key strengths and resources
Our people
We rely on our people, and their experience and skills, to deliver
for our customers and solve challenges every day. We aim to
better support and empower our workforce of over 26,000.
Customer relationships
We are a trusted partner, critical to our customers’ ability to solve
complex problems. Through long-term programmes and
contracts, we work collaboratively with our customers to
understand their needs and identify solutions that add value.
Our assets
We own critical national infrastructure across the UK, including
the Rosyth and Devonport Royal dockyards. We also operate a
range of customer-owned critical assets such as naval and air
force bases, complex engineering facilities and aircraft for the
delivery of emergency services and military training.
Our technology and know-how
We use our technology and our highly specialised engineering
know-how to solve customer challenges. We have a deep
understanding of our customers’ assets and are able to integrate
technologies and capabilities to support their needs and provide
services that add value.
Safety and regulatory compliance
This underpins all work. We and our customers operate in heavily
regulated environments where the health, safety and wellbeing
ofall stakeholders is the number one priority.
How we operate
We provide a range of products and service solutions to enhance our customers’ defence
capabilities and critical assets. Our business model is underpinned by a deep understanding
of technology integration and engineering, infrastructure management and specialist
training. We help our customers around the world to cost effectively improve the
capability, reliability and availability of their most critical assets.
2
1
4
5
6
3
7
Driving sustainable growth
Our business model is
focused on securing and
executing long-term,
high-value contracts for
complex, integrated
services, underpinned by
rigorous commercial and
technical risk frameworks.
16 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Foundations
We work collaboratively with government
departments, public bodies, highly
regulated industries and blue chip
companies, and are embedded on crucial
long-term programmes. We focus on
markets and customers with outsourcing
models that require value-add
engineering-based support and product
development. Our five main markets are
the UK, Australasia, France, Canada and
South Africa, with operations
in and exports to other countries.
Bidding and business
development
We continually monitor opportunities
across our markets, using strong reference
cases and deep sector expertise to identify
ways to solve new and existing customers’
challenges and support their programmes.
We have a multi-gate review process for
contract bids to help ensure we only bid
on value-creating work.
Contracting
A significant proportion of our business
iscarried out on a long-term contract or
multi-year framework basis. Our contract
backlog of £10.3 billion of contracted
work provides a base level of revenue
forthe years ahead, supplemented by
newbusiness wins, framework orders,
contract extensions and variations, and
short-cycle work.
Revenue is recognised as we deliver on our
contracts and performance obligations are
satisfied. We have an established review
process to manage contract risk. See page
89 for our principal risks.
Customers
Delivering for our customers and partnering
with them on the challenges they face.
Investors
Creating shareholder value through
growth, cash generation and the
efficient allocation of capital. Delivering
shareholder returns through dividends
and increased share value.
Employees
Creating a better place to work where
employees are valued and motivated
atall times.
Regulatory and industry bodies
Never compromising on safety and
complying with regulations at all times.
Supply chain
Creating jobs and nurturing investment
through collaboration with our supply
chain.
Communities
Providing jobs and investment across
theUK and ensuring we act responsibly
at all times in the interests of local
communities around our sites.
Creating stakeholder value
4
Sustainability
Our ESG strategy is a key component
of how we deliver and increase the
sustainability and growth of our business.
Our business has a significant impact
on society and the environment
andsustainability is an integral part
ofour corporate strategy and how
wedo business. See page 62 for our
ESGreview.
5
Technology-based solutions
We apply technology-based solutions
to solve complex customer problems.
We invest in technologies that optimise
asset utilisation, advance
manufacturing, enhance support
capabilities and add value to customers.
Our data analytics, digital design and
integration capabilities reduce costs
andincrease the customer’s ability
toadapt to technology developments.
6
Partnerships and collaboration
Partnering and collaboration are key to
our success in bringing market-leading
capabilities to our customers. We bring
together organisations to deliver
engineering and technology-based
products and support solutions that
addvalue to our customers and increase
access to markets.
7
Investment and capability
The cash we generate funds selective
reinvestment into the business,
principally through capital expenditure
to develop our unique infrastructure,
equipment, IT systems and engineering
talent. See page 5 for our capital
allocation framework.
See page 60 for more on our
stakeholder engagement
See how we are managing commercial and technical risk on pages 18
17Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Managing commercial and
technical risk
What we do is complex. We’re a business that delivers a wide range of programmes
withinterdependencies across our partnerships, our supply chain and our customers.
Ouraverage programme length is five years, but some are decades-long, spanning
multiple governments, geopolitical changes and unforeseen economic challenges.
Risk management
winning,mobilising and delivering, all the way to closing the
programmedown at its completion. It’s about understanding
thetechnological environment and requirements, and making
surewe have the capability to deliver.
Our risk framework is structured around contract risk phasing. We
judge around 50% of contract risk can be managed and mitigated
before signing a contract, around 30% during the mobilisation
phase and 20% during contract execution and delivery. Our risk
framework enables us to prepare for and take on appropriate risk
and manage it effectively, resulting in predictable outcomes
forallour stakeholders.
Every contract and programme we deliver is different, so there’s
no one-size-fits-all approach. That means we need more than red
tape and oversight. We need an approach and leadership that
deliver high levels of programme discipline, taking account of
thespecific needs of each contract whilst delivering a common
best-in-class methodology.
For existing contracts, this is about managing commercial risk
andprotecting our margins. And for new contracts, it’s about
embedding those principles right from the start with a gated
approach to capturing, understanding and managing risk.
It’sabout getting it right throughout the entire project lifecycle,
fromidentifying the opportunity, through bidding and
Contract risk phasing
Pre-contract signature
20%
Delivery/
execution
50%
Pre-contract
signature
30%
Mobilisation
Customer-funded projects
Internally-funded projects
Mobilisation
Pre-contract signature
Delivery initiation
Capture
Purpose
ClosingBiddingTracking
Pursuing
Capturing
Technical governance framework
Improved focus on contractual set up and
‘what Babcock needs’
Linked to Global Management Framework
Renewed bid governance
Why? To ensure we sign contracts we can deliver that
best benefit all stakeholders
Questions we ask ourselves
1. Is the proposed technical solution compliant
(customer and regulatory requirements)?
2. Is the technical solution achievable
(technical, workforce, cost, schedule)?
3. Do we have a known, acceptable and
manageable risk profile?
Ensures we can commit to deliver the technical solution
See how we are managing our principal risks and
management controls on pages 89
18 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Key themes of our operations and business delivery
People
Process
Controls
People deliver through
integrated cross-
functional teams
Enabled, accountable
and highly competent
workforce
Consistent end-to-end lifecycle
management, supported by
mature governance
Agile and integrated
ways of working
Proportionate controls
delivering predictable
outcomes
Enabling systems
and technology
Predictable delivery,
predictable business
Delivery
Mobilisation
Delivery
Define
Execute
Handover
and close
Technical governance framework
Increased oversight
Effective course correct
Restructured relationships
Rationalised supply chain
Strategic supplier relationships
Why? To delight all stakeholders and maximise
margin return
Early in the business lifecycle
Resourcing contractual requirements
Cross-organisation communication
Why? To ensure a smooth transition to delivery,
with a lower risk profile
Technical reviews aligned with engineering lifecycle
transition points to test:
1. Progress against requirements
2. Cost and schedule
3. Managing risks
Ensures the delivered technical solution is compliant,
on time and within cost
Ensure we have defined and planned engineering work scope:
1. Alignment with customer on requirements
2. Appropriate resource mobilisation
3. Access to tools and facilities
4. Technical risk management plan
Ensures everything is in place before we start delivering
the solution
19Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
An unstable geopolitical environment, evolving threats
and unpredictable crises
The need to deliver value for money
The need to develop and apply enhanced technology
to counter new threats
The need for supply chain resilience
Customer ESG requirements
Market review
Market review
Defence remains our largest market
Babcock is an international defence, aerospace and security
company providing support and product solutions to enhance
ourcustomers’ defence capabilities and critical assets. We have
acritical role in global defence and security with operations in the
UK, Australia, New Zealand, Canada and France. We also design
and manufacture equipment and systems for several other nations
including the US and South Korea, and we continue to grow our
international revenues from other allied nations through direct
exports and partnerships.
Our defence customers all have increasingly complex capability
requirements with a focus on value for money, high utilisation
oftheir assets, modernisation and flexibility. These requirements
are driven by:
Driven by our customer requirements
Babcock combines extensive experience of customers’ assets
inoperation with strong engineering know-how and highly
collaborative customer relationships.
This highly differentiated proposition enables us to deliver
complex product and service solutions which meet our key
customer requirements of availability, affordability and capability.
Availability – Our customers require high utilisation of complex
assets, from ships and submarines to military and emergency
services aircraft and vehicles. Our fleet support and sustainment
models are increasingly geared to higher value-add availability-
based solutions designed to optimise asset utilisation and reduce
lifetime costs.
Affordability – Our customers are also demanding value for
money on support programmes and new platforms. Our deep
understanding of our customers’ needs, and our ability to bring
suppliers and technologies together to deliver an integrated
solution, enable us to provide the affordability and flexibility
theyrequire.
Capability – Our customers operate in complex and ever-
changing environments, which drives a continual need to
adaptand enhance capability. We apply our understanding of
technology integration, infrastructure management and specialist
training to improve their capability, whether it be through
product, support or training solutions.
Babcock is the second largest supplier to UK MOD with a growing global presence
Babcock
HII
Thales
Leonardo
L3Harris
Rostec
BAE Systems
General Dynamics
Northrop Grumman
Raytheon
Lockheed Martin
Global defence companies
2
59
40
32
28
27
17
13
12
9
9
4
with >50% defence revenue (2023, £bn)
General Dynamics
Thales
Leidos
Boeing
Leonardo
Rolls-Royce
Airbus
QinetiQ
Babcock
BAE Systems
UK MOD expenditure
1
(£bn)
4.6
2.4
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.7
0.6
0.6
0.4
0.4
20 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Supportive market dynamics
The geopolitical environment is increasingly unstable with multiple global flashpoints. This is driving increasing defence budgets in our
focus countries, alongside greater demand for equipment modernisation, maximum asset availability and better value-add. Net zero and
energy security are also driving greater and increasingly complex requirements around the energy transition.
UK 70% of FY24 revenue Our defence capabilities Opportunities
c.£54bn
defence budget
1
Our primary defence market is
the UK, the third largest defence
budget in NATO, where we
provide critical support to all
the UK’s armed forces. As part
of the Strategic Partnering
Programme, we are working
with the UK Government and
MOD across multiple critical
programmes to ensure the
increasingly complex needs
of our armed forces are met.
Submarine infrastructure
Submarine and systems support
Naval base management
Submarine defuel and
dismantling
Submarine and systems design
Frigate design and build
Warship support
Space
Electronic warfare
High frequency comms
Army vehicle build and support
Pilot training
Army Collective Training
UK Aircraft Autonomy
programme
UK Protected Mobility
programme
AWE fissile support
Mobile Fires system
AUKUS
Naval Support Integrated
Global Network (NSIGN)
Asia Pacific 13% of FY24 revenue
c.£75bn
defence budgets
3
We are a key defence company in
Australasia as a strategic maritime
sustainment and defence
communications partner to both
Australia and New Zealand with
product export capability
furtherafield.
AUS, NZ warship support
AUS submarine and systems
support
AUS, NZ high frequency comms
KOR submarine systems
IDN frigate development
AUKUS
General Purpose Frigate
Fleet support
Europe 5% of FY24 revenue
c.£150bn
defence budgets
4
We have an established position in
France while exporting selected
capabilities to Poland, Ukraine,
Belgium and Spain in response to
equipment modernisation based
on strong UK track record.
FRA pilot training
FRA aircraft support
FRA land support
POL frigate development
UKR warship support
UKR vehicle and equipment
support
BEL specialist vehicles
ESP submarine systems
Flying training
RED Air
Vehicle maintenance,
repairand overhaul
Marine support
North America 4% of FY24 revenue
c.£760bn
defence budgets
5
We have a strong history of
supporting the Canadian Navy
and the US Department
ofdefense.
CAN submarine support
US submarine components
Canadian Future
Submarine Programme
Fleet support
Sources:
1. UK Ministry Of Defence (MOD) 2023.
2. Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) 2023.
3. SIPRI 2023: AUS, NZL, KOR, IDN.
4. SIPRI 2023: FRA, POL, UKR, BEL, ESP.
5. SIPRI 2023: US, CAN.
21Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
How we measure our progress
Key performance indicators
2024 Financial performance
Definition
The movement in revenue compared to that
ofthe previous year excluding the impact of FX,
contribution from acquisitions and disposals
over the prior and current year.
See note 1 of the accounts for details of our
revenue recognition policy.
Commentary
Organic revenue growth in our continuing
businesses was 11.4%, driven by Nuclear and
Land, partly offset by the expected organic
decline in Aviation.
See our operational reviews on page 44
G
Organic revenue growth
T
Organic revenue growth
Organic revenue growth (%)
11.4%
Definition
Underlying operating profit, expressed as a
percentage of revenue.
See page 25 for a reconciliation of statutory to
underlying operating profit.
Commentary
Group margin was up 140 basis points year
onyear due to an out-performance in Nuclear,
Land and Aviation, and a lower loss on the Type
31 contract than FY23.
See our commentary on page 27
G
Underlying operating margin
Underlying operating profit
T
Underlying operating margin
Underlying operating margin (%)
Definition
Underlying earnings after tax divided by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares.
Commentary
Underlying earnings per share increased 74%
inthe year, driven by higher underlying profit
forthe year and a lower loss on the Type 31
contract than FY23. Excluding the Type 31 loss,
EPS was 44.2 pence.
See reconciliation on page 27
G
Underlying basic earnings per share
Underlying EPS (p)
5.4%
We have six financial and three non-financial key performance
indicators (KPIs). The six financial metrics we use to monitor
underlying performance are Alternative Performance Measures
(APMs), which are not defined by International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) and are therefore considered to be non-GAAP
(Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) measures.
The Group has defined and outlined the purpose of its APMs in the
Financial Glossary starting on page 39.
Definition
Underlying operating cash conversion is defined
as underlying operating cash flow after capital
expenditure as a percentage of underlying
operating profit.
Commentary
Underlying operating cash conversion of 136%
reflects better than expected operational
performance and early customer receipts
affording an accelerated £35 million pension
deficit repair contribution and pension deal.
See calculation on page 43
G
Underlying operating cash conversion
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating cash flow
T
Underlying operating cash conversion
Underlying operating cash conversion (%) Net debt/EBITDA (covenant basis) Underlying return on invested capital,
pre-tax (ROIC) (%)
Definition
Net debt to EBITDA as measured in our banking
covenants. This uses net debt (excluding leases)
divided by underlying earnings before interest,
tax, depreciation and amortisation plus JV
dividends received. This definition makes a
series of adjustments to both Group net debt
and Group EBITDA; see page 33 for a
reconciliation.
Commentary
Our net debt to EBITDA (covenant basis)
decreased 0.7x to 0.8x. The decrease was
driven by lower net debt due to higher
underlying operating cash flow and underlying
free cash flow performance.
See reconciliation on page 33
G
EBITDA
Net debt/EBITDA (covenant basis)
Definition
Underlying return on invested capital is defined
as underlying operating profit plus share of JV
profit after tax, divided by the sum of net debt,
shareholders’ funds and retirement deficit or
surpluses.
Commentary
The increase in underlying ROIC reflects a
greater underlying operating profit compared
tosimilar invested capital levels year on year.
While net debt reduced, shareholder funds
andretirement deficit increased.
See calculation on page 33
G
Underlying return on invested capital
30.8p
26.0%0.8x136%
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
9.9
4.7
n/a
11.4
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
4.0
5.8
5.5
5.4
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
17.7
30.7
28.8
30.8
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
172.6
135.1
1.9
135.7
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
1.5
1.8
2.4
0.8
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
18.8
17.4
12.9
26.0
22 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Our approach
We went through the process of the Contract Profitability and
Balance Sheet review (CPBS) in FY21 to set our approach to
running the Group, including creating the right baseline for future
performance. We show our financial-based KPI performance for
three years, excluding the one-off CPBS adjustments in FY21. This
is to provide a meaningful measurement and ongoing baseline,
and reflect how weassess operational performance.
G
Link to Glossary
T
Link to medium-term guidance
Definition
The Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR) is
a12-month rolling average that relates to the
number, per 200,000 working hours (200,000
represents 100 employees working 40 hours for
50 weeks per year), of recordable work-related
injuries and illnesses that require medical
treatment beyond first aid. In any one year,
further assessment of an injury/illness or
information from an extended investigation
mayresult in a restatement of prior year figures.
Commentary
Following reductions in previous years, the TRIR
had risen during 2023 as the types of activity
undertaken changed and the proportion of
industrial workforce increased. While the
severity of work-related injuries continues to
reduce, all of our leaders are committed to
visible safety leadership to ensure we reduce
injury rates overall. Following the period we
have also relaunched our Home Safe Every Day
and Safety Starts with Me behaviour
programmes across the Group.
See page 81 for more details
Total injuries rate CO
2
e emissions (tCO
2
e/£m) Senior management gender diversity (%)
2024 Non-financial performance
Link to management remuneration
Our Remuneration policy, as detailed on pages 140 to 145, includes
reference to underlying profit before tax, underlying operating cash flow
and non-financial measures.
Operational performance measures
In the operational reviews on pages 44 to 59, we use our first two KPIs
(organic revenue growth and underlying operating margin) to measure
sector performance. Please see our Financial Glossary on page 39.
Definition
Estimated tonnes of CO
2
e emitted as a direct
result of revenue-generating operations. The
reporting period for our energy consumption
and carbon emissions is the calendar year
(1January to 31 December). Reporting calendar
year data enables more time to collate, analyse
and report our environmental data, which has
improved the accuracy and completeness of
ourdata sets. In line with our Scope 3 emission
investigations over the last year, figures have
been updated to include our comprehensive
Scope 3 emission figures dating back to FY22,
which were not previously available. FY21 data
was not available for Scope 3 emissions.
Commentary
Our CO
2
e emissions intensity ratio was down
1%year on year. The absolute carbon emissions
increased by 12%, however disproportionate
tothe revenue growth from operations. Despite
an increase in emissions, our intensity ratio has
reduced due to the increased revenue from
operations.
See page 67 for more details on our emission
performance
Definition
Senior managers are defined as employees
(excluding Executive Directors) who have
responsibility for planning, directing or
controlling the activities of the Group (Executive
Committee) or a strategically significant part
ofthe Group (sector or functional leadership
teams) and/or who are directors of subsidiary
business units (business unit leadership). We also
report the gender diversity of the Executive
Committee and their direct reports in line with
the UK Corporate Governance Code‘s
requirement to report on ‘senior management’
(see page 82).
Commentary
The volume of senior managers increased during
the year, however the senior management
gender diversity level remains consistent with
the previous year at 23%.
See page 82 for more details on Babcock’s
gender diversity statistics
0.92 563.4 23%
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
0.73
0.74
0.86
0.92
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
567.7
741.4
n/a
563.4
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
23
23
21
23
23Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review
Financial review
“This year, we’ve delivered double digit organic
revenue and underlying operating profit
growth, with cash flow significantly ahead. We
are confident in our medium-term guidance
and delivering shareholder value.”
David Mellors
Chief Financial Officer
The Group provides APMs, including underlying operating profit,
underlying margin, underlying earnings per share, underlying
operating cash flow, underlying free cash flow, net debt and net
debt excluding leases to enable users to have a more consistent
view of the performance and earnings trends of the Group.
Thesemeasures are considered to provide a consistent measure
of business performance from year to year. They are used by
management to assess operating performance and as a basis
forforecasting and decision-making, as well as the planning and
allocation of capital resources. They are also understood to be
used by investors in analysing business performance.
The Group’s APMs are not defined by IFRS and are therefore
considered to be non-GAAP measures. The measures may not
becomparable to similar measures used by other companies,
andthey are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to,
measures defined under IFRS. The Group’s APMs are consistent
with the year ended 31 March 2023. The Group has defined
andoutlined the purpose of its APMs in the Financial Glossary
onpage 39.
The reconciliation from the IFRS statutory income statement
tothe underlying income statement is shown across the page.
24 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Income statement
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Underlying
£m
Specific
adjusting
items
£m
Statutory
£m
Underlying
£m
Specific
adjusting items
£m
Statutory
£m
Revenue 4,390.1 4,390.1 4,438.6 4,438.6
Operating profit 237.8 3.8 241.6 177.9 (132.4) 45.5
Operating margin 5.4% 5.5% 4.0% 1.0%
Share of results of joint ventures and associates 9.2 9.2 9.3 9.3
Net finance costs (35.9) 1.8 (34.1) (58.3) 9.7 (48.6)
Profit before tax 211.1 5.6 216.7 128.9 (122.7) 6.2
Income tax (expense)/benefit (53.5) 5.0 (48.5) (37.7) (1.8) (39.5)
Profit/(loss) after tax 157.6 10.6 168.2 91.2 (124.5) (33.3)
Non-controlling interest (2.5) (2.5) (1.7) (1.7)
Profit/(loss) attributable to the owners of the parent 155.1 10.6 165.7 89.5 (124.5) (35.0)
Basic EPS 30.8p 32.9p 17.7p (6.9)p
Diluted EPS 30.1p 32.2p 17.4p (6.9)p
A full statutory income statement can be found on page 177.
As described on page 1, statutory operating profit includes specific adjusting items (SAIs) that are not included in underlying operating
profit, which is a key APM for the Group. A reconciliation of statutory operating profit to underlying operating profit is shown in the table
below and in note 2 of the financial statements on page 198.
Revenue bridge
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
FY23 FY24OrganicFXFY23
excluding
disposals
Disposals
4,439
449
(422)
(76)
4,390
£m
+11%
Organic growth
at constant FX
4,017
Revenue of £4,390.1 million was similar to FY23 with 11% organic growth offset by a (9)% impact of disposals and a (2)% currency
translation headwind. The European AES and Civil Training businesses, both sold in February 2023, contributed
£421.6 million to FY23 revenue. The organic increase was driven by strong growth in Nuclear and Land, while Marine was in line with
the prior year and Aviation decreased as expected, due to the phasing of French military contracts.
By sector:
Marine revenue of £1,429.1 million, was similar to the prior year, with growth led by major ship and submarine programmes
including the Polish MIECZNIK frigate programme and Dreadnought, offset by lower volumes in LGE and ship support.
Nuclear revenue increased 29% to £1,520.9 million. Growth was driven by Major Infrastructure Programme (MIP) revenue, submarine
support and new defence contracts in our civil nuclear business.
Land revenue increased 8% to £1,098.6 million, or 17% on an organic basis. Growth was from a broad range of military activities
inboth UK and international markets, including the first full year of the Defence High Frequency Communications contract in Australia
and higher vehicle volumes in defence vehicle engineering as well as in our South Africa business.
Aviation revenue declined 57% to £341.5 million primarily due to the disposal of the European AES business in FY23. Organic
revenuedeclined by 17% due to the expected change in revenue profile of our French defence contracts between aircraft delivery
andservice phases.
25Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review continued
Underlying operating profit increased by 34% to £237.8 million driven by improved performance across the Group and a one-off
£17.0 million profit on property disposal, partly offset by a 4% currency translation impact. Also within underlying operating profit
isa£90.0 million loss on the Type 31 contract (FY23: £100.1 million loss). By sector:
Marine underlying operating profit was in line with FY23, with improvement driven by three licence sales on the Polish Arrowhead
140 programme and a £10.1 million lower loss on Type 31, offset by lower volume in LGE and lower profitability in Mission Systems,
primarily due to contract timing. Excluding the impact of the Type 31 loss, Marine underlying operating profit declined (9%) to
£103.1million.
Nuclear underlying operating profit grew to £109.2 million, a 72% organic increase, driven by revenue growth and non-repeat
ofa£16 million contract loss in FY23 (this contract has now finished).
Land underlying operating profit grew to £96.3 million, a 12% increase including a one off £17 million profit on property disposal.
FY23 underlying operating profit of £85.9 million included a one-off accounting credit of £11.6 million.
Aviation underlying operating profit grew to £19.2 million, a 22% increase reflecting improved pricing, contract timing and lower
bidcosts.
See segmental analysis tables on page 37.
Type 31 programme
The Type 31 programme represents around 5% of the Group’s revenue. Over the year, overall costs have increased due to the maturing
of the design and the increase in the cost of labour in the market available in Rosyth, which is forecast to be higher than CPI, the
indexation within the Type 31 contract. As a result, the outturn over the lifetime of the contract has deteriorated by £90 million,
whichhas been fully recognised in FY24. The cash impact of this loss is expected to be realised over the remainder of the contract.
During the year, we initiated an operational improvement programme to challenge all aspects of the contract, including a significant
focus on cost drivers and financial modelling, supported by external consultants. The Audit Committee has reviewed the programme
team’s plans to deliver additional programme benefits from improvements in productivity and further work relating to the continuation
of the Type 31 contract. We considered the available evidence in respect of these benefits against the evidential bar required to
recognise them, and decided not to take them fully into account in the loss, although we do expect the benefits to be delivered over
the course of the programme.
Statutory operating profit of £241.6 million increased from £45.5 million in FY23, driven by improved performance across the
Group, a one-off £17.0 million profit on disposal and non-repeat of a £117.7 million loss on disposals in FY23, mainly associated with
the divestment of the European AES business in February 2023.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
FY22 Profit on
property
disposal
FY24
(excl. Type
31 loss)
Type 31 loss FY24FY24
(excl. Type 31
loss and profit
on property
disposal)
TradingFXFY23
(excl. Type 31
loss, one-off
credit,
disposals
Type 31 loss,
one-off credit,
disposals
178
328
238
311
54
+21%
at constant FX
265
311
87
(8)
17
£m
4.0%
margin
6.6%
margin
(90)
7.0%
margin*
5.4%
margin
Underlying operating profit bridge
* See page 38
26 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Reconciliation of statutory to underlying operating profit
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Operating profit 241.6 45.5
Amortisation of acquired intangibles 10.8 15.8
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items (8.2) 117.7
Fair value movement on derivatives (6.4) (1.1)
Specific adjusting items impacting operating profit (3.8) 132.4
Underlying operating profit 237.8 177.9
Underlying operating margin of 5.4% (FY23: 4.0%), which includes (2.0)% from the Type 31 loss and 0.4% from the profit on property
disposal. The increase in the year was driven by improved operating performance and a lower Type 31 charge. Excluding the impact
ofthe Type 31 loss and the profit on property disposal, the underlying operating margin was 7.0% (FY23: 6.6%) (see page 38).
Statutory operating margin of 5.5% reflects the same drivers as underlying operating margin. The FY23 statutory operating margin
of1.0% was also impacted by a £117.7 million loss on disposals, mainly associated with the divestment of the European AES business
inFebruary 2023.
Further analysis of financial performance is included in each sector’s operational reviews on page 44 to 59.
Share of joint ventures and associates: The Group’s share of results of joint ventures and associates of £9.2 million was similar
toFY23, reflecting improved trading in the core Ascent Training (Holdings) Limited and AirTanker Services Limited joint ventures, offset
by a £1.1 million write down in Oman.
Underlying net finance costs decreased to £35.9 million (FY23: £58.3 million). Reduced interest costs were driven by a combination
of lower debt balances, reduced finance costs following termination of the £300 million RCF in October 2023 and higher interest rates
applied to surplus cash balances. In addition, underlying lease interest decreased to £9.8million (FY23: £16.1 million) following the sale
of our European AES business in the prior year and net finance costs associated with defence contract receivables in France reduced
to£4.4 million (FY23: £12 million). IAS19 retirement benefit interest represents a charge of £0.8 million (FY23: credit of £7.5 million).
Statutory net finance costs decreased to £34.1 million (FY23: £48.6 million). In addition to the £22.4 million improvement in
underlying net finance costs, there was a £7.9 million reduction in the credit related to the fair value movement on derivative and
related items to £1.8 million (FY23: £9.7 million).
Underlying income tax expense: Group underlying income tax expense increased to £53.5 million (FY23: £37.7 million) reflecting
higher underlying pre-tax profit and a higher UK corporation tax rate in the year. This represents an effective underlying tax rate of 27%
(FY23: 32%), or 26% excluding the impact of the Type 31 loss (FY23: 26%), calculated on underlying profit before tax excluding the
share of income from joint ventures and associates (which is a post-tax number). The Group’s effective underlying tax rate is expected
toremain broadly stable over the medium term depending on country profit mix.
Statutory income tax expense: The Group income tax expense was £48.5 million (FY23: £39.5 million), lower than the underlying
income tax expense due to the tax impact of the specific adjusting items outlined above and in note 2 of the preliminary financial statements.
Underlying basic earnings per share of 30.8 pence (FY23: 17.7 pence) represents an increase of 74%, driven by higher underlying
operating profit for the year. The impact on earnings per share of the £17.0 million profit on disposal and the Type 31 loss was 3.3
pence and (13.4) pence respectively.
Basic earnings per share, on a statutory basis, increased to 32.9 pence (FY23: 6.9 pence loss) reflecting improved profit for the year.
The FY23 loss per share was due to lower underlying profit for the year, including the £100.1 million loss on the Type 31 contract, and
a loss after tax of £124.5 million from specific adjusting items, mainly associated with the loss on disposal of the European AES business.
Dividend: A final dividend of 3.3 pence per ordinary share (FY23: nil) is payable on Monday 30 September 2024 to shareholders
whosenames appear on the register at the close of business on Friday 23 August 2024. Shareholders may participate in the dividend
re-investment plan and elections must be made by Monday 9 September 2024. Details of the dividend re-investment plan can be found,
and shareholders can make elections, at www.babcock-shares.com.
Reconciliation of statutory profit/(loss) and basic EPS to underlying profit and basic EPS
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m Basic EPS £m Basic EPS
Profit/(loss) after tax for the year 168.2 32.9p (33.3) (6.9)p
Specific adjusting items, net of tax (10.6) (2.1)p 124.5 24.6p
Underlying profit after tax for the year 157.6 30.8p 91.2 17.7p
27Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review continued
Exchange rates
The translation impact of foreign currency movements resulted in a decrease in revenue of £76 million and a decrease in underlying
operating profit of £8 million. The main currencies that have impacted our results are the Canadian Dollar, South African Rand,
EuroandAustralian Dollar. The currencies with the greatest potential to impact results are the South African Rand and the Australian
andCanadian Dollar:
A 10% movement in the South African Rand against Sterling would affect revenue by around £33 million and underlying operating
profit by around £3 million per annum
A 10% movement in the Australian Dollar against Sterling would affect revenue by around £30 million and underlying operating profit
by around £2 million per annum
A 10% movement in the Canadian Dollar against Sterling would affect revenue by around £16 million and underlying operating profit
by around £1 million per annum
Cash flow and net debt
Underlying cash flow and net debt
Underlying cash flows are used by the Group to measure operating performance as they provide a more consistent measure of business
performance from year to year.
31 March 2024
£m
31 March 2023
£m
Statutory operating profit 241.6 45.5
Add back: specific adjusting items (see table on page 27) (3.8) 132.4
Underlying operating profit 237.8 177.9
Right of use asset depreciation 39.8 91.3
Other depreciation & amortisation 67.3 84.9
Non-cash items (8.7) 6.9
Working capital movements 127.5 103.5
Provisions 20.4 37.2
Net capital expenditure (111.8) (86.2)
Lease principal payments (49.6) (108.5)
Underlying operating cash flow 322.7 307.0
Underlying operating cash conversion (%) 136% 173%
Pension contributions in excess of income statement (107.6) (141.9)
Interest paid (net) (32.2) (62.2)
Tax paid (27.4) (25.4)
Dividends from joint ventures and associates 7.1 8.7
Cash flows related to specific adjusting items (2.2) (10.9)
Underlying free cash flow 160.4 75.3
Net acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries (1.3) 158.6
Dividends paid (including non-controlling interests) (10.3) (2.2)
Purchase of own shares (12.5)
Lease principal payments 49.6 108.5
Net new lease arrangements (54.8) (115.1)
Leases disposed of/(acquired) with subsidiaries 218.1
Other non-cash debt movements (3.2) (1.8)
Clarification of net debt definition (36.1)
Fair value movement in debt and related derivatives 0.5 56.0
Exchange movements 0.6 (57.0)
Movement in net debt 129.0 404.3
Opening net debt (564.4) (968.7)
Closing net debt (435.4) (564.4)
Add back: leases 224.5 218.2
Closing net debt excluding leases (210.9) (346.2)
A full statutory cash flow statement can be found on page 180 and a reconciliation to net debt on page 33.
28 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
UOP OCFOther
(including
provisions)
Capital lease
payments
Net capexROU asset
depreciation and
amortisation
Working
capital
Depreciation and
amortisation
238
(112)
128
67
40
(50)
12
323
£m
136% cash
conversion
Underlying operating profit to operating cash flow bridge
Underlying operating cash flow increased to £322.7 million (FY23: £307.0 million). The conversion ratio to underlying operating
profit of 136% (FY23: 173%) reflects reduced working capital and the impact of the Type 31 long-term contract accounting loss
onunderlying operating profit. Operating cash conversion was higher in FY23 primarily reflecting lower net capital expenditure and
ahigher Type 31 loss. Excluding the Type 31 impact on operating profit, underlying operating cash conversion was 98% (FY23: 110%).
Working capital: An inflow of £127.5 million, compared to an inflow of £103.5 million last year, reflects our continued focus on cash
flow as a performance measure coupled with earlier than anticipated customer receipts, as well as the impact of the Type 31 loss.
There is some risk that favourable timing factors on cash receipts could reverse in the short term depending on the flow of new orders
and contract phasing.
Net capital expenditure of £111.8 million increased £25.6 million, driven by a combination of continued investment across the
Group to support programme delivery and drive operational performance, and lower proceeds from asset disposals.
Gross capex increased to £142.4 million (FY23: £125.1 million) driven by further investment in Devonport to support future growth
and ongoing upgrades to systems and controls across the Group, including the roll-out of SAP. We expect FY25 gross capital
expenditure to be in the range of £120million to £150 million.
Proceeds from asset disposals reduced £8.3 million to £30.6 million despite a £20.1 million inflow on a property sale in Land in the
year, primarily due to lower aircraft sales in our Aviation business.
Lease principal payments, representing the capital element of payments on lease obligations, reduced to £49.6 million (FY23:
£108.5 million) following the sale of the European AES business in FY23. This is reversed out below underlying free cash flow as the
payment reduces our lease liability (ie no effect on net debt).
29Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
OCF Interest Tax JV dividends Cash flows related to
specific adjusting items
FCFPension deficit
payments in excess
of income statement
323
(108)
(32)
(27)
7
(2)
160
£m
Financial review continued
Underlying free cash flow of £160.4 million compares to £75.3 million in the prior year, reflecting higher underlying operating cash
flow, lower pension contributions and lower net interest payments.
Pension: A cash outflow in excess of the income statement charge of £107.6 million (FY23: £141.9 million) was higher than expected
due to acceleration of £35 million of contributions as part of a long-term funding deal agreed with Babcock International Group
Pension Fund (BIGPF). The higher outflow in FY23, which also included a £35 million accelerated pension payment, reflects the
decreasing contribution profile as deficits reduce. As a result of the agreed funding deals (see page 34), we expect future annual
pension deficit payments to reduce from around £65 million to around £40 million.
Interest: Net interest paid, excluding that paid by JVs and associates, decreased to £32.2 million (FY23: £62.2 million) due to lower
net debt and higher interest earned on surplus cash, lower interest on leases and a reduced finance charge associated with the
financing of long-term French defence contract receivables.
Taxation: Tax paid in the year was £27.4 million (FY23: £25.4 million). We expect cash tax paid in FY25 to be approximately
£35million.
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates decreased to £7.1 million (FY23: £8.7 million). We expect dividends
fromJVs and associates to be slightly higher in FY25.
Cash flows related to specific adjusting items: The £2.2 million cash flows relate mainly to the final costs of disposals provided
foras a specific adjusting item in the prior year.
Acquisitions and disposals
A £1.3 million outflow was due to final settlement of certain items in relation to the disposal of businesses in the prior year. An inflow
of£158.6 million in FY23 represents net proceeds from the disposal of the European AES business and the sale of the civil training
business, net of costs.
New lease arrangements
In addition to net capital expenditure, and not included in underlying free cash flow, £55.2 million (FY23: £117.0 million) of additional
lease liabilities were entered into in the period, significantly lower than FY23 following the sale of the European AES business in February
2023. These represent new lease obligations and so are included in net debt but do not involve any cash outflows at inception.
Underlying operating cash flow to free cash flow bridge
30 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Reconciliation of underlying operating cash flow to statutory net cash flows from operating activities
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Underlying operating cash flow 322.7 307.0
Add: net capital expenditure 111.8 86.2
Add: lease principal payments 49.6 108.5
Less: pension contributions in excess of income statement (107.6) (141.9)
Cash flows related to specific adjusting items (2.2) (10.9)
Cash generated from operations 374.3 348.9
Tax paid (27.4) (25.4)
Net interest paid (32.2) (62.2)
Net cash flows from operating activities 314.7 261.3
Statutory cash flow summary
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Net cash flow from operating activities 314.7 261.3
Net cash flow from investing activities (100.6) 83.5
Net cash flow from financing activities (85.5) (666.1)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 128.6 (321.3)
Net cash flow from operating activities was £314.7 million, an increase of £53.4 million. The main drivers were higher Group
operating profit, lower net interest and pension deficit payments.
Net cash flow from investing activities was an outflow of £100.6 million (FY23: inflow of £83.5 million), reflecting continued capital
investment across the Group and lower proceeds from asset disposals. On a gross basis, capital expenditure increased to £142.4million
(FY23: £125.1 million). The FY23 inflow included £158.6 million of proceeds from disposals, primarily from the sale of the European
AESbusiness.
Net cash flow from financing activities was an outflow of £85.5 million (FY23: outflow of £666.1 million), including
£49.6 million lease payments (FY23: £108.5 million), £12.5 million purchase of own shares (FY23: £nil) and £13.1 million repayment
of debt (FY23: £556.2 million net repayment, primarily repayment of the €550 million Eurobond in October 2022).
Movement in net debt – reconciliation of statutory cash flows to net debt
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 128.6 (321.3)
Cash flow from the (increase)/decrease in debt 25.3 629.6
Change in net funds resulting from cash flows 153.9 308.3
Additional lease obligations (55.2) (117.0)
New lease receivables granted 32.4 28.5
Debt held by disposed subsidiaries 219.7
Other non-cash movements and changes in fair value (2.7) 57.9
Clarification of net debt definition (36.1)
Foreign currency translation differences 0.6 (57.0)
Movement in net debt in the year 129.0 404.3
Opening net debt (564.4) (968.7)
Closing net debt (435.4) (564.4)
31Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review continued
Net debt
Net debt at 31 March 2024 was £435.4 million, a reduction of £129.0 million driven primarily by underlying free cash flow, offset by
payment of the interim dividend reinstated in November 2023 and £12.5 million to purchase own shares for Babcock share schemes.
Net debt excluding leases was £210.9 million, representing a reduction of £135.3 million compared to the beginning of the year.
Balance sheet
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Intangible assets 928.9 922.2
Property, plant and equipment and right of use assets 692.7 637.6
Investment in joint ventures and associates 59.7 57.4
Working capital (691.4) (565.8)
Provisions (158.2) (148.7)
Net retirement benefit deficits (109.7) (61.4)
Net tax assets 119.9 97.1
Net other financial assets and liabilities (0.4) (3.1)
Leases (224.5) (218.2)
Net debt excluding leases (210.9) (346.2)
Net assets 406.1 370.9
Property, plant and equipment (PP&E) and right of use assets was £693 million, an increase of £55 million. PP&E increased by
£39million to £517 million reflecting net capital expenditure of £(93) million less depreciation and currency adjustments. Right of
useassets increased £17 million to £176 million reflecting net new leases of £59 million less depreciation and currency adjustments.
Working capital was £(691) million, a decrease of £126 million. Net contract liabilities increased £131 million, driven by earlier than
anticipated customer receipts, as well as the impact of the Type 31 loss.
Net retirement benefit deficits were £(110) million, an increase of £48 million. The fair value of plan assets of £3,084 million
decreased £104 million, driven by negative asset returns less contributions. The present value of pension benefit obligations of
£3,194million decreased £55 million driven by modest changes in actuarial financial and demographic assumptions.
Funding and liquidity
As of 31 March 2024, the Group had access to a total of £1.6 billion of borrowings and facilities. These comprised:
£775 million RCF, with £45 million maturing on 28 August 2025 and £730 million extended to 28 August 2026
£300 million bond maturing on 5 October 2026
€550 million bond, hedged at £493 million, maturing on 13 September 2027
Two committed overdraft facilities totalling £100 million
At 31 March 2024, the Group’s net cash (cash and cash equivalents, less overdrafts) balance was £553 million. This, combined with
theundrawn amounts under our committed RCFs and overdraft facilities, gave us liquidity headroom of around £1.4 billion.
32 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Net debt to EBITDA (covenant basis)
While there are several facets to balance sheet strength, a primary measurement relevant to Babcock is the net debt/EBITDA gearing
ratio within our debt covenant of 3.5x. This measure is used in the covenant in our RCF facility and includes several adjustments from
reported net debt and EBITDA. The net debt/EBITDA gearing ratio (covenant basis) at 31 March 2024 reduced to 0.8x (FY23: 1.5x)
dueto strong underlying free cash flow and higher underlying operating profit.
31 March
2024
£m
Last 12 months
31 March
2023
£m
Last 12 months
Underlying operating profit 237.8 177.9
Depreciation and amortisation 67.3 84.9
Covenant adjustments
1
(6.3) (8.4)
EBITDA 298.8 254.4
JV and associate dividends 7.1 8.7
EBITDA + JV and associate dividends (covenant basis) 305.9 263.1
Net debt excluding lease liabilities (210.9) (346.2)
Covenant adjustments
2
(41.8) (49.3)
Net debt (covenant basis) (252.7) (395.5)
Net debt/EBITDA 0.8x 1.5x
1. Various adjustments made to EBITDA to reflect accounting standards at the time of inception of the original RCF agreement. The main adjustments are to the
treatment of leases within operating profit and pension costs.
2. Removing loans to JVs, finance lease receivables and non-recourse debt.
Interest cover (covenant basis)
This measure is also used in the covenant in our RCF facility, with a covenant level of 4.0x.
31 March
2024
£m
Last 12 months
31 March
2023
£m
Last 12 months
EBITDA + JV and associate dividends (covenant basis) 305.9 263.1
Net finance costs (34.1) (48.6)
Covenant adjustments
1
9.6 7.1
Net finance costs (covenant basis) (24.5) (41.5)
Interest cover 12.5x 6.3x
1. Various adjustments made to reflect accounting standards at the time of inception of the original RCF agreement, including lease and retirement benefit interest.
Return on invested capital, pre-tax (ROIC)
This measure is one of the Group’s key performance indicators.
31 March
2024
£m
Last 12 months
31 March
2023
£m
Last 12 months
Underlying operating profit 237.8 177.9
Share of results of joint ventures and associates 9.2 9.3
Underlying operating profit plus share of JV PAT 247.0 187.2
Net debt excluding leases 210.9 346.2
Leases 224.5 218.2
Shareholder funds – see balance sheet on page 178 406.1 370.9
Retirement deficit/(surplus) – note 25 109.7 61.4
Invested capital 951.2 996.7
ROIC 26.0% 18.8%
33Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review continued
Pensions
The Group has a number of defined benefit pension schemes. The principal defined benefit pension schemes in the UK are the
Devonport Royal Dockyard Pension Scheme (DRDPS), the Babcock International Group Pension Scheme (BIGPS) and the Rosyth Royal
Dockyard Pension Scheme (RRDPS) – the principal schemes.
IAS 19
At 31 March 2024, the IAS 19 valuation for accounting purposes was a net deficit of £109.7 million (FY23: a net deficit of £61.4million).
The increase in net accounting deficit is a result of a greater reduction in the fair value of plan assets (by £103.7million to £3,084.3
million, net of £250.8 million longevity swaps) than the reduction in present value of pension benefit obligations (by£55.4million
to£3,194.0 million). The reduction in fair value of plan assets was driven by negative net asset returns, partly offset byscheme
contributions. The reduction in pension benefit obligations was mainly a result of modest changes in actuarial financial and demographic
assumptions. The fair value of the assets and liabilities of the Group pension schemes at 31 March 2024 and the key assumptions used
in the IAS 19 valuation of our schemes are set out in note 25.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Fair value of plan assets (note 25) 3,084.3 3,188.0
Present value of benefit obligations (note 25) (3,194.0) (3,249.4)
Net (deficit) at 31 March (109.7) (61.4)
Income statement charge
The charge included within underlying operating profit in FY24 was £23.9 million (FY23: £32.6 million), of which £15.4 million (FY23:
£25.8 million) related to service costs and £8.5 million (FY23: £6.8 million) related to expenses. In addition to this, there was an
interest charge of £0.8 million (FY23: credit of £7.5 million).
Technical provision
An estimate of the aggregate actuarial deficits of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes, including all longevity swap funding
gaps, calculated using each scheme’s technical provision basis, as at FY24 was approximately £200 million (FY23: c.£400 million).
Suchvaluations use discount rates based on UK gilts – which differs from the corporate bond approach of IAS 19. This technical
provision estimate reflects the discussions and agreements on assumptions with the Trustee of the Babcock Rail Section of the Railways
Pension Scheme with respect to the actuarial valuation as at 31 December 2022, and for the other schemes uses assumptions within
the latest agreed valuation prior to 31 March 2024.
Actuarial valuations are carried out every three years to determine the Group’s cash contributions to the schemes. The valuation dates
ofthe three largest schemes are set so that only one scheme is undertaking its valuation in any one year, to spread the financial impact
of market conditions. The valuation of the BIGPS as at 31 March 2022 was completed in the last financial year, the valuation of the
DRDPS as at 31 March 2023 has been agreed, and work has commenced on the valuation of the RRDPS at 31 March 2024.
There has been significant progress in reducing the risk of pension scheme deficits during the year. We made additional pension deficit
repair payments of £35 million. The BIGPS has around £985 million of pension liabilities (less than 30% of the total Group pension
liabilities) on an technical provision basis. The scheme has now reached self-sufficiency and is not expected to require further deficit
repair contributions from the company ahead of reaching either buy-in or buy-out, expected by FY29. The Scheme is also in the process
of closing to future service accruals.
In addition, the Company has now reached agreement with the Trustees of the DRDPS regarding a long-term funding plan and closure
of the scheme to future accrual as well as the most recent triennial valuation. The DRDPS has around £1,400 million of pension liabilities
on an technical provision basis (around 40% of total Group pension liabilities). As a result, we expect the total Group pension deficit
repair payments to reduce to around £40 million in FY25 (previously £65 million).
Cash contributions
Group cash contributions made into the defined benefit pension schemes, excluding expenses and salary sacrifice contributions:
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Future service contributions 17.2 20.0
Deficit recovery 82.8 123.5
Longevity swap 15.2 15.6
Total cash contributions – employer 115.2 159.1
34 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Treasury
Treasury activities within the Group are managed in accordance with the parameters set out in the treasury policies and guidelines
approved by the Board. A key principle within the treasury policy is that trading in financial instruments for the purpose of profit
generation is prohibited, with all financial instruments being used solely for risk management purposes. The treasury team is only
permitted to enter into financial instruments where it has a high level of confidence in the hedged item occurring. Both the treasury
department and the sectors have responsibility for monitoring compliance within the Group to ensure adherence to the principal
treasury policies and guidelines. The Group’s treasury policies in respect of the management of debt, interest rates, liquidity and
currency are outlined below. The Group’s treasury policies are kept under close review, particularly given the ongoing economic
andmarket uncertainty.
Debt
Objective
With debt as a key component of available financial capital, the Group seeks to ensure that there is an appropriate balance between
continuity, flexibility and cost of debt funding through the use of borrowings, whilst also diversifying the sources of these borrowings
with a range of maturities and rates of interest, to reflect the long-term nature of the Group’s contracts, commitments and risk profile.
Policy
All the Group’s material borrowings are arranged by the treasury department, and funds raised are lent onward to operating subsidiaries
as required. It remains the Group’s policy to ensure the business is prudently funded and that sufficient headroom is maintained on its
facilities to fund its future growth.
Updates
The Group continues to keep its capital structure under review to ensure that the sources, tenor and availability of finance are sufficient
to meet its stated objective.
In 2021 the Group signed a new three-year Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) of £300 million, which expired in May 2024. This facility was
cancelled early by the Group in October 2023. The Group has an existing £775 million RCF, of which £45 million matures in August
2025, and the remaining £730 million matures in August 2026.
The Group’s main corporate debt comprises a £300 million Sterling bond, maturing October 2026 and a €550 million bond, maturing
September 2027. Together, these provide the Group with a total of around £1.6 billion of available committed facilities and bonds.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
FY24 FY25 FY26 FY27
Euro bond 2027
4
€550m
GBP bond 2026
3
£300m
RCF 2026
2
£775m
Debt maturity profile
1
(£m)
1. Chart shows notional value of the debt
2. £730m of £775m RCF extended to 2026, matures 28 August 2026
3. GBP bond 2026 £300m, matures 5 October 2026
4. Euro bond 2027 €550m, hedged at £493m, matures 13 September 2027
35Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review continued
Interest rates
Objective
To manage exposure to interest rate fluctuations on borrowings by varying the proportion of fixed rate debt relative to floating rate
debt to reflect the underlying nature of the Group’s commitments and obligations. As a result, the Group does not maintain a specific
set proportion of fixed versus floating debt but monitors the mix to ensure that it is compatible with its business requirements and
capital structure.
Policy
Interest rate hedging and the monitoring of the mix between fixed and floating rates is the responsibility of the treasury department
andis subject to the policy and guidelines set by the Board and updated from time to time.
Performance
As at 31 March 2024, the Group had 85% fixed rate debt (31 March 2023: 85%) and 15% floating rate debt (31 March 2023: 15%)
based on gross debt of £793 million (31 March 2023: £793 million).
Liquidity
Objective
1. To maintain adequate undrawn committed borrowing facilities.
2. To monitor and manage bank credit risk, and credit capacity utilisation.
3. To diversify the sources of financing with a range of maturities and interest rates, to reflect the long-term nature of Group contracts,
commitments and risk profile.
Policy
All the Group’s material borrowings are arranged by the treasury department and funds raised are lent onward to operating subsidiaries
as required.
Each of the Group’s sectors provides regular cash forecasts for both management and liquidity purposes. These cash forecasts are used
to monitor and identify the liquidity requirements of the Group and ensure that there is sufficient cash to meet operational needs while
maintaining sufficient headroom on the Group’s committed borrowing facilities.
The Group adopts a conservative approach to the investment of its surplus cash. It is deposited with financial institutions only for a short
duration, and the bank counter-party credit risk is monitored closely on a systematic and ongoing basis.
A credit limit is allocated to each institution taking account of its credit rating and market information.
Performance
The Group continues to keep under review its capital structure to ensure that the sources, tenor and availability of finance are sufficient
to meet its stated objectives. The Group continues to monitor the liquidity position and will seek to extend or replace committed debt
as the need arises. Surplus cash during the year was invested in short term deposits diversified across several well rated financial
institutions in accordance with policy.
Foreign exchange
Objective
To reduce exposure to volatility in earnings and cash flows from movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The Group is exposed
to a number of foreign currencies, the most significant being the Euro, US Dollar, South African Rand, Australian Dollar and
CanadianDollar.
Policy — Transaction risk
The Group is exposed to movements inforeign currency exchange rates in respect of foreign currency denominated transactions.
Tomitigate this risk, the Group’s policy is to hedge all material transactional exposures, using financial instruments where appropriate.
Policy — Translation risk
The Group is exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates in respect of the translation of net assets and income
statements of foreign subsidiaries and equity accounted investments. It is not the Group’s policy to hedge through the use of derivatives
the translation effect of exchange rate movements on the income statement or balance sheet of overseas subsidiaries and equity
accounted investments it regards as long-term investments. However, where the Group has material assets denominated in a foreign
currency, it will consider some matching of those aforementioned assets with foreign currency denominated debt.
Performance
There was a net foreign exchange gain of £3.0m million in the income statement for the year ending 31 March 2024 (31 March 2023:
£12.7 million loss).
36 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Segmental analysis
The Group reports its performance through four reporting sectors.
31 March 2024
Marine
£m
Nuclear
£m
Land
£m
Aviation
£m
Group
£m
Contract backlog 2,992.7 3,104.8 2,593.7 1,641.4 10,332.6
Revenue 1,429.1 1,520.9 1,098.6 341.5 4,390.1
Operating profit 11.0 109.2 96.1 25.3 241.6
Operating margin 0.8% 7.2% 8.7% 7.4% 5.5%
Underlying operating profit 13.1 109.2 96.3 19.2 237.8
Underlying operating margin 0.9% 7.2% 8.8% 5.6% 5.4%
31 March 2023
Marine
£m
Nuclear
£m
Land
£m
Aviation
£m
Total
£m
Contract backlog 2,580.7 2,453.8 2,809.8 1,633.0 9,477.3
Revenue 1,439.6 1,179.2 1,017.1 802.7 4,438.6
Operating profit 5.8 63.6 80.9 (104.8) 45.5
Operating profit margin 0.4% 5.4% 8.0% (13.1)% 1.0%
Underlying operating profit 12.7 63.5 85.9 15.8 177.9
Underlying operating margin 0.9% 5.4% 8.4% 2.0% 4.0%
37Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review continued
Segmental analysis continued
FY24
Revenue
Marine
£m
Nuclear
£m
Land
£m
Aviation
£m
Group
£m
Revenue 1,429.1 1,520.9 1,098.6 341.5 4,390.1
Add: reversal of Type 31 revenue 66.3 - 66.3
Revenue excl. Type 31 loss 1,495.4 1,520.9 1,098.6 341.5 4,456.4
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating profit (UOP) 13.1 109.2 96.3 19.2 237.8
Add: Type 31 loss 90.0 90.0
UOP excluding Type 31 loss 103.1 109.2 96.3 19.2 327.8
Less: non-trading credits (17.0) (17.0)
UOP excl. Type 31 loss and non-trading credits 103.1 109.2 79.3 19.2 310.8
Underlying operating margin
Underlying operating margin (UOM) 0.9% 7.2% 8.8% 5.6% 5.4%
UOM excl. Type 31 loss and non-trading credits 6.9% 7.2% 7.2% 5.6% 7.0%
FY23
Revenue
Marine
£m
Nuclear
£m
Land
£m
Aviation
£m
Group
£m
Revenue 1,439.6 1,179.2 1,017.1 802.7 4,438.6
Less: Non-trading credits and disposals (46.7) (386.5) (433.2)
Revenue excluding non-trading credits and disposals 1,439.6 1,179.2 970.4 416.2 4,005.4
Add: reversal of Type 31 revenue 42.6 42.6
Revenue excl. non-trading credits, disposals and Type 31 loss 1,482.2 1,179.2 970.4 416.2 4,048.0
Underlying operating profit (£m)
Underlying operating profit (UOP) 12.7 63.5 85.9 15.8 177.9
Add: Type 31 loss 100.1 100.1
UOP excluding Type 31 loss 112.8 63.5 85.9 15.8 278.0
Less: non-trading (credits)/debits (13.8) 1.1 (12.7)
UOP excl. non-trading credits, disposals and Type 31 loss 112.8 63.5 72.1 16.9 265.3
Underlying operating margin
Underlying operating margin (UOM) 0.9% 5.4% 8.4% 2.0% 4.0%
UOM excl. non-trading credits, disposals and Type 31 loss 7.6% 5.4% 7.4% 4.1% 6.6%
38 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Financial glossary – Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)
The Group provides APMs, including underlying operating profit, underlying margin, underlying earnings per share, underlying operating
cash flow, underlying free cash flow, net debt and net debt excluding leases to enable users to have a more consistent view of the
performance and earnings trends of the Group. These measures are considered to provide a consistent measure of business performance
from year to year. They are used by management to assess operating performance and as a basis for forecasting and decision-making,
aswell as the planning and allocation of capital resources. They are also understood to be used by investors in analysing business performance.
The Group’s APMs are not defined by IFRS and are therefore considered to be non-GAAP measures. The measures may not be
comparable to similar measures used by other companies and they are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, measures
defined under IFRS. The Group’s APMs are consistent with the prior year. Measures, definitions and reconciliations to relevant IFRS
measures are included below, where appropriate.
Organic revenue growth – Group KPI
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Revenue growth year on year
Definition: Growth excluding the im pact of foreign exchange (FX) and contribution from acquisitions and disposals over the year.
Purpose: A good indicator of business growth.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Prior year revenue 4,438.6 4,101.8
FX (76.1) 23.5
(Disposals) / acquisitions (421.6) (92.3)
Prior year revenue adjusted for FX and disposals (b) 3,940.9 4,033.0
Revenue growth (a) 449.2 405.6
Current year revenue 4,390.1 4,438.6
Organic revenue growth (a)/(b) 11% 10%
Contract backlog
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: No direct equivalent
Definition: The remaining transaction price on contracts with customers that has been allocated to unsatisfied or partially satisfied
performance obligations adjusted for the impact of termination for convenience clauses and excluding orders not yet secured on
framework agreements.
Purpose: Contract backlog is used to support future years’ sales performance.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Contract backlog 10,333 9,477
39Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review continued
Underlying operating profit
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Operating profit
Definition: Operating profit before the impact of specific adjusting items (see below).
Purpose: Underlying operating profit is a key measure of the Group’s performance.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Underlying operating profit 237.8 177.9
Specific adjusting items 3.8 (132.4)
Operating profit (note 2) 241.6 45.5
Specific adjusting items (note 2)
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (10.8) (15.8)
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items (note 27) 8.2 (117.7)
Fair value movement on derivatives (note 2) 6.4 1.1
Specific adjusting items impacting operating profit/(loss) 3.8 (132.4)
Fair value movement on derivatives and related items 1.8 9.7
Specific adjusting items impacting profit/(loss) before tax 5.6 (122.7)
Income tax benefit/(expense)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles 3.9 4.1
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items (1.0) (2.1)
Fair value movement on derivatives and related items (note 2) (2.0) (2.6)
Tax on Group reorganisation activities 4.7
Other tax items including rate change impact (0.6) (1.2)
Specific adjusting items impacting income tax benefit/(expense) 5.0 (1.8)
Underlying operating margin – Group KPI
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Operating margin
Definition: Underlying operating profit as a percentage of revenue.
Purpose: Provides a measure of operating profitability, excluding specific adjusting items and is an important indicator of operating
efficiency across the Group.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Revenue 4,390.1 4,438.6
Underlying operating profit 237.8 177.9
Underlying operating margin 5.4% 4.0%
Underlying net finance costs
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Net finance costs
Definition: Net finance costs excluding specific adjusting items.
Purpose: To provide an alternative measure of finance costs excluding items such as fair value re-measurement of derivatives which
areeconomically hedged.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Underlying net finance costs (35.9) (58.3)
Add: specific adjusting items impacting finance costs (note 2) 1.8 9.7
Net finance costs (note 5) (34.1) (48.6)
40 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Underlying profit before tax
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Profit before tax
Definition: Profit before tax excluding all specific adjusting items.
Purpose: Provides a measure of profitability which includes finance costs.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Underlying profit before tax 211.1 128.9
Specific adjusting items impacting profit before tax (note 2) 5.6 (122.7)
Profit before tax 216.7 6.2
Underlying effective tax rate
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Effective tax rate
Definition: Tax expense excluding the impact of specific adjusting items, as a percentage of underlying profit before tax excluding
theshare of post-tax income from joint ventures and associates.
Purpose: This provides an indication of the ongoing tax rate across the Group, excluding one-off items.
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Underlying
£m
Specific
adjusting items
£m
Statutory
£m
Underlying
£m
Specific
adjusting items
£m
Statutory
£m
Profit before tax (note 2) 211.1 5.6 216.7 128.9 (122.7) 6.2
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates*
(note 14) (10.3) (10.3) (9.3) (9.3)
Profit/(loss) before tax excluding profit from joint
ventures and associates (a) 200.8 5.6 206.4 119.6 (122.7) (3.1)
Income tax expense (b) (53.5) 5.0 (48.5) (37.7) (1.8) (39.5)
Effective tax rate (b)/(a) 26.6% 23.5% 31.5% (1,274.2%)
* Share of profit from joint ventures and associates excludes an impairment of £1.1 million, see note 14.
Underlying basic and diluted earnings per share
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Basic earnings per share
Definition: The Group’s underlying profit after tax less items attributable to non-controlling interest, being underlying net income
attributable to shareholders, divided by the weighted average number of shares.
Purpose: A measure of the Group’s underlying performance.
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Underlying
£m
Specific
adjusting items
£m
Statutory
£m
Underlying
£m
Specific
adjusting items
£m
Statutory
£m
Profit/(loss) before tax (note 2) 211.1 5.6 216.7 128.9 (122.7) 6.2
Income tax (expense)/benefit (note 2) (53.5) 5.0 (48.5) (37.7) (1.8) (39.5)
Profit/(loss) after tax for the year 157.6 10.6 168.2 91.2 (124.5) (33.3)
Amount attributable to owners of the parent 155.1 10.6 165.7 89.5 (124.5) (35.0)
Amount attributable to non-controlling interests 2.5 2.5 1.7 1.7
Weighted average number of shares (m) 503.5 503.5 505.4 505.4
Effect of dilutive securities (m) 11.8 11.8 9.5 9.5
Diluted weighted average number of shares (m) 515.3 515.3 514.9 514.9
Basic EPS (note 9) 30.8p 32.9p 17.7p (6.9)p
Diluted EPS (note 9) 30.1p 32.2p 17.4p (6.9)p
41Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Financial review continued
Net debt
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: No direct equivalent
Definition: Cash and cash equivalents, bank overdrafts, loans, including the interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives which hedge
the loans, lease liabilities, lease receivables and loans to joint ventures and associates.
Purpose: Used as a measure of the Group’s cash position and balance sheet strength.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Cash and bank balances 570.6 451.7
Bank overdrafts (18.0) (22.2)
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 552.6 429.5
Debt (749.5) (765.8)
Derivatives hedging debt (11.1) (8.3)
Lease liabilities (230.5) (228.8)
Liabilities from financing arrangements (991.1) (1,002.9)
Lease receivables 35.5 38.6
Loans to joint ventures and associates 3.9 9.5
Derivatives hedging interest on debt (36.3) (39.1)
Net debt (435.4) (564.4)
Net debt (excluding leases)
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: No direct equivalent
Definition: Net debt (defined above) excluding lease liabilities recognised under IFRS 16.
Purpose: Used by credit agencies as a measure of the Group’s net cash position and balance sheet strength.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Net debt (435.4) (564.4)
Leases 224.5 218.2
Net debt (excluding leases) (210.9) (346.2)
Net debt / EBITDA (covenant basis) – Group KPI
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: No direct equivalents
Definition: Net debt (excluding leases), before loans to joint ventures and associates and finance lease receivables, divided by EBITDA
(as defined in our banking covenants – being underlying operating profit, defined on page 39, excluding depreciation and amortisation
and including certain covenant adjustments) plus JV and associate dividends. See page 33.
Purpose: A key measure of balance sheet strength used by analysts and credit agencies, and the basis of our debt covenant over the
RCF (3.5x).
Interest cover (covenant basis)
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: No direct equivalent
Definition: EBITDA (on a covenant basis), divided by net finance costs and various covenant adjustments made to reflect accounting
standards at the time of inception of the RCF agreement, including lease and retirement benefit interest. See page 33.
Purpose: Used in the covenant over our RCF facility with a covenant ratio of 4.0x.
Return on invested capital (pre-tax) (ROIC) – Group KPI
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: No direct equivalent
Definition: Underlying operating profit plus share of JV profit after tax, divided by the sum of net debt (excluding leases), shareholders’
funds and retirement benefit deficit/(surplus). See page 33.
Purpose: Used as a measure of profit earned by the Group generated by the debt and equity capital invested, to indicate the efficiency
of allocated capital.
42 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Net capital expenditure
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Property, plant and equipment and intangible additions
Definition: Property, plant and equipment and intangible additions less proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
andintangible assets.
Purpose: To understand net capital investment included in underlying operating cash flow.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Purchases of property, plant and equipment (PP&E) (note 12) (107.6) (109.9)
Purchases of intangible assets (note 11) (33.3) (21.5)
Movements in unpaid capital expenditure (1.5) 6.3
Gross capital expenditure (142.4) (125.1)
Proceeds on disposal of PP&E and intangible assets (statement of cash flows) 30.6 38.9
Net capital expenditure (111.8) (86.2)
Underlying operating cash flow
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Net cash flow from operating activities
Definition: Cash flow from operating activities excluding net income tax, net interest paid, pension contributions in excess of the
income statement charge and cash flows related to specific adjusting items and including net capital expenditure and lease principal
payments. See page 28.
Purpose: Provides a measure of operating cash generation on an equivalent basis to underlying operating profit.
31 March 2024
£m
31 March 2023
£m
Underlying operating cash flow 322.7 307.0
Add: net capex 111.8 86.2
Add: capital element of lease payments 49.6 108.5
Less: pension contributions in excess of income statement (107.6) (141.9)
Non-operating cash items (excluded from underlying cash flow) (2.2) (10.9)
Cash generated from operations 374.3 348.9
Tax (paid)/received (27.4) (25.4)
Less: net interest paid (32.2) (62.2)
Net cash flow from operating activities 314.7 261.3
Underlying operating cash conversion – Group KPI
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: No direct equivalent
Definition: Underlying operating cash flow as a percentage of underlying operating profit.
Purpose: Used as a measure of the Group’s efficiency in converting profits into cash.
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Underlying operating profit 237.8 177.9
Underlying operating cash flow 322.7 307.0
Operating cash conversion 135.7% 172.6%
Underlying free cash flow
Closest equivalent IFRS measure: No direct equivalent
Definition: Underlying free cash flow includes cash flows from pension deficit payments, interest, tax, JV dividends, specific adjusting
items, in addition to underlying operating cash flow. See page 28.
Purpose: Provides a measure of cash generated which is available for use in line with the Group’s capital allocation policy.
43Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Marine
Our c.7,200 employees design, develop, manufacture and integrate specialist systems,
and deliver technical through-life support for complex platforms in the marine sector.
Around 80% of Marine’s revenue is derived from defence, with the remainder primarily
comprising our Liquid Gas Equipment (LGE) business.
Marine
Marine – at a glance
Defence UK Defence International Civil UK Civil International
Revenue
£1.4bn
% of Group revenue
32%
Contract backlog
£3.0bn
Number of employees
7,200
Operational highlights
Type 31: HMS Venturer (ship 1) superstructure almost
complete, HMS Active (ship 2) keel laid, and HMS
Formidable (ship 3) steel cut due 2024. Programme
restructured following a detailed operational review
Three Arrowhead 140 licences delivered and keel laid
onfirst MIECZNIK-Class frigate for the Polish Navy
Selected by Saab to support the design of the Swedish
Navy’s Surface Combatant, Luleå Class. Initial
contractawarded
Achieved Operation Service Commencement of the
Skynet Service Delivery Wrap space communications
contract
Ukraine Mine Counter Measure Vessel (MCMV) upgrade
and support contract fully operational
Achieved Operative Date for the Australian Regional
Maintenance Provider (RMP) West contract
FY24 revenue
“Offering best-of-class technology and
leveraging all our support capability is a really
key theme for us continuing forward.”
Paul Armstrong
Chief Executive, Marine
15%
31%
1%
53%
See what we do in Marine and watch Paul talk about
the Sector at our recent Capital Markets Day at our
recent Capital Markets Day
44 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
In-service support to
every UK class of warship
Deep maintenance support
to 50% of UK surface
warships
Through-life capability
partner for all UK naval guns
Using digital twin data
to improve operational
support solutions
Technical Babcock
personnel deployed
internationally
Market-leading adaptable
naval designs for through-
life affordability
Delivering innovative and
complex naval systems and
equipment using advanced
manufacturing capabilities
Leader in marine LGE
systems
Leading Five Eyes provider
of secure defence
communications
Delivering multi-Original
Equipment Manufacturer
(OEM) solutions which offer
better availability,
affordability and capability
Unique ability to
collaborate with a range of
international OEM partners
Clear focus on customer
need, based on intimacy
and operational asset
knowledge
What differentiates us
Long-term warship support
partner to the UK, Canada,
Australia and New Zealand
Working in alliances
with our customers in joint
support teams
across the same sites
Developing additional
international long-term
partnerships
‘Best in class’ integration
capability
Operational asset
understanding
Product development
and systems expertise
Customer
intimacy
Financial review
31 March 2024
£m
31 March 2023
£m
Contract backlog* 2,992.7 2,580.7
Revenue 1,429.1 1,439.6
Underlying operating profit* 13.1 12.7
Underlying operating margin* 0.9% 0.9%
* Alternative Performance Measures are defined in the Financial Glossary
on page 39.
Revenue decreased by 1% to £1,429.1 million which primarily
related to FX translation. Growth from our Arrowhead 140
programmes, including the Polish MIECZNIK frigate programme,
and increased activity on Dreadnought systems, was offset by
lower volumes in warship support and LGE.
Underlying operating profit of £13.1 million (FY23 £12.7 million),
representing an underlying operating margin of 0.9% (FY23: 0.9%),
was impacted by a £90.0 million loss on the Type 31 contract
(FY23: £100.1 million loss) (see below).
Excluding the Type 31 loss, underlying operating profit decreased
by 9% to £103.1 million with the positive contribution from
licence fees on the Polish Arrowhead 140 programme more than
offset by lower activity in warship support and the LGE business,
aswell as lower profitability in Mission Systems, primarily due
tocontract timing and therefore expected to recover.
Type 31: As set out in the CEO review on page 9 and the Financial
Review on page 26, we have fully reviewed the Type 31 programme
during the year, including resolving the Dispute Resolution Process.
Over the year, overall costs have increased due to the maturing
ofthe design and the increase in costs of labour in the market
available in Rosyth, which is forecast to be higher than CPI, the
indexation contained within the Type 31 contract. As a result,
theoutturn over the life of the contract has deteriorated by
£90.0 million, which has been fully recognised inFY24. The cash
impact of this loss is expected to be realised over the remainder
of the contract.
Contract backlog increased 16% in the year to £2,993 million
(FY23: £2,581 million), driven by a two-year extension to the
Canadian Victoria Class submarine support contract, strong liquid
gas equipment orders and service expansion of the UK MOD’s
Skynet satellite communications support contract, offsetting
revenue traded on long-term contracts.
45Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
UK, Australian and
New Zealand warship through-life
support and LIFEX
Delivering at every step in the asset lifecycle
Affordable improvements in capability and availability
1st commission Customer intimacy 2nd commission
Deep maintenance
capability upgrades
Marine continued
In focus
Operational review
Defence
UK defence
We continue to deliver the Type 31 frigate programme, with the
superstructure of HMS Venturer almost complete. Work on the second
ship, HMS Active, is progressing, with the keel laid and first double
bottom blocks in the build cradle. In March 2024, we announced
theintention to create more than 1,000 new jobs over the next
fouryears at our advanced manufacturing and shipbuilding facility
inRosyth. These new roles, which include 400 apprenticeships,
willbenefit the UK economy and local community.
Following award of the 10-year warship support contract for the UK
Royal Navy’s QEC aircraft carriers, HMS Prince of Wales departed our
Rosyth dockyard in July 2023 following a docking period to repair
shaft lines, as well as undertaking planned activities on other
underwater equipment and systems. We also welcomed HMS Queen
Elizabeth back to Rosyth in March 2024 for docking, repairs and
planned maintenance.
At Devonport, the Type 23 frigate life-extension (LIFEX) programme
continues, with HMS Iron Duke achieving Ready for Sea and HMS
Argyll achieving her undocking ahead of schedule. HMS Argyll is the
first Type 23 to undergo a post-LIFEX upkeep under Project RENOWN,
designed to reduce the amount of time spent in dock. Also in the
period, we completed repairs and docking activity on HMS Somerset,
and commenced the use of new hull and structure survey technology
on HMS Richmond.
We continue to prepare for the arrival of the first Type 26 frigate,
establishing the first remote office at BAE’s Scotstoun shipyard to
support the transition of the Type 26 Class to in-service support,
withthe new fleet of frigates base-ported at HMNB Devonport.
We were awarded two new five-year contracts by the UK Ministry
ofDefence (MOD) to continue providing in-service support for the
Royal Navy’s Ships Protective System (SPS) equipment.
The US-UK common missile compartment tube assembly programme
continues for the US Columbia submarine programme, with further
assemblies being delivered in support of the UK’s Dreadnought
programme. We have a market leading position in submarine missile
tube assembly, underpinned by our deployment of advanced
manufacturing technology.
Babcock is now on contract to deliver major systems modules for
allfour Dreadnought Class submarines, with a contract uplift for the
remaining boats. During the period, we demonstrated our new
complex weapons stowage equipment which will also be installed on
the Dreadnought Class.
We were awarded a three-year contract to continue providing critical
support to the Royal Navy’s Phalanx Close-In Weapon System (CIWS),
arapid-fire, computer-controlled, radar-guided gun that can defeat
anti-ship missiles and other close-in threats. The system is installed
onmultiple Royal Navy platforms, including the Queen Elizabeth Class
aircraft carriers.
We achieved the Critical Design Review in the delivery of the UK Royal
Navy’s next-generation Maritime Electronic Warfare Systems Integrated
Capability (MEWSIC) to install cutting edge radar electronic support
and electronic warfare command and control capabilities across the
new Type 31 and Type 26 frigates, Type 45 air-defence destroyers
and QEC aircraft carriers.
Babcock has also been awarded a configuration management
contract for the Royal Navy and the Royal Fleet Auxiliary surface ship
fleet. The five-year contract will see us continue to operate the Master
Record Data Centre, through which the configuration data and
information of all surface ships will be managed.
Following a successful mobilisation and seamless transition, Babcock
and its partners took over the operation of SKYNET, the UK’s military
satellite communications capability. The six-year service delivery wrap
contract includes the management of the UK military satellite fleet
and ground infrastructure for this 24/7 critical capability. When
combined with our existing Defence Strategic Radio Service (DSRS)
contract to deliver the MOD’s secure High Frequency communications
capability, Babcock now has a leading position delivering the UK
Armed Force’s critical communications in both a satcom and
satcom-denied environment.
International defence
In Australasia, our contract to sustain the Royal Australian Navy
(RAN) ANZAC frigate fleet, in alliance with BAE and Saab Australia,
is due to phase into the new RAN Maritime Sustainment Model at
the end of 2026. Babcock has completed the first maintenance
periods on the replacement contract, Regional Maintenance
Provider (RMP) – West, which will provide support for all RAN
major surface ships located in Western Australia for the next five
46 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Modular, adaptable
general purpose frigate,
designed for availability
Delivering at every step in the asset lifecycle
3rd commission
Disposal/
second owners
LIFEX
Replacement
years. We were unsuccessful in our tender to deliver the
replacement contract, RMP – East capability, however a sub-
contract to transition our support from the RAN’s flagship
LHDamphibious platforms to the new sustainment model
hasbeen secured.
We agreed a new Capability Partnering Arrangement for
sustainment of Australia’s Collins Class submarines which will see
us support existing operational requirements and seek to extend
the life of the Babcock managed systems. We continue to deliver
the Maritime Fleet Sustainment Services contract which supports
the entire New Zealand navy fleet, including the operation of
themain naval base infrastructure in Auckland.
In Canada, we continue to deliver the Victoria Class in-service
submarine support (VISSC), which was extended to 2027, and
arecurrently working on HMCS Victoria’s extended docking work
period. Milestones through the year include completion of over
800 hull and system surveys, removal of the diesel generators
– afirst-in-class evolution – and the commencement of major
structural repairs, a large and complex work package to maintain
the availability of the ageing platform.
We also signed Technical Cooperation Agreements with Hanwha
Ocean and HD Hyundai Heavy Industries and have had ongoing
engagements with other submarine OEMs. These activities
position Babcock to be an integral partner in the Canadian Patrol
Submarine Project, which will succeed the current Victoria Class
inthe mid-to-late 2030s.
In Poland, we finalised the design licence agreement with
theMIECZNIK consortium for the build of three Arrowhead
140frigates for the Polish Navy. The steel-cut for ship one was
held at the Gdynia shipyard in August 2023.
In Sweden, we were selected by Saab as their programme
partner to support their work on the Swedish Navy’s next
generation Luleå Class naval corvette programme. Under the
initial contract, Babcock will provide front-end engineering
andprogramme management for design.
In Indonesia, our customer PT PAL laid the keel for the first
oftwofrigates, based on our Arrowhead 140 design.
In Ukraine, we completed the regeneration of UK Sandown
ClassMine Counter Measure Vessels (MCMVs) at our Rosyth
facility. The Royal Navy provided two of the vessels to the Navy
ofUkraine who awarded Babcock a three-year contract to
maintain and support the two minehunters. A further two MCMVs
have been sold to the Romanian Navy with Babcock providing
refurbishment support.
In South Korea, we are delivering systems for Boat 4 of the
Jangbogo-III Class submarine programme. Additionally, we have
been awarded a seven-year contract to manufacture and install
the weapons handling and launch system for Boat 6 of the
programme. Babcock is working with the Republic of Korea Navy
and Hanwha Ocean to develop an in-service support strategy
forthe Class.
Civil
Our LGE business marked another year of significant achievements
with record order intake of over £300 million. We have cemented
our significant market share, winning new orders from existing
and new customers and delivery of 50 projects in South East Asia.
With increasing utilisation of hydrogen as a sustainable fuel and
with broad application across several sectors, our ecoVLAC®
technology is well positioned for growth, and we have secured
sixcontracts for design and build of Cargo Handling Systems for
VeryLarge Ammonia Carriers (VLAC). Additionally, we launched
ecoFGSS-FLEX® technology for the use of Ammonia as a ship main
engine fuel.
At our Rosyth facility we welcomed two of the UK’s fleet of
scientific research vessels for planned maintenance. RRS Discovery
and RRS Sir David Attenborough spent a total of 16 weeks at
Rosyth undergoing through-life support and will return to Rosyth
in 2024. We also converted a former UK Royal Navy patrol ship
into a medical vessel for Vine Trust at Portsmouth, an international
volunteering charity supporting some of the most isolated
communities in Tanzania and Peru.
47Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Defence UK Civil UK
Nuclear
Our c.8,600 employees provide complex through-life engineering support to
theentirety of the UK’s nuclear submarine fleet, own and manage critical national
infrastructure, and provide engineering integration support to AWE. We operate across
UK civil nuclear, including new build, generation support and decommissioning.
Nuclear – at a glance
Operational highlights
Commenced c.£560 million HMS Victorious Deep
Maintenance Programme (DMP) – one of the
UK’sVanguard Class nuclear submarines
Returned HMS Vanguard to Royal Navy after her
DeepMaintenace Period (DMP) and Life Extension
Programme (LIFEX)
Awarded £750 million infrastructure contract
inpreparation for Astute Class DMP
Awarded new contracts in support of the UK’s
Dreadnought and SSN-AUKUS submarine development
programmes
X-energy and Cavendish Nuclear selected for UK
Government’s Future Nuclear Enabling Fund (FNEF)
FY24 revenue
Nuclear
Revenue
£1.5bn
% of Group revenue
35%
Contract backlog
£3.1bn
Number of employees
c.8,600
12%
88%
“In the nuclear sector we have a fantastic
opportunity to play a key part in the UK’s
national recommitment to nuclear power
in both the civil and the defence market.”
Harry Holt
Chief Executive, Nuclear
See what we do in Nuclear and watch Harry talk
about the Sector at our recent Capital Markets Day
48 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Long-term UK MOD
submarine support partner
Strong nuclear regulator
relationships
Growing international
portfolio and partnerships
eg HII
Support to every class
of UK nuclear submarine
Deploying innovative
technology at AWE fissile
production facilities
OEM for fuel route and
primary control systems
for EDF-Energy UK fleet
AUKUS SSN-A platform
design for maximum
support efficiency
UK’s largest nuclear
workforce for civil and
defence at c.8,600
Prime partner for Nuclear
Skills Taskforce
Babcock Skills Academy
totrain 10,000 people
innext five years
Leveraging digital asset
data to improve
engineering decisions
Own and operate highly
regulated nuclear sites
atDevonport and Rosyth
Management of critical
national infrastructure
atDevonport, Faslane
andRosyth Naval Bases
What differentiates us
Unique
infrastructure
Operational asset
understanding
Engineering
know-how
Customer
Financial review
31 March 2024
£m
31 March 2023
£m
Contract backlog* 3,104.8 2,453.8
Revenue 1,520.9 1,179.2
Underlying operating profit* 109.2 63.5
Underlying operating margin* 7.2% 5.4%
* Alternative Performance Measures are defined in the Financial Glossary
onpage 39
Revenue increased by 29% to £1,520.9 million, driven by strong
growth in Major Infrastructure Programme (MIP) revenue,
increased Future Maritime Support Programme (FMSP) submarine
support activity and new contracts in our civil nuclear business.
MIP revenue increased to £459 million (FY23: £267 million).
Underlying operating profit increased by 72% to £109.2 million
driven by the revenue growth above and non-recurrence of
a£16million loss on a FY23 programme, which has now
completed. As a result, underlying operating margin improved
180 basis points to 7.2%.
Contract backlog increased 27% in the year to £3,105 million
(FY23: £2,454 million), driven primarily by the £750 million
MIPcontract to modernise 10 Dock at our Devonport facility.
49Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Nuclear continued
Estimated total contract value
c.£560m
Strip and replace
90% of internals
>42,000
engineering tasks
Optimised
working patterns
Innovative welding
techniques
HMS Victorious deep maintenance programme
Engineering
know-how
Deep understanding
of assets
Operational review
Defence
UK Defence
The UK is going through a phase of class transition for nuclear
submarines. Astute Class submarines are currently replacing the
Trafalgar Class and the future Dreadnought Class will replace the
Vanguard Class. We continue to make progress in meeting the
current and future requirements of the UK MOD and Royal Navy
and are working closely with them to jointly develop long-term
strategies for people, infrastructure and transformation.
We are delivering substantial upgrades to existing critical
infrastructure at Devonport to support the UK’s future capability
through a Major Infrastructure Programme (MIP). Following the
award of the manufacturing phase contract, the programme to
upgrade 10 Dock has entered the formal construction phase,
which will deliver a new dock, berth, logistics and production
support facilities, primarily for the Astute Class. We are also
undertaking the refurbishment of 9 Dock, currently used for the
Vanguard Class, the most significant work carried out on the dock
for over 20 years, and 15 Dock.
Deep maintenance and life-extension of the second of the UK’s
Vanguard Class nuclear submarines, HMS Victorious, are underway
at Babcock’s facility at Devonport following an agreed full cost
recovery contract worth an estimated £560 million with the
Submarine Delivery Agency (SDA). This follows the completion
in-year of HMS Vanguard’s deep maintenance period, the most
complex submarine maintenance and life-extension programme
that has ever been delivered within the enterprise. The first Astute
Class submarine has also been received in Devonport and is
currently undergoing surveys and work ahead of an in-dock base
maintenance programme (BMP). At HMNB Clyde, we continue to
deliver a strong performance on submarine maintenance periods
against a backdrop of increasing operational demands.
We were awarded a five-year contract to provide input into the
detailed design for the new Ship Submersible Nuclear AUKUS
(SSNA) submarines which will replace the Astute Class from
thelate 2030s and will be the future SSN design for the Royal
Australian Navy. We also agreed with the SDA a 12-month
extension to our Interim Support to the AUKUS Contract to
provide consultancy support to the UK and Australian
Governments in acquiring, operating, and maintaining nuclear
powered submarines for the Royal Australian Navy.
Babcock was awarded a further contract to support the UK’s new
Dreadnought Class submarines, providing input into the
development of the support solution, with a focus on engineering
best practice and submarine maintenance to enable improved
in-service availability. We continue to deliver good performance
and ongoing improvements against our FMSP contract.
We are supporting the SDA on the Submarine Dismantling Project,
working towards the full dismantling of the ex-HMS Swiftsure,
which will be a UK first. The decision has been made to undertake
the full vessel recycling at Rosyth. We are engaging to shape the
future Submarine Disposal Capability programme with the SDA.
Work continues to deliver the Process, Plant and Equipment
(PP&E)contract for AWE Aldermaston, with Babcock leading the
design, installation and commissioning of complex plant and
equipment engineering.
We have taken a leading role to support the UK’s Nuclear Skills
Task Force, following the recent announcement by the UK Prime
Minister of a funded skills plan. We continue to lead on the
collaborative work to deliver critically needed skills across the
Babcock Nuclear enterprise, developing on the Babcock Skills
Academy offering, significantly increasing our early careers intake,
upskilling the Babcock workforce and targeting mid-career
switchers through our engagement in Destination Nuclear, the
first national communications campaign targeting recruitment
into the industry.
In focus
50 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Significant capability
upgrades
15+
Deliver 15+ more years of service
Major upgrade
to 9 dock nuclear
facilities
HMS Victorious deep maintenance programme
Contracting differently
Innovative technologies
Improved productivity
Developing our people:
Nuclear Skills Taskforce
Babcock Academy
Customer intimacy
Infrastructure
International defence
Babcock and HII have combined forces in Australia to work
together to support the critical capabilities required to deliver
theAUKUS programme, collaborating to develop the optimal
models for nuclear-powered submarine capability, including
infrastructure, sustainment, and the necessary skills development.
We have signed an MoU with Bechtel Australia to identify
opportunities to leverage complementary expertise to establish
and support Australia’s conventionally armed nuclear-powered
submarine programme (AUKUS). Babcock Australasia has also
joined forces with HII, the University of Adelaide, Curtin University
and the University of NSW to form the AUKUS Workforce Alliance.
Civil
UK civil nuclear
We continue to support Sellafield with their decommissioning
programme and have been short-listed for the Invitation to
Tender phase for two key Lots of the 15-year Decommissioning
and Nuclear Waste Partners programme.
We have diversified our customer portfolio in the UK, securing
work with both Westinghouse and Urenco, supporting the
Government’s focus on security and front-end fuel cycle.
Thereprocessed uranium front end conversion project for
Westinghouse will design and build a facility to process uranium
to enable its future enrichment and use as a nuclear fuel, while
the tails management facility project for Urenco will convert
depleted uranium hexafluoride to the lower hazard uranium
oxidematerial for long term storage. At Magnox we have
mobilised the Hinkley Point A Vault Retrievals Phase 2 contract
toprovide the design and delivery of an automated solution to
safely retrieve, process and package waste from the site’s vaults,
ready for safe storage.
Cavendish Nuclear and X-energy welcomed a funding award
fromthe UK Government’s Future Nuclear Enabling Fund to
further develop Advanced Modular Reactors (AMRs) in the UK.
TheGovernment’s award of £3.4 million will be matched
byX-energy for a total programme of £6.8 million. The funds
willbeused to develop UK-specific deployment plans including
anassessment ofdomestic manufacturing and supply chain
opportunities, constructability, modularisation studies, and
spentfuel management.
In addition to AMRs, we continue to support Rolls Royce and
GE-Hitachi, two of the six Small Modular Reactor (SMR) vendors
whose designs have recently advanced to the next phase of the
UK’s SMR competition. We continue to support EDF with Large
Gigawatt Reactor delivery at Hinkley Point C and Sizewell C
through the MEH Alliance, an unincorporated JV.
International civil nuclear
In Japan, work is now underway to deliver a 10-year contract with
Japan Atomic Energy Agency (JAEA), providing specialist capability
in support of decommissioning and sodium treatment of the
Monju Prototype Fast Reactor in Fukui Prefecture, Japan.
In the US we are continuing to position for other major Tier 1
clean-up opportunities, on the back of the successful award last
year of the Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant Decontamination
and Decommissioning Contract with our joint venture partners.
Investment in Babcock
Skills Academy
51Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Land
Our c.6,400 employees provide essential services to our customers through three core
capabilities, Build, Support and Train. We do this through management, through-life
engineering support and build, engineering and systems integration for military vehicles
and equipment. We provide individual and collective training for customers with critical
missions and deliver engineering services in power generation and transport networks
andthrough-life support of mining equipment.
Land
Land – at a glance
Defence UK Defence International Civil UK Civil International
Revenue
£1.1bn
% of Group revenue
25%
Contract backlog
£2.6bn
Number of employees
6,400
Operational highlights
DSG contract extension under negotiation
Launched GLV for the upcoming MOD tender to
replace the legacy Army Land Rover fleet; actively
exploring export opportunities
Officially launched production of the High Mobility
Transporter Jackal 3 for the British Army, with Supacat
Signed collaboration agreement with Singapore
Technology Engineering for UK mortar systems
Awarded second ground and equipment support
contract for the French Navy, Army and Air Force
Awarded contract expansion to support UK gifted
in-kind platforms to Ukraine
Secured REME Apprenticeships contract to 2029
Won ARMCEN support contract for armoured vehicle
technical training for British Army
FY24 revenue
“The Land business today is refocused and
upgraded and the macro environment is
generating demand for our services. The
world needs us more than ever before.”
Tom Newman
Chief Executive, Land
24%
10%
34%
32%
See what we do in Land and watch Tom talk about
the Sector at our recent Capital Markets Day
52 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Deep expertise in operational
support
UK civilian armoured vehicle market
leader
Customer intimacy drives better
product solutions
Archer Artillery Alliance (BAE,
Babcock, RBSL)
Integrated with British Army
equipment support and planning
Market data leadership through
Palantir collaboration
Leading industry in deployment
of advanced manufacturing
Largest training supplier to
British Army
20+ years of delivering critical
mission training to reference
customers
R&D on human performance
in high-pressure environments
What differentiates us
Build Support
Train
Financial review
31 March 2024
£m
31 March 2023
£m
Contract backlog* 2,593.7 2,809.8
Revenue 1,098.6 1,017.1
Underlying operating profit* 96.3 85.9
Underlying operating margin* 8.8% 8.4%
* Alternative Performance Measures are defined in the Financial Glossary
onpage 39
Revenue increased 8% to £1,098.6 million (FY23: £1,017.1
million) with organic growth of 17% offset by a 5% FX translation
headwind due to the weakening of the South African Rand
againstthe Pound Sterling and the impact of the disposal
oftheCivil Training business in FY23. Strong organic growth
wasacross ourmilitary activities including equipment support
andtraining for our UK and international customers, ramp up
ofvehicle engineering contracts and the Australian Defence
HighFrequency Communication (DHFC) system contract,
andcontinued growth inour South African business, driven
bydemand for mining equipment.
Underlying operating profit increased 12% to £96.3 million,
including a £17.0 million profit on freehold property disposal.
FY23 included an £11.6 million one-off accounting credit. The
increase was also driven by revenue growth outlined above and
improved performance across a number of our Land contracts,
including the legacy DSG contract as it approaches its final
delivery year. Performance in our South African business was in
line with FY23, which benefitted from the close out of the Eskom
contract. Underlying margin improved 40 basis points to 8.8%
(FY23: 8.4%), including a 1.5% impact (FY23: 1.0%) from the
one-off items described above.
Contract backlog decreased 8% to £2,594 million (FY23: £2,810
million) due to revenue traded on long-term contracts and the
end of the Metropolitan Police Support contract in FY24.
53Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
High potential military product business
Land continued
From civilian armoured vehicle
conversion to the design, build
and through-life upgrade of
militarised mobility vehicles
Harnessing reliable commercial/
military off-the-shelf platforms
Support expertise influences design
Sustainable vehicle technologies
Freeport facility created to support
Land Industrial Strategy
In focus
Babcock General
Logistics Vehicle
Civilian armoured
vehicle (LC300)
Operational review
Defence
UK Defence
We delivered a strong performance in our defence equipment
business. We provided critical support to prepare, repair and
regenerate the Army’s fleet for the Steadfast Defender exercise,
the largest NATO exercise since the Cold War. Following notification
by our UK MOD customer of its intention to exercise up to five
option years for DSG from FY25/26, we have commenced
aperiod of negotiation and transition as we move through the
approvals process to contract signature. The transition activity
willresult in better outcomes for all stakeholders throughout
therest of the decade.
Babcock’s steadfast commitment to providing critical support
toUkraine’s military operations continues, providing training of
personnel and the refurbishment and regeneration of equipment
for Ukraine’s Armed Forces through our Project HECTOR contract
with the MOD. Having been awarded a contract in June 2023
tosupport the UK’s gifted platforms to Ukraine, we achieved
fulloperational capability and contract expansion in the period.
InMay 2024, we announced work was underway on an in-country
facility to deliver engineering support, including the repair and
overhaul of military vehicles, to be delivered in partnership with
UDI, Ukraine’s state-owned defence industry.
Our ambition to develop a portfolio of product-based offerings
remains on track. In February, in collaboration with Supacat, we
launched the production of 70 High Mobility Transporters (HMT
400 series) Jackal 3 for the British Army. Production will be
undertaken at our new facility within the free port of Devonport.
We launched the Babcock General Logistics Vehicle in September
2023, with a focus on the upcoming MOD tender to replace the
legacy Army Land Rover fleet and are pursuing other international
opportunities. In June 2025, we launched a medium wheelbase
variant and expect to add six-wheel drive variant in FY26.
Babcock remains the principal supplier of Toyota LC300 Civilian
Armoured Vehicles to UK government agencies and we celebrated
the successful conversion of the 50th vehicle in August 2023.
We signed a collaboration agreement with Singapore Technology
Engineering for the manufacture of 120 mm mortar systems in
the UK. Our Advanced Manufacturing Business continues to make
significant developments in tackling supply chain problems
caused by obsolete parts. We co-chair the defence accelerator
programme which seeks to increase the availability of defence
materiel. Babcock has also successfully converted 25% of the MOD’s
white fleet to electric vehicles. The programme is creating greater
fuel efficiencies and supporting the MODs sustainability goals.
Our Defence Training business performed well in the period,
securing a number of key contracts including the Armour Support
Contract, an extension to our contract to provide driver training
and a further contract to support REME Apprenticeships to August
2029. We have been awarded a three-year contract, supporting
Mabway, for the provision of support for the design, preparation
and delivery of military training exercises, which will replace
ourcurrent Hannibal contract. Our bid to become the Strategic
Training Partner for the Army Collective Training System (ACTS)
has progressed to the Invitation to Tender stage and we continue
to have positive engagements with the customer as part of the
bid process.
We continue to develop leading edge capabilities. Most notably
we were recently able to announce an Enterprise Agreement with
Palantir Technologies UK to strengthen our integrated planning
function by enhancing our digital capabilities across the Sector.
Working with Palantir and investing in our own data science
anddata engineering capabilities, we are on a journey of better
cohering, understanding and modelling thousands of data-points
relating to both critical and complex assets and their value chains.
The relationship also extends to the synthesis of performance
andbehavioural data relating to individual and collective training
tooptimise learning and enhance training outcomes.
International defence
In France, we have successfully completed the transition of the
ground support equipment contract awarded last year. Babcock
has also been awarded a new seven-year contract to provide
in-service support to airfield ground support equipment
throughout France’s mainland and overseas military bases. This
isBabcock’s second significant Land Sector contract in France.
54 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
High potential military product business
Land Mobility
pipeline
Significant export
opportunities
Strong UK
Government support
through Land
Industrial Strategy
High Mobility
Transporter (Jackal 3)
In Australasia, we continue to mature design of the new Defence
Australian High Frequency Communications System through the
JP9101 programme. We also signed a three-year contract
extension to provide the Australian Department of Defence with
streamlining sustainment and acquisition processes for Counter–
Chemical Biological Radiological, Nuclear and Explosive (C-CBRNE)
capability using our industry-leading asset management systems.
We continue to work closely with the New Zealand Ministry of
Defence on the Fixed High Frequency Radio Refresh programme.
We continue to be in an active process with the Australian Defence
Force (ADF) for a first generation contract for sustainment
management services for Land equipment. We aredeveloping
solutions to export leading capabilities from the UK to streamline
existing support provision, and enhance fleet management,
inventory management, engineering and technical management,
procurement management, and support to ADF Operations.
In Canada, we signed a Memorandum of Understanding
withRoshel to collaboratively explore opportunities to support
theCanadian Armed Force’s land requirements, providing
innovative solutions through the combination of our global
assetmanagement expertise and Roshel’s specialist vehicle
manufacturing. This relationship provides us with the potential
tobuild our civilian armoured vehicle (CAV) in Canada
andsupport the Government of Canada, and address export
opportunities in the North American defence and security market.
Civil
UK civil
Both our London Fire Brigade and Metropolitan Police (MPS)
training contracts have performed well in the period. However,
we have seen lower volumes on the MPS contract as the customer
seeks to meet its challenging recruitment targets. We are leading
an optimisation programme to support the design of a new entry
route programme, focused on improving operational performance
in support of transforming the approach to initial recruit training.
We continue to provide effective support to the London Fire
Brigade through equipment and vehicle management, servicing
and repair.
The trial to reduce the number of planned vehicle movements
byup to 50% across the Greater London region willreduce wear
and tear and emissions. This allows for greater flexibility in fleet
management practices such as vehicle rotation and whole life
cost, helping to preserve high-vehicle availability. The trial has
provided successful results with a full roll-out across the London
Fire Brigade fleet being implemented.
We continue to explore ways in which we can support the
UKGovernment’s increasing focus on national resilience efforts,
including enhancing the asset management services we provide
as part of the New Dimensions programme for event response
readiness at national, regional and local level.
Our Rail business continues to deliver strong performance in
itskey regions of Scotland and Northern Ireland and has started
toexpand its operations into the significant market in Ireland.
Major investment in national rail infrastructure by the Irish
Government is a key enabler for building on, levelling up and
sustaining recent economic growth across the country.
Engagement with industry stakeholders around major engineering
programmes progresses, which will see the network modernised,
decarbonised and have capacity more than doubled over the next
5 to 10 years.
International civil
South Africa performed strongly, primarily driven by the
equipment business, which supplies vehicles and vehicle support
to the mining industry. A sustained high demand for commodities
continues to drive open cast mining activities, resulting in
anexpansion of our market share. Our Engineering and Plant
businesses delivered results in accordance with forecast. We are
actively exploring opportunities within the marine and nuclear
sectors to further diversify our portfolio and drive future growth.
We received orders for delivery of strategic spares for Eskom
power stations to be delivered over three years. We were
awarded five-year milling plant maintenance contracts for
twopower stations and began work on a significant contract
toengineer and replace electrostatic plates at Lethabo power
station to reduce particulate emissions.
55Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Aviation
Our c.2,500 employees deliver military pilot training for the two largest Air Forces
in Europe (France & UK), through-life support to operational military flying assets
and critical air operations for government customers
Aviation – at a glance
Defence UK Defence International Civil UK Civil International
Operational highlights
Completed delivery of six H160 helicopters
totheFrench Navy as part of a 10-year contract
Partnered with RAF to deliver the first Elementary
Flying Training (EFT) phase of the Ukrainian Pilot
Forceprogramme
Delivered unprecedented firefighting operations
inCanada with >99% aircraft availability
Explored opportunities with Zero Petroleum
fortheuse of synthetic fuels in defence aircraft
Secured a five-year extension to Victoria Air
Ambulance contract in Australia
After the year end, awarded 12-year contract
alongside Airbus to support 48 EC145 helicopters
forthe Générale de la Sécurité Civile and the French
Gendarmerie Nationale
FY24 revenue
Aviation
Revenue
£0.3bn
% of Group revenue
8%
Contract backlog
£1.6bn
Number of employees
c.2,500
39%
10%
36%
15%
“Our growth plan isn’t just an ambition. We are
delivering it now, focusing on opportunities
wecan win and deliver, managing carefully our
operational risks and protecting our margins.”
Pierre Basquin
Chief Executive, Aviation
See what we do in Aviation and watch Pierre talk
about the Sector at our recent Capital Markets Day
56 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Embedded into Air Forces and their
organisations. We deliver alongside
them through long-term partnering
contracts
Our performance directly influences
military operational readiness
As a critical air missions operator, we
understand the operational challenges
faced by Air Forces: specialist pilot
training and asset availability
Extensive experience of providing
operational support and training on
multiple fixed wing and rotary wing
platforms
Not reliant on OEMs to maintain and
repair the platforms we fly: we do it
ourselves
We optimise flying platforms through
the lifecycle to maximise availability
and reduce operational costs
Platform agnostic, we deliver
tailored solutions to Air Forces
Ability to mutualise engineering
services to jointly support our
assets and those owned by
military customers
Wide range of in-house
engineering capabilities
What differentiates us
Financial review
31 March 2024
£m
31 March 2023
£m
Contract backlog* 1,641.4 1,633.0
Revenue 341.5 802.7
Underlying operating profit* 19.2 15.8
Underlying margin* 5.6% 2.0%
* Alternative Performance Measures are defined in the Financial Glossary
onpage 39
Revenue decreased 57% to £341.5 million (FY23: £802.7 million)
primarily due to the impact of the sale of the European Aerial
Emergency Services (AES) business in February 2023, which
contributed revenue of £387 million in FY23. On an organic basis,
revenue declined 17% due to the sales mix of our French defence
contracts, particularly MENTOR, between aircraft delivery and
service phases. Our remaining UK, Australia and Canada aviation
businesses all delivered modest growth.
Underlying operating profit increased 22% to £19.2 million (FY23:
£15.8 million), despite lower revenue due to favourable sales mix
of our French defence contracts, improved pricing and lower bid
costs. The prior year also included a £1.1 million loss contribution
from the disposed European AES business. As a result, underlying
operating margin increased 360bp to 5.6%.
Contract backlog was in line with the prior year at £1,641 million
(FY23: £1,633 million), with new orders matched by revenue
traded on long-term contracts.
Customer
intimacy
Operational asset
understanding
Engineering
know-how
57Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
The leading training partner to the French Air Force
Aviation continued
Revenue up
10x
since FY16, driven primarily by defence
opportunities (now c.50% defence)
Grown our position as the
leading training partner to
the French Air Force
The largest engineering partner
for armed forces’ medium-size
helicopters (H160, H145, H135)
Strong partnership with leading
defence OEMs Dassault Aviation
and Airbus Helicopters
Successful expansion into
supporting military ground assets
In France, Babcock is now
perceived as a French defence
company with appropriate access
to classified opportunities and
defence investments
In focus
Operational review
Defence
UK Defence
Performance on the RAF HADES contract remains strong against
abackground of customer site laydown and base closures and we
are in positive discussions regarding a further contract extension.
We continue to deliver good organic growth in our 11-year
agreement with BAE Systems, supporting the RAF’s Hawk TMk1
and TMk2 fleet.
Despite some fleet challenges earlier in the year, operations on
the RAF Light Aircraft Flying Task contract (LAFT2) are continuing
as normal with high levels of availability. We delivered the first
Elementary Flying Training (EFT) phase of the Ukrainian Pilot Force
training as they prepare to fly F-16 jets, with zero sorties lost
dueto aircraft unavailability.
We successfully negotiated a 13-year extension to the ground
handling support contract for the Future Strategic Tanker Aircraft
contract. We continue to provide IT service and improvement
projects for the customer and are continuing to build a strong
working relationship.
Project MONET, a two-year research and development project
toexplore the application of emerging technologies to minimise
the environmental impact of the Light Aircraft Flying Task, has
concluded its first year with a successful environmental impact
assessment of the Grob Tutor. Work continues on the next phase
to develop a flying testbed aircraft to test technologies in the air.
We signed the Defence Aviation Net Zero Charter, confirming our
commitment to help UK Defence meet the challenges of climate
change and to advance the testing of synthetic fuels in the
military environment across air defence platforms.
We are exploring the use of uncrewed air system technologies
tosupport UK defence, security and government aviation, and
working on methods of integrating autonomous and collaborative
platforms into the RAF.
International defence
In France, activity continues to ramp up on the MENTOR contract
with flying activity above forecast, further enhancing the training
delivery. On the FOMEDEC contract, an additional simulator has
been set up to deliver 1,500 additional simulator hours (+18%)
tothe customer. In total, we delivered c.13,500 flight hours
and8,500 simulator hours this year for the French Air Force under
both contracts (FOMEDEC and MENTOR). We are also extremely
proud to have reached a key milestone this year of 40,000 flight
hours on our PC-21 aircraft.
We completed the delivery of our six Airbus H160 helicopters
tothe French Navy as part of our contract with the French MOD.
The aircraft are used to perform Search and Rescue (SAR) missions
and have already flown more than 1,750 hours and carried out
numerous rescue missions in the Mediterranean and across the
Normandy and Brittany coasts. We have also opened the first
H160 site for SAR operations in the world, located in
Cherbourg(France).
After the year end, we have been awarded a new contract
alongside Airbus Helicopters to support the EC145 fleet of
theDirection Générale de la Sécurité Civile and the French
Gendarmerie Nationale. The 12-year contract covers the aircraft
in-service support of a 48 Airbus EC145 helicopters fleet across
France mainland and overseas. Additional maintenance work has
been delivered to our current seven-year contract with French
Customs and Gendarmerie Nationale where we deliver in-service
support to their EC135 helicopter fleets. Flying activity is also
above contract expectations with a total of 8,141 flight hours
(expected 6,500 flying hours).
Bidding activity on military aviation tenders remains high
withmany ongoing opportunities such as Mentor 2 contract
(outsourcing of French military pilots initial training stage),
FrenchAir Force tactical and combat training contract and BFTC
(outsourcing of the Belgium fighter pilot training).
In Canada, we were unsuccessful in our bid to deliver Canada's
Future Aircrew Training (FAcT). We continue to explore
opportunities in the military spectrum, leveraging our current
civilian capabilities and our international military know-how
tosupport the Royal Canadian Air Force and other Federal
Departments in the future.
58 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
The leading training partner to the French Air Force
Why we succeed:
Differentiated value proposition
combining equipment acquisition
and conversion, maintenance,
operation and training
Strong track record in UK – flexible
model adaptable to French
requirements
We shaped the French Air Force’s
approach to outsourcing
Consistent delivery
Civil
UK civil
We have been awarded a new contract with Midlands Air
Ambulance Charity (MAAC) to continue as the charity’s aviation
partner for the next 10 years, operating MAAC’s fleet of
helicopters as well as providing ground support, engineering
andpilots. We have been by MAAC’s side since the charity
startedoperating over 33 years ago, responding to over 75,000
lifesaving missions. We are continuing to deliver our other air
ambulance activities in the country with a fleet availability
atover98%.
International civil
In France, we are growing our ambition to protect citizens and
communities in new territories, by developing a joint solution with
the Sultanate of Oman to implement a robust and comprehensive
Aerial Emergency Medical Service for all citizens and tourists
inthe country.
In Australasia, we continue to deliver critical emergency services
while strengthening our relationships with our customers. We
were awarded three key contract extensions this year, making
Babcock the biggest provider of aerial emergency medical
services in Australia.
The Queensland Government has extended our contract to
provide emergency medical services and search and rescue for
afurther 12 years. The South Australian Government granted
afour-year contract extension for the delivery of a State Rescue
Helicopter Service. Lastly, we have been awarded a five-year
contract extension to continue to provide critical air ambulance
operations in Victoria until December 2030.
In Canada, we continued to deliver air ambulance and wildfire
suppression services for the Province of Manitoba, helping to
protect citizens, communities and natural resources. Last year
Canada experienced an unprecedented number of wildfires,
which saw our operations deliver over 1,500 flight hours, 674 fire
missions and 5,006 water drops. In March 2024, we successfully
completed the delivery of the LifeFlight critical care air ambulance
services contract for the Province of Manitoba which saw 100%
aircraft availability during the year.
We have begun to ramp up the in-service support for British
Columbia’s new aerial emergency services contract using a fleet
of AW169 aircraft. This 10-year contract will start in FY25 with
facilities construction.
59Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Stakeholder engagement
Stakeholder engagement
Building strong and lasting relationships with our global stakeholder groups is not only vital
to our success, it’s central to our Purpose: to create a safe and secure world, together.
We recognise the impact we have on our stakeholders and our responsibility to them,
which is why increased stakeholder engagement is a key part of our turnaround strategy.
We are committed to open and productive engagement with all our stakeholders.
Why they matter to us
Understanding the needs and challenges of our customers allows us
to help them to succeed. We make their mission, our mission; working in
partnership with our customers to deliver critical programmes and services.
We seek to solve their challenges through the introduction of innovative
solutions and technology to support their needs. We build and maintain
long-term relationships with our customers to promote our mutual success.
Customers
What matters to them
Safety
Operational excellence
Affordability (value for money)
Availability
Capability
Innovation and expertise
Reliability
Collaboration
Deep understanding of their
needs, both now and in the future
Sustainability performance
and agenda
What matters to them
Good working relationships
Access to opportunities
Prompt payment and predictable
supplier cash flows
What matters to them
Regulations, policies and
standards
Governance and transparency
Trust and ethics
Safety and compliance
ofoperations
Sustainability
Site-specific issues
What matters to them
Shareholder value
Financial and operational
performance
Strategy and business
development
Capital structure
Dividend policy
Transparency of
communications
Access to management
Governance
Sustainability strategy
How Babcock engages
Regular ongoing relationship
engagement at all levels
Contract negotiation
and execution
Strategic Partnering
Programme
Collaborating on joint
initiatives
Attendance at key
industry events
Provision of information
on sustainability goals
How Babcock engages
Regular open and honest two-way
communications
Supplier Code of Conduct
Supplier conferences
andworkshops
Supplier due diligence
Involvement in security
supply chain development
programme SC21
How Babcock engages
Regular engagement (national,
local and official level)
Briefing on key issues
Dedicated compliance teams
Response to direct queries
Coordinated safety improvement
programmes
How Babcock engages
Annual Report and Financial
Statements and AGM
Results materials and presentations
Proactive IR team: met with over
300 investors in FY24
Treasury team engagement with
banks, noteholders and credit
rating agencies
Investor roadshows with
management and IR team
Chair and NED engagement with
top shareholders
Investor site visits, including 2024
Capital Markets Day
Stock exchange announcements
and press releases published on
various channels including social
media
Why they matter to us
The support of our equity and debt investors and continued access to
capital is vital to the long-term success of the Company. We work to ensure
that we provide clear and transparent information to the market which
allows investors and potential investors to make informed decisions,
viamarket updates, information published on our website, appropriate
access to management and active Investor Relations (IR) and Treasury teams.
Investors
Why they matter to us
To support our global business operations and strategy we require an efficient
and highly effective supply chain. This means we need to foster trusted and
collaborative relationships with suppliers who share our appetite to drive
improvement through innovation and best practice.
Our external supply chains are an important part of our performance, and
byworking collaboratively with suppliers we can ensure continuity of supply,
minimise risk and bring innovative solutions to our customers.
Why they matter to us
We manage complex assets in highly regulated sectors: nuclear, defence
and aviation. We are committed to providing safe and effective operations.
We have to maintain positive and constructive relationships with regulators
in order to be able to operate, to help shape policy in our markets and to
position for future opportunities.
Suppliers Regulators
60 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
What matters to them
Employment opportunities
andeconomic contribution
Health, safety and wellbeing
Making a positive impact on the
community, including through
volunteering
Engagement in local education
and STEM activities
Sustainability and protection
ofthe local environment
Support for indigenous people
Support for the armed forces
community
Broad community engagement
What matters to them
Remuneration, reward
andrecognition
Professional development
and career progression
Health, safety and wellbeing
The Group’s aims, goals,
priorities and reputation
Regular engagement
withleaders
An empowering culture
Inclusion and diversity
Our ESG agenda
Employee networks
Collaboration
How Babcock engages
Regular dialogue at our largest
sites on matters of mutual interest
Sponsorship and donations
Independent research to analyse
our contribution to the local
andUK economy
Employee volunteering
University and skills partnerships
Schemes to support people
returning to work
STEM ambassadors
Significant employer of service
leavers, veterans and reservists
Engagement with and support
forlocal community programmes
How Babcock engages
Employee forums and meetings
Global engagement platforms,
including an employee app
Weekly CEO and senior
management vlogs
Access to the CEO via
adedicated email
A Global People Survey
Regular internal updates
Cascade briefings
Regular safety stand downs
and annual safety summit
Regular training
Access to independent
whistleblowing process
Senior management and
Board visits
Non-Executive Director
responsible for employee
engagement at Board level
Free confidential employee
support helpline
Shadow Executive Committee
Why they matter to us
Our success depends on our people. We are committed to creating
aninclusive and diverse organisation where employees can develop their
full potential. Informed by the responses to our annual Global People
Survey, we are focusing on developing and supporting a truly engaged
workforce, living our principles and working on shared goals, united by
ourcommon Purpose.
Why they matter to us
We are committed to the communities in which we operate and the broader
interests of the customers we serve. We have a responsibility to support the
communities in which we operate both economically and socially; community
engagement and social value creation are key aspects of our ESG strategy.
Wewant to be a force for good in our communities, particularly where we have
major sites of operation and are one of the largest employers in the local area.
Employees Communities
s172(1) statement
The Directors confirm that they, both individually and collectively, have acted in a way that they consider, in good faith, to be most likely
to promote the long-term success of the Company for the benefit of the shareholders as a whole, while having regard for all stakeholders.
By considering key stakeholder groups and aligning our activities with our strategic plan, as well as the Company’s culture and values,
weaim to act fairly, transparently and in the best interests of the Company over the long term.
More information on how stakeholders are factored into our decision-making and the Board’s engagement with stakeholders
canbe found in the Governance section in the Chair’s introduction on page 111 and on pages 116 to 119, which form part of
this statement. Further information on how the Board addressed the different matters set out in s172(1) in performing its duties
during the year can be found as follows:
s172(1) factor Relevant disclosures
a. the likely consequences of any decision in the long term Driving sustainable growth (pages 15 to 17), ESG strategy
(page 62)
b. the interests of the Company’s employees Social (page 80)
c. the need to foster the Company’s business relationships
withsuppliers, customers and others
Stakeholder engagement (page 60), Commercial integrity
(page 86)
d. the impact of the Company’s operations on the community
andenvironment
Social (page 84), Environment (page 67)
e. the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation
for high standards of business conduct
Governance (page 86)
f. the need to act fairly between members of the Company Investors (page 60)
61Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Our ESG strategy
ESG strategy
Sustainability remains an integral part
ofour corporate strategy, underpinning
ourcorporate Purpose: to create a safe
andsecure world, together.
Our five corporate Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
priorities provide the framework for how we incorporate
sustainability into our business, by minimising risk, reducing
ourenvironmental footprint, contributing to our communities
andtransitioning to a more sustainable future for all.
We continue to progress our corporate ESG strategy, ensuring
progress towards our commitments and five priorities. Our
continued progress against this strategy is evidenced by our
ongoing success in reducing our gender pay gap year on year
(seepage 81) and our award-winning Production Support
Operative (PSO) programme (see our sustainability pages on
ourcorporate website). We have also gained approval for our
science-based near and long-term emissions reduction targets
andverification of our Net Zero target by 2050 from the Science
Based Targets initiative (SBTi) (see page 68).
Being a responsible citizen matters to Babcock. Our annual
GlobalPeople Survey (GPS) showed a 5% improvement on
ourengagement score against the question “Babcock really
demonstrates its commitment to our Purpose – creating a safe
and secure world, together”. We have also captured the views
ofsome of our stakeholders for our materiality assessment
whichshows those areas of most importance to them. More
detailon this is available on the sustainability pages of our
corporate website.
Our commitment to the safety of our staff and anyone on our
sitesremains a key area of focus for us, with 83% of our people
believing Babcock is committed to the health and safety of
employees (2023 annual GPS). Our TRIR has increased during
2023 as we undertake more complex activities but we expect
ourincreased supervision levels and the growth of experienced
workers to result in this rate reducing going forward. Our Global
Safety Director also co-chairs the UK Defence Industry Safety
Forum where we collaborate with industry partners and the
UKMOD to share good practice.
During the past year our Chief Executive Officer, David Lockwood,
was appointed the president of ADS Group and Babcock became
a founding signatory of the ADS ESG Charter. We have also signed
the Defence Aviation Net Zero Charter and we are a Pankhurst
Partner for Women in Defence UK, co-designing its first critical
mass summit which was held in the summer last year.
Environment Governance
We will reduce
emissions in line
with our short-
term science-
based targets and
long-term Net Zero
targets
We will ensure
the safety and
wellbeing of
allourpeople
We will integrate
environmental
sustainability into
programme design
to minimise waste
and optimise
resources
We will make a
positive difference
to the communities
we’re proud to be
part of and provide
high-quality jobs
that support local
economies
We will be a
collaborative,
trusted partner
across the supply
chain, helping
totackle common
challenges
Our ESG priorities
Social
We continue to engage with ratings agencies, enhancing, where
possible, our level of transparency to provide further insight into
arange of environmental, social and governance topics. Our main
ESG disclosures and external ratings are listed on page 65 and our
GRI and SASB report is available to view on the sustainability pages
of our corporate website.
Following the UK Government’s ‘Sustainability Disclosure
Requirements Implementation Update’ in May 2024, we are
awaiting the release of the UK Sustainability Reporting Standards,
which are due in Q1 2025. Following their release we will
undertake the necessary preparations to ensure we comply
withthese standards. As the UK Government referred to in their
Implementation Update, we do not expect these standards
tocome into force before 2026 at the earliest.
To aid our ongoing efforts to increase transparency, we have
consolidated a list of our publicly available policies and codes
ofconduct on our corporate website. We have also started
toproduce a series of fact sheets on topics, such as Information
Security and Health and Safety, to provide insight on our approach.
ESG policies and statements
62 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Progress against our ESG priorities
Priorities Highlights from FY24
We will reduce emissions in
line with our short-term
science-based targets and
long-term Net Zero targets
Validation of our science-based targets by the SBTi
28% of Babcock fleet now made up of Ultra Low Emission Vehicles (ULEV)
Enhanced accuracy and completeness in Babcock’s Scope 3 footprint
See page 68
We will integrate
environmental sustainability
into programme design to
minimise waste and
optimise resources
Conducted biodiversity assessments and drafted Babcock’s Nature Positive Roadmap
Commenced delivery of renewable energy installations
Development of Babcock’s Environmental Data Management System
See page 70
We will ensure the safety
and wellbeing of all our
people
83% of employees believe that Babcock is truly committed to the health and safety
ofemployees according to our Global People Survey, up from 81% in 2022’s survey
Our gender pay gap continued to narrow from 9.6% to 6.7%
We launched our Group-wide Project Management graduate programme
See page 80
We will make a positive
difference to the
communities we’re proud
to be part of and provide
high-quality jobs that
support local economies
We established a dedicated External Engagement team to engage with the local Devonport
community, raise awareness of STEM and enhance students’ employability skills
Our 582 active STEM Ambassadors visited 708 schools nationwide over the year
We have completed the three Commitment Phases of the Progressive Aboriginal Relations
(PAR) programme offered by the Canadian Council for Aboriginal Business (CCAB)
See page 84
We will be a collaborative,
trusted partner across the
supply chain, helping to
tackle common challenges
We published our updated Supplier Code of Conduct, which aligns with the principles of
ISO20400, underscoring our dedication to human rights, fair practices and environmental
responsibility
27.7% of our total spend was with our SME supplier base compared to 24% in FY23
Our average payment term was 16.3 days to our suppliers versus 21.4 days in FY23
See page 86
Our focus for FY25
Continue development and delivery of Carbon Reduction Plans
Deliver renewable energy installations
Enhance environmental and Net Zero support capabilities
Build upon the Safety Starts with Me behaviour programme to reinforce our Home Safe Every Day promise
Continue to focus on closing our gender pay gap
Significantly increase communication and employee participation in our Be Kind volunteering programme
to enhance uptake, community engagement and social impact
Seek further ways to improve our wellbeing provisions to ensure they continue to respond to the needs
ofour people
Introduce our Supplier Assurance manual to transparently communicate our collaboration expectations
tooursupply base
Implement carbon emissions tracking software to reduce our supply chain carbon footprint
Establish ESG ratings to reinforce our commitment to responsible practices
63Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
Progress vs ESG commitments and targets
Commitment and targets Commentary
Progress Plan Zero 40 and minimise the impact on the environment
Progress Plan Zero 40 We have reduced our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 7.6% against our 2021 baseline
Our Scope 3 emissions have increased by 2.4% against our 2021 baseline
Preparing waste management plans
across all significant sites by 2024
Following initial pilots to establish the approach, we have now completed
assessments across 42% of our significant sites
We are working to complete the outstanding plans by the end of the year
Zero controlled waste to landfill by 2025 We are investigating a range of initiatives and working with our partners to identify
opportunities to eliminate our waste to landfill by 2025
Eliminate the use of avoidable single-use
plastic by 2027
Our waste working group is investigating a range of initiatives to support delivery
ofour target
Prepare water management plans across
all significant sites by 2024
Following initial pilots to establish the approach, we have now completed
assessments across 38% of our significant sites
We are working to complete the outstanding plans by the end of the year
Maintaining and enhancing biodiverse ecosystems
Conduct biodiversity assessments across
all significant sites by 2024
Following initial pilot assessments to establish the approach, we have now
completed assessments across 31% of our significant sites
Deliver a 10% biodiversity increase across
the estate by 2030
We have conducted a biodiversity Net Gain pilot study and drafted a Nature Positive
Roadmap which we are incorporating into our Climate and Nature Transition Plan
TCFD metrics and targets
Develop a baseline for Scope 1 and 2
emissions by end of 2023
Complete. We have developed Carbon Reduction Plans covering 95% of our UK
operations and are satisfied this has established our emissions reduction pathway
baseline
We are working to develop the plans across the remaining international sites over
the coming year
Complete an assessment of climate-
related risk of all critical Babcock
infrastructure by end of 2024
We are working to conduct detailed climate-related risk assessments across our
critical infrastructure by the end of 2024
100% of electricity for Babcock facilities
tobe sourced from renewable supplies
by2030
In 2023 approximately 29% of Babcock’s electricity was from renewable energy sources,
anincrease from 25%* in 2022
Complete a review of climate-related
changes to working conditions covering
all employees who are exposed at
geographical locations by April 2023
Complete
Make a science-based targets submission
by April 2023
Complete
Underpinned by conducting business with honesty, transparency and integrity
* In the 2023 Annual Report and Financial Statements we reported our percentage of energy from renewable sources for 2022 at 32%. During 2023 we have
improved the coverage of our data sets (particularly across international sites) and we therefore restate the 2022 figure at 25%.
64 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
GRI Standards and SASB Standards Reporting with reference to GRI Standards 2021 and SASB Standards (updated in January
2024) for the period April 2023 to March 2024. The report is available on the external
website
DJSI score for FY23 Completed DJSI submission in November 2023 and achieved a score of 45/100, which
wastwo points lower than last year
FTSE Russell Submitted in April 2024 and received an increased score of 3.5, up from 3.0 in 2023
ISS ESG Corporate Rating Rating is C- in line with prior year
MSCI ESG Rating Rating is unchanged at ‘A’
Progress vs ESG commitments and targets continued
Commitment and targets Commentary
Creating a people-centred business where everyone is included
30% women within senior leadership
teams by 2025
Female representation in senior leadership teams remains consistent at 23%
30% female representation at all levels
by2030
Our female population has increased to 19% this year and we remain committed
toreaching our gender-balance target
Setting clear and measurable objectives
that act as the catalyst for driving our
longer-term inclusion and diversity goals
In 2023 we undertook a discovery project across the Group exploring culture,
behaviours and leadership through the lens of inclusion and our people’s day-to-day
experience
In response we have further developed our approach to inclusion that includes
adopting Global Stated Commitments focused on internal and external priorities;
therelease of a Group Inclusion Roadmap to address consistently emerging themes
from the discovery work; and the completion of the transition to a centrally led
andbusiness-owned inclusion model that is bespoke to each area of our business
Reduce inequalities through a thorough
review of our recruitment practices
andhow we support progression once
inemployment
We are taking a range of actions including new policies and ways of working,
suchasrefreshed recruitment processes and supporting leadership development
programmes amongst others
Underpinned by conducting business with honesty, transparency and integrity
ESG disclosure and external ratings
We continue to develop our approach to ESG reporting and work proactively with ratings agencies to enhance, where possible,
thelevelof transparency and provide further insight into a range of environmental, social and governance topics.
GRI and SASB Report
65Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
ESG and our shareholders
Over the year we have progressed our ESG strategy and ensured
progress on our corporate commitments and five ESG priorities
while furthering our disclosure on key sustainability interests in
line with best practice and regulation. This year we have continued
to develop our approach to ESG reporting and enhanced the
levelof transparency, providing further insight into a range
ofenvironmental, social and governance impacts against GRI,
SASB and TCFD standards and disclosures.
Environmental: During the year we were proud to be one of the
first international defence companies to have gained approval for
our science-based near and long-term emissions reduction targets
and verification of our Net Zero target by 2050 from the Science
Based Targets initiative (SBTi). During the year we were also able
to enhance our accuracy and completeness of Scope 3 emissions
in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. Read more on page 67.
Social: The health, safety and wellbeing of our employees,
customers and the community comes first. Our Global Safety
Director co-chairs the Defence Industry Safety Forum where
wecollaborate with industry partners and the UK MOD to share
good practice. During the year, David Lockwood was appointed
the president of ADS Group and Babcock became a founding
signatory of the ADS ESG Charter. Our gender pay gap continued
to narrow this year and we have become a Pankhurst Partner for
Women in Defence UK, co-designing its first critical mass summit
which was held in the summer last year. Senior management
gender diversity is also one of our remuneration targets.
Seepage150.
Governance: We have continued to support the Company’s
turnaround by making improvements to the governance of the
Group. As covered in our Chair’s report (page 110) and our Audit
Committee Chair’s report (page 128), we have developed our
controls enhancement programme and dedicated Group Risk
function, enhanced internal capability and a risk framework that
considers management of risk at all levels throughout the Group.
Our approach to risk management is discussed on page 89.
During the year we also published our updated Supplier Code
ofConduct, which aligns with the principles of ISO 20400,
underscoring our dedication to human rights, fair practices
andenvironmental responsibility.
Defence and civil nuclear
The Group today is over 74% defence focused, reflecting our
growth strategy and portfolio alignment programme which
started in FY21 when our defence exposure was 56%. We
recognise that our business is therefore of increasing relevance
toinvestors assessing stocks through an ESG lens: most notably
that we operate in defence and civil nuclear markets. We have
acritical role in global defence and national security with
operations in the UK, Australia, New Zealand, Canada and France.
We also design and manufacture equipment and systems for
several other nations including the US and South Korea. As global
and political instability increases, we support the view that
democracies need to be able to defend themselves from aggressors.
Nuclear deterrents and nuclear power are both crucial to our
customers and a democratically elected mandate. Babcock has
been supporting the UK’s commitment to the Continuous-At-Sea
Deterrent for over 50 years, while also delivering complex and
critical civil nuclear through-life engineering.
We will continue to support our customers, both with their
defence agenda and their commitment to generate low emission
power from nuclear energy.
Certain ESG agencies and investment funds have identified
internal screening policies to minimise their portfolio’s exposure
to specific defence and civil nuclear activities. To enable
compliance with their requirements, we disclose key ESG metrics
to measure our exposure to these activities as a percentage
ofrevenue. Below we describe our involvement in these areas:
We do not design, manufacture or sell nuclear weapons
orcontroversial weapons or their components.
We provide support for our Atomic Weapons Establishment
customer’s programmes. This work represents less than 2%
ofFY24 revenue.
We provide in-service support and through-life maintenance for
the entirety of the UK Royal Navy’s nuclear powered submarine
fleet which includes non-nuclear armed ship-submersible nuclear
(SSN) submarines and the nuclear armed ship-submersible
ballistic nuclear (SSBN) submarines delivering the Continuous-At-
Sea Deterrent. FMSP is our contract to deliver all dockside and
fleet time support, base maintenance and deep maintenance
periods, including infrastructure and naval base management
forboth SSNs and SSBNs. We estimate the split of SSBN related
support work to be around 2% of FY24 revenue.
We design and manufacture the non-nuclear weapons handling
systems for the UK’s future Dreadnought Class SSBNs and
manufacture the missile tube assemblies for the joint US/UK
common missile compartment for integration into future US
andUK SSBNs. This work represents less than 2% of FY24 revenue.
Nuclear power provides a reliable source of low-carbon
electricity and is a critical component of countries’ national
energy strategies as they move towards net zero carbon. Our
civil nuclear business is involved in new build, power generation
support, fuel route management and decommissioning.
Thiswork represents around 4% of FY24 revenue.
“Investing in defence companies contributes
toournational security, defends the civil liberties
we all enjoy, while delivering long-term returns
forpensions funds and retail investors. That is why
theUK’s world leading investment management
industry supports our defence sector, with the
Investment Association’s members having
invested £35 billion in UK defence companies.
Investing in good, high-quality, well-run defence
companies is compatible with ESG considerations
as long-term sustainable investment is about
helping all sectors and all companies in the
economy succeed.”
Joint statement from the UK Government (HM Treasury)
and the Investment Association, 23 April 2024
66 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Environment
Babcock is an environmentally conscious organisation and we are working hard to ensure our operations have the least possible impacts.
Our environmental and Net Zero strategies strive to ensure sustainability is at the core of our operations as part of our commitment
toimplement sustainable practices. Over the past year we have continued to make good progress on our sustainable transition.
Babcock Group energy consumption and emissions
Dec-20 Dec-21 Dec-22 Dec-23
UK
Scope 1: Direct emissions from owned/controlled
operations
1
tCO
2
e 43,795 47,836 35,602 32,458
Scope 2 location-based: Indirect emissions from the use of
electricity and steam tCO
2
e 49,853 41,425 38,945 41,607
Scope 2 market-based: Indirect emissions from the use of
electricity and steam tCO
2
e 57, 142 62,901 70,166 73,779
Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions market-based tCO
2
e 100,937 110,737 105,768 106,237
Underlying energy consumption
2
kWh 426,100,863 422,100,145 373,636,265 356,948,259
Global (excluding UK)
Scope 1: Direct emissions from owned/controlled
operations
1
tCO
2
e 32,361 29,251 22,785 21,676
Scope 2 location-based: Indirect emissions from the use of
electricity and steam tCO
2
e 4,485 4,626 3,725 5,585
Scope 2 market-based: Indirect emissions from the use of
electricity and steam tCO
2
e 4,479 4,627 3,718 5,700
Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions market-based tCO
2
e 36,840 33,878 26,503 27,376
Underlying energy consumption
2
kWh 139,234,549 128,027,641 100,726,110 98,725,583
Babcock Group total (UK and global)
Scope 1: Direct emissions from owned/controlled
operations
1
tCO
2
e 76,156 77,087 58,387 54,134
Scope 2 market-based: Indirect emissions from the use of
electricity and steam tCO
2
e 61,621 67,528 73,884 79,479
Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions tCO
2
e 137,777 144,615 132,271 133,613
Total Scope 3 emissions (excluding pensions)
3
tCO
2
e n/a 2,285,752 2,067,540 2,339,896
Total value chain emissions (excluding pensions)
3
tCO
2
e n/a 2,430,367 2,199,811 2,473,509
Adjusted revenue
4
£m n/a 3,278 3,875 4,390
Intensity ratio
5
tCO
2
e/£1m
Revenue n/a 741.4 567.7 563.4
Our emissions data is reported in line with the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard under the ‘Operational Control’
approach. The reporting period for our energy consumption and carbon emissions is the calendar year (1 January to 31 December) due to availability of data
tomeet annual reporting timescales. This year we have changed our base year to 2021; this aligns to our approved science-based targets and is due to 2021
beingthe most recent year with a full emissions inventory across all scopes. Our reporting exceeds the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR)
requirements, including a full Scope 3 footprint for the first time this year, backdated to 2021. Scope 3 emissions have been calculated in line with the GHG
Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and include elements of future emissions from sold products. This year we have switched to reporting progress
against market-based Scope 2 emissions, in line with our improved data granularity. Our market-based Scope 2 emissions are higher than location-based due to
significant energy being provided by the energy from waste plant at Devonport (Plymouth) with a high emission intensity. Figures for UK operations follow
conversion factors published by BEIS, except the supplier-provided energy from waste factors. Non-UK operations utilise emission factors applicable to the fuel
source and location. Appropriate conversion factors have been used to calculate the underlying energy consumption figures. Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions have
been divided by annual revenue (adjusted in line with emission boundary) to provide the intensity ratio (tCO
2
e per £1m). Organisational changes including the sale
of our European aviation business have cumulatively exceeded our materiality threshold (5% emission variance). Accordingly, emissions data for prior years have
been adjusted in line with the organisational changes and to include additional data unavailable last year. Emission figures include an element of estimated data,
at7% for 2020, 8% for 2021, 5% for 2022 and 0.03% for 2023. Certain data, estimated to be immaterial to the Group’s emissions, has been omitted as it has
notbeen practical to obtain (including operations in Japan and the USA). Metering and monitoring improvements are being implemented to capture these data
streams. During the reporting period we delivered a number of improvement initiatives including ‘low-hanging fruit’ energy conservation measures, reduced use
ofdiesel, reduced aviation operations and improvements to our energy management practices. In previous periods we implemented a range of energy
conservation measures such as LED lighting, boiler replacements, metering improvements and solar panel investigations. We do not have the data maturity to
report quantitative reductions generated through energy efficiency measures for the current or previous years.
1. Scope 1 emissions include biogenic emissions from combustion of biofuels. In 2023 this equated to 7,261 tCO
2
e.
2. Underlying energy consumption figures include an element of Scope 3 business travel in line with SECR requirements.
3. A full Scope 3 footprint (excluding emissions associated with category 15 pensions investments) has been calculated for 2023, 2022 and our 2021 base year.
Abreakdown of emissions by GHG protocol category is provided on our website. Scope 3 emissions reported in 2020 are only those associated with business
travel and fuel and energy-related emissions not reported in Scope 1 or 2.
4. The revenue figures detailed have been adjusted for disposals and acquisitions so as to align with the adjusted emissions baseline.
5. The intensity ratio is based on the adjusted emissions baseline and adjusted revenue.
67Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Bottom-up carbon strategies
• strategy planning
• base-year emissions
Full Scope 3 mapping
to be complete
All new buildings to be
Net Zero operational
emissions
2020 2021 2023
Strategy delivery
2024 2025
Our Net Zero journey
ESG strategy continued
Plan Zero 40
We are delighted to announce that Babcock’s Net Zero targets
and decarbonisation plans have been validated by the SBTi.
Achieving the SBTi validation is a significant milestone on our
journey to Net Zero and validates that our targets and plans to
transition Babcock to Net Zero are robust and evidence-based.
Over the past 12 months we have continued our efforts
todecarbonise the organisation. Under our Plan Zero 40
decarbonisation strategy we are approaching decarbonisation
through four strands: Estate and Assets, Transport, Products
andServices, and Value Chain.
Following the successful completion of our Pathfinder Carbon
Reduction Plans, we have been working to scale the plans across
our global operations. The Carbon Reduction Plans completed
todate capture 95% of our Estate and Assets-related carbon
emissions. You can find out more about our Carbon Reduction
Plans on the environmental pages of our website.
Through the year, we have implemented a range of energy
conservation and ‘low-hanging fruit’ measures across the
organisation, such as LED lighting replacements, boiler
replacements and Building Management System (BMS)
improvements. These measures have reduced energy leakage,
improved energy efficiency and reduced costs. We continued
investigations into renewable energy opportunities across the
estate and during FY24 we commenced the installation of over
100kW of solar photovoltaics. We also gained planning
permission for over 6MW of installed solar photovoltaics and
wehave a further 40MW of solar opportunity being investigated,
or the equivalent of powering15,000 homes for a year.
Focus for FY25:
Continued development and delivery of Carbon Reduction Plans
Delivery of renewable energy installations
Low-hanging fruit energy conservation measures
Conduct physical climate risk assessments across critical sites
Estate and Assets carbon emissions
2023
Baseline emissions
Estate and Assets
129,764 tCO
2
e
128,701 tCO
2
e
Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) validation
68 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Net Zero target
(90% Scope 1 and 2
reduction)
All Babcock estate
to be Net Zero
in operation
All buildings to be
Net Zero embodied
carbon
42% reduction science-
based targets,
Ultra Low Emission
Vehicles
2032 2035 2040 2050
Net Zero
90% (Scope 1, 2
and 3)
2030
In focus: Electric assisted cargo bike gets green light
at Devonport
After a successful trial, Devonport Dockyard approved the
permanent use of Electric Assisted Vehicle (EAV) cargo bikes for
on-site deliveries. Compared with diesel van alternatives, the
EAV cargo bike is cheaper to operate, reduces transportation
times and has a significantly lower environmental footprint.
Sustainable transport is a key component of the transition
toNetZero. We have been working to develop our low-carbon
and people-focused Sustainable Transport Strategy which will
drive decarbonisation across four key areas: Vehicle Fleet,
BusinessTravel, Homeworking and Commuting, and Logistics.
Whilst we fine tune our strategy, over the past 12 months we
have continued to make good progress with our transition
to100% Ultra Low Emission Vehicles (ULEV) fleet by 2030,
withULEV now making up 28% of our fleet. In addition to this,
ourElectric Vehicle (EV) salary sacrifice scheme has continued
tosupport our sustainable transition and we now have over
140EV vehicles on the scheme. Alongside this, we have
progressed investigations into a range of low-carbon transport
opportunities across our operations. Dec-23 transport emissions
are higher due to increased business travel post COVID-19, and
anincrease in logistics spend in the year.
Focus for FY25:
Continued ULEV roll-out and deployment of EV charging
infrastructure
Enhanced engagement with logistics and distribution
supplychain
Transport
Clarifying Babcock’s emissions reduction targets
We previously committed to Net Zero (Scope 1 and 2 emissions)
by 2040, and Net Zero across the value chain (Scope 1, 2 and 3)
by 2050. Our targets have remained the same, however to
comply with our SBTi validation criteria, we are required to use
the SBTi’s technically accurate and consistent terminology and
communicate in adherence with the SBTi guidance. Our Net Zero
targets are stated as our ‘Long-Term Targets’, as follows:
Long-Term targets:
Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 90% by 2040
from a 2021 base year.*
Reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions 90% by 2050 from
a2021 base year.
Overall Net Zero target:
Net Zero greenhouse gas emissions across the
value chain by 2050.
Delivery of our Net Zero targets includes:
a. reducing emissions to zero or to a residual level that is
consistent with reaching Net Zero emissions at the global or
sector level in eligible 1.5°C scenarios or sector pathways; and
b. neutralising any residual emissions at the Net Zero target date
and any GHG emissions released into the atmosphere
thereafter.
Transport carbon emissions
2023
Baseline emissions
88,870 tCO
2
e
120,300 tCO
2
e
* The target boundary includes land-related emissions and removals from bioenergy feedstocks
69Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
During FY24 we have continued to mature our Scope 3 footprint
and calculation methodologies, and we have now developed
agood understanding of our emissions and hot spots. Products
and services equate to a large percentage of our carbon footprint
and reducing our associated impacts is a priority. Further work
isplanned to develop the maturity of our calculations and our
teams are working to investigate opportunities to integrate Net
Zero and environmental considerations into all aspects of delivery.
In creating a safe and secure world, westrive to support our
customers on their journeys to Net Zero and become a leader in
low-carbon enablement. Across the organisation we are already
exploring innovative technologies and low-carbon opportunities
with our partners and customers:
Partnered with Vertical Aerospace on electrified aircraft with
potential to replace helicopter operations
Supported the Shetland Islands on decarbonisation of
smallboats
Announced contracts to support the British Army with electric
conversion of Land Rovers
Support the Royal Air Force with experiments on synthetic
fuelsand hybrid electric aircraft
Focus for FY25:
Unlock further low-carbon commercial opportunities
Enhance environmental and Net Zero support capabilities
Preparation of product and service decarbonisation plans
Improved maturity of Scope 3 calculations
At Babcock we understand our responsibility to support the
sustainable transition across our value chain. The impacts from
our Value Chain strand equate to 25.5% of our footprint. We have
continued to utilise the Environmentally Extended Input Output
(EEIO) methodology to calculate our footprint and we are working
with our peers, customers and supply chain partners to improve
the accuracy of this approach. Decarbonisation of the supply
chain is a crucial part of the sustainable transition and we are
working to collaborate, influence and support the transition
across the Defence value chain.
Focus for FY25:
Enhanced supply chain engagement
Implementation of JOSCAR Zero (a supplier management tool
which provides visibility of supply chain carbon emissions)
Improved maturity of Scope 3 calculations
Products and Services
Value Chain
Products and Services carbon emissions
2023
Baseline emissions
1,618,573 tCO
2
e
1,593,457 tCO
2
e
Value chain carbon emissions
2023
Baseline emissions
593,160 tCO
2
e
631,051 tCO
2
e
In focus: Defence Aviation Net Zero Charter
Babcock is a co-signatory to the Defence Aviation Net Zero
Charter, which seeks to embed sustainability across Defence
Aviation. Signing the Charter demonstrates both Babcock’s
commitment to sustainability in its own operations and
tocollaborating with its customers and peers in achieving
common goals.
In focus: Small Modular Reactors
Funded by the UK Government’s Department for Energy
Security and Net Zero’s Future Nuclear Enabling Fund,
Cavendish Nuclear is collaborating as part of an experienced
industry team to support the deployment of Small Modular
Reactors in the UK. This will contribute towards delivering the
UK Government’s commitment to reach Net Zero carbon
emissions by 2050.
Find out more about our Scope 3 footprint and
calculation methodologies
70 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
In focus: Climate and Nature Transition Plan
Over the past 12 months we have made good progress in
developing Babcock’s Climate and Nature Transition Plan. Our
transformational plan will enhance our Plan Zero 40 strategy,
and ensure climate and nature considerations are fully
embedded and integrated into Babcock’s operations. Our plan
will ensure we have an effective approach to managing
climate-related risks and reducing greenhouse gas emissions
and allow us to seize opportunities presented by the transition
to a low-carbon economy. This proactive approach will allow
the Company to assess the physical and transition risks it faces,
ensuring that it can adapt and thrive in a changing business
landscape. Embedding the plan will build resilience by
integrating climate considerations into our decision-making
processes, future-proofing our operations, and enabling
long-term, sustainable growth.
Climate management instruments
To reinforce our dedication to climate action, we have linked
executive remuneration to our carbon emissions reduction
targets. This approach ensures that our Group CEO and CFO
areincentivised to make sustainable choices, prioritise carbon
reduction strategies, and drive the integration of environmental
considerations into our business operations. By aligning
executiverewards with our climate goals, we foster a culture
ofsustainability and accountability. The remuneration is aligned
to delivery of the Carbon Reduction Plans covering our Estate
andAssets strand of decarbonisation. Further information can be
found on page 152.
As part of our commitment to mitigating carbon emissions, we
are investigating the use of an internal carbon pricing mechanism.
This tool could allow us to assign a financial value to carbon
emissions, enabling us to account for the true cost of our
environmental impact.
Data management
Data is central to Babcock’s environmental strategy and enables
evidence-based decisions. During FY24, we conducted an audit of
our data management systems which identified a number of gaps,
which we are working to address. We are continuing to mature
our data management systems and enhance our processes to
improve the accuracy and completeness of our data sets.
Following extensive investigations, we have decided to transition
to a new data management platform which will deliver significant
benefits to the organisation and be a key enabler to delivering our
sustainable transition. We will be working to implement the new
system over the coming year.
Natural environment
Throughout our global operations we interact with a range of
natural ecosystems. Maintaining and enhancing the biodiversity of
these ecosystems is a priority as we strive to protect and enhance
the environment and create a safe and secure world. Babcock
istaking a strategic approach to assess and align natural
environment considerations into our business strategies. Over
2023, we developed our first Nature Positive Roadmap which will
be integrated into our developing Climate and Nature Transition
Plan. As part of our Roadmap development, we have commenced
the delivery of biodiversity assessments across our organisation.
During FY24 we conducted a Taskforce for Nature-related
Financial Disclosures (TNFD) gap analysis across part of our
organisation. We generally achieved a basic level of maturity,
withsome progress in five of the 14 disclosure recommendations.
Feedback from the analysis has supported development of the
Nature Positive Roadmap which includes planned improvements
to: governance and risk management frameworks; biodiversity
assessment/calculation methodologies; and approach to
target-setting and improvement planning.
Find out more about our Nature Positive Roadmap
and biodiversity assessments on our corporate
website
71Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures
Climate-related financial disclosures
We are committed to decarbonising the organisation, addressing
climate-related risks and unlocking climate-related opportunities.
We have continued to work to improve our disclosures in line
withthe Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
(TCFD) requirements.
During the prior year, we conducted a strategic climate-related
risk assessment to assess the financial impact of key risk themes
on the organisation’s business strategy and financial planning.
Thisyear, we have utilised the prior assessment to inform
andprioritise areas of focus as part of our Climate and Nature
Transition Plan (CNTP) investigations, which is currently under
development. Wehave also made good progress in calculating
our Scope 3 footprint (find further details on page 67). We have
commenced work to develop our reporting of metrics in line with
the TCFD recommended cross-industry metrics. The following
areour priorities over the coming year:
Continue development of our holistic CNTP; for further
information on the CNTP please see page 71
Continue to mature our climate risk identification and
assessment processes to ensure that the Group quantifies
thespecific potential cost or revenue impact of risks
andopportunities
Continue to develop our approach to Metrics and Targets
toensure consistency with all 11 TCFD Recommendations.
As per Listing Rule 9.8.6(8)R we provide disclosure against each
ofthe TCFD’s 4 pillars (governance, strategy, risk management
and metrics & targets) and confirm that these disclosures
areconsistent with 9 of the 11 TCFD recommendations
andrecommended disclosures with the exception of the
followingmatters.
Following our Scope 3 footprint works we are now consistent
withMetrics and Targets part b. We do not yet provide sufficient
disclosures to be fully consistent with Metrics and Targets part a,
as we haven’t yet established intended metrics associated with
internal carbon prices, transition risks, physical risks or climate-
related opportunities. We also do not yet provide potential
quantification of each key climate risk presented on specific
financial performance metrics (revenues, costs), and therefore
arenot fully consistent with Strategy part b.
Our climate-related financial disclosures comply with
requirements (a-h) of the Companies Act 2006 as amended
bythe Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related Financial
Disclosure) Regulations 2022.
We are working to ensure our Plan Zero 40 and climate risk
workstreams are aligned through our holistic CNTP. The CNTP
isbeing developed to capture and manage all aspects of
environmental sustainability across Babcock’s global operations.
Additional climate-related disclosures can be found in the Risk
management, Governance and Financial sections see pages 103,
111 and 187.
Governance
Board oversight of climate-related risks and
opportunities
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the Company’s strategy
and risk management. Our Board oversees climate-related risks
and opportunities and discusses Group-wide ESG matters as an
integral part of Board strategic discussions. In FY24, the Board
conducted a strategy and risk management review. Climate and
environmental sustainability is one of Babcock Group’s principal
risks (for more information please refer to page 103) and
therefore climate-related risks are appropriately reviewed and
considered when reviewing strategy and the annual budget and
five-year plan. The Board had two reviews on Group-led
sustainability workstreams including updates on the Plan Zero 40
strategy and the development of the Group’s CNTP: covering the
Group’s externally committed targets to address climate and
nature impacts of the Company’s operations. To ensure
effectiveness and continual improvement, our climate governance
framework is being reviewed as part of the CNTP.
See page 114 for further details on our organisational governance
framework.
Management’s role in assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities
Babcock’s Corporate ESG Committee is a Principal Management
Committee which reports into the Group Executive Committee.
The ESG Committee is responsible for Group-wide ESG initiatives,
the management of climate-related issues and driving the wider
sustainability agenda. Babcock’s executive sponsor for ESG is the
Land Chief Executive Officer, appointed in September 2023.
TheESG Committee meets on a quarterly basis and includes
representatives from the Executive Committee.
Board leadership and company purpose outlines the remit and key
membership of the Corporate ESG Committee, the Group Executive
Committee and the Group Risk Committee (see page 114).
Progress on TCFD compliance, CNTP and our environmental
targets is reported to the ESG Committee and the Board. Actions
required to further climate-related risk management activities are
overseen by the ESG Committee.
Climate and environmental sustainability is one of Babcock Group’s
principal risks and, as part of our Enterprise Risk Management
approach, the risk and its management is reviewed by both the
Group Executive Committee and the Group Risk Committee.
Through our CNTP, we are working to develop the policies,
processes and procedures to ensure climate risk assessment and
management is integrated into all operational decision-making
processes, supported by planned investment in environmental
data management systems. Over the coming year we are
integrating TCFD compliance activities into our CNTP to align with
our wider climate and environmental sustainability workstreams
and reporting.
72 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategy
How the Company is responding to short, medium
andlong term risks and opportunities
We identify and model climate risks over the following horizons:
short term (present to 2030), medium term (2030 to 2040)
andlong term (2040 to 2100). The horizons are aligned with
ourshort-term 2030 science-based targets, medium-term 2040
decarbonisation targets and our longer-term 2050 Net Zero
targets. Modelling risks over a long term horizon allows us to
identify and assess impacts which may materialise up to the end
of the century, depending on the global climatic conditions.
Babcock continues to operate a top-down, bottom-up approach
to climate risk management, with the policy and strategy set at
Group level, and responsibility for delivery within the sectors and
direct reporting countries (DRCs). Sectors and regions consider
the insight and outputs from the climate-related risk assessments,
and identify the actions required to deliver corporate climate
impact reduction commitments. Such risks and actions are
considered in forecasts including in the annual budget and
five-year strategic plan.
In addition, consideration has been given to the climate risks
andopportunities register as potential areas of material financial
reporting impact on critical accounting judgements or key sources
of estimation uncertainty, with no current perceived material
impact on such judgements or estimates. While climate-related
matters are not considered to have a material impact on the
Group’s critical accounting judgements or key sources of
estimation uncertainty, the Group has implemented an effective
approach to identify, assess and respond to climate risks
appropriately to ensure the continuing resilience of the business
model. The climate risk identification and assessment approach
isto be matured in the coming year to ensure that the Group
quantifies the specific potential cost or revenue impact of risks
andopportunities.
Scenario analysis that the Company considers to assess
risks and inform strategy
In line with the prior year, the Company considers two potential
future climate scenarios which use economic constraints
associated with the International Panel on Climate Change’s
(IPCC’s) Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 2 middle of the road
scenario: a Paris-aligned 1.5°C for the best-case scenario and
abusiness-as-usual 4°C scenario for the baseline scenario.
The 1.5°C scenario simulates a potential future pathway of the
world economy assuming a successful introduction of climate
policies, thereby reducing the likelihood of severe climate-related
weather events. The 4°C baseline, utilised and agreed by climate
modelling experts within the IPCC, assumes the scenario in which
no further intervention on climate change is taken, leading to
aglobal-mean temperature rise of 4°C above pre-industrial levels
by 2100 and an associated increased likelihood of climate-change
related weather events.
Scenario
details 1.5ºC warming 4ºC warming
Economic
constraints
Moderate global population growth which
levels off in the second half of the century.
GDP growth in line with historical growth
Policy
expectations
Global climate policies
align with emissions
to 1.5ºC pathway
No further climate
policy intervention
Physical
impacts
Reduced likelihood of
severe climate-related
weather events
Likely increased
severity of
climate-related
weather events
As outlined in the climate risks and opportunities on page 76,
wehave assessed the impact of physical and transition climate
change risks on the relevant parts of the business, and outlined
how identified climate-related issues are considered in our
business decisions and how these may shape future strategy.
Onpage 74 we outline near term or existing opportunities that
we are exploring to capitalise on climate-related opportunities.
We have an effective process for identifying and assessing climate
change risks and opportunities and responding appropriately to
ensure resilience of the overall business strategy. A summary of
our perceived exposure to climate risk and opportunities against
the above scenarios is outlined on page 76 and details of the
control measures are also provided.
Risk management
Identification, assessment and management of climate-
related risks
We have assessed the maturity of our approach to climate risk
management; currently this is low and improving our approach
isa focus for FY25. Climate risk identification and assessment
isintegrated into our Enterprise Risk Management Framework
forreporting, escalation and corporate oversight. On a quarterly
basis, climate-related risks and opportunities are reported and
reviewed by Group Risk and Group Environmental teams to
monitor individual and thematic risks and opportunities across the
Group. Quarterly reporting and review includes proposed control
measures, and updates against prior control measures.
Specific sector and country identified climate risks are reviewed
quarterly by the Group Risk Committee, as well as being reported
into the Audit Committee quarterly and the Board annually. We
are continuing to mature our climate change risk identification
and quantification process, so that we can comply with specific
climate risk and opportunity quantification disclosure
requirements as they become applicable. Our Enterprise Risk
Management Framework provides a consistent basis for assessing
the severity of risks against different classes of risk impact such
asthose relating to financial or people impacts. For more
information on our Enterprise Risk Management Framework please
refer to page 131.
Climate risks are assessed from physical and transition
perspectives and are assessed over two scenarios (1.5°C and 4°C).
Physical risks: assessed against eight climate hazards. Acute
physical risks were considered, which are event-driven, including
increased frequency and severity of extreme weather events
including: river flooding, forest fires, extreme wind, soil
subsidence, surface water flooding and freeze-thaw effects.
Twochronic physical risks were also considered which refer to
longer-term shifts in climate patterns: extreme heat and coastal
inundation.
Transition risks: our assessment disaggregates these economic
considerations to a market level, producing price and volume
impacts on commodities and sectors across the global economy,
against which our supply chain cost structure was assessed.
Ourapproach has not changed since our previous assessment,
however our Climate Risk Working Group is planning to review
and mature our approach over the year.
We have recently established a Climate Risk Working Group
whichis tasked with reviewing and improving our climate risk
assessment and quantification approach.
73Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
Metrics and targets
Metrics and targets used to assess climate-related risks and
opportunities
We have reviewed the TCFD guidance on Metrics and Targets
andthe cross-industry metric categories. We monitor and report
against the following cross-industry metrics:
Greenhouse gas emissions are reported externally in line with
the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol Corporate Accounting
andReporting Standard. Throughout the year we have matured
the understanding of our Scope 3 footprint and we now have
adetailed view of our entire value chain footprint. We are
continuing to develop the maturity of our Scope 3 footprint
calculations. For Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions
anddetails on calculation methodology, please refer to page 67.
Progress against the commitment is included on page 64.
Electricity from renewable sources is an externally reported
metric. Find details on page 64.
Executive remuneration is linked to the greenhouse emission
performance of the organisation. The Remuneration Committee
set ESG-related targets relating to reduction in carbon emissions
for the PSP grant. For further details on remuneration linked
toESG-related targets, please refer to page 152.
Capital deployment metric used internally to assess progress
against our Carbon Reduction Plans.
In addition, Babcock’s Net Zero targets and decarbonisation plans
have now been validated by the SBTi.
Our recently formed Climate Risk Working Group is working
todevelop metrics and associated reporting for the below
categories. These include the remaining TCFD guidance cross-
industry metric categories.
Internal carbon price Opportunity to implement a shadow
carbon pricing metric to standardise the approach to assessment
of the GHG emission impact of business and investment
opportunities, and use in ongoing review of business
performance
Supply chain resilience to transition and physical risk for use
insupplier due diligence and ongoing monitoring
Occupational health review outcomes to monitor exposure
of sites and employees to adverse weather events
Physical risk to key facilities including flood (river and surface)
and coastal fire risks
Climate-related opportunities Proportion of revenue, assets
orother business activities aligned with climate-related
opportunities
Transition risks Amount and extent of assets or business
activities vulnerable to transition risks.
Climate–related opportunities
This year we have pushed to capitalise on opportunities which
willsupport the development of a greener economy.
Babcock’s LGE business has won a milestone contract from a ship
owner in South Korea to deliver its first cutting-edge ecoCO2®
cargo handling system for two 22,000m³ liquefied CO
2
(LCO
2
)
carriers. In an exciting development for the business, the
ecoCO2® cargo handling system is the world’s first cargo
handling and reliquification system for a low-pressure cargo
tankdesign. LGE is also investigating bulk marine transportation
ofhydrogen, in the form of ammonia (rather than pure liquid
hydrogen), and the capture, transportation and storage of
CO
2
from current emitters (ie end-to-end solution for liquefied
CO
2
carriers).
Across our UK operations we have identified energy and cost saving
opportunities as part of our Energy Saving Opportunity Scheme
(ESOS) Phase 3 compliance works. Over the coming year our
Energy Action Plan will be published as part of our ESOS compliance.
We are continuing to develop Marine R&D programmes to
capitalise on potential new markets, and our PHD student is
conducting studies to identify sustainable maritime opportunities.
Within our Aviation business, Project MONET is on track to deliver
a flying testbed aircraft for the RAF that will demonstrate how
new technologies to minimise the environmental impact of flying
training can be certified for wider use.
Significant milestones have been maturing the aircraft design,
production of the net carbon zero synthetic fuel that will power
itand completion of a Life Cycle Assessment of the environmental
impact of producing light training aircraft. Early concept work
ona hybrid powertrain has produced better than expected
results, prompting the RAF to request further information on
howthis may be developed.
Babcock’s helicopter emergency services business is to explore
ajoint trial with an engine OEM on the use and environmental
impact of Sustainable Aviation Fuel with an air ambulance charity.
Babcock UK Aviation is working with the Ministry of Defence
toevaluate how to develop materials circularity in a circular
economy model. Together with a UK SME, it is aiming to
demonstrate and assess the scalability of extracting critical
materials from composite materials from defence equipment
across sea, land and air. This will provide resilient material supply
chains and reduce the environmental impact of current
disposalmethods.
Across the organisation we continue to work with a variety
ofcustomers to support their decarbonisation journeys which
present commercial opportunities for Babcock which, due
tosensitivities, we are unable to disclose further information.
74 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
TCFD progress vs priorities
FY24 progress FY25 priorities
Governance
ESG updates to the Board included climate action
and progress on initiatives
FY24 Remuneration Committee considerations
included specific ESG objectives and measures
Review and enhancement of Babcock’s climate
governance framework in line with the Climate
and Nature Transition Plan works
Strategy
Aligned Plan Zero 40 and climate risk workstreams
to create a Babcock CNTP aligned with Transition
Plan Taskforce (TPT) requirements
Integration of the Climate and Nature Transition
Plan requirements into Babcock’s business-as-usual
operations
Embedding climate and nature into all aspects
of Babcock’s operations
Risk
management
Risk management policy and climate-related Risk
Registers updated to fully embed climate risks into
our Enterprise Risk Management Framework
Delivery of expanded report into critical suppliers’
climate-related risks and associated impact,
embedding sustainable procurement checkpoints
and on-boarding requirements for new suppliers
andsub-contracts
Climate Risk Working Group to review and refine
Babcock’s approach to climate risk management
Conduct physical climate risk assessments across
critical infrastructure
Metrics
and targets
SBTi submission and gained validation of targets
Scaled Carbon Reduction Plans across the UK estate
and progressed investigations into energy efficiency
and renewable energy projects
Make progress against Babcock’s corporate ESG
commitments and targets
Development of further metrics in line with TCFD
recommendations
75Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
Climate risk Description Affected sectors and regions Impact horizon Analysis findings Control measures
People welfare
(Physical risk)
Disruption to operations
Disruption to staff and operations
due to weather conditions and
challenging or unsafe working
conditions.
All
(Global)
Short/medium Risk of site disruptions due to physical risks is dominated by potential
flooding at our Bristol Ashton Vale facility. There are also three sites
identified with potential extreme heat increases impacting operations.
Physical risks are more acute under a 4°C increase scenario but under
a1.5°C scenario, such physical risks could still result in high levels of
lostrevenue.
At our three sites exposed to potential extreme heat risk, occupational
health assessments have identified those working in higher risk scenarios,
such as field service mechanics and confined space maintenance
operatives. Training, hazard notices and health guidance are installed
atthese sites to recognise early signs of temperature-related health
conditions, such as heat stroke.
Cost of business
(Transition risk)
Supply chain disruption
Increased climate-related regulation,
such as taxes on fossil fuels, may
affect Babcock’s supply chain cost
base or viability of supply chain
companies.
All
(Global)
Short/medium Labour cost changes drive the risk within Babcock’s supply chain. Direct
carbon costs also increase significantly as a result of government pressure
on decarbonisation. Variations in other costs are seen to be less significant
up to 2050.
Cost increases could be greater in the 1.5°C scenario because of larger
labour and carbon cost increases.
In FY24, we broadened our analysis to encompass 1,000 of Babcock’s key
suppliers, a significant increase from the 300 suppliers analysed during FY23.
This comprehensive analysis allowed us to map the trajectories of six critical
physical hazards and socioeconomic risks. Following the extensive nature of
our study, we did not identify any immediate significant impacts. To enhance
our risk resilience, we have updated our tool to map our supply chain against
vital climate change indicators. This proactive approach enables us to identify
and address vulnerabilities effectively.
In our continuous effort to improve our operations, we have implemented
anew spend management and supplier onboarding platform, ensuring a
consistent approach to supplier due diligence and monitoring. Furthermore,
we have updated our Supplier Code of Conduct to incorporate sustainable
practices as a standard requirement; reaffirming our commitment to
sustainable and responsible business practices.
Business delivery
and continuity
(Physical risk)
Asset damage and
operational disruptions
Dockyards owned/operated by
Babcock may be flooded due to
anincrease in sea level and higher
frequency of extreme weather,
resulting in storm surges.
Marine and Nuclear
(UK and Australasia)
Medium/long Dockyard disruption due to coastal flooding has not been identified as
asignificant physical risk in terms of business interruption or value at risk.
However, the scope of this assessment does not consider all aspects of
dockyard construction and further on-site analysis for key sites is planned.
Projected sea level rise is greater in the 4°C scenario but under a 1.5°C
scenario, such coastal inundation could still result in high levels of lost
revenue or asset damage.
Across parts of our operations, we use natural external hazards assessments
toconsider the impact of low probability risks, such as extreme weather
events. Devonport mandates these assessments on-site as part of our
requirement to ensure full through-life management of our nuclear facilities
and to meet established nuclear safety standards, subject to both defence and
civil nuclear regulation. To then appraise the best environmental options for
infrastructure designs, Devonport works with industry leads, our customers
and the local authority to conduct environmental assessments and Best
Available Technique reviews where applicable.
Future services
(Transition risk)
Global energy mix changes
Demand impact to Liquid
GasEquipment (LGE) and civil
nuclear services.
Marine
Nuclear
(Global)
Medium/long Demand for LGE’s services in the 4°C scenario could see strong growth,
but significant reduction in the demand for gas in the 1.5°C scenario
could result in reduced revenue. Under a 1.5°C scenario there is potential
for growth in the medium term civil nuclear market with other competing
power sources exposed to higher carbon taxes.
The transition to low-carbon fuels in the 1.5°C scenario may limit the
global demand for gas, potentially reducing demand for LGE’s services.
Higher carbon taxes may also impact the competitiveness of nuclear
power, increasing demand for civil nuclear services. In 2050, the
combined impact of these changes in demand results in a significant
difference between scenarios.
In the medium term, there will likely be an increased demand for
emergency services, search and rescue, and emergency firefighting
activity in Canada due to extreme weather. Similarly, South Africa has
alsoidentified the long-term opportunity to enter the firefighting sector
due to extreme weather.
As a further result of extreme weather, Australia has identified the
opportunity to provide Emergency Medical Support and aid to new
geographies in Australia, whilst Canada has identified the opportunities
associated with infrastructure development, resource extraction and
marine access due to the melting ice.
Our control measures are unchanged from the previous year. We aim to
continue to develop our ammonia fuel gas supply system, as well as solutions
for the transportation and storage of CO
2
in line with customer and legislative
requirements. This will ensure that we are optimising efficiency while
developing zero-carbon solutions and increasing business resilience against
carbon pricing and its potential result of falling LNG demand.
To maximise these opportunities, the given sectors have identified the need
tomonitor any changes or surges in requirement, the need to conduct careful
feasibility planning/assessment, and be able to respond rapidly and agilely
tocustomer requirements, such as the redeployment of assets, in the medium
to long term.
Climate-related risks and opportunities
76 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Climate risk Description Affected sectors and regions Impact horizon Analysis findings Control measures
People welfare
(Physical risk)
Disruption to operations
Disruption to staff and operations
due to weather conditions and
challenging or unsafe working
conditions.
All
(Global)
Short/medium Risk of site disruptions due to physical risks is dominated by potential
flooding at our Bristol Ashton Vale facility. There are also three sites
identified with potential extreme heat increases impacting operations.
Physical risks are more acute under a 4°C increase scenario but under
a1.5°C scenario, such physical risks could still result in high levels of
lostrevenue.
At our three sites exposed to potential extreme heat risk, occupational
health assessments have identified those working in higher risk scenarios,
such as field service mechanics and confined space maintenance
operatives. Training, hazard notices and health guidance are installed
atthese sites to recognise early signs of temperature-related health
conditions, such as heat stroke.
Cost of business
(Transition risk)
Supply chain disruption
Increased climate-related regulation,
such as taxes on fossil fuels, may
affect Babcock’s supply chain cost
base or viability of supply chain
companies.
All
(Global)
Short/medium Labour cost changes drive the risk within Babcock’s supply chain. Direct
carbon costs also increase significantly as a result of government pressure
on decarbonisation. Variations in other costs are seen to be less significant
up to 2050.
Cost increases could be greater in the 1.5°C scenario because of larger
labour and carbon cost increases.
In FY24, we broadened our analysis to encompass 1,000 of Babcock’s key
suppliers, a significant increase from the 300 suppliers analysed during FY23.
This comprehensive analysis allowed us to map the trajectories of six critical
physical hazards and socioeconomic risks. Following the extensive nature of
our study, we did not identify any immediate significant impacts. To enhance
our risk resilience, we have updated our tool to map our supply chain against
vital climate change indicators. This proactive approach enables us to identify
and address vulnerabilities effectively.
In our continuous effort to improve our operations, we have implemented
anew spend management and supplier onboarding platform, ensuring a
consistent approach to supplier due diligence and monitoring. Furthermore,
we have updated our Supplier Code of Conduct to incorporate sustainable
practices as a standard requirement; reaffirming our commitment to
sustainable and responsible business practices.
Business delivery
and continuity
(Physical risk)
Asset damage and
operational disruptions
Dockyards owned/operated by
Babcock may be flooded due to
anincrease in sea level and higher
frequency of extreme weather,
resulting in storm surges.
Marine and Nuclear
(UK and Australasia)
Medium/long Dockyard disruption due to coastal flooding has not been identified as
asignificant physical risk in terms of business interruption or value at risk.
However, the scope of this assessment does not consider all aspects of
dockyard construction and further on-site analysis for key sites is planned.
Projected sea level rise is greater in the 4°C scenario but under a 1.5°C
scenario, such coastal inundation could still result in high levels of lost
revenue or asset damage.
Across parts of our operations, we use natural external hazards assessments
toconsider the impact of low probability risks, such as extreme weather
events. Devonport mandates these assessments on-site as part of our
requirement to ensure full through-life management of our nuclear facilities
and to meet established nuclear safety standards, subject to both defence and
civil nuclear regulation. To then appraise the best environmental options for
infrastructure designs, Devonport works with industry leads, our customers
and the local authority to conduct environmental assessments and Best
Available Technique reviews where applicable.
Future services
(Transition risk)
Global energy mix changes
Demand impact to Liquid
GasEquipment (LGE) and civil
nuclear services.
Marine
Nuclear
(Global)
Medium/long Demand for LGE’s services in the 4°C scenario could see strong growth,
but significant reduction in the demand for gas in the 1.5°C scenario
could result in reduced revenue. Under a 1.5°C scenario there is potential
for growth in the medium term civil nuclear market with other competing
power sources exposed to higher carbon taxes.
The transition to low-carbon fuels in the 1.5°C scenario may limit the
global demand for gas, potentially reducing demand for LGE’s services.
Higher carbon taxes may also impact the competitiveness of nuclear
power, increasing demand for civil nuclear services. In 2050, the
combined impact of these changes in demand results in a significant
difference between scenarios.
In the medium term, there will likely be an increased demand for
emergency services, search and rescue, and emergency firefighting
activity in Canada due to extreme weather. Similarly, South Africa has
alsoidentified the long-term opportunity to enter the firefighting sector
due to extreme weather.
As a further result of extreme weather, Australia has identified the
opportunity to provide Emergency Medical Support and aid to new
geographies in Australia, whilst Canada has identified the opportunities
associated with infrastructure development, resource extraction and
marine access due to the melting ice.
Our control measures are unchanged from the previous year. We aim to
continue to develop our ammonia fuel gas supply system, as well as solutions
for the transportation and storage of CO
2
in line with customer and legislative
requirements. This will ensure that we are optimising efficiency while
developing zero-carbon solutions and increasing business resilience against
carbon pricing and its potential result of falling LNG demand.
To maximise these opportunities, the given sectors have identified the need
tomonitor any changes or surges in requirement, the need to conduct careful
feasibility planning/assessment, and be able to respond rapidly and agilely
tocustomer requirements, such as the redeployment of assets, in the medium
to long term.
77Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Climate-related risks and opportunities
Climate risk Description Affected sectors and regions Impact horizon Analysis findings Control measures
Shifting energy generation
markets
Shifting energy generation markets
result in disruption to customer base
and demand for Babcock services.
Africa Short/medium In Africa, demand for electricity generating technologies and services may
vary between the 1.5°C and 4°C scenarios. Our established support
services with steam-based energy generators are potentially constrained
under the 1.5°C scenario; but there are also opportunities to support the
customer on a lower-carbon transition including renewable energy and
energy storage opportunities.
We currently undertake emissions abatement projects such as an
enhancement strategy to maximise all opportunities within NOx, SOx
andPM, and are working with technological partners to identify further
abatement projects where we can support.
Possible further opportunities are now being assessed such as the
conversion of fossil fuel boilers to ‘clean coal technologies’ over the next
10 to 20 years, the repurposing of current coal-fired stations and the next
steps to evaluate the nuclear energy market regarding our entry levels
and required qualifications.
South Africa’s market opportunity in power generation is being
investigated through engagement with local initiatives, forums and
thecreation of a specific Customer Relationship Management system.
Exploring the opportunity for energy storage and hydrogen storage
isbeing managed with the early engagement of potential energy
technology partners.
Increased weather events
Demand impact to emergency
services.
Aviation
(Global)
Medium/long In the medium term, there will likely be an increased demand for
emergency services, including search and rescue, and emergency
firefighting activity due to extreme weather. This impacts existing parts of
the Company offering such services, but may also open and grow markets
where there is an exposure to extreme weather including Australasia,
Canada and South Africa.
Our Australasia, Canada and South Africa teams are engaging
constructively with existing and potential customers to understand
opportunities.
Increased demand for
low-carbon solutions
Regulatory pressures and low-carbon
stakeholder requirements cause
changes to customer requirements
leading to demand reduction for
existing Babcock services and
increased R&D spending to adapt
products and services to lower-
carbon solutions.
All
(Global)
Short/medium Changes in stakeholder attitudes towards climate change which will likely
be coupled with increased regulation; with both most prevalent under the
1.5°C scenario; requiring greater investment to maintain market share for
services and products by delivering lower-carbon services and products.
Aviation services offered by the Group, including emergency services, may
grow under both scenarios albeit at different rates; however, failure to
decarbonise aviation services under the 1.5°C scenario could result in
greater lost market share when compared with the 4°C scenario.
Marine and Land have both raised potential opportunities and risks in
relation to potential increased customer demand for low-carbon products
and services.
In the medium term, Africa has identified potential increased demand for
construction equipment and plant services for low-carbon energy
developments because of changes in power plant regulations, an increase
in electricity production requirements and the increase in mining of wider
materials. In the medium term, Canada has identified likely new
low-carbon fuel opportunities with existing and new clients associated
with this transition.
Delivering alongside the RAF and Swift Aircraft, Project MONET is on track
to deliver a flying testbed aircraft that will demonstrate new technologies
to minimise the environmental impact of flying training. Significant
milestones have been delivered including: maturing the aircraft design,
production of the net carbon zero synthetic fuel that will power it and
completion of a Life Cycle Assessment of the environmental impact of
producing light training aircraft. Early concept work on a hybrid
powertrain has produced better than expected results, prompting the
RAFto request further information on how this may be developed.
Our helicopter emergency services business is to explore a joint trial
withan engine manufacturer on the use and environmental impact
ofSustainable Aviation Fuel with an air ambulance charity. We are also
continuing to work with industry leaders such as Vertical Aerospace to
look at the applications of eVTOL aircraft within our current and future
capabilities.
Marine has invested in Engineering Concept and created the Clean
Maritime SME Group. Land is pursuing Zero Fuels
®
and the electrification
of emergency service vehicles, including delivery of a pilot project for
electrifying Land Rovers, and has developed working relationships with
leading electric propulsion technology partners.
South Africa will continue to monitor the offering of new OEM technologies
to customers as and when they become available. Canada is monitoring
the realistic possibility of Government funding and incentives to capitalise
on low-carbon fuel opportunities, whilst the business continues to
investigate synthetic fuel application in Defence and eVTOL aircraft.
Through projects such as CMDC Neptune, Babcock Marine is building our
market awareness of new marine-based technologies available. Our newly
formed Clean Maritime SME Group is the knowledge focal point in marine
engineering for new green technologies and low-emission fuels. The
combination of our high-level engineering skills with LGE and the nuclear
expertise provides Babcock with the opportunity of being at the forefront
of the green technology race with potential capitalisation in IP and skills.
Failure to decarbonise
Devonport
Low-carbon electricity will be
required to deliver Babcock’s
decarbonisation targets.
Marine Nuclear
(UK)
Medium/long The Devonport site potentially experiences significant cost increases
under a 1.5°C due to the impact of direct carbon prices. Energy and gas
costs would increase, most notably following the expiry of the Energy
from Waste contract in 2040 and a switch to the market mix. The
introduction and increase in carbon taxes in the 1.5°C scenario could
result in higher costs when compared with the 4°C scenario. In the
medium term, not achieving our decarbonisation targets could result
inBabcock failing to meet customer expectations.
Across the organisation we are developing Carbon Reduction Plans, which
map out the decarbonisation activities required to deliver our emissions
reduction objectives. We have also identified opportunities for the
installation of renewable energy assets across various sites which will drive
operational efficiency.
ESG strategy continued
78 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Climate risk Description Affected sectors and regions Impact horizon Analysis findings Control measures
Shifting energy generation
markets
Shifting energy generation markets
result in disruption to customer base
and demand for Babcock services.
Africa Short/medium In Africa, demand for electricity generating technologies and services may
vary between the 1.5°C and 4°C scenarios. Our established support
services with steam-based energy generators are potentially constrained
under the 1.5°C scenario; but there are also opportunities to support the
customer on a lower-carbon transition including renewable energy and
energy storage opportunities.
We currently undertake emissions abatement projects such as an
enhancement strategy to maximise all opportunities within NOx, SOx
andPM, and are working with technological partners to identify further
abatement projects where we can support.
Possible further opportunities are now being assessed such as the
conversion of fossil fuel boilers to ‘clean coal technologies’ over the next
10 to 20 years, the repurposing of current coal-fired stations and the next
steps to evaluate the nuclear energy market regarding our entry levels
and required qualifications.
South Africa’s market opportunity in power generation is being
investigated through engagement with local initiatives, forums and
thecreation of a specific Customer Relationship Management system.
Exploring the opportunity for energy storage and hydrogen storage
isbeing managed with the early engagement of potential energy
technology partners.
Increased weather events
Demand impact to emergency
services.
Aviation
(Global)
Medium/long In the medium term, there will likely be an increased demand for
emergency services, including search and rescue, and emergency
firefighting activity due to extreme weather. This impacts existing parts of
the Company offering such services, but may also open and grow markets
where there is an exposure to extreme weather including Australasia,
Canada and South Africa.
Our Australasia, Canada and South Africa teams are engaging
constructively with existing and potential customers to understand
opportunities.
Increased demand for
low-carbon solutions
Regulatory pressures and low-carbon
stakeholder requirements cause
changes to customer requirements
leading to demand reduction for
existing Babcock services and
increased R&D spending to adapt
products and services to lower-
carbon solutions.
All
(Global)
Short/medium Changes in stakeholder attitudes towards climate change which will likely
be coupled with increased regulation; with both most prevalent under the
1.5°C scenario; requiring greater investment to maintain market share for
services and products by delivering lower-carbon services and products.
Aviation services offered by the Group, including emergency services, may
grow under both scenarios albeit at different rates; however, failure to
decarbonise aviation services under the 1.5°C scenario could result in
greater lost market share when compared with the 4°C scenario.
Marine and Land have both raised potential opportunities and risks in
relation to potential increased customer demand for low-carbon products
and services.
In the medium term, Africa has identified potential increased demand for
construction equipment and plant services for low-carbon energy
developments because of changes in power plant regulations, an increase
in electricity production requirements and the increase in mining of wider
materials. In the medium term, Canada has identified likely new
low-carbon fuel opportunities with existing and new clients associated
with this transition.
Delivering alongside the RAF and Swift Aircraft, Project MONET is on track
to deliver a flying testbed aircraft that will demonstrate new technologies
to minimise the environmental impact of flying training. Significant
milestones have been delivered including: maturing the aircraft design,
production of the net carbon zero synthetic fuel that will power it and
completion of a Life Cycle Assessment of the environmental impact of
producing light training aircraft. Early concept work on a hybrid
powertrain has produced better than expected results, prompting the
RAFto request further information on how this may be developed.
Our helicopter emergency services business is to explore a joint trial
withan engine manufacturer on the use and environmental impact
ofSustainable Aviation Fuel with an air ambulance charity. We are also
continuing to work with industry leaders such as Vertical Aerospace to
look at the applications of eVTOL aircraft within our current and future
capabilities.
Marine has invested in Engineering Concept and created the Clean
Maritime SME Group. Land is pursuing Zero Fuels
®
and the electrification
of emergency service vehicles, including delivery of a pilot project for
electrifying Land Rovers, and has developed working relationships with
leading electric propulsion technology partners.
South Africa will continue to monitor the offering of new OEM technologies
to customers as and when they become available. Canada is monitoring
the realistic possibility of Government funding and incentives to capitalise
on low-carbon fuel opportunities, whilst the business continues to
investigate synthetic fuel application in Defence and eVTOL aircraft.
Through projects such as CMDC Neptune, Babcock Marine is building our
market awareness of new marine-based technologies available. Our newly
formed Clean Maritime SME Group is the knowledge focal point in marine
engineering for new green technologies and low-emission fuels. The
combination of our high-level engineering skills with LGE and the nuclear
expertise provides Babcock with the opportunity of being at the forefront
of the green technology race with potential capitalisation in IP and skills.
Failure to decarbonise
Devonport
Low-carbon electricity will be
required to deliver Babcock’s
decarbonisation targets.
Marine Nuclear
(UK)
Medium/long The Devonport site potentially experiences significant cost increases
under a 1.5°C due to the impact of direct carbon prices. Energy and gas
costs would increase, most notably following the expiry of the Energy
from Waste contract in 2040 and a switch to the market mix. The
introduction and increase in carbon taxes in the 1.5°C scenario could
result in higher costs when compared with the 4°C scenario. In the
medium term, not achieving our decarbonisation targets could result
inBabcock failing to meet customer expectations.
Across the organisation we are developing Carbon Reduction Plans, which
map out the decarbonisation activities required to deliver our emissions
reduction objectives. We have also identified opportunities for the
installation of renewable energy assets across various sites which will drive
operational efficiency.
79Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
Social
Safety, health and environmental protection underpins everything
that we do at Babcock. Fundamental to our Purpose to create
asafe and secure world together, we work with colleagues
toensure that our products and services are safe and that our
workers, customers and stakeholders go home safe every day.
This year we have continued to embed the health and safety
management system and implemented improvements by
developing our people, processes and tools.
Governance and engagement
Our work across the globe ranges from through-life technical and
engineering support, to specialist training and asset management,
to the design and manufacture of defence and complex systems.
Many of these operations include high-hazard activities
conducted in challenging environments, so working to the
highest standards and aligning our processes with our customers
is our priority.
Babcock’s Global Safety Director co-chairs the UK Defence
Industry Safety Forum, where we collaborate with industry
partners and the MOD to identify alignment opportunities and
share good practices. We have identified common top risks, such
as working at height, and published requirements manuals and
guidance documents, including a Product Safety Management
System manual. These documents define coherent standards and
processes to ensure consistency of approach. Working across the
disciplines and organisational boundaries ensures an integrated
approach, where quality management enables safe products and
safe people in all that we do.
We encourage all our people to question and learn through an
engaged safety culture that enables continuous improvement.
Our ‘Safety Starts with Me’ programme empowers our people
to‘Stop, Think, Act’ and helps our leaders to better understand
the impact of their decisions.
We have introduced a Safety Stars recognition scheme, where
anyone can nominate a team or individual who has demonstrated
positive safety behaviours. Numerous Safety Star nominations
arereceived each month and every nominee is thanked by the
Corporate Safety Leadership Team. The nominations confirm that
every day our people support the safety of others through living
our principles.
Our Safety Summit in November 2023 included interactive
workshops across 26 sites globally. Over 3,000 people
participated in collaborative activities and facilitated discussions
to raise awareness and build knowledge of safety, health and
environmental topics. Our Safety Summit was commended at
theSafety and Health Excellence Awards 2024. Our annual safety
stand-down encouraged people to ‘Speak Up and Challenge’,
providing practical advice on how best to intervene when they
see something that is unsafe. We continue to engage with our
people and in the recent Global People Survey, 83% of employees
believe that Babcock is truly committed to the health and safety
of employees.
Performance and improvement
As the scale and complexity of our high-hazard activities have
increased, we have recruited many new employees and utilised
alarge number of contingent workers and contractors. Changes
to the activities undertaken and the number of inexperienced
workers have contributed in some part to the rising Total
Recordable Injury Rate
1
and Days Away Case Rate
2
. We are
reviewing our safety training and increasing the supervision levels
in many of these areas, as well as working across the enterprise
toimprove the working environment to remove distractions.
80 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
TRIR
1
DACR
2
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
0
Mar-24
Nov-23Jul-23Mar-23Nov-22Jul-22Mar-22
InsignificantMinorModerateMajorSevere
2
6 5 5
0
0
66
78
100
398
280
261
348
456
468
2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Injury/illness severity
Babcock injury rates – Total Recordable Injury and Days
Away Case Rates
ONS UK
Gender Pay Gap
Babcock
Mean Pay Gap
Babcock
Median Pay Gap
2023202220212020201920182017
0
4
8
12
16
20
The overall severity of work-related injuries continues to reduce
with the majority of reported accidents causing insignificant
bumps and scuffs. However, it has been recognised that the
number of injuries and the proportion of accidents that result
infractures and time away from work needs to be addressed.
Ourleaders, at all levels, are committed to visible safety
leadership and we are working with our Occupational Health
provider to identify health and wellbeing issues and develop
action plans before events occur.
As well as continuing to improve our processes, tools and the
working environment, we continue our focus on people as they
are key to a successful safety culture. Enabling our people to
deliver quality products and services safely requires training and
continuous engagement. Building upon good practice from across
Babcock, we have delivered standardised training for frontline
safety leaders, product safety awareness and safe driving with
human factors awareness training for all due for roll-out shortly.
We have committed to build upon the ‘Safety Starts with Me’
behaviours programme, develop our Senior Leaders Safety and
Compliance training, and embed the ‘Home Safe’ commitment
that all underpin our promise to ensure people go home safe
everyday.
Gender pay gap (%)
An inclusive and diverse company
Our Global People strategy continues to place our people at
theheart of our business and define our ambition for the future.
Itencapsulates our collective aspirations and focuses our work
onthe critical people areas that will transform Babcock into
amore agile, effective, inclusive, sustainable, and people-
focusedbusiness.
Elements of the work to bring the Strategy to life are outlined
below and will ultimately foster an inclusive and diverse company,
where our employees truly feel part of a global business.
1. Number of recordable work-related injuries and illnesses multiplied by
200,000/total working hours (200,000 hours represents 100 employees
working 40 hours for 50 weeks per year)
2. Number of recordable work-related injuries and illnesses resulting in one
ormore days away from work multiplied by 200,000/total working hours
(200,000 hours represents 100 employees working 40 hours for 50 weeks
per year)
Read our Gender Pay Gap Report on our website
Gender
Gender pay gap
Our challenge is not an equal pay issue, but one of representation
as we operate in typically male-dominated sectors. However,
ourfocus remains on enabling a more equal gender balance at
alllevels of our organisation, and we continue to see year-on-year
progress in narrowing our gender pay gap, which this year
reduced again from 9.6% to 6.7%.
81Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
5,439 22,704
Total workforce
2024
19% 81%
4 6
Board
40% 60%
4 11
Executive Committee
27% 73%
32 99
Executive Committee and direct reports in management roles
24% 76%
76 201
Graduate intake
27% 73%
61 206
Senior management
23%
2023
77%
4,813
21,302
18% 82%
3
5
37.5% 62.5%
2
10
17% 83%
25
83
23% 77%
50
144
26% 74%
50
163
23% 77%
Female Male Female Male
1. Our total workforce is 28,343 which includes 22,704 men, 5,439 women,18 people identifying as non-binary, 129 who ‘did not specify’ and 53 who chose
‘prefer not to say’.
2. Executive Committee total is 15. This figure excludes Executive Committee members on the Board.
3. Executive Committee and direct reports in management roles total 131. This excludes Executive Committee members on the Board.
4. Senior managers are defined as employees (excluding Executive Directors) who have responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group (Executive
Committee) or a strategically significant part of the Group (sector/functional leadership teams) and/or who are directors of subsidiary business units (BU
leadership).
5. Senior management role total is 267.
6. Graduate intake is 278 (202 UK, 69 Australasia, 7 South Africa).
7. Non-Executive Directors are only included in total headcount and Board figures.
Critical Mass Partner to Women in Defence UK
Our Chair, Ruth Cairnie, is the Patron of the Women in Defence
Charter whilst Babcock itself is a founding member of the
organisation.
This year we reaffirmed our commitment as a Critical Mass Partner
to Women in Defence UK. We support its work to drive gender
equity across the defence sector, and this year contributed to
thedesign of the first Women in Defence Critical Mass Summit
insummer 2023 and delivered customised workshops. We also
incorporated it into our senior leadership team event to drive
engagement and awareness.
Ethnicity
We further developed our focus on ethnic diversity by creating
our Ethnicity Action Plan. We also became a signatory to the Race
at Work Charter and revitalised our B4ME Network.
Our networks
Our networks and communities are important vehicles for
promoting an inclusive culture. In FY24, in response to employee
feedback, we established three new employee networks: Carers,
Disability and Forces. We continue to support our networks
andremain committed to helping them flourish. Our Disability
Network has continued to grow this year, offering multiple peer
support groups and subject matter expertise. This will accelerate
progress in building our portfolio of evidence for Disability
Confidence Level 2 and maximising engagement with The
Valuable 500.
Early careers
We have expanded our early careers programme, welcoming over
600 new early careers employees in the year, comprising over
350 apprentices and over 275 graduates, both within the UK
andinternationally.
Gender balance
Currently, women constitute 19% of our workforce, and we are witnessing an increase in female representation at the Board level,
nowat 40% (up from 37.5%), while the senior management level remains consistent with the previous year at 23%. We remain steadfast
in our commitment to achieving at least 30% female representation in our workforce by 2030.
During the year organisational changes, including the expansion of the Executive Committee (ExCo) and the restructuring of various
parts of the business, have influenced the numbers of employees who are identified as senior management. Furthermore, the embedding
of the Babcock Role Framework (BRF), which has enabled the categorisation and definition of roles more consistently across the Group,
resulted in an increase in this population.
82 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
New initiatives included the roll-out of Pre-Apprenticeship
Programmes in both Clyde and Rosyth, Scotland and at Devonport,
we enhanced our Level 2 apprenticeship programme, further
diversifying our offering.
A key highlight was the launch of our Group-wide Project
Management graduate programme. This innovative scheme
allows graduates to rotate across different sectors within the
Group, providing valuable exposure and skill development.
We established a dedicated External Engagement team in
Devonport, which will collaborate closely with schools and
engage with the local community in the Plymouth ‘Travel to Work’
area. Its focus will be on raising awareness of STEM and enhancing
students’ employability skills to continue to build our external
engagement portfolio across the UK.
STEM
During FY24, our efforts in science, technology, engineering and
maths (STEM) grew, with 582 employees volunteering their time
as STEM Ambassadors, supporting us by raising awareness of STEM
opportunities to young people. Our engagement spanned 307
primary and 401 secondary schools nationwide, where we provided
support in delivering the UK Government’s Gatsby Benchmarks.
Leadership
Feedback from the 2023 Global People Survey revealed an
improvement in the impact and effectiveness of our senior
leaders, with growing confidence in their leadership capabilities.
A series of highly impactful virtual workshops tailored for our
senior leadership served as a platform for meaningful discussions,
knowledge sharing, and collaborative exploration of Babcock’s
growth and development themes. The workshops preceded our
Annual Global Conference.
Ensuring the wellbeing of our people
Using the insights gained from our Global People Survey and in
collaboration with colleagues across the organisation, we have
developed a wellbeing strategy tailored to the specific needs
ofour people. This seeks to promote a proactive approach to
wellbeing as well as providing support to our people when they
need it.
We have made some great progress this year across our four
wellbeing pillars (Mental, Social, Financial and Physical), including:
Launching a new wellbeing hub, which brings together all
ourwellbeing resources, programmes and benefits and makes
iteasy for colleagues to access support when they need it
Developing a wellbeing communication calendar, which
provides a regular drumbeat of messages throughout the year
Growing and developing our Mental Health First Aiders
Network to promote and maintain wellbeing through
prevention and early intervention
Launching a new Employee Assistance Programme, providing
proactive wellbeing resources as well as in-the-moment support
and guidance on both work and life issues
Rolling out health assessments, including Stress Risk
Assessments, enabling staff and managers to understand and
mitigate key risk areas
Continuing to enhance our employee benefits provision with
plans to implement our new inclusive leave policy across the
UK Group to support our people in the moments that matter
Providing access to critical incident support resources to
support managers through moments of crisis.
We know we can always do more and so are committed to
continuously improving our wellbeing provisions over time.
Furthermore, we have expanded the roll-out of workshops offering
all managers essential tools and skills.
Progress on the leadership framework continues, with the
translation of our principles into observable behaviours. This
framework serves to hold our leaders accountable and foster a
culture of performance and development. It provides a globally
consistent model and tools for effective people management,
succession planning and talent acquisition.
Innovative learning solutions were piloted for our senior
leadership cohort in Canada and the UK. The programme focused
on enhancing business acumen and commercial skills while
emphasising the direct correlation between leadership actions
and achieved outcomes.
In May 2024 Babcock welcomed more than 300 local primary
school pupils to our annual Festival of Engineering at Rosyth to
help them explore the kinds of skills they will need for a career
in science, technology, engineering and maths (STEM).
83Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
Support for armed forces, veterans and
reservists
Given the nature of our work, we have a longstanding history
ofrecruiting and developing ex-services personnel both in the
UKand around the globe.
In the UK, we hold a Gold Award from the MOD’s Armed Forces
Covenant, and through our work with the Careers Transition
Partnership, charities such as White Ensign Association and
Officers Association, and organisations including British Forces
Resettlement Services (BFRS), Forces Families and Pathfinder
Magazine, we recruited 890 new ex-services employees in 2023
alone. In fact, we estimate that 16% of our total workforce has
some form of connection to the armed forces, whether as a
leaver, reservist, or as a member of a forces family.
Babcock has the size and breadth to offer a range of career
pathsto veterans where their skills and experience are valued.
We are a key sponsor of the Soldiers’, Sailors’ and Airman’s
Families Association (SSAFA) and work closely with it to ensure
access is open to all of our veterans and forces families.
Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment
In South Africa, Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment
(BBBEE) targets historical economic disparities by empowering
previously disadvantaged groups, especially black South Africans.
It emphasises initiatives like ownership, skills development, as well
as economic and socio-economic advancement in pursuit of a
more inclusive, sustainable economy. Embracing BBBEE principles
enhances businesses’ access to talent and markets, contributing
to a fairer, more prosperous society.
Babcock is deeply committed to uplifting the surrounding
communities in which we operate, recognising the link between
community sustainability and our business success. We believe
wecan make a positive impact to local people living in the
communities surrounding our operations, providing them
withskills and education for a sustainable independent future
where they are able to fulfil their needs and improve their
livingconditions.
Over the years our core focus on sustainable transformation
haslain primarily in education. This year, we have upheld our
commitment to supporting scholarships that prioritise STEM
education. These scholarships aim to provide opportunities for
underprivileged children with exceptional potential to pursue
studies at private colleges, promoting fairness and nurturing
talent development. Byextending similar opportunities through
our College Programme to children from marginalised
backgrounds, we actively foster inclusivity and ensure equitable
access to education across all strata of society. Additionally, our
internal scholarship initiative for employees’ children underscores
our dedication to supporting our workforce and their families.
We undertook a programme focusing on the uplifting of women
in leadership and women in engineering, through two key
programmes: the Intern-Teacher training programme which aims
to train teachers in STEM, and the school leadership programme
to uplift and better assist principals in managing schools, turning
them into reputable institutions of learning. The launch of the
Entrepreneurial Development Programme through our Babcock
Education and Training division has seen a number of Small,
Medium and Micro Enterprises (SMMEs) gain the necessary skills
needed to thrive by providing them with the tools and resources
needed to establish, sustain and grow entrepreneurial ventures.
Indigenous peoples
Babcock aims to be an inclusive organisation, reflecting the
nation we live in and the communities we serve alongside
ourcustomers. With a global presence, we acknowledge the
importance of engaging and supporting indigenous people in the
spaces in which we operate.
In Canada, Babcock has successfully completed the three
Commitment Phases of the Canadian Council for Aboriginal
Business’ (CCAB) Progressive Aboriginal Relations (PAR)
programme. We now move into the PAR certification process
andwill be applying for full certification in the spring of 2025.
Babcock Canada has added several indigenous businesses to its
supply chain over the last year including: Indigeno Travel LP, Pure
Spirit Solutions Inc, Mobile Resources Inc, NCN Thompson Bus &
Freight and LaFlesche Inc.
Babcock Canada has also laid the groundwork for significant
investment in Indigenous skills training and development.
Theseinvestments include multiple educational awards targeting
indigenous youth enrolled in STEM-related post-secondary
education, grants provided to organisations that promote
indigenous youth STEM enrolment, and Babcock Canada career
awareness through summer co-op terms for high-achieving
students, internships and apprenticeships upon graduation.
Babcock Australia is proud of our continued partnership with
Engineering Aid Australia and Yalari, a not-for-profit organisation
providing educational opportunities to indigenous children
inAustralia. In addition, we actively support Māori and Pasifika
students in increasing their career opportunities through a
three-year partnership with TupuToa, a Māori organisation which
delivers support for Māori and Pasifika tertiary students, and
supports Babcock in identifying interns and graduates to join our
Early Careers Programmes.
Through our partnership with Supply Nation in Australia we
continue to expand our supply chain to include Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander-owned businesses across the region. In New
Zealand, we work within the Amotai Initiative, to expand our
supply chain commitment to Māori and Pasifika-owned businesses.
The skills, services and products provided by indigenous-owned
businesses across Australasia are important elements of our
nation’s sovereign capability and help us to fulfil Babcock’s
Purpose in ‘creating a safe and secure world, together’.
84 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
We are proud to be supporting the Families’ Activity Breaks (FAB)
charity with a donation that will go towards helping bereaved
military families participate in one of the camps. We have also
advertised volunteering opportunities with the organisation. FAB
offers bereaved military families a week-long holiday to take part
in fun and challenging activities, and to meet and socialise with
others who have experienced a similar loss.
We have donated to Rapaid, enabling it to expand the number
of taxis in Plymouth carrying its free life-saving emergency
pressure bandages which enable bystanders and those first
onscene after a serious accident or act of violence to stop
critical blood loss in victims.
We have joined forces with the Army Benevolent Fund (ABF),
the British Army’s national charity, to support a number of its
key events. Through the multi-year partnership, we will sponsor
two of the charity’s landmark events – the Cateran Yomp
(pictured), a gruelling 24-hour, 54-mile trek across the
stunning Scottish Highlands, and Operation Bletchley, a series
of codebreaking challenges.
Volunteering
Volunteering is an enriching experience that not only benefits the
communities in which we work but also provides our employees
with the opportunity to make a lasting impact.
Our annual ‘Be Kind Day’ gives our people one paid day
(orequivalent hours) to volunteer and play an active part
inhelping others to thrive. In FY24, our employees volunteered
over 6,000 hours, up from just over 1,100 hours in FY23.
Since 2019, Babcock Canada has donated to the CFB
Esquimalt Military Family Resource Centre, supporting their
vital services to military members and their families, including
counselling, resources and support, recreation and fitness
facilities, events for the community, summer camps and more.
Charity
Our corporate Purpose is ‘to create a safe and secure world,
together’, and our donations and charitable sponsorship policy
isdesigned to support this by broadly focusing on two key criteria.
Firstly, military charities and events. Babcock has always proudly
supported our armed services and it remains core to our values.
Secondly, we support our communities by focusing on local
charities where we have our sites and attract our employees from.
Our sectors and direct reporting countries retain responsibility
and management of their donations and sponsorships to ensure
their budget goes where it can serve the greatest need and
beofmost value to those communities, helping us to make
agenuine difference.
85Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance
Commercial integrity
We are committed to conducting business honestly, transparently
and with integrity. It is the right and proper way to behave,
ensuring we uphold high ethical standards across the Group.
Italso supports our long-term success.
We understand our reputation and good name are amongst our
greatest assets and could easily be lost by actual or suspected
unprincipled behaviour. To support good governance and ethical
behaviour across our Group, our actions and those of our
employees, suppliers and partners are guided by a series of Group
policies. These include our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
policy and our newly established Human Rights policy, which
areavailable on our corporate website.
Our policies are reviewed periodically to ensure that they
continue to meet current best practice principles and legislative
needs. By establishing transparent policies and procedures we can
reduce risk to our business and to our customers.
We treat breaches of our Codes or associated guidance seriously.
Employees can raise any concerns that our Code or its associated
guidance is not being followed without fear of unfavourable
consequences for themselves. To ensure that anyone with a
concern is able to access advice and support, our independent
whistleblowing hotline, EthicsPoint, (operated by NAVEX Global)
allows for confidential and anonymous reporting and is available
24 hours a day, seven days a week, in all territories where we are
based. Further details are available on our corporate website.
Supply chain governance
Effective supply chain governance, with a focus on ESG,
encompasses proactive risk management, transparent practices
and collaborative efforts. Beyond safeguarding reputation, it
serves as a catalyst for long-term value creation and contributes
to a more sustainable future.
Babcock Procurement and Supply Chain is committed to
establishing a world-class supply chain that prioritises responsible
sourcing, sustainability and governance. By minimising
disruptions, reducing costs and enhancing social and
environmental impact, we aim to create value for all stakeholders.
Collaborating with suppliers, customers and internal stakeholders,
we foster transparency, trust and continuous improvement.
Our diverse portfolio of approximately 12,000 suppliers, including
both multinational original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and
small and medium enterprises (SMEs), contributes to our ability
todeliver quality products and services. Rigorous due diligence
ensures compliance and risk management, while our risk
resilience AI-driven solution monitors our vast supply chain
ecosystem. Through these efforts, Babcock builds a resilient
andresponsible supply chain.
In the upcoming year we will also introduce ESG ratings for areas
of focus in our supply chain. These ratings will play a pivotal role,
guiding our commitment to responsible practices. These ratings
assess the environmental impact, social responsibility and
governance present in our supply chain, influencing decisions
thatdrive sustainability and value creation.
Sustainable sourcing
At Babcock, we recognise the critical importance of responsible
sourcing and sustainability in today’s global economy. As part
ofour commitment to ethical and transparent business practices,
we maintain strong and sustainable supply chains.
Collaboratingclosely with our suppliers and sub-tier suppliers,
weactively encourage the adoption of sustainable practices.
Our primary goal is to reduce the environmental impact of
oursupply chain while simultaneously achieving our business
objectives. By promoting good labour practices, minimising
carbon emissions and conserving natural resources, we aim
tocreate long-term value for all stakeholders.
To reinforce our commitment, we have published our Sustainable
Procurement Policy and Supplier Guide as well as our Supplier
Code of Conduct. These documents serve as key references for
setting expectations with our suppliers regarding ethical and
sustainable procurement. Through these guidelines, we
encourage suppliers to align with our vision, contribute to social
responsibility and support the development of sustainable
products and services.
In alignment with the principles of ISO 20400, we have crafted
acomprehensive Supplier Code of Conduct that explicitly outlines
sustainability expectations, covering environmental protection,
fair labour practices and social responsibility. Furthermore,
wehave integrated sustainability considerations into our
supplierprocesses atsourcing, onboarding and throughout
supplier assessments.
In2024, we will publish a Supplier Assurance manualto enhance
transparency for our valued suppliers. This manual will provide
insights into our Supplier Assurance processes, including ESG
considerations, supplier assessments, audits and development.
Bysharing this resource, we aim to foster collaboration,
responsible practices and sustainable supply chain management.
Scope 3 carbon emissions
We aim to proactively measure and reduce our carbon emissions,
underscoring our unwavering commitment to sustainability
andacknowledging our environmental impact. To enhance our
understanding and mitigate our carbon footprint, we employ
aspend-based calculation method to map emissions across our
value chain. These insights serve as a foundation for refining
Babcock’s carbon strategy, enabling us to proactively identify
emission reduction opportunities. In FY25, we will introduce our
carbon reporting tool (Joscar Zero) to suppliers, focusing on key
suppliers and emission hotspots. This tool will assist suppliers
inassessing their emissions and developing targeted Carbon
Reduction Plans.
To learn more about our Scope 3 emissions please read our Environment
section on page 70.
Working with SMEs
Babcock Procurement and Supply Chain, along with its customers,
recognises the vital role that SMEs play in building a sustainable
and resilient supply chain in the UK. As part of our sustainable
procurement strategy, we are committed to fostering the growth
of our SME supplier population. We actively monitor our SME
spend percentage and take necessary actions to support their
development. Additionally, we engage with smaller and local
suppliers, particularly those promoting inclusion of under-
represented groups, to contribute to economic prosperity and
societal integration. In FY24, 27.7% of our total spend was with
our SME supplier base compared to 24% in FY23.
Payment to suppliers
At Babcock, we prioritise prompt payment to our suppliers,
recognising its importance in maintaining strong relationships and
ESG strategy continued
86 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
supporting their cash flow. We adhere to payment practices and
regulations, and are committed to paying suppliers on time and in
accordance with agreed-upon terms. Additionally, we encourage
our suppliers to adopt the Prompt Payment Code (UK) throughout
their supply chains. In FY24, we achieved an average payment
term of 16.3 days to our suppliers, versus 21.4 days in FY23.
Human rights
Babcock upholds all international treaties, including the United
Nations Declaration on Human Rights. In the UK, we hold our
suppliers and extended supply base to the same standards as
outlined in the Modern Slavery Act 2015. We also expect our
overseas suppliers to fully understand and align with the Act’s
intent. By collaborating closely with our suppliers, we aim
tobuildan ethical and sustainable supply chain that benefits
allstakeholders.
Our consistent commitment toupholding human rightsand our
opposition tomodern slaveryare embedded in ourSupplier Code
of Conduct which can be found on our website. This code serves
as afoundation, providing atransparent frameworkfor our
suppliers to align withBabcock’s core values, adhere to
ourpolicies and meet all relevantlegal requirements. By ensuring
that our supply chain operates withintegrityandtransparency,
we canexplicitly definethe standards and expectations that
oursuppliers mustadhere towhen conducting business with us.
Our Supplier Code of Conduct reflects our commitment to human
rights and responsible practices, including:
Ensuring work is performed on a voluntary basis and without
restriction of movement
Treating workers equally and without discrimination
Ensuring workers are of an appropriate age
Respecting freedom of association and collective bargaining
Providing reasonable working hours
Paying workers fair wages
Protecting workers’ health and safety in the workplace
Providing access to fair procedures and remedies
Our commitment to human rights extends throughout our
supplier network and their extended supply chains. We prioritise
transparency and responsibility, aiming to uncover and address
issues collaboratively.
Our publicly available Group Modern Slavery Transparency
Statement defines our commitment to responsible sourcing and
supply chain transparency, including our due diligence processes,
supplier engagement approach, training and initiatives to
promote responsible sourcing. Regular reviews help us monitor
compliance and identify areas for improvement.
You can read our Modern Slavery Transparency
Statement here
Additionally, our strategic Risk Resilience tool enables real-time
monitoring though AI and machine learning technology, tracking
and generating alerts for indicators such as compensation,
employee satisfaction, diversity, workforce rights, safety,
prohibiting child or compulsory labour and fair treatment.
Thisproactive approach helps us mitigate hidden risks and
respond swiftly to changes in our supply chain.
Fair operating practices
Our commitment to ethical and responsible business practices
isunderpinned by our Supplier Code of Conduct. It serves as
afundamental component that provides a clear framework for
our suppliers to align with Babcock’s values, policies and legal
requirements. By ensuring that our supply chain operates with
integrity and transparency, we are able to maintain a high
standard of accountability and sustainability throughout
ouroperations.
As part of our supplier selection process, we conduct thorough
assessments to ensure that our suppliers are capable of meeting
our financial, commercial, safety, governance, technical, health
and security requirements. We periodically review and revalidate
these standards to ensure continued compliance throughout the
supplier engagement lifecycle. In the UK, we use the Joint Supply
Chain Accreditation Register (JOSCAR) due diligence tool, which
isa shared industry-wide management system for defence
contractors that collects pre-qualification and compliance
information about individual suppliers across the UK supply chain.
Supplier Code of Conduct
OurBabcock Supplier Code of Conductoutlines expectations
for suppliers regardinghuman rightsand introduces guidelines
for our journey towardNet Zero.
Read the Supplier Code of Conduct
on our website
Cyber security
Babcock recognises the threat of cyber attack and the potential
consequences including operational disruption, unlawful access
ortheft of information and resultant reputational damage.
Babcock maintains ongoing plans to mitigate such risks and has
an Information Security Committee which meets quarterly to
provide governance, direction and assurance that the Babcock
security posture is appropriate and effective. Additionally, monthly
reviews are maintained with Senior Information Risk Owners
toensure governance of information risk across our business.
Babcock applies all required international and government
security standards for secure installation and operation of
information systems. Security operations are deployed to establish
threats and to protectively monitor for risks to information,
systems and networks.
Core IT services are certified to ISO 27001 (Information Security)
and ISO 22301 (Business Continuity) standards as well as Cyber
Essential Plus, a requirement for UK Government working.
Babcock is a member of the joint UK Ministry of Defence and Industry
Defence Cyber Protection Partnership (DCPP) which seeks to ensure
the defence supply chain understands the cyber threat and
isappropriately protected against attack. Babcock is represented
on all the working groups and the DCPP Executive Committee.
Both targeted and global education and training is delivered
tostaff to help raise cyber awareness across the workforce.
Babcock continues to invest in cyber resilience through
improvements in threat intelligence and cyber supply chain security.
87Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
ESG strategy continued
Reporting on material yet non-financial measures is important in understanding the performance, opportunities and long-term
sustainability of the Company and our ability to generate value for all our stakeholders. We disclose non-financial information in the ESG
strategy report and throughout the Strategic report. The following summarises where to find further information on each of the key areas
of disclosure required by Sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act. This includes the requirement to include Climate Financial
Disclosures (CFD) within the Annual Report and Financial Statements. These have been incorporated throughout our TCFD disclosures.
Reporting requirement Policies and standards Additional information Page
Environmental matters Safety, Health and Environmental Protection policy* Social 80
Sustainable Procurement and Supply Chain policy Sustainable sourcing 86
TCFD disclosure Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures
72
CFD disclosures See TCFD disclosure Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures
72
Employees Code of Conduct** Commercial integrity 86
Safety, Health and Environmental Protection policy* Social 80
Charity and Sponsorship High-Level guidelines** Charity 85
Be Kind Day – Global Volunteering policy** Volunteering 85
Gender Pay Gap Report** Gender 81
Human rights Code of Conduct** Commercial integrity 86
Supplier Code of Conduct** Fair operating practices 87
Human Rights policy** Governance 86
Modern Slavery Transparency Statement** Human rights 87
Social matters Anti-bribery and Corruption/Ethics policy** Commercial integrity 86
Code of Conduct** Commercial integrity 86
Safety, Health and Environmental Protection policy* Social 80
Anti-bribery and corruption Anti-Bribery and Corruption/Ethics policy** Commercial integrity 86
Whistleblowing policy** Commercial integrity 86
Supplier Code of Conduct** Fair operating practices 87
Description of principal risks
and impact on business
activity
Group Risk Management policy* Principal risks and management
controls
89
Business model Our business model 16
Non-financial KPIs Key performance indicators 23
* Available to employees through the Babcock intranet but not published externally.
** Available on the Babcock website and available to employees through the Babcock intranet.
Non-financial and sustainability
information statement
88 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Principal risks and management controls
Our principal risks and
management controls
“We have continued our risk maturity journey with
improved quality of risk output and engagement
across Babcock, and strengthened our formal
review and gating processes to support delivery
of well-governed contracts.”
David Lockwood
Chief Executive Officer
Heightened risk control to support risk
resilience
We have a Risk Management Framework to manage the risk and
opportunities inherent within our strategy. As explained at our
Capital Markets Day, risk management is at the core of Babcock
management practice and an integral part of all our activities,
helping us to deliver our commitments to customers, colleagues,
and communities. We continue to build on improvements made
throughout FY23/24.
FY24 saw valuable enhancements in the quality of Babcock Risk
Registers and heightened understanding of the importance
ofeffective risk mitigation. There has been an enhanced
understanding of the benefits of Enterprise Risk Management
(ERM) across the Babcock senior leadership team. The Risk
Committee has continued to develop ERM practice with a healthy
level of cross-functional challenge around principal risks and their
collective mitigation.
Risk and internal control enhancement
highlights in the year
Risk Committee focus on enhanced mitigation strategies
with implementation of deep dives on principal risk
mitigations
Substantial enhancement of the Corporate, Sector and
Direct Reporting Countries (DRCs) Risk Registers
Investment in the Risk Leads Community resulting in
enhanced risk conversations linked to risk-based
decision-making
Heightened material fraud risk understanding through
aseries of teach-ins to sectors and DRCs
Embedded material fraud and climate risks into Risk Register
submissions for sectors and DRCs
Schedule of risk workshops across sectors and DRCs to
enhance understanding, and drive consistency and quality
of risk outputs
Embedding and expanding key controls and implementing
increased assurance over key controls enhancements.
Effective risk management starts with the right conversations to
enable better risk-based decision-making. Our Risk Management
Framework considers management of risk in the round, top-down
and bottom-up correlated through a series of risk conversations
with the members of the Group Executive Committee and critical
risk influencers.
Risk is considered regularly at Board level. As part of its business
planning and annual strategy review process, the Board conducted
a robust assessment of principal and emerging risks.
FRC revisions to Corporate Governance Code
The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) has published the 2024 UK
Corporate Governance Code and associated guidance. This comes
into effect for the Group for the year ending 31 March 2026.
TheAudit, Risk and Internal Controls section of the updated code
now includes the requirement for a declaration on the effectiveness
of the material controls at the balance sheet date, arequirement
effective for the March 2027 Annual Report. TheGroup has
beenproactively assessing current maturity, and planning
forcompliance.
Our Risk Management Framework
Our Risk Management Framework, (below) is used consistently
across the Group, clarifying ownership and the differing levels
ofassurance. The risk framework includes a Risk Committee where
all principal risks are comprehensively challenged throughout the
year. We have refined the Global Risk Management policy and
User Requirements manual which is now embedded via tailored
training and awareness sessions across the Group.
The Board sets the Group’s strategy (page 14). To help deliver
thisstrategy, the Board has in place procedures for identifying,
evaluating, and managing the risks inherent in our strategy,
alongside the emerging risk landscape. As part of those
procedures, the Board reviews and approves the Group’s
Corporate Risk Register on an annual basis to ensure alignment
with the Group’s strategy. The Risk Committee provides leadership
and oversight of the Group’s risk profile. It makes this
determination using a consistently applied risk-rating matrix,
which assesses the likelihood and impact of each risk occurring
and its target state. The Board makes this assessment after taking
into consideration the controls and mitigations that the Group
hasin place.
Co-ordinated by our network of Global Risk Leads, we build our
hierarchy of risk by bringing together the Risk Registers of our
sectors and DRCs. These Risk Registers include principal, strategic
and operational risks, and emerging risks. Thesectors and
overseas operations compile their Risk Registers using the Global
ERM Framework for consistency in approach. Theframework
requires the risks to be described along with the measures in
place to control or manage each risk and to assess their
effectiveness. The Group Risk function consolidates the
RiskRegisters and produces the Group’s risk profile, including risk
interconnectivities. The Risk Registers show the current rating
ofeach risk and the target state. Each risk rating measures each
riskfor likelihood and impact, using the five-by-five matrix
representing a combination of likelihood and impact. Please
seethe following graphic for definitions.
89Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Principal risks and management controls continued
Likelihood
Very likely
More than 90%
chance
Impact Severe
Likely
60–90% chance
Major
Possible
30–60% chance
Moderate
Unlikely
10–30% chance
Minor
Very unlikely
Less than 10%
chance
Insignificant
Group Risk engages with sectors and DRCs quarterly, providing
guidance and ensuring a common approach as to how to
measure likelihood and impact. We have included the current
rating for each principal risk alongside its description (page 95).
On an annual basis, the Risk Committee reviews the scoring
matrix. Following the Risk Committee evaluation, the Board,
onanannual basis, considers the matrix and reviews the Group’s
principal and emerging risks. The review includes a description, as
well as our controls and mitigations and our risk appetite against
each principal risk. In addition to the review of the risk-rating
matrix, the Board also undertakes ‘deep dives’ bi-annually on
specific risks.
Our internal control environment
In FY24, the Group has continued to make progress in its internal
control environment which aims to protect the Group’s assets
andto check the reliability and integrity of the Group’s
information, thereby providing assurance that the Group
appropriately manages the risks in our business model and the
delivery ofourstrategy.
Internally published policies set the framework for the Group’s
internal controls. These policies cover a range of matters intended
to mitigate risk, such as health and safety, project management,
information security, trade controls, contracting requirements,
financial transactions and financial reporting.
The Document of Controls is the cornerstone of internal control
systems over financial, reporting and compliance controls; during
the year the controls therein were linked to the overall business
process Risk Register thereby now operating as the risk and
control matrix for the Group, defining risk and control owners,
and the control design. The financial reporting controls were
assessed for completeness in the prior year, and the Group is now
conducting risk-based thematic reviews to review and enhance
the design of controls. Reviews started with the Blueprint
Fundamentals and now, in line with the planned roadmap, include
reviews of accounts receivable and goodwill impairment controls.
The FRC published the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code
andassociated guidance in January 2024, and the Group took
theopportunity to assess the maturity of risk and internal control
systems in response to the guidance. This exercise highlighted
elements of the Group’s risk and control assurance framework
that required enhancements, and validated prioritisation within
the existing roadmap. Part of the Group’s expected response
istodefine a material controls assurance map, and proactively
enhance assurance across the lines of defence, to provide a solid
foundation to meet the Code and guidance as it becomes effective.
An early draft of this document has been prepared and shared
with the Audit Committee to align enhancement action.
The Blueprint Fundamentals – 15 key contract review, bid review
and financial reporting controls – were designed and
implemented in late FY23. These controls have continued to
beoperated throughout the year, with assurance undertaken
across all lines of defence including two internal audit reviews
anddesign and implementation external audit testing. In response
to findings, control monitoring was increased and formalised,
especially around Group bid reviews, to enhance the robustness
of the controls. Standardisation of contract review processes,
implemented for Group watchlist contracts in FY23, was
expanded to all Category A contracts. The design,
implementation, testing and rectification approach for these
controls gives confidence in the implementation of additional
control enhancements planned.
During the year, IT general controls were enhanced by retiring
certain legacy systems, aligning user access controls for the
Group’s treasury management and consolidation systems to other
systems in the Neptune estate, adding additional manual controls
to improve privileged access controls on the Group’s remaining
legacy system estate and conducting segregation of duties testing
for core procurement processes.
The controls enhancement programme, which will continue into
future periods, has benefitted from the ongoing centralisation of
key support functions, with FY24 being the first full year with the
UK supported by the Finance Business Services team. This team
has driven forwards a number of process standardisation initiatives
and conducted root cause analysis of historical financial reporting
and misstatements below Group materiality for rectification.
In addition, the Group enhanced the fraud Risk Management
Framework through sector and DRC submissions of material fraud
risks via the quarterly risk returns, conducting fraud risk training
tosector and DRC risk leads and seeking external assessment of
our overall fraud Risk Management Framework in response to the
publication of the Economic Crime and Corporate Transparency
Act 2023.
In FY24, the Group concluded the full insourcing of its internal
audit activity through the recruitment of four dedicated Internal
Audit specialists. The status of the internal audit work programme
and the results of each audit are presented at every Audit
Committee meeting.
90 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Our risk assurance
We use the three lines of defence model to assure ourselves
aboutthe management of the risks that we face. The first line
ofdefence is management control, policies, and procedures,
together with management oversight. The second line is internal
assurance activities including Group risk management and
compliance teams who deliver functional oversight. The third
lineis independent assurance activities, such as internal audits.
Risk management and internal control annual review
To provide assurance, the Audit Committee performs an annual
review of our risk management and internal control systems to
assess their effectiveness. After this year’s review, the Committee
concluded the Company has implemented several control
improvements, and had a structured plan to implement further
control enhancements covering lessons learnt and progressively
meeting the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code requirements.
The Board, following robust assessment, concluded that the
riskmanagement process within the Group provides effective
management of the principal, emerging and underlying risks.
Thisassessment allows the Board to monitor and review the
effectiveness of these processes in adherence to the UK Corporate
Governance Code.
Risk Committee
The Risk Committee provides executive management leadership
and oversight of the Group’s ERM Framework, acting as an interface
between the Audit Committee and the business. The Committee
has as its principal deliverable the review and challenge of the
mitigation and control of the principal risks, as summarised on page
131. All principal risks have an allocated owner. Each principal risk
is presented by the Executive Committee owner on a rolling annual
programme through evaluation of the status of the principal risk
and the effectiveness of its mitigation and discussion around the
identified risk appetite. The Risk Committee undertakes a risk
discussion around the Group contracts watchlist to ensure
adequacy of risk controls and mitigations.
The Risk Committee also commissions ‘deep dives’ in relation
tothe businesses’ Risk Registers submitted within the Group’s
quarterly reviews, commissions externally focused emerging
riskreports (produced by the Group Risk team) and reviews
theGroup’s approach to high-impact, low-likelihood, black swan,
and grey rhino events.
A ‘black swan’ event refers to an unforeseen and unlikely
occurrence that typically has extreme consequences. A ‘grey
rhino’ event is a slowly emerging, highly probable and high
impact threat that is ignored.
Risk appetite
Low – Avoidance of risk and uncertainty with low appetite for risk
that is likely to have adverse consequences, and aim to eliminate
or substantially reduce such risks.
Medium – A degree of risk is tolerated with some appetite for risk
and a balance of mitigation effects, with a view of the potential
rewards and opportunities.
High – Open to opportunities that may result in a higher residual
risk where we have the capability and capacity to manage that risk.
Forward-looking risk priorities – FY25
Schedule of risk workshops across sectors and DRCs to enhance
understanding, and drive consistency and quality of risk outputs
Analysing options of existing Babcock recording systems for
potential use in enterprise risk reporting
Further embedding of material fraud risk management processes
Continued investment in the Corporate Governance Code
revision and its practical application
91Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Board
Overall responsibility for the Group’s
strategy and risk management.
Reviews and approves Babcock’s risk-rating
matrix, principal risks and Corporate Risks
Register on an annual basis to ensure
alignment with Babcock’s strategy.
Reviews the Group’s financial reports,
including annual budget and five-year
plan, to monitor financial performance
and identify potential issues/
emerging risks.
Audit Committee
Reviews and monitors the adequacy
and effectiveness of the Group’s Risk
Management Framework and internal
control environment.
Approves the Annual Audit Plan for
the external and internal audits.
Group Executive Committee
Provides consistent, visible and positive
tone from the top and ensures risk
management is integrated into all
Babcock’s activities.
Committee members sponsor
andownthe principal risks.
Annual risk workshop to produce the
recommended strategic principal risks
for submission to the Board.
Operational risk is formally considered
quarterly through the sector and DRCs
Risk Register submission prepared
bythe Group Risk function and also
summarises the Group’s principal
andemerging risks.
Group Executive Risk Committee
The Risk Committee provides executive
management leadership and oversight
of the Group’s Risk Management
Framework, risk profile, risk appetite,
emerging risks, the UK Corporate
Governance Code and other legislative
requirements relating to risk, and acts
as an interface between the Audit
Committee and the business.
External audit
Provides external assurance:
its aim is to detect material errors
and material irregularities in our
financial statements.
Internal audit
Provides independent and objective
assurance on governance, risk
management and internal
control to the Board and
the Group.
Our risk assurance
We have written policies covering a range
of matters to mitigate risk, such as health
and safety, information security,
contracting requirements and accounting
policies. We underpin these policies with
acomprehensive scheme of delegated
authorities, which the Board annually
reviews and approves. Twice a year,
thesectors and DRCs complete a letter
ofrepresentation to provide confirmation
of compliance with the Group’s policies.
Management reports up from our business
units through the sectors and DRCs to
theBoard on operational and financial
performance.
First line of defence
– management
The Board and the Group Executive
Committee review the Group’s financial and
operational performance on a regular basis
through the monthly reporting packs, which
include monthly management accounts,
and can compare that performance against
the Group’s budget, which the Board
approves on an annual basis.
Group reviews the sector and DRCs letters
of representation to identify any control
weaknesses.
Group functions and specific committees
monitor certain risks, such as health and
safety, finance, tax and treasury.
The Group maintains a comprehensive
international insurance programme.
TheDirector of Internal Audit, Risk
Assurance & Insurance reports to the Board
annually on the strategic approach to
thatprogramme.
Second line of defence
– internal assurance
The Internal Audit function, which reports
to the Audit Committee, provides
assurance of the effectiveness of the
Group’s control environment.
The Audit Committee agrees both the
external and internal audit plans on an
annual basis.
A number of external regulators and
otherbodies, such as national Civil Aviation
Authorities, the UK Office of Nuclear
Regulation, and the International Office
forStandardisation, regularly inspect parts
of the Group.
All employees have access to a
whistleblowing line to allow them to report
any concerns that they may have. The Board
receives all the reports to the line along
with an explanation of how the Group
isinvestigating them and the outcome
ofthe investigation.
Third line of defence
– independent assurance
Our ERM framework and internal control environment
Sectors and Direct Reporting Countries
Global Risks Leads Forum for sharing risk,
feedback from governance meetings,
reviewing the effectiveness of the Risk
Management Framework and process,
sharing of good practice and
development of risk visualisation
reporting tools, reviewing central
policies and processes to consider
specialist and regional applications
andorganisational learning.
Projects, programme, portfolio and
operation risks are managed and
escalated to their sector and DRCs
andthen escalated as appropriate
toGroup Risk and Risk Committee.
Strategic and Business Unit Risk
Registers are reported to Group Risk
on a quarterly basis.
Principal risks and management controls continued
92 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Effective
management
and mitigation
of risk
The Risk Committee case study
The Risk Committee was established in March 2023 as a
committee of the Executive Committee, wholly dedicated to
consideration and management of risk and opportunity. In its first
year it met every month to ensure that it gave sufficient time and
attention to each principal risk; meetings in 2024 will be held
quarterly. These principal risks are held on the Babcock Group
Corporate Risk Register (CRR) which is owned by the Executive
Committee and maintained by the Group Risk team.
The Committee has a published schedule of meetings and tracked
attendance, and invites individual Executive Committee members
to present the risk they own and manage to the Committee for
discussion and challenge. This focuses on the mitigation, strategy,
interconnectivity and demonstration of effective delivery of the
mitigations and controls wrapped around the principal risks
inplace to reduce the risk to its target state. Matters considered
bythe Risk Committee are detailed in the graphic.
The Risk Committee undertakes an annual principal risk
establishment session in February to devise the principal risks
itwill submit to the Board for consideration and approval.
The CRR has additional material risks within it that are considered
and managed with the same rigour as the principal risks; these
areoperationally important, however do not meet the threshold
ofaprincipal risk.
On at least an annual basis the Risk Committee undertakes
externally facilitated risk management training to help ensure
understanding of latest risk thinking and development of
capability on more technical issues such as risk appetite and risk
capacity. The Risk Committee role in maintenance of the correct
risk culture is also considered within this training.
On a bi-annual basis a paper is submitted for Executive Committee
consideration around new and emerging risk issues that the
Executive Committee needs to be aware of. The paper draws
potential areas of interest from risk thought leaders globally and
global and national publications such as the World Economic
Forum (WEF) Annual Risk Report and the UK National Risk Register.
On a bi-annual basis the Director of Internal Audit, Risk Assurance
& Insurance has one-to-one conversations with each ofthe
Executive Committee and pivotal risk influencers such as the
ChiefInformation Security Officer (CISO) and Chief Security Officer
(CSO) to discuss live risk matters that are resonating most; these
are then used to close the circle of top-down and bottom-up risk
data and keep risk thinking as current as possible. The Risk
Committee considers risks and the required mitigations contained
within Group watchlist projects.
On an annual basis the Risk Committee reviews the Babcock Risk
Management policy and manual to ensure that it is functioning
effectively and continues to be fit for purpose in the identification
and management of operational risks throughout Babcock. It also
keeps under review the Corporate Governance Code revisions
andtheir practical application.
Setting of
principal risks
Emerging
risk review
Review
of risk
conversations
and risk
themes
Material
operational
risk review
Review of
contracts
lessons learned
Review of
principal and
other material
risks
Review of
Group watchlist
projects and
contracts
Thought
leadership
training
Corporate
Governance
Code
appraisal
93Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Our principal and emerging risks
The Risk Management Framework is described above. Using this framework, the Board has identified on pages 96 to 106 the principal
risks that it currently believes to be of greatest significance to the Group, as they have the potential to undermine our ability to achieve
our strategic goals and have a detrimental effect on our financial performance. As part of the Group’s ongoing risk analysis, four
emerging risks have been identified which are kept under review by the Risk Committee.
Emerging risk Description and management
Geopolitical
tension
We mostly operate in, or export to, stable, peaceful democracies, closely allied with the UK through NATO
orother such organisations. Nevertheless, the international geopolitical situation is constantly evolving,
sowekeep abreast of developments globally, working with governments and independent advisors. For new
territories, this due diligence includes country risk reports and a formal approval process requiring Board-level
authorisation to proceed. In the short to medium term, growing instability in the Euro-Atlantic region,
theIndo-Pacific and the Middle East will continue to create volatility within domestic and global markets.
Thiscould increase commodity prices, disrupt supply chains and increase cyber threats from state actors.
Thechanging threat environment could drive increased expenditure on defence globally but may also see
areprioritisation of budgets away from traditional large, complex platforms to smaller, uncrewed platforms
and cyber.
Supply chain
global sanctions
circumvention
As governments tighten economic restrictions, the risk of sanctions circumvention increases with growing
global geopolitical tensions. Babcock Procurement and Supply Chain must remain vigilant to prevent
inadvertent violations. To tackle this complex challenge, we will consider the following strategies: enhancing
our due diligence, when engaging with suppliers – we need to scrutinise backgrounds, ownership structures
and transaction histories; developing robust frameworks for sanctions compliance; implementing internal
controls, policies, and procedures; training employees on regulations to prevent evasion; mapping our supply
chains comprehensively, including multiple tiers of suppliers; leveraging technology for real-time monitoring
and traceability; and collaborating with partners to maintain transparency and prevent illicit diversions.
Artificial
intelligence
Artificial intelligence (AI) is a rapidly developing, emerging technology that provides significant improvements
in decision-making. The application of AI offers significant benefits to business operations, however there
areseveral risks that need to be considered when assessing the application of AI:
The risk to the traceability, integrity and repeatability of business decisions and product/services performance
through use of AI with an uncontrolled data source or an unknown learning algorithm
The risk that data provided by Babcock as input to an AI engine will then become available to unknown users
of the internet or who have access to the same AI database
The risk to Babcock’s future competitiveness as a result of not leveraging the benefits of AI
There are various risk mitigation options that should be assessed for each potential application of AI including
using specifically developed learning engines, implementing the AI on a limited access server accessing a
controlled set of data and/or ensuring the final decision is made by a human with the output from AI being
used as guidance only (human-in-the-loop).
Personal
security
Rising geopolitical tensions and global unrest are driving additional safety and security concerns for our people.
This will require an additional investment in training for individuals operating in challenging territories, and
measures put in place to ensure greater awareness and skills to manage this risk. Measures and specific
controls that are in place today are effective and reviewed regularly, and this will need to be continuously
reviewed and updated in line with risks identified through our customer community and other sources.
Principal risks and management controls continued
94 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Changes to the principal risks
Last year’s principal risks and uncertainties remain valid.
There have, however, been changes to wording and emphasis
tonine of last year’s principal risks so they are better articulated
asfollows:
Of last years thirteen principal risks, five have either increased
orreduced as follows:
Market risk likelihood has decreased. Whilst globally we are
operating in an increasingly uncertain geopolitical environment,
this has increased demand for defence, including significant
investment and recapitalisation of defence assets.
Financial resilience likelihood has decreased. The financial
resilience of the Group has improved due to the substantial
reduction in net debt and gearing
Supply chain management likelihood has decreased through
targeted controls continuously monitoring procurement and
supply chain activities with enhanced governance
Climate and environmental sustainability impact has increased
due to ongoing work to mature our understanding of climate
risk and the associated financial and non-financial impacts
Acquisitions and divestments likelihood and impact have
increased. The likelihood of the Group taking advantage
ofbolt-on acquisition opportunities in line with our capital
allocation policy has increased, given the improvement
inthebalance sheet over the last two years.
Principal risk trend
Babcock operates in a complex global environment and
isexposed to a wide range of risks that may undermine our ability
to execute our strategy.
Our Enterprise Risk Management is an evolving and dynamic
process; therefore, the Group might identify new risks or better
understand the significance of existing risks or identify a change
ina risk. This means that the risks identified on pages 96 to 106
are not and cannot be an exhaustive list of all principal risks
thatcould affect the Group. The principal risks are not listed in
any order of priority. Risks are plotted on a net basis including
current mitigations.
Impact
Likelihood
2023
Principal risks
2024
Principal risks
Overall annual
risk score trend
1
Contract and project
performance
Contract and project
performance
2
Existing and new markets Market risk
3
IT and cyber security IT and cyber security
4
Pensions Defined benefit
pensions
5
Supply chain
management
Supply chain
management
6
Operational resilience
and business interruption
Operational resilience
and business
interruption
7
Financial resilience Financial resilience of
the Group
8
Health, safety and
compliance including
product safety
Safety, health, and
environmental
protection including
product safety
9
Climate and sustainability Climate and
environmental
sustainability
10
Technology disruption Corporate technology
disruption
11
Talent management
retention and upskilling
Resourcing, retention
and skills
12
Regulatory and
compliance
Compliance with
legislation or other
regulatory
requirements
13
Acquisitions and disposals Acquisitions and
divestments
Key
Increased Decreased No movement
11
1, 3, 4
5, 13 2,6,9
8, 10
7 12
Insignificant
Very unlikely
Severe
Very likelyPossible
Moderate
95Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Principal risks, their impact and
mitigation
Contract and project performance
We execute large contracts, which often require us to price for the long term and for risk transfer. Our contracts can
include fixed prices.
Risk appetite: Medium
Contract and project performance risk appetite is classified as 'medium' due to the intricate nature of our work in the defence and
emergency services sectors. As a company, we are in the business of strategically taking on risks that we can manage effectively.
Whileour aim is to minimise risks to a manageable level, it is important to acknowledge that uncertainties are inherent in project
delivery. We prioritise robust risk management within our contracts to mitigate these uncertainties, where possible, and ensure
successful outcomes. It is important to make clear that despite our vast efforts, some level of risk remains unavoidable.
Potential impact
Our business model revolves around securing and executing long-term, high-value
contracts for complex, integrated services. These contracts often involve outcome-
based agreements, and our medium risk appetite is rewarded with appropriate
margins. Given the limited number of customers and intense competition in our
market sectors, customers wield significant bargaining power, often requiring
suppliers to assume substantial risk.
Contract terms can be stringent, with strict conditions and clauses. Underestimating
or under-pricing risk exposure, unforeseen costs or supply chain disruptions can
inflate our contract delivery costs. Fixed-price contracts can exacerbate this,
especially if actual costs exceed projections due to factors like inflation or extended
programme durations.
The nature of the complex work we perform and the terms under which industry
contracts with the government departments (and the sometimes-onerous terms
andconditions that apply) mean there is a residual risk.
Our projects and extensive supply chains expose us to risks such as shortages in raw
materials or electronic components, which can lead to increased costs or missed
deadlines. Furthermore, long-term contracts often undergo changes in scope
oremergent work, requiring diligent management to avoid additional costs or
contractual breaches. If key risks materialise, they can escalate our delivery costs,
trigger penalties, or damage our reputation, jeopardising current and future
contracts.
International conflicts, such as the war in Ukraine, significantly influence contract
and performance risks in defence projects by disrupting supply chains, increasing
security concerns and fostering political instability. Such conflicts often escalate
costs due to heightened security measures and geopolitical risks, leading to
uncertainties in project planning and execution. Sub-contractors may face
challenges in interpreting and fulfilling contractual obligations amidst legal
uncertainties and reputational risks.
Mitigation
To mitigate these risks, we have enhanced
ourreview and gating processes, ensuring
alignment with our capabilities and risk
appetite. We conduct thorough reviews
atcontract, business unit, sector and (where
appropriate) Group functional executive level,
to minimise underestimations of risks and
costs, continuously managing risks and
opportunities throughout contract lifecycles.
We closely monitor contractual performance
at various levels, identifying high-risk contracts
for special attention and implementing
remediation plans when performance falls
short. This includes utilising independent
advisors to maintain best practices.
To further enhance our risk management
strategies and ensure proactive mitigation
across all sectors, we are planning to
introduce comprehensive risk mitigation
workshops. These workshops will provide
aplatform for stakeholders across various
sectors to come together and collectively
identify, assess, and address potential risks
inherent in our projects and contracts.
Through interactive sessions, participants
willhave the opportunity to share insights,
experiences, and best practices, fostering
acollaborative approach to risk management.
The workshops will be tailored to address
sector-specific challenges and will incorporate
lessons learned from past experiences.
Byequipping our teams with the tools and
knowledge needed to identify and mitigate
risks effectively, we aim to strengthen our
resilience and enhance our ability to deliver
successful outcomes for our customers while
safeguarding our business interests.
In summary, navigating the complexities
ofthe defence and emergency services
sectors requires a proactive approach to risk
management, thorough contract evaluation,
and continuous performance monitoring
toensure successful project delivery.
Likelihood: Likely
Impact: Major
Principal risks and management controls continued
96 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
IT and cyber security
A key factor for our customers is our ability to deliver secure IT and other information assurance systems to maintain the
confidentiality of sensitive information.
Risk appetite: Low
IT and cyber security are fundamental components to Babcock’s operations; we continually review the emergence of cyber threats, in
an effort to eradicate and mitigate the risk as far as possible.
Potential impact
The impact of an IT or cyber security breach or compromise may
be loss of reputation, loss of business advantage, disruptions in
business operations or inability to meet contractual obligations.
The nature of our operations and the requirement to hold and
process sensitive and confidential information on behalf of our
customers makes Babcock a target for cyber attackers. Despite
controls designed to protect such information, there can be no
guarantee that security measures will be sufficient to prevent
security attacks being successful in their attempts to breach
orcompromise IT systems and misappropriate sensitive and
confidential information or otherwise cause destructive or
disruptive harm to the Group.
The Group may be seen as a threat target for attack by ’state
actors’ from overseas countries because of the nature of the
Group’s activities for its government customers. In addition,
failure to invest in our IT infrastructure, for example in replacing
legacy systems or introducing new technologies, could create
vulnerabilities that may lead to a breach.
The risk of loss of information or data by other means (such
asphysical loss) is also a risk that we cannot entirely eliminate.
Significant data breaches or losses could lead to litigation and
fines for breach of applicable regulations such as data protection
laws. This could have an adverse effect on the Group’s
operations and its ability to win future contracts, which may
affect our overall financial condition.
Mitigation
We are continuing to build on the historical investments made
to enhance our IT security and work has also been undertaken
inboosting the security awareness to further increase our cyber
resilience. Work on the next generation security platform is
underway and this will be correlated directly to future business
needs for secure collaboration and sharing of resource and
knowledge, in support of the international growth strategy.
We seek to assure our data security through a multi-layered
approach that provides a hardened environment, including
robust physical security arrangements and data resilience
strategies. We have formal security and information assurance
governance structures in place to oversee and manage IT, cyber
and information security-related risks. We employ specialists
inthreat intelligence and conduct comprehensive internal
andexternal testing and remediation of potential vulnerabilities.
Tomaintain organisational awareness around cyber security,
weprovide cyber security education to our staff which includes
awareness of social engineering and insider threat. The Group
maintains business continuity plans that cover a range of
scenarios (including loss of IT availability) and we regularly
testthe plans that relate to IT and cyber security.
Likelihood: Likely
Impact: Major
97Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Defined benefit pensions
The Group has significant defined benefit pension schemes in the UK, which provide for a specified level of pension benefits
to scheme members.
Risk appetite: Low
Babcock utilises engagement with the pensions schemes’ trustees and a balanced pension management approach that looks to mitigate
and reduce the risks associated with pensions over the journey to settling the pension obligations.
Potential impact
Member and employer contributions paid into pension scheme funds and the
investment returns made in those funds over time have to meet the cost of the
defined benefit obligations.
Various assumptions underpin the level of our contributions. These assumptions
are subject to change, such as life expectancy of members, gilt yields, investment
returns, inflation, and regulatory changes. Based on the assumptions used at any
time, there is always a risk of a significant shortfall in the schemes’ assets below
the calculated cost of the pension obligations. For example, pension liabilities can
increase due to rising life expectancy, higher-than-expected inflation rates in the
future and lower interest rates.
If the pension trustees believe that the assets in the pension schemes are
insufficient to meet pension liabilities or if our balance sheet strength does not
meet the pension trustees’ expectations, they may require us to make increased
contributions and/or lump sum cash payments into the schemes or provide
additional security from the Group. The toughening stance of the UK Pensions
Regulator may influence our pension trustees’ perspectives. Increased
contributions or lump sum cash payments may reduce the cash available to meet
our other obligations or business needs and may restrict our future growth.
Accounting standard rules governing the measurement of pension liabilities can
lead to significant accounting volatility from year to year, due to the need to take
account of macroeconomic circumstances beyond the control of the Company.
Companies, including Babcock, do not calculate actuarial valuations used for
funding on the same basis as IFRS accounting standards. This means the future
cash contributions are difficult to derive from the Group’s IFRS balance sheet.
When accounting for our defined benefit schemes, we have to use corporate
bond-related discount rates to value the pension liabilities. Variations in bond
yields and inflationary expectations can materially affect the pensions charge
inour income statement from year to year, as well as the value of the net
difference between the pension assets and liabilities shown on our balance sheet.
There is a risk that future accounting, regulatory and legislative changes may also
adversely impact pension valuations, both accounting and funding, and, hence,
costs and cash for the Group.
Mitigation
Group senior management undertakes
continuous strategic monitoring and
evaluation of the assets and liabilities of
thepension scheme. Management aims to
increase its engagement with the scheme
trustee chairs and with the UK Pensions
Regulator.
The pension scheme mitigates the risk
ofliability increases by having investment
strategies that hedge against interest rate
andinflation risk and using longevity swaps
tolimit exposure to increasing life expectancy.
Trustees use professional advisors to assist
inthe hedging of risks.
Likelihood: Likely
Impact: Major
Principal risks and management controls continued
98 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Safety, health and environmental
protection including product safety
Our operations entail the potential risk of significant harm to people and property, wherever we operate across the world.
Risk appetite: Low
For moral, financial and reputational reasons we should keep the risk as low as possible.
Potential impact
Many parts of our business involve employees and contractors
working in potentially hazardous environments, including work
withhazardous materials, high-energy systems and in challenging
locations. Furthermore, many of the activities that we undertake
arein high-hazard industries with inherent risk of harm, such as
aerial emergency services and heavy industrial production including
shipbuilding. The risks associated with our activities and workplace
can cause harm to our people, those affected by our operations and
the environment; we work to minimise the risk exposure to as low
asreasonably practicable. Similarly, the end user of our products and
services could be harmed when using our products so we introduce
mitigations in design, manufacture and maintenance to ensure our
products are both fit for purpose and safe.
We have moral, regulatory and legal obligations to prevent harm
topeople and the planet, and there could be significant impacts
ifwe fail to reach the standards and mandated requirements
toadequately mitigate safety, health and environmental risks.
Accidents and debilitating health conditions can have major,
long-term impacts on the lives of those directly affected and,
ontheir families, friends, colleagues and community. Releases
ofharmful chemicals and emissions can have significant effects on
our local environments and wildlife. We may face criminal and civil
prosecution, which could result in substantial penalties and fines
(some of which are uninsurable); and there may also be serious
damage to our reputation with both the public and with our
customers (whether justifiable or not). We could be prevented from
operating due to employees being unavailable for work, workplaces
being unusable, investigations being conducted, or if regulatory
approval, permits and certification are withdrawn. These could
potentially lead to contractual penalties due to loss of productivity
or inability to deliver the contract, which could lead to a loss of
business or future opportunities.
These impacts could occur if we cause or contribute to an incident
due to a failing on our part, or it is found that we have failed to
meet the required standards in place to mitigate these risks.
Thesecould be caused by failing to prevent critical equipment
failure; inadequate information, poor training and supervision;
ortheinadequate management of change and learning from
previous accidents.
Mitigation
Harm to individuals may arise from failure of processes, tools
orpeople and many situations have elements of all of these,
soour mitigations strive to work across these areas to reduce
the probability of occurrence and the severity of the impact.
Safety, health and environmental protection is our priority with
alow tolerance for risk of harm. It has oversight by the Babcock
Board and Executive Committee through monthly monitoring
ofleading and lagging performance indicators. The function
iscentrally led, with teams in each sector and country working
under the direction of the Group Director and the Corporate
Safety Leadership Team to support operations to implement
improvements in safety, health and environmental protection
performance. Induction and task-specific training builds
competency of personnel, whilst our communications and
behaviours programmes are developing an engaged culture
ofopenness and fairness.
Our global management system enables reporting and
investigation of all events and near misses to identify and
address causes and share lessons, whilst the development
ofstandardised processes and ways of working provides
consistency and quality across the Group. These mitigations
areintegral to our management systems, which are delivered
and certified to international standards, and assured through
aprogramme of internal and external assurance activities.
Thesemitigations enable everyone to go ‘Home Safe Every Day’.
Likelihood: Unlikely
Impact: Severe
99Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Principal risks and management controls continued
Corporate technology disruption
We have identified three main attributes to potential technological disruption that affects Babcock: the digital change
agenda, both within our customers and internal to Babcock; our approach to data management; and finally the disruption
of new technology offerings.
Risk appetite: Low
Given the materially adverse nature of digital and data risks, Babcock looks to recognise and eradicate the emergence of risks to
operations where possible, hence risk appetite being set at low. Exploiting new technology in an appropriate manner can open new
markets. However, Babcock does survey the market for new technology to develop into new opportunities. These are assessed for
benefit individually and, if deemed of interest, integrated into our research and development programme and managed with project
management.
Potential impact
Failure to respond to developing trends may reduce opportunities
toaugment existing contracts or build new commercial offerings.
Digital change is our response to the advancement of modern IT
and solutions. Our ability to be responsive to these developments,
ina commercially sensitive way, has a material impact on our
abilityto unlock new business and enhance existing contracts.
Ourproducts/services will lag behind competitors and customer
requirements if we are unable to incorporate appropriate data
andtechnology-enabled capabilities. If we lag behind in our ability
to embrace change and exploit a range of new products and
capabilities, then staff retention may also be an issue, hence
exacerbating the risk of losing important knowledge.
Mitigation
Focus is retained on developing key programmes to increase
theresilience and effectiveness of our corporate IT solutions,
information management and data analytics. We are also
continuing to work in partnership with our key suppliers to
understand the potential of new technologies on the market
and develop and maintain roadmaps for our key products
andplatforms. This includes understanding how best to safely
exploit relevant emerging technologies such as machine
learning, automation and artificial intelligence.
Likelihood: Very unlikely
Impact: Severe
Compliance with legislation or other
regulatory requirements
Our businesses are subject to the laws, regulations, and restrictions of the many jurisdictions in which they operate.
Risk appetite: Low
As a diverse global organisation, Babcock operates in multiple highly regulated industries for customers with specialist requirements.
The compliance landscape is vast and complex with many regulations, legal obligations, contractual and certification requirements in
each area including export controls, data protection and site licences. The laws and regulations that we are subject to include anti-
bribery laws, import and export controls, tax, procurement rules, human rights laws, and data protection regulations.
Potential impact
The laws and regulations that we are subject to include but
arenotlimited to anti-bribery laws, import and export controls,
tax,procurement rules, human rights laws, and data protection
regulations. Failure to maintain compliance with applicable
requirements could result in fines and criminal prosecution; the
removal of a licence to operate; reputational damage; cost
ofrectification; debarment from bidding; loss of access to markets;
and the loss of substantial business streams (and possible damages
claims) and opportunities for future business. If an applicable law
orregulation changes, it may cause us substantial expenditure to
comply, which may not be recoverable (either fully or at all) under
customer contracts.
Compliance with some regulatory requirements is a precondition
forbeing able to carry on a business activity at all, for example
inourNuclear business and our Aviation business. Given the nature
of our customers and the markets in which we operate, as well as
the services that we provide, we believe that our reputation, not
only in terms of delivery but also in terms of behaviour, is a
fundamental business asset.
Failings or misconduct (perceived or real) in dealing with a customer
or in providing services to them or on their behalf could substantially
damage our reputation with that customer or more generally.
Mitigation
We maintain internal policies and procedures in order to ensure
the Group complies with all applicable laws and regulations.
Wealso have suitably qualified and experienced employees
andexpert external advisors to assist on regulatory compliance.
Our management systems comprise competent personnel with
clear accountabilities for operational regulatory compliance.
Senior management at Group and sector level are keenly aware
of reputational risks, which can come from many sources.
OurCode of Conduct, together with our Ethics policy, sets out
the clear expectations that we have of our employees. We seek
to reinforce these values with all employees through a number
of different processes, for example our training. We encourage
all our employees to use our whistleblowing reporting lines
ifthey see evidence of behaviour which is not in keeping with
our values.
We hold indemnities from the UK Nuclear Decommissioning
Authority and the UK MOD for nuclear risks to protect against
liability for injury or damage caused by nuclear contamination
orincidents.
The Board monitors and reviews all reports and their
investigations.
Likelihood: Very unlikely
Impact: Severe
100 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Market risk
We rely on winning and retaining large contracts in both existing and new markets, often characterised by a relatively
small number of major customers, which are owned or controlled by, local or national governments.
Risk appetite: Medium
This reflects that the successful pursuit and maintenance of a secure and assured pipeline is essential for continued growth, and we may
therefore choose to accept the challenge of market risks that we can confidently and securely manage.
Potential impact
Major customers, particularly those government-owned or with government
backing, have significant bargaining power and can exert pressure to change,
amend or even cancel programmes and contracts. As governments are, or own
orfund, many of our major customers, political and public spending decisions
mayhave a significant impact on our contracts and pipeline. For example, the
UKGovernment’s national security and international policy objectives control the
budget of the MOD.
Whilst changes in customer policy or budgets can potentially offer more
opportunities, they can also present risks in terms of spending which may include:
Reductions in the number, frequency, size, scope, profitability and/or duration
offuture contract opportunities
In the case of existing contracts, early termination, non-extension or non-renewal
or lower contract spend than anticipated and pressure to renegotiate contract
terms in the customer’s favour
Favouring the retention of, or return to, in-house service provision, either
generally or in the sectors in which we operate
Favouring small or medium-sized suppliers or adopting a more transactional rather
than a cooperative, partnering approach to customer/supplier relationships.
Favouring overseas competitors, potentially benefitting from lower production
costs and state ownership or subsidies
Imposing new or extra eligibility requirements as a condition of doing business
with the customer that we may not be able readily to comply with, or that might
involve significant extra costs, thereby affecting the profitability of doing
business with them.
All defence contracts have regulations covering contract terms and pricing,
supplemented by acquisition strategies adopted on a case-by-case basis by
procurement authorities. Some contracts can be inflexible and onerous.
A number of our contracts with the MOD are subject to the Single Source Contract
Regulations (SSCR), which the Single Source Regulations Office (SSRO) administers.
The SSRO sets the baseline profit rate for single source contracts let by the MOD
on an annual basis. These regulations and their implementation are subject to
review by the UK Government, which could lead to lower returns for industry.
We may face challenges in securing contracts in new markets. These include the
risk of failing to ensure the required level of market understanding or customer
intimacy to anticipate and shape future market requirements; failure to align
approaches with customer expectations and a preference for, or state funding of,
domestic suppliers. The delivery of contracts may be further challenged by
commercial, legal and licensing issues which have the potential to impact bidding
success, operations, recruiting, etc.
Factors which may affect existing and new markets equally, some of which have
been evident in recent years, include:
Unforeseen regional or global economic developments
International conflict and subsequent impacts on global and regional economy,
trade and defence requirements
Changes in governments resulting in changing political priorities, geostrategic
relationships and defence posture
Change in competitor landscapes.
Mitigation
Our focus on aerospace, defence and security
defence markets, together with our
geographical presence, provides a degree
ofportfolio diversification. We pursue ongoing
dialogue with key customers to understand
their requirements, objectives and constraints,
so that we can develop the necessary
customer intimacy and remain as aligned
tothem as possible. We monitor expenditure
changes in our markets to allow us to make
the appropriate adjustments. In the UK we
maintain a public listing, as we believe it is
animportant factor in winning contracts and
retaining our business position, particularly
with government customers.
We have a clear business strategy to develop
asubstantial bid pipeline, both in the UK and
internationally. We bid for contracts we
consider align to the Group strategy and where
we believe we stand a realistic chance of success
due to, for example, customer intimacy,
domain knowledge or technical expertise,
inthe UK and in export markets. As appropriate,
we invest in the development of our
capabilities, innovation and people to ensure
our products and services are competitive
andmeet market and customer requirements.
We maintain consistent engagement with
ourcurrent and prospective customers in our
markets. Nearly all of our customers are
governments in established, stable democracies.
They face regular elections, which often lead
tochanges in leadership, policy and spending
priorities. In our principal markets, we use
in-house and external advisors to monitor
developments from across the political
spectrum. And, in compliance with allrelevant
local legislation, we engage with stakeholders
in power, and in opposition. Instability in the
Euro-Atlantic region, the Indo-Pacific and the
Middle East will continue to create volatility
within domestic and global markets and we
keep abreast of developments globally, working
with governments and independent advisors.
When seeking business innew territories our
due diligence includes country risk reports and
aformal approval process requiring Board-level
authorisation toproceed.
Likelihood: Possible
Impact: Major
101Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Principal risks and management controls continued
Operational resilience and business
interruption
Babcock provides critical support to governments and commercial customers, requiring a high level of resilience in
operational systems and processes. We provide this support in an increasingly volatile, uncertain, and complex operating
environment. A diverse range of internal and external threats could severely interrupt our business, reducing our ability
tooperate safely and effectively and to the high standards expected by our customers, regulators and partners. As a result,
Babcock, must ensure it maintains an Operational Resilience programme that is capable and adaptable to multiple forms
of business interruption events.
Risk appetite: Low
Ineffective operational resilience arrangements can significantly undermine safety, financial stability, reputation and meeting our
regulatory requirements. Given the context in which we operate, Babcock seeks to identify and eliminate risks to its operations
wherepossible and applies stringent controls to mitigate remaining areas of residual risk to as low as reasonably practical (ALARP).
Babcock is committed to continually improving and building upon the foundations of our Operational Resilience programme.
Investment is being made to assess and enhance the effectiveness of our plans and procedures through development of an overarching
framework within FY25 in order to provide greater consistency, adaptability, and capability across Babcock.
Potential impact
Operations can be impacted by loss of key dependencies such
aspeople, infrastructure and utilities, information, technology and
supply chain provisions. Within the highly regulated domains, where
robust operational resilience arrangements are mandated, the
approvals to operate are key dependencies.
Following any safety incident, robust emergency response and crisis
management capabilities are important. Ineffective response and
recovery measures can increase the severity of the consequences
onindividuals and the business through loss of key dependencies.
Without robust operational resilience arrangements, the financial
and regulatory repercussions could be severe. Interrupted business
activities can lead to significant revenue losses and additional
scrutiny from regulators. Additionally, the costs of recovery including
expenses for response activities, rebuilding and restoration efforts,
aswell as payment of compensation, penalties and fines, can be
significant. There is also the potential for increases in insurance
premiums.
Whilst events that lead to business interruptions can impact on our
reputation, the inability to respond appropriately and recover in
atimely manner exacerbates the adverse effects to the Babcock
reputation with customers and other stakeholders. This can impact
long-term brand devaluation, loss of market share and future
business opportunities.
Mitigation
Babcock recognises the importance of robust operational
resilience capabilities. Babcock has established operational
resilience related disciplines (Business Continuity, Emergency
Response, Crisis Management) within the organisation. Sectors,
DRCs, and sites maintain various emergency response and
business continuity plans that are aligned to the risks and
regulatory environment in which they operate.
Further work is required to ensure Babcock’s overall resilience
capability is consolidated and strengthened for Babcock’s
growth trajectory. Looking ahead, development of the
overarching Operational Resilience framework, through recently
appointed central expertise, will bring increased standardisation
and alignment across the disciplines.
Our IT services provide technology and access to information,
and are supported by a range of IT Disaster Recovery Plans which
are accredited to the ISO 22301 standard. These plans ensure
critical systems and data can be restored within agreeable
recovery time limits to support continued business operations.
To mitigate negative reputational impacts, crisis communication
processes are embedded within the organisation. These contain
clear protocols on how information related to an emergency,
crisis or business disruption is to be shared in an honest,
transparent and timely fashion with key stakeholders.
In addition, operational resilience related plans and procedures
are tested on a periodic basis through exercises and drills
conducted with key stakeholders including relevant authorities.
Likelihood: Possible
Impact: Major
102 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Climate and environmental sustainability
Climate change is impacting every corner of the earth and poses an existential threat to global stability.
Sustainability is an integral part of our corporate strategy and we are working hard to address the
climate crisis and minimise the impacts of our operations.
Risk appetite: Low
Across our global operations we are working to continually improve our understanding of climate and environmental risks and we are
committed to mitigating risks, unlocking opportunities and reducing our environmental impacts.
Potential impact
Climate-related risks may materialise and cause a wide range
ofadverse impacts to the Group over the short, medium and long
term. Unmitigated risks are forecast to deliver financial, commercial,
reputational and operational impacts. The severity of the impacts
varies depending on the climate scenario and a range of local and
macro factors. Climate and environmental sustainability risks to the
organisation have been categorised into physical and transition risks.
Physical risks related to climate change can be considered as shocks
and stresses:
Shocks are generally short-term impacts from extreme weather
events such as extreme heat, flooding, wildfires, hurricanes etc
Stresses are generally longer-term risks such as sea level rise, global
rise in temperatures and biodiversity loss.
Transition risks relate to risks associated with the transition to
alow-carbon economy, including policy and legal changes,
technological advancements and market movements to address
mitigation and adaptation requirements. Transition risks are
commonly broken down into four aspects:
Policy and legal risks are associated with climate policies, carbon
pricing and regulations that restrict negative contributors to
climate change
Technology risks are driven by the development of new
technology to support a low-carbon economy
Market risks are driven by economic and social changes that
impact supply and demand, such as changing consumer
preferences around supporting fossil fuels
Reputational risk refers to the impact of negative public
perceptions of high-emissions sectors or organisations which
arenot deemed to be supporting the net zero transition.
Mitigation
Within each of our international entities, Babcock is regulated
by, and adheres to, increasing levels of national and
international climate-related legislation, as well as strict
disclosure requirements pertaining to key sustainability themes
such as environmental protection, employee safety, community
engagement, commercial integrity and responsible
procurement. Our workforce is protected by the required
insurance and standards, and it will continue to be fundamental
for us to provide a safe environment for all Babcock employees
and future generations. Climate and environmental sustainability
risks are recorded by the business on a quarterly basis, with
mitigation plans developed to mitigate risks. Whilst our
approach to climate risk management is currently at a lower
level of maturity, we have built upon the climate scenario
analysis carried out in FY23 and are continuing work to develop
our maturity and integrate climate and sustainability risk into our
Enterprise Risk Management.
Plan Zero 40 is our chief mitigation mechanism to combat
transition risk and is being scaled across the organisation.
Aspartof this we have committed to completing physical
inspections across all critical Babcock sites by December 2024.
We recognise the technological improvements required to
transition towards a net zero economy for our products and
services across the business. Recognising the challenges in
delivering net zero, Nature Positive and our wider commitments,
our dedicated Environmental team has made significant
progress in developing Babcock’s Climate and Nature Transition
Plan, the enhanced strategy which will ensure Babcock delivers
its sustainable transition.
Likelihood: Possible
Impact: Major
103Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Resourcing, retention and skills
We operate in many specialised engineering and technical domains, which require appropriate skills and experience.
Risk appetite: Medium
Avoidance of the risk would increase costs through significant wage inflation, which would have an industry-wide impact, and require
over-resourcing and potential negative workforce engagement and retention. Some risk is accepted given the high cost of avoidance
and the potential mitigations within our control, such as sharing capability across our global business and compensating for skills
shortages in particular areas through investment in training and early careers.
Potential impact
Our business delivery and future growth depend on our ability
torecruit, develop and retain experienced, highly skilled employees
(including suitably qualified and experienced engineers, technicians,
and staff from other specialist skill groups). This is compounded by
ongoing change in the skills and experience required as
technologies, capabilities and opportunities develop.
Competition for the people we need is high and is likely
toremain so. This may be exacerbated by nationality and
regulatory restrictions, which may prevent us from accessing
talent from the EU or worldwide.
If we have insufficient qualified and experienced employees,
thiscould impair our service delivery to customers or our ability
topursue new business, with consequent risks to our financial
results, growth, strategy and reputation, as well as the risk
ofcontract claims.
The cost of recruiting or retaining the suitably qualified and
experienced employees we need might increase significantly
depending on market conditions including inflation. This could
affect our contract profitability.
Mitigation
We have a People Strategy, which is being delivered through
ourpeople programme, led by the Group’s Chief People Officer.
This Programme is informed by workforce planning and includes
the upskilling of our workforce to meet future requirements;
reinforcing of leadership capability; enhancing our ability
toattract talent; investment in early careers; engagement
andreward strategies to improve retention; and building better
career development opportunities for our employees.
Likelihood: Likely
Impact: Moderate
Principal risks and management controls continued
104 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Supply chain management
The Group is exposed to several risks within its supply chain, which can typically be:
Volatile markets – inflation, supplier financial risks, energy costs.
Supply chain disruption events – disruptions to established supply chains such as natural hazards, logistics and mass layoffs.
Geopolitical and regulatory risk – inclusive of conflicts, industrial action, and sanctions.
Supply chain cyber security – increased alerts of potential disruption from cyber attacks in our multi-tiered supply chain.
Part availability for aged customer assets – maintaining assets that are too old to source essential parts, or where cost is prohibitive.
Risk appetite: Low
Preference for safe delivery options that have a low degree of inherent risk and only for limited reward potential.
Potential impact
Market volatility: Persistent inflation could lead to prolonged
stagflation; this may impact industry growth and productivity.
Tight labour markets with elevated wage inflation, coupled with
energy price volatility, constrained global supply and increased
demand, could further contribute to economic uncertainties.
Supply chain disruptions: In the event of global supply
constraints, companies’ risk being able to secure supplies within
agreed lead times which may result in missed delivery schedules.
Geopolitical relations: Continued conflicts in the Middle East and
escalating tensions in the South China Sea pose new risks to the
global economic outlook. The overall impact on oil markets and
commodities may introduce renewed inflationary pressures,
especially during periods of geopolitical or societal stress.
Natural disasters: Events such as earthquakes, hurricanes or
floods could disrupt our supply chain by damaging infrastructure
or causing delays in transportation. Shipping routes for goods
are at risk of disruption due to a variety of factors, including
natural events.
Industrial action: Strikes can cause severe disruption to business
operations and can have a knock-on effect on supply chains.
Geo-political events, such as militarisation, and the increased
threat of cyber attack during conflict can have the potential
tosignificantly disrupt supply chains through regional or
globalimpacts.
Maintaining customer assets of considerable age faces
challenges when key parts are unobtainable due to prohibitive
costs or lead times.
Mitigation
In our key supplier contracts, where relevant we aim to link
them to national indices or specific commercially acceptable
inflation indices. Where possible, our long-term supply
agreements align with contract durations, working to maintain
fixed prices.
We aim to secure contracts with force majeure relief to mitigate
potential disruptions. Implementation of long-term demand
planning helps to support sustainable resource management.
Inaddition, strategic supplier relationships assist the mitigation
of risk and multi-sourcing, and backup strategies bolster our
overall supply resilience.
In an attempt to consistently monitor geopolitical and natural
hazard risks in our multi-tiered supply chain, we set up and
monitor alerts, addressing global events and logistics.
Additionally, we collaborate with third-party analysts to provide
insights on supply chain management and global disruptions.
We collaborate with our Cyber Security team to assess potential
impacts on our IT infrastructure and confidential data. We
attempt to consistently monitor our multi-tiered supply chain,
addressing cyber threats, ransomware and malware. We also
flow down cyber security practices from customer contracts
where applicable.
In collaboration with customers, we endeavour to deliver
mitigation plans which can involve end-of-life buys and explore
alternative supply options. We strive to establish dual sources of
supply and address single points of failure through local contract
disaster recovery planning where possible.
Likelihood: Possible
Impact: Moderate
105Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Acquisitions and divestments
We have built our core strengths organically and through acquisition. Decisions to acquire companies, as well as the
process of their acquisition and integration, are complex, time-consuming and expensive. If we believe that a business
isnot ‘core’, we may decide to sell that business.
Risk appetite: Medium
Babcock will continue to review potential opportunities within the market in a considered and measured way; M&A activity continues
to be inherently high risk. Future M&A activity will be undertaken only where it is possible to reduce inherent risk to an acceptable level
when balanced against potential rewards and opportunity.
Potential impact
If we acquire companies, we may not realise the financial benefits
ofthe acquisition as expected, due to poor integration execution or
to acquisition business cases relying on market conditions or other
business assumptions that subsequently do not materialise,
challenging the logic of the acquisition decision. Those companies
that we consider to be non-core, and therefore disposal candidates,
may become distracted or demotivated or lose key employees,
which may lead to poor performance whilst also undermining their
value to their customers and a potential buyer.
Mitigation
While our focus remains primarily on operational execution,
wecontinue to review potential acquisition opportunities that
align with our strategy. We will work to enhance our acquisition
and integration capability so that we are ready at the
appropriate time in the future.
Likelihood: Possible
Impact: Moderate
Principal risks and management controls continued
Financial resilience of the Group
The Group is exposed to a number of financial risks, some of which are of a macroeconomic nature (for example, foreign
currency, interest rates) and some of which are more specific to the Group (for example, liquidity and credit risks).
Risk appetite: Low
Babcock recognises the adverse effects of the financial resilience risk on our balance sheet and actively manages this risk via its capital
allocation policy, substantial committed debt facilities and maintaining an investment-grade credit rating, allowing access to debt
capital markets. However, this risk cannot be eliminated and will always require management.
Potential impact
A lack of financial resilience may hinder us in raising debt funding
toinvest in existing or future business. The weakness also may cause
our existing banks to increase the cost of our funding. If our debt
isdenominated in a currency other than Sterling, movements in
exchange rates may make that debt more costly when we repay it.
Customers and/or suppliers may question our long-term
sustainability if we have a weak balance sheet. This may tighten the
terms of business on which they are prepared to contract with us or,
in the extreme, cause them to not award work to Babcock due
totheir perception of risk. Credit rating agencies may downgrade
our rating, which could increase our cost of borrowing.
The lack of financial resilience may trigger certain pension scheme
financial thresholds, requiring us to allocate further resource
totheschemes.
We could face capital allocation constraints and consequently have
reduced capital to invest in the business to meet all our obligations
or to pay a dividend.
In addition, if companies working in the defence or nuclear sectors
were deemed not suitable for investment by certain investment
funds (eg due to extremely strict ESG policies) the cost and/or
availability of capital to the Group could be adversely affected.
Mitigation
The rationalisation of the Group portfolio, raising proceeds from
disposals, and ongoing improvement in trading performance
have strengthened our balance sheet resulting in the only
material debt of the Group being long-term Eurobonds,
whichare uneconomic to repay.
In respect of immediate liquidity, the Group has a committed
bank RCF of £775 million which was not drawn as of
31March2024.
We are proactive in our dealings with credit rating agencies and
lenders. The Board reviews the financial position of the Group
ona monthly basis against the Board-approved three-year plan.
The Group has a very proactive ESG agenda and regularly
communicates Group activities to assist in more-informed
investment decisions by providers of capital.
Likelihood: Very unlikely
Impact: Major
106 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Going concern and viability
statement
Overview
The Directors have undertaken reviews of the business financial
forecasts, in order to assess whether the Group has adequate
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable
future and as such can continue to adopt the going concern basis
of accounting.
The Directors have also looked further out to consider the viability
of the business to test whether they have a reasonable expectation
that the Group will continue in operation and meet its liabilities
asthey fall due.
For assessing going concern, the Board considered the 12-month
period from the date of signing the Group’s financial statements
for the year ended 31 March 2024. For viability, the Board looked
at a five-year view as this is the period over which the Group
prepares its strategic plan forecasts.
The use of a five-year period provides a planning tool against
which long-term decisions can be made concerning strategic
priorities, addressing the Group’s stated net zero target and
climate-related risks and opportunities, funding requirements
(including commitments to Group pension schemes), returns
made to shareholders, capital expenditure and resource planning.
The annually prepared budgets and forecasts are compiled using
a bottom-up process, aggregating those from the individual
business units into sector-level budgets and forecasts. Those
sector submissions and the consolidated Group budget and
forecasts are then reviewed by the Board and used to monitor
business performance.
The Board considered the budgets alongside the Group’s available
finances, strategy, business model, market outlook and principal
risks. The process for identifying and managing the principal risks
of the Group is set out in the Principal risks and management controls
section on page 89. The Board also considered the mitigation
measures being put in place and potential for further mitigation.
The Board considers that the long-term prospects of the Group
underpin its conclusions on viability. As outlined in our strategy,
business model and markets summaries on pages 14, 16 and 20
of this report, our prospects are supported by:
a diverse portfolio of businesses based on well-established
market positions, focused on naval engineering, support and
systems, and on critical services in our core defence and civil
markets. In FY24, 74% of Group revenue was defence related
and 26% civil;
a geographically diverse business with a high proportion of sales
to governments and other major prime defence contractors.
InFY24, 70% of revenue was to UK defence and civil customers,
and 30% was international;
long-term visibility of sales and future sale prospects through an
order backlog of £10.3 billion as at 31 March 2024, including
incumbent positions on major defence programmes; and
market positions underpinned by a highly skilled workforce,
intellectual property assets and proprietary know-how, which
aresafeguarded and developed for the future by customer and
Group-funded investment.
Available financing
As at 31 March 2024, net debt excluding leases was £210.9
million and the Group therefore had liquidity headroom of £1.4
billion, including net cash of £0.6 billion and undrawn facilities
of£0.8 billion. These facilities are considered more than
adequate to meet current and other liabilities as they fall due,
andsupport the Group’s negative working capital position largely
arising from securing customer advances ahead of contract work
starting. All of the Group’s facilities mature during the viability
period, and therefore in assessing liquidity in future periods we
have assumed that it will be possible to re-finance the Group’s
facilities at current market rates.
As of June 2024, the Group’s committed facilities and bonds
totalling £1.6 billion were as follows:
£775 million revolving credit facility (RCF), of which £45 million
matures on 28 August 2025 and £730 million matures
on28August 2026
£300 million bond maturing 5 October 2026
€550 million bond, hedged at £493 million, maturing
on13September 2027
Two overdraft facilities totalling £100 million.
The RCF is the only facility with covenants attached. The key
covenant ratios are net debt to EBITDA (covenant basis), gearing
ratio, of 3.5x and EBITDA to net interest (interest cover) of 4.0x.
These are measured twice per year – on 30 September and
31March.
The RCF lenders are fully committed to advance funds under the
RCF to the Group, provided that the Group has satisfied the usual
ongoing undertakings, and the creditworthiness of the Group’s
relationship banks is closely monitored. Based on their credit
ratings we have no credit concerns with our relationship banks.
Given the importance of the RCF to the Group’s liquidity position,
our assessments of going concern and viability have tested the
Group’s gearing ratio, interest cover and liquidity headroom
throughout the period under review up to their current maturity
dates and to the end of the five-year plan assuming renewal
oftheRCF with consistent covenants to those currently applied.
Base case scenario
The base case budgets and forecasts show significant levels
ofheadroom against both financial covenants and liquidity
headroom based on the current committed facilities outlined
above. That base case largely assumes we maintain our incumbent
programme positions if re-let during the five-year period, with
margin recovery if they are currently below the Group average.
Many opportunities available to the Group, where we do not yet
have high conviction of securing the work, have been excluded
from the base case to maintain a degree of caution.
The base case assumes no further reshaping of the business
portfolio, so it is not dependent upon any future cash proceeds
from divestments. It also maintains pension deficit contributions
in excess of income statement charges of around £44 million
relating to FY25 and around £40 million in each year thereafter.
107Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Going concern and viability statement continued
Reverse stress testing of the base case
To assess the level of headroom within the available facilities,
areverse stress test was performed to see what level of
performance deterioration against the base case budgets
andforecasts (in both EBITDA and net debt) was required
tochallenge covenant levels.
Of the remaining measurement points within the available facility
period, the lowest required reduction in forecast EBITDA to hit the
gearing covenant level was £165 million and the lowest net debt
increase was 150%. The lowest required reduction in forecast EBITDA
to hit the interest cover covenant was £140 million. Giventhe
mitigating actions that are available and within management’s
control, such movements are not considered plausible.
Severe but plausible downside scenarios
The Directors also considered a series of SBP downside scenarios
which are sensitivities run against the base case budget and
forecasts for the duration of the assessment period. These
sensitivities include – separately – a reduction in bid pipeline
closure (business winning), a deterioration in large programme
performance across the Group, a deterioration in the Group’s
working capital position and a regulator-imposed cessation in
flying two of the largest aircraft fleets in the Group. All these
separate scenarios showed compliance with the financial
covenants throughout the period.
As with any company or group, it would be possible, however
unlikely, to model individual risks or combinations of risks that
would threaten the financial viability of the Group. The Board has
not sought to model events where it considers the likelihood
ofsuch events not to be plausible. In preparing a combined SBP
downside case, the Board considered the feed of individual risks
from the sectors covering the above sensitivities. Overall, there
were around 80 profit and cash flow risks identified.
A simple aggregation of all of these risks is not considered
plausible as the Group operates businesses and contracts which
run largely independently of each other, albeit with a relatively
small number of customers within each geography.
These identified risks were seen as ‘sector independent’ (ie there
isno direct read across from one sector to another). The Board
decided to reduce the aggregation of the risks by 25% to reflect
the implausibility of all such risks fully crystallising within the
sameperiod.
If such a severe downturn were to occur in the Group’s
performance, the Board would take mitigation measures
toprotect the Group in the short term. Such profit and cash
mitigation measures that are deemed entirely within the control
of the Group and identified as part of the sector budgeting
exercise have been included in the SBP scenario (eg cancelling
pay rises and bonus awards, curtailing uncommitted capital
expenditure and operational spend including R&D and
otherinvestment).
Despite the severity of the above combined SBP scenario, the
Group maintained a sufficient amount of headroom against the
financial covenants within its borrowing facilities, and sufficient
liquidity when compared against existing facilities (both before
and after mitigation measures).
Going concern assessment and viability
conclusion
Based on our review, the Directors have concluded that the
Group has adequate resources to continue as a going concern
forat least 12 months from the date of these financial statements.
The Directors have not identified any material uncertainties
concerning the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.
As such, these financial statements have been prepared on the
going concern basis. The Directors do not believe there are any
material uncertainties to disclose in relation to the Group’s ability
to continue as a going concern.
In concluding on the financial viability of the Group, having
considered the scenarios outlined above, the Directors have
areasonable expectation that the Company and the Group will
beable to continue in operation and meet all its liabilities as they
fall due up to March 2029.
108 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
109Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Dear fellow Shareholder
We have made substantial progress in the stabilisation and
execution phases of our turnaround strategy and have now
reached the point where we can look to increase our focus on
growth opportunities; as we make this transition we are mindful
of the importance of maintaining our focus on the transformation
of operational delivery and controls, which is not yet complete,
and also on the potential need to adjust our approaches as the
Group develops over time.
Risk and controls
We believe that Babcock’s long-term success is underpinned
byrobust governance. During the year we have progressed
ourimprovement plan for risk and controls. In respect of risk,
ascovered in the Audit Committee report, this has been
supported by the development of a dedicated Group Risk
function, enhanced internal capability and a risk framework that
considers management of risk at all levels throughout the Group.
The Board recognises the importance of a focused and pro-active
approach to risk and this will support us as we work through the
challenges of delivering our legacy Type 31 contract, our last
remaining legacy onerous contract that the Group is managing.
As we develop our growth strategy and its opportunities, we
recognise the potential need to address new risks or changing
manifestations of them and will ensure that we do so robustly.
Also covered at length in the Audit Committee report is our
control enhancement programme. The Audit Committee leads
onthe review and oversight of this programme and I would like
tothank John Ramsay as Chair of the Committee and his fellow
members for all their additional work to give us assurance over
the progress of the programme.
Our enhancement programme is a multi-year process. While much
progress has now been made, the Board is committed to the work
continuing, with the ambition for Babcock to manage its control
environment in line with the best-in-class in the FTSE.
Chair’s introduction
Governance
Ruth Cairnie
Chair
We have aroadmap setting out the actions needed to meet
ourambition and we receive regular updates on progress.
During the year, the Financial Reporting Council issued its new
Corporate Governance Code for the UK, which will require listed
companies to include a declaration on the effectiveness of their
material controls at the balance sheet date. For us this declaration
will first appear in our FY27 Annual Report. We have tested that
our controls enhancement roadmap is consistent with the new
Code, reviewing two key reports: a material control maturity
assessment and a material control assurance map. The maturity
assessment enables us to identify gaps in our compliance and
course correct as required. We plan to update this assessment
atleast annually. The material control assurance map provides
aninitial view of how the Company intends to provide assurance
over its material controls and to report on their effectiveness
tothe Board. We will continue to monitor progress against the
roadmap and the new Code requirements as we prepare for our
FY27 Annual Report.
Our growth strategy
Our strategy lays out in a clear way how Babcock aims to deliver
value for its stakeholders. After 2021, the Board was focused on
Babcock’s turnaround through the completion of our portfolio
alignment and the drive to improve operational performance.
Having built momentum and established a much more strongly
controlled business with a strengthened balance sheet, we have
now reached the point where we can look to increase our focus
on growth opportunities. This has required the development
ofastrategic framework against which growth opportunities
canbejudged. The strategic framework has been developed and
enhanced through regular Board reviews, providing time to focus
on particular aspects of the framework or for specific deep dives
into particular strategic areas. Examples are the focused Board
discussions on ‘building strategic partnerships’, a key theme of
thegrowth strategy, which established how we should appraise
different partnering opportunities and assess our capabilities
110 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Statement of compliance
The Board confirms that for the year ended 31 March 2024,
the principles of good corporate governance contained in
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) have
been consistently applied and all provisions complied with.
Further information on the Code can be found on the
Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk.
We have structured this Governance report to describe how
the Company has applied the Code principles in line with
itsfive categories:
114 - 119 Board leadership and company purpose
120 - 121 Division of responsibilities
122 - 125 Composition, succession and evaluation
128 - 135 Audit, risk and internal control
136 - 156 Remuneration
tobenefit from them, and discussions on leveraging our technical
capability to grow our business in both the UK and internationally.
In our annual strategy meeting we brought together the various
reviews and deep dives we had undertaken, to test and challenge
the emerging growth strategy to assure its alignment with our
Purpose and principles as well as the interests and priorities of
our stakeholders. The outcome of these discussions is Babcock’s
growth strategy, as set out on page 15.
Engagement, people and culture
An understanding of the views of our stakeholders is an important
input for many of the Board’s decisions, including the development of
our strategy as discussed above. We engage with our stakeholders in
a variety of ways, as covered on page 116. In respect of shareholders,
the Board’s engagement is led by the Executive Directors who have
had regular meetings throughout the year, for example following the
announcement of the FY23 results in July 2023 and the FY24 half
year results in November 2023. The Board receive reports from the
Executive Directors and brokers after these meetings so that we can
hear shareholders’ views and feed them into our discussions. I also
meet regularly with shareholders, providing an additional channel for
the Board to hear the opinions of shareholders. The importance of
engagement with shareholders was demonstrated this year in our
decision to refresh the capital allocation framework and to reinstate
the dividend.
In addition to our normal meetings, this year we held a
CapitalMarkets Day for our existing and potential institutional
shareholders. We hosted the event at Devonport to give
usanopportunity to explain and showcase our capabilities.
Shareholders heard from a number of our senior team including
our Executive Directors, our sector CEOs and some of our
functional leads and had the opportunity to observe the calibre
ofour senior talent. The presentations were followed by a tour
ofour unique Devonport facility. The event provided multiple
opportunities for us to converse with shareholders and hear their
views, a very rewarding exercise for us, and for which we received
positive feedback from investors. I would like to thank all those
who attended.
Engagement with our other stakeholders, in particular our
employees and customers, is also essential. The ways in which
weengage with and hear the views of employees are covered in
more detail in the Nominations Committee report on page 126.
The Board uses the various inputs from both direct and indirect
engagement to assess the culture of the organisation as we seek
to embed a more open, inclusive and people-focused approach.
The Board also recognises how its own culture is critical to the
success of the organisation, where an open style and having all
participants feeling free to speak up and share their views is a
great contributor to better decision-making. Both last year’s and
this year’s Board evaluations confirmed that all Board members
feel that the Board’s style is open and encouraging.
Board membership and effectiveness
The Board needs the right balance and diversity of skills. As we look
to shape and deliver our growth strategy, we have been delighted
to welcome Sir Kevin Smith and Claudia Natanson to the Board.
Sir Kevin is an experienced industrialist who spent his career in
thedefence sector, culminating in being the CEO of GKN for eight
years. Claudia brings over 20 years of experience working in the
security, IT and cyber sector for companies such as Diageo,
SmithsGroup and AccuWeather.
As required by the UK Corporate Governance Code, every year
weconduct our Board evaluation which we view as an excellent
opportunity to consider whether there are ways we can improve
our effectiveness. I would like to thank Jane Moriarty for leading
our evaluation in FY24.
The main themes to be suggested for future focus were the
continued development of our approach to strategy, as covered
earlier in this introduction, and continued support for focus on
inclusion and diversity and on talent development and succession.
In terms of diversity at the Board level, this year all three externally
set targets have been met, namely the FTSE Women Leaders Review
target on female representation and the Parker Review target on
ethnic representation, as well as the diversity targets set by the
Financial Conduct Authority.
ESG
We consider ESG to be integral to our strategy and our ability
to deliver our Purpose. As well as ensuring ESG is embodied in our
strategy as it develops, the Board builds reviews of ESG topics into
itsagenda through the year. These include an annual review of ESG
in its entirety, so that the Board can understand the activities the
Company has undertaken over the year and the progress made.
OnEnvironment, this included a review of the progress the Company
has made with its Carbon Reduction Plans. On Social initiatives,
theBoard again commissioned Oxford Economics to report on the
positive contribution the Company makes to the UK economy.
Working through the Nominations Committee, we held three
sessions reviewing aspects of our People Strategy, including talent
development, senior-level succession, D&I and recruitment initiatives
to enable a broader cross-section of people in our communities to
find employment with us. In addition, every Board meeting includes
an update on safety and wellbeing as part of the Executive Directors’
report. This is in addition to the annual Health & Safety review. On
Governance, the Board considered the changes that the Company
wanted to introduce to extend the membership of the Corporate
ESG Committee, so that it included all parts of the business.
The year ahead
The continued delivery of our control enhancement plan and
tracking progress will be our focus in FY25, alongside continuing
to develop and fine-tune our growth strategy as our capabilities
and opportunities progress.
Finally, I would like to take this opportunity on behalf of the Board
to thank all our colleagues in the business for their continued hard
work and dedication, and their focus on ensuring we live up to
our purpose and principles. I would also like to thank my fellow
Directors for their valued commitment and contribution.
I hope my summary above has given you a sense of the Board’s
activities during FY24 and our ambitions for the future. I look forward
to meeting you at our AGM on Thursday, 19 September 2024.
Ruth Cairnie
Chair
111Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Ruth Cairnie
Chair
Appointed: April 2019
David Lockwood OBE
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed: September 2020
Governance continued
Board of Directors
Skills and experience: Ruth brings extensive experience of the
engineering sector gained from a 37-year international career spanning
senior functional and line roles at Royal Dutch Shell plc. She has experience
advising government departments on strategic development and capability
building. She has been a Non-Executive Director of Rolls-Royce Holdings
plc, ContourGlobal plc and Keller Group PLC and a member of the finance
committee of the University of Cambridge. She is a fellow of the Energy
Institute and previously Chair of POWERful Women. Ruth is a Master of
Advanced Studies in Mathematics from the University of Cambridge and
holds a BSc Joint Honours in Mathematics and Physics from the University
of Bristol.
Current external appointments: Ruth is currently a Non-Executive Director
of BT Group plc. She is Patron of the Women in Defence Charter, a trustee
ofWindsor Leadership and a trustee of the White Ensign Association.
Skills and experience: David brings wide-ranging knowledge of the defence
and aviation markets, as well as a wealth of experience in both technology and
innovation. David was CEO of Cobham plc (from 2016 to March 2020) and
prior to that he was CEO of Laird PLC (from 2012 to September 2016). His
career includes senior management roles at BT Global Services, BAE Systems
and Thales Corporation. He received an OBE for services to industry in Scotland
in 2011. David has a degree in Mathematics from the University of York and
isaChartered Accountant. He is a Fellow of the Royal Aeronautical Society and
the Royal Society of Arts and Commerce.
Current external appointments: David is a Non-Executive Director
ofJohn Wood Group PLC.
David Mellors
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed: November 2020
Skills and experience: David brings extensive CFO experience in the
defence, aerospace and commercial markets. David was previously CFO of
Cobham plc and prior to that he was CFO of QinetiQ Group plc from 2008
to 2016 and also served as interim Chief Executive for a period. His career
includes senior roles at Logica PLC, CMG plc and Rio Tinto PLC. David has
adegree in Physics from Oxford University and is a member of the Institute
of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
Current external appointments: None
Carl-Peter Forster
Senior Independent Director
Appointed: June 2020
Skills and experience: Carl-Peter, a dual German and British national,
brings extensive manufacturing and international experience. Carl-Peter has
held senior leadership positions in some of the world’s largest automotive
manufacturers, including BMW, General Motors and Tata Motors (including
Jaguar Land Rover). He was also previously a Non-Executive Director of
Rexam PLC and Rolls-Royce plc, as well as being the Senior Independent
Director of IMI plc. Carl-Peter holds a diploma in Economics from Bonn
University and a diploma in Aeronautical Engineering from the Technical
University in Munich.
Current external appointments: Carl-Peter is currently the Chair of
Chemring Group PLC and the Chair of Vesuvius plc.
John Ramsay
Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed: January 2022
E
N
E
N
R
A
N
R
A
N
R
Skills and experience: John, a Chartered Accountant, brings with him
over 30 years of international business and finance experience. He served
as Chief Financial Officer of Syngenta AG from 2007 to 2016, and interim
Chief Executive Officer of Syngenta from October 2015 to June 2016.
Prior to joining Syngenta, he held senior international finance roles with
Zeneca Agrochemicals and ICI.
Current external appointments: John is a member of the Supervisory
Board at DSM Firmenich AG as well as being a Non-Executive Director and
Audit Committee Chair of Croda International PLC and RHI Magnesita N.V.
Lucy Dimes
Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed: April 2018
Skills and experience: Lucy brings extensive experience in technology and
engineering services, strategy and transformational change, with over 30 years’
experience in senior executive and regional CEO roles at BT plc, Alcatel-Lucent
SA, Fujitsu and UBM plc. She was COO and a board member at Equiniti plc and
served as Chief Strategy and Transformation Officer at Virgin Money plc. She
also served as a Non-Executive Director of Berendsen plc from 2012 to 2017.
Lucy holds an MBA from London Business School and a BA Hons degree in
Business from Manchester Metropolitan University.
Current external appointments: Lucy is the CEO of iomart plc.
112 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Skills and experience: Lord Parker brings extensive experience of working at
the highest level of public service including a focus on new technology-centred
change and championing inclusion. Lord Parker has had a long career in a wide
range of national security and intelligence roles in the UK, which culminated in
him becoming the Director General of MI5, the UK Government’s national
security agency, in 2013. He retired from this role in 2020. Lord Parker
isagraduate of Natural Sciences from Cambridge University.
Current external appointments: Lord Chamberlain (head of the Royal
Household), member of the House of Lords, Board Advisor to Telicent Ltd,
Distinguished Fellow at the Royal United Services Institute and Visiting
Professor at Northumbria University.
The Right Honourable
The Lord Parker of
Minsmere, GCVO, KCB
Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed: November 2020
Jane Moriarty
Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed: December 2022
Skills and experience: Jane, an Irish national and a Chartered Accountant,
brings with her over 30 years of international business and finance experience.
After a long executive career with KPMG, where she was a senior advisory
partner, Jane has held a number of non-executive roles.
Current external appointments: Jane is a Non-Executive Director of
Mitchells & Butlers plc, where she chairs the audit committee and is also
Senior Independent Director, and The Quarto Group Inc, where she chairs
the audit and remuneration committees as well as being the Vice-Chair.
She is also a Non-Executive Director at NG Bailey.
Sir Kevin Smith
Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed: June 2023
Skills and experience: Sir Kevin spent almost 20 years at BAE Systems plc
predominantly in its Military Aircraft Division and BAe Defence before
becoming Group Managing Director with responsibilities for new business
and international strategy. Following this Sir Kevin joined the Board of GKN
PLC, the FTSE listed global engineering and manufacturing company, initially
leading the Aerospace and Defence businesses, and then serving nine years
as Group Chief Executive. He went on to spend four years in Hong Kong as
aPartner at Unitas Capital and his non-executive career includes eight years
at Rolls-Royce where he served as Senior Independent Director.
Current external appointments: None
N
A
N
R
A
N
Appointment key
E
Executive Committee
A
Audit Committee
R
Remuneration Committee
N
Nominations Committee
D
Director designated for workforce engagement
Board Committee Chair
Dr Claudia Natanson MBE
Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed: March 2024
Skills and Experience: Claudia, a dual British and Jamaican national,
works internationally as an information and cyber security professional
and brings over 20 years of experience in this field across globally diverse
industries in the public and private sectors. She has previously held senior
roles in cyber security, as security strategic advisor and chief security
officer with Aramark Corporation in the USA, the Department for Work
and Pensions, Smiths Group plc and Diageo global. Claudia holds a PhD
in computing and education from the University of Birmingham. In 2022
she was awarded an MBE for services to the cyber security profession.
Current external appointments: Claudia is Chair of the Board of
Trustees of the UK Cyber Security Council, Board member of the UK
National Cyber Advisory Board and a registered European Commission
Security and Cyber expert.
N
D
113Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Board leadership and
company purpose
Board leadership
Maintaining the highest standards of governance is integral to the successful delivery of our strategy. Our governance framework ensures
that the Board provides effective leadership in both making decisions and maintaining oversight, mapping where accountability resides
andplaying a key role in our internal controls.
Corporate Safety
Leadership Team
Group Information
Security Committee
Group Risk CommitteeCorporate ESG
Committee
Governance continued
Principal Management Committees
Reviews and discusses all matters of material significance to the Group’s management, operational and financial performance, as well
as strategic development. The Committee consists of the CEO, the CFO, the Chief Corporate Affairs Officer, the Chief Executive Marine,
the Chief Executive Nuclear, the Chief Executive Land, the Chief Executive Aviation and France, the Chief Executive Mission Systems, the
Chief Executive Canada, the Chief Executive Africa, the Chief Executive Australasia, the Chief People Officer, the Chief Engineering &
Technology Officer, the Chief Project Management Officer, the Chief of Staff and the Group Company Secretary and General Counsel.
For more information see www.babcockinternational.com/who we are/leadership-and-governance
Audit Committee Remuneration Committee Nominations Committee
The Board’s role is to lead the Group for the long-term sustainable success of Babcock by setting our strategy and supervising
theconduct of the Group’s activities within a framework of prudent and effective internal controls.
The Board has adopted a schedule of matters reserved for its, or its Committees’, specific approval (see page 118). For other matters,
authority is delegated to management according to a delegation matrix.
The Board
Principal Board Committees
Responsible for overseeing the
Company’s systems for internal
financial control, risk management
andfinancial reporting.
See pages 128 to 135
Determines and applies the
Remuneration policy for the Executive
Directors, as well as the Group
Executive Committee, and is
responsible for oversight of the
remuneration policies and practices
relating to the wider workforce.
See pages 136 to 156
Reviews the composition of the Board
and leads on Board appointments,
aswell as considering succession
planning at both Board and senior
management level and leading
ontheCompany’s Diversity and
Inclusion policy.
See pages 126 to 127
Group Executive Committee
Responsible for Group-
wide ESG initiatives, the
management of climate-
related issues and driving
the wider sustainability
agenda. The Committee
is chaired by the Chief
Executive Land and
members include the
Chief People Officer
andthe Group General
Counsel.
See page 72
Leads the development
and implementation of
policies, standards and
expectations for health,
safety and environmental
issues with a mission
thateveryone goes
‘HomeSafe Every Day’.
TheGroup HSE Director
chairs the Team.
See page 80
Chaired by the Group
Chief Information Officer
and provides governance,
direction and assurance
that the Babcock security
posture is appropriate for
the protection of
Babcock’s employees,
customers and other
stakeholders. Members
include the Group SIRO,
CTO, CIO and CISO.
See page 87
Provides leadership and oversight
of the Group’s Risk Management
Framework acting as an interface
between the Audit Committee and
the business, keeping the principal risks
and uncertainties and their mitigations
and control under continual challenge
and review. The Committee is chaired
by the Chief Corporate Affairs Officer
and the membership comprises
theGroup Director of Internal Audit,
Risk Assurance & Insurance as well
asother members of the Group
ExecutiveCommittee.
See page 89
114 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Company purpose
The Board sets the Company’s Purpose and reviews how the
Company aligns to it, including assessing how the Company’s
strategy is set to fulfil the Purpose. Our principles of be curious,
think: outcomes, be kind, collaborate, be courageous, and own
and deliver underpin our Purpose and the culture the Board is
seeking to embed in the Company.
Effective decision-making and oversight
The Board has an annual plan of business around which the Chair,
CEO and Company Secretary structure agendas and consider
thecurrent status of projects, strategic work streams and the
overarching operating context. Standing agenda items and
papersare presented at each Board meeting; other matters
areconsidered on a less frequent but regular basis. Appropriate
amounts of time are allocated to items of business to allow for
open and frank debate and encourage informed decision-making.
All scheduled meetings consider:
Health and safety reports
Operational update
Financial update
Investor relations update
Legal/governance reports
Conflicts of interest review
Reports from Chairs of Remuneration, Audit and Nominations
Committees.
Regularly the Board considers:
Strategy update, including ESG
Review of major risks and emerging risks
Review of financial and non-financial controls
Delegated authorities
Committee terms of reference
Annual ethics review
Whistleblowing reports (with an additional annual review
inthecontext of the ethics review)
Tax policy
Treasury arrangements
Modern Slavery Transparency Statement
Deep-dive presentations from sectors, direct reporting countries,
and Group functions, for example IT and cyber security,
procurement and pensions
Results announcements, Annual Report and Notice of Annual
General Meeting.
Setting and overseeing strategy
The Board held its dedicated strategy review meeting in
September 2023, offsite. At the meeting, the Board reviewed
thethree key areas of the Company’s growth strategy and tested
theiralignment to the interests of the Company’s stakeholders.
Inaddition to its dedicated review, the Board has regular updates
throughout the year, as the Board believes that strategy should
bea dynamic process benefiting from regular Board engagement
supported by dedicated deep-dive review sessions.
How the Board monitors culture
The Board believes that a company’s culture must align with
and support its strategy, The Board monitors the Company’s
culture throughout the Group in the following ways:
Leading by example
Our Directors and senior managers act with integrity and
lead by example, promoting our culture to our employees
through living our principles and demonstrating them
inaction.
Listening to our people
Our Non-Executive Directors regularly visit our sites. At least
once a year, the Board holds one of its meetings at a site to
give the Non-Executive Directors the opportunity to engage
with employees together. In addition, our designated
Non-Executive Director for employee engagement has his
own programme of site visits. His programme includes
extensive engagement with employees and he feeds back
the key themes to the Board. Questions and feedback are
received from employees to the CEO’s dedicated email
’AskDavid’ as well as from employee forums and surveys.
This year the Company conducted its second Group-wide
employee engagement survey. The Board reviewed the
results of the survey along with an action plan for
responding to the key themes. See pages 62 and 127
Ethics and whistleblowing
Whistleblowing lines are available throughout our business
for reporting any departure from our principles. The Board
reviews all whistleblowing reports, together with their
outcomes, on a regular basis as well as via an annual review.
Other cultural indicators
The Board regularly receives health and safety metrics and
thematic reviews through its regular ‘People’ sessions. These
sessions also cover Diversity and Inclusion.
More information on the implementation of the strategy overseen
by the Board can be seen on pages 6 and 7 and throughout the
Strategic report.
115Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Factoring our stakeholders into our decision-making
To deliver the best outcome for the Company we seek to understand our stakeholders’ priorities and factor these into our decision-
making. Accordingly, the Board works to establish and maintain strong stakeholder relationships. An understanding of stakeholder views
at Board level is gathered via a combination of direct and indirect engagement.
Details of how the Directors receive information on our key stakeholders and how they engage with them directly to support effective
decision-making and oversight are set out below.
This section, through to page 119, forms part of the s172(1) statement which can be found in the Strategic report on page 61.
Further information on how the Company engages with its stakeholders can be found on pages 60 and 61.
How the Board engages
Information flow to the Board Direct Board engagement
Measures reviewed by the
Board to assess effectiveness
of engagement
1
Customers
Monthly written reports from
Executive Directors include
material customer matters
Sector CEOs and the Executive
Directors give briefings at Board
meetings
During the year the Executive
Directors had regular meetings with
the Group’s key customers. These
meetings happen throughout the
year and across all levels of our key
customers.
Order intake by sector
Safety balanced scorecard
Major operational
programmes’ RAG status
Investors
Reports from Investor Relations
Treasury reports
Investor meetings/roadshow
AGM
The Board engaged directly with its
investors, principally through
meetings with the Executive
Directors and the Chair. In addition,
the Board receives regular feedback
from the Group Head of Investor
Relations. The Board asked for a
specific report following the
Company’s Capital Markets Day in
February 2024. The Committee
Chairs are available to meet
shareholders when required. Our
AGM gives the Board an annual
opportunity to meet with private
investors and for them to ask
questions directly to the Board.
Underlying operating profit
Operating cash flow
Analysis of share register
movements
Investor feedback from results
presentations, investor meetings
and Capital Markets Day
AGM feedback and voting from
shareholders and proxy agencies
Employees
Bottom-up reports from Lord
Parker, the Director designated
forworkforce engagement
Global People Survey, our Group-
wide uniform employee survey
Top-down reports from the Chief
People Officer
Principal trade union meeting
with the CEO and the Chief
People Officer
Whistleblowing reports
Lord Parker visited five sites during
the year and met with over 350
employees. He specifically chose
more remote sites to test the
extent that the Company had
embedded its culture across the
Group. After his visits, Lord Parker
gave an overview of his findings to
the Board. Other members of the
Board meet with employees during
their visits to our sites. Additionally,
the CEO engages with employees
Group-wide via vlogs and
employees can contact him directly
via a dedicated email address.
Members of the senior leadership
team regularly present to the Board.
Participation rate and
engagement score in Global
People Survey
Safety balanced scorecard
together with monthly
overview of significant safety
events and Total Recordable
Injury Rate
Ethics training compliance rate
Gender pay gap
Subject matter of whistleblowing
reports
Governance continued
Board leadership and company purpose continued
116 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Information flow to the Board Direct Board engagement
Measures reviewed by the Board to
assess effectiveness of engagement
Regulators
Information on the relationships
with regulators is included in
reports to the Board where
appropriate
The Board relies on dedicated
functions at a Group, sector or
business unit level and does not
have direct contact with regulators
unless appropriate. Any material
issues are brought to the Board’s
attention through the monthly
operational reports, as appropriate.
Specific reports in Executive
Directors’ report (if any)
Suppliers
Briefings from Group Head of
Procurement on an annual basis
Supply chain risk considered in
reports on major tenders
Approval of the Modern Slavery
Transparency Statement
Principal engagement is undertaken
by operational management, which
reports annually to the Board to
give it oversight of the function and
its operation.
Subject matter of whistleblowing
reports
Modern slavery review
Communities
Health, safety and environment
updates
Material issues are included in
themonthly reports from
Executive Directors or in sector
CEO briefings
Annual Report review
In the main, the sectors hold these
relationships at a local level where
the most relevant knowledge is
concentrated, with no direct
engagement by the Board of
Directors. The Board continues to
believe that this level of
engagement is appropriate as any
material issues are brought to the
Board’s attention through the
monthly operational reports or the
functional reports to the Board.
However, the Board does take the
opportunity to engage when
appropriate. For example, on site
visits, the Board seeks to engage
the community leaders as well as
employees.
Safety balanced scorecard
including Total Recordable
Injury Rate and updates
onanyenvironmental issues
Diversity performance against
target
Performance against carbon
emissions target
1. Measures in bold are reviewed at every Board meeting, others at least once a year.
117Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
How the Board took stakeholders’ interests into account when it considered its key areas of focus
When the Board considers its key areas of focus, it seeks to consider the Company’s stakeholders and their interests. Sometimes these
interests are aligned, but on other occasions the Board has to balance different stakeholder interests and take the decision that
itbelieves is most likely to promote the long-term success of the Company in accordance with its duties under s172 of the Companies
Act2006. In all its decisions, the Board keeps in mind the Company’s Purpose and principles to ensure that all decisions are aligned with
them. Set out below is a description of how the Board addressed stakeholder interests in its discussions and decision-making in relation
to the Board’s key areas of focus.
Matters
considered Discussion and outcome
Stakeholders
most affected
and relevant
s172 (1) a-f
factors
1
More
information
1
New capital
allocation
policy
The Company announced in its FY23 Annual Report that its transformation was
delivering results, as evidenced by double-digit organic revenue growth,
underlying margin expansion and a significantly better than expected cash
performance. With a strengthened balance sheet following the completion
ofthe portfolio alignment programme, the Board decided the time was right
to agree a new capital allocation framework. As part of its discussions, the
Board considered the interests of its stakeholders. Most shareholders wanted
the Company to reinstate the dividend to give shareholders a return on their
investment. Employees, customers and suppliers wanted the Company to
maintain its stability and financial strength so that the Company remained a
good employer and business partner, although employees might also prioritise
higher pay in the cost of living crisis. The Board factored these interests into its
discussions on its new capital allocation policy and balanced them by setting
apolicy with three priorities – organic investment to strengthen and grow the
business, financial strength to maintain a strong balance sheet and investment-
grade credit rating, and reinstatement of the ordinary dividend.
Shareholders
Employees
Customers
Suppliers
a, b and f
Page 106
2
Reinstatement
of the ordinary
dividend
Along with the new capital allocation policy, the Board had signalled in its
FY23 Annual Report that it intended to reinstate the ordinary dividend in FY24.
In November 2023, as part of the announcement of the HY24 results, the
Board duly decided to do so. Balancing stakeholder interests was a key part
ofthe Board’s decision-making process. The Board was keen to give its equity
investors a return on their investment after a four-year hiatus, although the
Board noted that shareholders supported the Company’s commitment to
maintaining a strong balance sheet. The Company’s debt investors would
focuson the Company’s financial strength, but the Board balanced that against
a further reduction in net debt to EBITDA to 1.1 times on a covenant basis in
November 2023. Customers and suppliers would want the Company to remain
stable and resilient so that it could deliver its programmes, and for employees,
continue to provide secure continued employment. The Board felt that the
Company had had a good start to the year and was building momentum
toachieve its medium-term guidance, as set out in its FY23 Annual Report.
TheBoard agreed that the reinstatement of the ordinary dividend was an
important milestone for all its stakeholders in the Company’s turnaround,
demonstrating the Board’s confidence in the Company’s future prospects.
Having decided that the reinstatement of the dividend was in the Company’s
best interests, the Board considered very carefully the level of dividend that
itwould announce. Whilst the Board always wants to maximise value for
shareholders, the Board had set the balance of the stakeholder interests
whendeciding its capital allocation policy by underpinning the policy with a
commitment to maintain a strong balance sheet and investment-grade credit
rating, as other stakeholders would favour. Therefore, the Board decided that
the Company should adopt a progressive dividend and declared an interim
dividend of 1.7p per share.
Shareholders
a, b and f
Page 27
1. s172(1) a-f factors are detailed in the s172(1) statement on page 61.
Board leadership and company purpose continued
Governance continued
118 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Matters
considered Discussion and outcome
Stakeholders
most affected
and relevant
s172 (1) a-f
factors
1
More
information
3
Our growth
strategy
The Company’s growth strategy is made up of three building blocks: leveraging our
technical capability; developing our people and capabilities; and building strategic
partnerships. The Board has considered how each block benefits our stakeholders in
different ways and has built those considerations into its decision-making. In leveraging
our technical capability, the Board wants the Company to optimise its UK presence to
drive growth. Enhanced execution of our programmes will improve our delivery to our
customers and will create incremental and adjacent opportunities which benefit our
shareholders through additional growth, as well as our employees and suppliers through
new career prospects and business opportunities. The Board supports the Company’s
aim to develop its people for future growth as the Board believes it will benefit our
employees by creating better career pathways with greater equality of opportunity.
Byenhancing the mobility of our employees, the Company will be able to deploy
theirskills across the Company’s diverse engineering projects for the benefit of our
customers, whilst developing the skills of our employees. The Company is building
itsstrategic partnerships. These relationships will drive the Company’s international
growth although the Board has to be sure that they are compatible with stakeholder
interests. The Company’s principal customers will want to be sure that the relationships
align with their geopolitical and strategic priorities. Our strategic partners will want
toavoid conflicts of interest and for us to maintain our platform-agnostic approach.
Employees
Shareholders
Customers
a, b, c, d, e
Pages
14to17
4
Being a
responsible
corporate
citizen
All our stakeholders want the Company to be a responsible corporate citizen.
TheCompany has shown its commitment to championing and driving
sustainability in the defence sector as a signatory of the ADS UK Defence ESG
Charter in January 2024. The Board reviews and monitors the Company’s own
NetZero 2040 plan, which plans for the Company to achieve net zero across
itsown operations by 2040 and full value chain by 2050. The Board approves
thesupport of local communities in the UK through charitable donations and
sponsorships such as the Company’s partnership with the Army Benevolent Fund.
Internationally, the Board oversees the Company’s support for employment and
education opportunities for indigenous communities in Canada, Africa and New
Zealand through STEM outreach programmes, as well as developing supply chain
partnerships with indigenous-owned businesses. The Board shows its commitment
to gender balance and driving inclusion as a signatory to the Women in Defence
Charter. The Board monitors the Company’s health and safety programmes,
including the Company’s second global Safety Summit in November 2023.
TheBoard was pleased to note that the 2023 Global People Survey indicated that
83% of our employees believed that the Company was truly committed to the
health and safety of its employees.
Customers
Shareholders
Employees
Communities
Suppliers
a, b, c, d
Pages
62to88
1. s172(1) a-f factors are detailed in the s172(1) statement on page 61.
How the Board keeps s172 on its agenda
The Board makes sure that in its decisions it considers the long-term success of the Company and considers the interests
ofitsstakeholders as follows:
The Board sets the Company’s Purpose and strategy. Every year it carries out an annual strategy review to assess the long-term
sustainable future of the Group and its impact on key stakeholders. As part of those discussions, it considers the matters the
Directors must have regard to as part of their Section 172 duties
The Board’s risk management procedures identify the principal risks facing the Group and the mitigations in place to manage
theimpact of these risks. Many of these risks relate to our stakeholder groups
The Board’s standing agenda covers areas of stakeholder interest, such as sector operational reports, functional reports, financial
reports, health and safety reports and litigation reports, to ensure that the Board receives relevant updates on matters of interest
to our stakeholders
There are regular reports from the Audit Committee Chair and the Remuneration Committee Chair on items within their remit
When making decisions which require judgement to balance the interests of different stakeholder interests, the Board is careful
to consider the interests of each different stakeholder in the context of the long-term consequences: for examples please
seeabove. Members of the Board regularly engage with our investors and employees and the Board uses the stakeholder
engagement summarised on pages 60 and 61 and on pages 118 and 119 to ensure that it understands the priorities of each
stakeholder group and then uses that understanding to inform its decision-making process
119Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Division of responsibilities
Defining Board responsibilities
The role specifications below set out the clear division of responsibility between the Executive and Non-Executive members of the
Board, which supports the integrity of the Board’s operations.
A more detailed description of these roles is available online at www.babcockinternational.com.
Governance continued
Chief Executive Officer
Oversees the day-to-day
operation and management
ofthe Group’s businesses
andaffairs;
Responsible for the
implementation of Group
strategy as approved by the
Board, including driving
performance and optimising
the Group’s resources;
Accountable to the Board
forthe Group’s operational
performance; and
Takes primary responsibility
formanaging the Group’s
riskprofile, identifying and
executing new business
opportunities, and
management development
and remuneration.
Chief Financial Officer
Accountable to the Board for
the Group’s financial
performance;
Responsible for raising the
finance required to fund the
Group’s strategy, servicing
theGroup’s financing whilst
maintaining compliance
withits covenants; and
Maintains a financial control
environment capable of
delivering robust financial
reporting information to
indicate the Group’s financial
position.
Chair
Independent on appointment;
Leads the Board and sets the tone and agenda, promoting a culture of openness and
debate;
Ensures the effectiveness of the Board and that Directors receive accurate, timely
and clear information;
Ensures effective communication with shareholders;
Acts on the results of the Board performance evaluation and leads on the
implementation of any required changes; and
Holds periodic meetings with Non-Executive Directors without the Executive
Directors present.
Senior Independent Director
Acts as a sounding board for the Chair;
Available to shareholders if they have any concerns which require resolution;
Leads the annual evaluation of the Chair’s performance; and
Serves as an intermediary to other Directors when necessary.
Independent Non-Executive Directors
Support and constructively challenge the Executive team;
Contribute to the development of the Company’s strategy;
Provide an external perspective and bring a diverse range of skills and experience
to the Board’s decision-making;
Contribute to Board discussions on the nature and extent of the risks the Company
iswilling to take to achieve its strategic objectives;
Satisfy themselves as to the integrity of financial information;
Ensure financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and
Play a primary role in appointing and, where necessary, removing Executive Directors,
setting their remuneration and succession planning.
Designated Non-Executive Director for employee engagement
Gauges the views and feedback of the workforce and identifies any areas of concern;
Communicates the views of the workforce to the Board;
Ensures the views of the workforce are considered in Board decision-making; and
Ensures the Board takes appropriate steps to evaluate the impact of any proposals
that influence the experiences of the workforce and considers what steps the Board
should take to mitigate any adverse impact.
Non-Executive Executive
120 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Articles of Association
The powers of the Directors are set out in the Company’s Articles
of Association (the Articles), which may be amended by way
ofaSpecial Resolution of the members of the Company. The
Board may exercise all powers conferred on it by the Articles, in
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and other applicable
legislation. The Articles are available for inspection online at
www.babcockinternational.com.
The Board has established a formal schedule of matters
specifically reserved for its approval. It has delegated other
specific responsibilities to its Committees. These are clearly
defined in their terms of reference (available online at www.
babcockinternational.com). Other responsibilities are delegated
to management under a delegated authorities matrix.
Summary of key matters reserved for the Board
Group strategy
Interim and final results announcements and the Annual Report
Dividend policy
Acquisitions, disposals and other transactions outside delegation
limits
Significant contracts not in the ordinary course of business
Major changes to the Group’s management or control structure
Changes relating to the Company’s capital structure or status
asa listed PLC
Annual budgets
Major capital expenditure
Major changes in governance, accounting, tax or treasury policies
Internal controls and risk management (advised by the Audit
Committee)
Major press releases and shareholder circulars
Meetings and attendance
Each financial year the Board has eight scheduled full Board
meetings held in person, which includes a meeting dedicated to
strategy, and two operational updates held by video conference.
The Chair also meets separately with Non-Executive Directors
without Executive Directors or other managers present. See the
table below for further information about the meetings held
during the year.
Conflicts of interest and independence
Babcock has a procedure for the disclosure, review, authorisation
and management of Directors’ actual and potential conflicts
ofinterest or related party transactions in accordance with the
Companies Act 2006. The procedure requires Directors formally
to notify the Board (via the Company Secretary) as soon as they
become aware of any new actual or potential conflict of interest,
or when there is a material change in any of the conflicts of
interest they have already disclosed.
A register is maintained of all the disclosures made and the terms
of any authorisations granted. Authorisations can be revoked,
orthe terms on which they were given varied, at any time
ifjudged appropriate.
In the event of any actual conflict arising in respect of a particular
matter, mitigating action would be taken (for example, non-
attendance of the Director concerned at all or part of Board
meetings and non-circulation to him/her of relevant papers).
Possible conflicts of interest authorised by the Board are reviewed
annually on behalf of the Board by the Nominations Committee.
The Committee also considers the circumstances set out in
theCode which could compromise an individual’s position of
independence. The Board is satisfied that throughout the year all
Non-Executive Directors remained independent and accordingly
the Company is compliant with Provision 10 of the Code.
Time commitment
The expected time commitment of the Chair and Non-Executive
Directors is agreed and set out in writing in their respective letters
of appointment, at which point the existing external demands
onan individual’s time are assessed to confirm their capacity to
take on the role. Further appointments can only be accepted with
approval of the Board following consideration of whether there
would be an impact on the independence and objectivity
required to discharge the agreed responsibilities of each role and
whether the resultant position is believed to be consistent with
recognised proxy advisor guidelines.
The Board is satisfied that each Director has the necessary time
toeffectively discharge their responsibilities and that, between
them, the Directors have a blend of skills, experience, knowledge
and independence suited to the Company’s needs and its
continuing development.
Board and Committee membership, meetings and
attendance
Board
Nominations
Committee
Audit
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Number of
scheduled
meetings held 8 4 14 7
Current Directors
Ruth Cairnie 8/8 4/4
Carl-Peter Forster 8/8 4/4 7/7
John Ramsay 8/8 4/4 14/14 7/7
Lucy Dimes
1
8/8 4/4 14/14 6/7
Lord Parker 8/8 4/4
Jane Moriarty 8/8 4/4 14/14 7/7
David Lockwood 8/8
David Mellors 8/8
Kevin Smith
2
7/7 4/4 9/10
Claudia Natanson
3
1/1 1/1
1. Lucy Dimes was unable to attend one Remuneration Committee meeting
dueto a prior commitment.
2. Kevin Smith was appointed to the Board in June 2023 and was unable
toattend one Audit Committee due to a prior commitment.
3. Claudia Natanson was appointed to the Board in March 2024.
121Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Composition, succession
and evaluation
Composition
The composition of the Board is kept under constant review by the Nominations Committee to ensure a balance of skills, experience
andknowledge to lead the Group. At the date of this report the Board comprises the Chair, who was independent on appointment,
seven Independent Non-Executive Directors and two Executive Directors. All continuing Directors are required to offer themselves for
re-election by shareholders each year at the Annual General Meeting. Biographical details can be found on pages 112 and 113 and
there is more information on appointments to the Board in the Nominations Committee report on pages 126 and 127.
Diversity policy
It is the Board’s policy that it is in the best interests of the Group and all its stakeholders for the Group to be led and peopled by individuals
from a range of skills, experiences, backgrounds and perspectives, as the Group wants the best talents to deliver its strategy. We believe
that this is embodied in our Purpose, ‘To create a safe and secure world, together’. To help achieve our policy, we have adopted
ambitious targets of 30% women within senior leadership teams by 2025, 30% female representation at all levels by 2030, and 80%
disclosure of diversity data by 2025. These are stretching targets as we operate in the defence sector, which is male dominated. We
have made some progress, for example, by reducing the gender pay gap (please see page 81 for more information). However, we need
to accelerate our progress if we are going to meet our ambitious targets. Over the year, we have reviewed our strategic approach and
are taking action, including rolling out new policies, refreshing the recruitment processes and improving leadership development.
Board diversity
The Board is in line with the Financial Conduct Authority’s diversity and inclusion Listing Rules of having at least 40% female representation
on the Board, at least one senior Board position held by a female and at least one member of the Board being from an ethnic minority
background, as well as those for the FTSE Women Leaders Review (at least 40% female representation on the Board) and the Parker
Review (at least one Board member being from an ethnic minority background). For more information on the Group’s diversity policy
and its objectives, please see pages 65 and 82.
Board and executive management ethnicity
Number of Board
members
Percentage
of the Board
Number of senior positions
on the Board (CEO, CFO,
SID and Chair)
Number in Executive
Committee
Percentage of Executive
Committee
White British or other White
(including minority-white groups) 9 90% 4 17 100%
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British 1 10%
Other ethnic group, including Arab
Not specified/prefer not to say
Board and executive management gender
Number of Board
members
Percentage of
the Board
Number of senior positions
on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID
and Chair)
Number in Executive
Committee
Percentage of Executive
Committee
Men 6 60% 3 13 76%
Women 4 40% 1 4 24%
Non-binary
Use another term
Not specified/prefer not to say
The tables and charts in this section show the position at 31 March 2024. The Company has collected the data on which the tables
above are based by the individuals concerned self-reporting their data on being asked about their ethnicity and gender in the
categorieslisted.
Governance continued
122 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
70%
30%
UK
Non-UK/dual national
Nationality
60%
40%
Men
Women
Gender
90%
10%
White British
or other White (including
minority-white groups)
Black/African/Caribbean/
Black British
Ethnicity
10%
20%
70%
Chair (independent
on appointment)
Executive Directors
Independent
Non-Executive Directors
Independence
Board information
Lucy Dimes
Ruth Cairnie
Carl-Peter Forster
David Lockwood
David Mellors
The Lord Parker of
Minsmere GCVO, KCB
John Ramsay
Jane Moriarty
Sir Kevin Smith
Claudia Natanson
5
3.8
3.6
3.4
3.4
2.25
1.3
0.8
0.1
6
Years served at 31 March 2024
Board tenure
The average Board tenure at 31 March 2024 was three years.
123Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance continued
Composition, succession and evaluation continued
Succession
The Chair, Senior Independent Director and independent
Non-Executive Directors are appointed for a three-year term,
subject to annual re-election by the shareholders. At the end
ofthe first three-year term, the Nominations Committee reviews
each Non-Executive Director’s tenure to make sure that renewing
the appointment is the right decision. The Nominations Committee
will usually renew the appointment for a further three years.
Afterthe second three-year term, the Nominations Committee
reviews the appointment annually up to a maximum total tenure
of nine years.
The ongoing replenishment of the Board is a key focus for the
Nominations Committee and more information about succession
planning can be found in its report on page 127.
Director training
With the ever-changing environment in which Babcock operates,
it is important for our Executive and Non-Executive Directors to
remain aware of recent, and upcoming, developments and keep
their knowledge and skills up to date.
The Company arranges for new Non-Executive Directors to receive
detailed business briefings on the Group’s operations and to make
induction visits to the Group’s principal sites. Training for new
Directors, when appropriate, is arranged with external providers
and each Non-Executive Director is expected to participate
intheir own continuous professional development.
Non-Executive Directors may at any time make visits to Group
businesses or operational sites and are encouraged to do so at
least once per year. Visits are coordinated by the Group Company
Secretary’s office. Presentations on the Group’s businesses and
specialist functions are made regularly to the Board.
Our Company Secretary also provides updates to the Board and
itsCommittees on regulatory and corporate governance matters.
Our new Directors receive comprehensive and tailored induction
programmes. The programmes for Non-Executive Directors
typically involve:
Meetings with the Executive Directors, the sector CEOs and
functional leads
An overview of the Group’s governance policies, corporate
structure and business functions
Details of risks and operating issues facing the Group
Visits to key operational sites
Briefings on key contracts and customers
Since joining the Board last year, Jane Moriarty and Sir Kevin Smith
have visited Rosyth, Bovington, Bristol and Devonport. Claudia
Natanson, who joined this year, has visited Rosyth andDevonport.
124 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Evaluation
2023/24 Board performance review
Each year we conduct an evaluation to assess the Board’s ways of working as well as its skills, experience, independence and knowledge
to confirm it is able to discharge its duties and responsibilities effectively. The composition and diversity of the Board and its Committees
and how well the Directors are working together is considered, as well as the individual performance of the Directors and the Chair.
Thisyear the review was conducted by Jane Moriarty. The key finding of the review was that each Director believed that the Board was
effective in its role of promoting the long-term sustainable success of the Company. In accordance with provision 21 of the Corporate
Governance Code the FY25 Board evaluation will be externally facilitated.
Progress made on actions identified in the FY23 review
Recommendations for FY24 Update Further information
Continue to develop the Company’s approach to
strategy and to build out its strategy framework.
The Board has continued to refine its approach to
thedevelopment of its strategy so that it aligns to the
keyphases of stabilise, execute and grow. As the Board
considers the growth opportunities the Company can
pursue, the Board takes care to consider their alignment
to the Company’s Purpose and its capabilities. The
centrepiece for the Board’s strategy review is a dedicated
all-day meeting, usually held off-site. However, in addition,
the Board has regular reviews to consider specific areas
of the Company’s strategic framework. Theresult
oftheBoard’s deliberations is the Company’s strategic
framework, which is set out on pages 14 and15.
See page 14
Through the Audit Committee, continue its
oversight role of the control enhancement
programme, to ensure progress and to ensure that
progress is embedded in the Group’s processes.
The control enhancement programme has been
akeyinitiative for the Audit Committee since 2022.
TheCommittee has adopted an ambitious target
toimprove its operational and financial controls in
linewith best-in-class peer FTSE companies. The Audit
Committee receives regular reports from the dedicated
executive, who leads the initiative, to allow the Committee
tomeasure progress. For more information, please
seethereport of the Audit Committee.
See page 131
The Group should continue to develop its agenda
to ensure the right division of time between
governance, operations, risk, culture and strategy.
The Board has reviewed its agenda to get the balance
between governance, operations, risk, culture and
strategy. That balance has now been built into the
Board’s yearly planner.
Areas of assessment and findings for the FY24 Board evaluation
Recommendations for FY25 Commentary and actions
Strategy As the Company moves through its turnaround, the Board should consider
moving the focus of its strategy from the turnaround to the growth opportunities
available to the Company and their alignment to the Company’s capabilities.
Nominations Committee The Nominations Committee should consider refreshing its agenda to build
visibility of talent management and succession for the senior leadership.
Diversity In light of the ambitious diversity targets that the Nominations Committee has
setfor the Company, the Committee should consider carefully reviewing the
Company’s progress and the plans it has in place to meet its targets.
125Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Key facts
The Committee
Ruth Cairnie chairs the Committee.
The other members throughout the year were all the
Non-Executive Directors.
For biographies of the members, please see pages
112and113.
For attendance, please see page 121.
Highlights
Appointment of new Non-Executive Directors
Review of new leadership framework
Key responsibilities
Board and Committee composition
Succession and talent
Culture
Inclusion
Governance continued
Dear fellow Shareholder
The Nominations Committee manages the composition of the
Board and its Committees to ensure that they have the skills,
experience, diversity and knowledge required to support delivery
of the Company’s operations and its strategy. It also reviews talent
and succession across the Group to ensure the development of
adequate bench strength for future needs, as well as overseeing
progress on inclusion, diversity and culture.
Progress on Board composition
The Committee maps the skills and experience it believes the
Board needs to fulfil its role, both now and in the future, against
the skills and experience of the Board members. The Committee
reviews its skills matrix at least once a year to make sure that the
identified skills and experience remain relevant for the
opportunities and challenges that the Company faces, and to
identify any new needs. The Committee then evaluates the skills
and experience of the Board against those set out in the matrix.
This picture of the Board’s collective strengths and any gaps
inform the Committee’s views on future development of the
Board and any potential recruitment needs.
In FY24, the Committee was pleased to make two new
appointments to the Board which have added to the Board’s
strength in two areas in particular, namely – operational and
strategic experience in the Defence sector; and security, digital
and cyber.
As disclosed in last year’s report, supported by the recruitment
consultants, MWM, the Board appointed Sir Kevin Smith in June
2023. SirKevin has in-depth knowledge of the aerospace and
defence sector, including significant multi-year contracts, having
spent most of his career working first at BAE Systems for over
20years and then at GKN, where he was the CEO for eight years.
Composition, succession and
evaluation continued
Nominations Committee report
Ruth Cairnie
Chair of the Nominations Committee
126 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
The Committee was also pleased to announce the appointment
ofClaudia Natanson, who joined the Board in March 2024.
Claudia has over 20 years of experience in both the public
andthe private sectors as a security and cyber executive with
companies such as Diageo, Smiths Group and AccuWeather.
Cyber resilience is increasingly important in the aerospace and
defence sector and Claudia will bring valuable insights to the
Board as we plan for the future. As well as bringing her technical
skill and experience, she also brings an additional strong
international lens given her time working outside the UK. The
recruitment consultant Audeliss supported Claudia’s appointment.
Neither MWM or Audeliss has any other connection with the
Company or its Directors.
Succession and talent
The Committee oversees the Company’s progress in building
outits refreshed and Group-wide approach to people. Within this,
aparticular focus is to review progress in developing the talent
and leadership required for the future. Thisyear the Committee
reviewed the new leadership framework created to underpin the
development of Babcock’s leadership capability. The framework
isbased on three themes – capabilities, challenges and mindset.
The Committee welcomed the progress made, with the ability
now to raise the profile of leadership across the Group.
The Committee also reviewed progress on developing succession
planning for key senior roles and encouraged the translation of
this work into active development plans for senior leaders, as well
as the broadening of the scope to additional critical roles across
the organisation. This work will result in a clearer understanding
ofthe capabilities within Babcock and, over time, astronger
pipeline for succession. The Board is committed to regular review
of development progress and involvement with the development
plans where appropriate.
Culture
The Company has set out its clear Purpose and principles and
needs to develop and embed a culture that embodies these,
throughout the organisation. Every decision made by the Company,
from the Board down, should be informed and guided by our
Purpose and principles. To assure itself that this is the case, the
Committee oversees and reviews the policies and strategies
deployed to embed the culture, using a variety of approaches.
First, it encourages all Non-Executive Directors to visit Company
sites so that they can build their own view of the Company’s
culture and bring their experiences back to the Board. The
Committee maintains a register of all these visits, included in
themonthly Board pack, so that visit plans can be arranged and
coordinated as effectively as possible. This year, Non-Executive
Directors visited the Company’s operations in Devonport,
Australia, RAF Northolt, Ruislip, Leicester, Hinkley Point, London,
Bovington, Rosyth and Bristol. During these visits, the Non-
Executive Directors have the opportunity to speak to employees
collectively and individually to get their feedback and to hear
about their experience of the Company’s Purpose and principles.
As well as site visits, the Committee reviews the output from
theCompany’s Global People Survey. In the FY24 survey, the
Committee noted that two thirds of the Company’s employees
scored the Company’s commitment to its Purpose favourably.
However, the Committee agreed that there was an ongoing need
for the upskilling of management teams, including frontline
management, to improve employee engagement. This initiative
encourages the Company’s leaders at all levels to model the
principles, to be visible to all employees and to enhance the
effectiveness of their communication.
The third approach the Committee uses is to receive feedback
from Lord Parker as the Director designated for employee
engagement. During FY24, Lord Parker visited five sites and met
with over 350 employees from those sites. He specifically chose
more remote sites, to test the extent to which the Company had
managed to embed its culture. His report to the Committee
indicated considerable progress was being made, through more
effective communication including the CEO vlogs, local townhall
sessions and stand downs. He received positive feedback that
theCompany was taking action to follow up on the previous
Global People Survey, although the Committee encouraged
management to keep reinforcing the link between the tangible
actions taken by the Company and the recommendations arising
out of the survey. Lord Parker did continue to find that internal
complexity was frustrating for employees. The Committee used
this feedback to support the Executive Directors in their initiatives
to streamline the Company and to make it more efficient, and this
has been communicated to employees through Group channels.
Inclusion and Diversity
The Board recognises the importance of the Company being able
to access the talents of all people regardless of their backgrounds.
The Committee has a key role to play in making sure that this
becomes a reality rather than an aspiration. At Board level, the
Committee sets the tone from the top and has committed to
meeting all of the relevant externally set targets: the FTSE Women
Leaders Review target for 40% women by 2025, the Parker
Review target of at least one minority ethnic director by 2024
and the Financial Conduct Authority target of at least one of the
senior Board positions (Chair, CEO, CFO or SID) being a woman.
The Committee is pleased that the Board now meets all these
targets. It will continue to review the Board’s composition from
the perspective of these targets, thereby demonstrating to the
Company the importance placed on inclusion and diversity;
however, as a relatively small Board its diversity statistics will
remain susceptible to movement on the basis of any individual
appointment or retirement.
Although the Board has met its diversity targets, there is still a
lotto do before the Company meets the targets it has set itself
of30% women within the senior leadership team by 2025, 30%
female representation at all levels by 2030, and 80% disclosure
ofdiversity data by 2025. As a defence company, our sector is
traditionally male dominated, so these are stretching targets.
Wehave made some progress, for example, by reducing the
gender pay gap (please see page 81 for more information).
However, weneed to accelerate our progress if we are going
tomeet our ambitious targets. Over the year, we have reviewed
our strategic approach and are taking action, including rolling out
new policies, refreshing the recruitment processes and improved
leadership development. The Committee notes the request by
theParker Review that companies voluntarily disclose targets for
ethnic diversity in senior leadership. The Committee will keep
therequest under review.
I hope this report gives you an understanding of the work of the
Committee over FY24. If you do have any questions, I would
welcome hearing them at this year’s AGM.
Ruth Cairnie
Chair
127Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Audit, risk and internal control
Audit Committee report
Key facts
The Committee
John Ramsay chairs the Committee.
John is a Chartered Accountant, formerly the Chief Financial
Officer of Syngenta AG and an experienced Audit Committee
chair (see page 112 for John’s full biography). The Board has
designated him as the financial expert on the Committee for
the purposes of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
In FY24, the other members of the Committee were Lucy
Dimes, Jane Moriarty, and Sir Kevin Smith. All members of the
Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors. Please
see pages 112 and 113 for their biographies and page 121
forattendance and number of meetings.
During the year, the Committee invited the Chair of the Board,
other Non-Executive Directors, the CEO, the CFO, the Group
Financial Controller, the Deloitte external audit team, the
Internal Audit team and key senior management to attend
itsmeetings, as appropriate.
Typically, after Committee meetings, the Committee meets
separately with the external audit lead partner from Deloitte
and also frequently meets with Internal Audit to give them
theopportunity to discuss matters without management
beingpresent.
In addition, the Committee Chair maintains regular contact
with the external audit lead partner and Internal Audit between
meetings, often without the presence of management.
Highlights
Oversight of the implementation of ongoing improvements
tothe control environment throughout the year
Review of the key management judgements and estimates
forthe FY24 financial statements, particularly for Type 31
Supporting the establishment of an Internal Audit function
asit transitioned from an external to an internal function
Oversight of enhancement to management’s approach
tofraud risk identification, analysis and mitigation
Leading a tender process to appoint an external auditor
fromFY25
Key responsibilities
Reviewing the half-year and annual financial statements and
any announcements relating to financial performance, to
determine whether each is fair, balanced and understandable,
and challenging the appropriateness of accounting policies,
judgements and estimates, as well as disclosures, and
reporting to the Board thereon
Ensuring the quality and effectiveness of the audit conducted
by the external auditor and recommending to the Board the
appointment of the external auditor
Reporting to the Board on the effectiveness of the audit
process and how the Company safeguards the independence
and objectivity of the auditor
Reviewing the scope, remit, objectivity and effectiveness
ofthe Internal Audit function
Reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control
and risk management systems
Reviewing and recommending to the Board the disclosures
included in the Annual Report in relation to internal control,
risk management and the viability statement
Reporting to the Board on how the Audit Committee has
performed its role, and its findings
Governance continued
John Ramsay
Chair of the Audit Committee
128 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Dear fellow Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Committee’s report on pages 131
to135. Much has been achieved during the year and I would like
to thank my fellow Committee members for their work and
commitment, which this year again involved additional meetings
and their support as part of our tender of the external audit for
FY25 and beyond, which led to the proposal to appoint Forvis
Mazars. Like last year, a key focus for the Committee was the
review and challenge of the estimates and judgements adopted
by management in their cost estimate for our Type 31 programme.
The Committee dedicated more than four meetings to consider
the correct accounting for the Type 31 cost estimate, with
ourdiscussions covering the technical basis under IFRS as well
asthe evidence required to recognise expected future benefits
ofthe programme.
In addition to Type 31, the Committee continued its oversight
ofthe Company’s control improvement programme. I am pleased
to report further substantial progress in the programme. However,
much remains to be done in embedding the new control standards
to ensure that the controls are sustainable and are part of the
normal practice across the Group. This programme will prepare
the Company for the new governance provisions, introduced by
the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code. We are planning a dry
run of the internal control provisions of the Code prior to full
implementation in FY27.
Update following FY23 audit
The Committee continued to be pleased with the effectiveness
ofthe FY23 audit process, in particular the rigour and challenge
applied by Deloitte. The Financial Reporting Council (FRC)
reviewed our FY23 Annual Report. The scope of their review was
limited as it was based solely on our FY23 Annual Report without
the benefit of detailed knowledge of the Company’s business
oran understanding of the underlying transactions. So, the review
does not provide any assurance that the FY23 Annual Report
iscorrect in all material respects. However, the review was
conducted by staff of the FRC who understand the relevant legal
and accounting framework. The Committee was pleased that at
the end of their review the FRC confirmed that they did not wish
to raise any questions or queries with the Company, although they
did make certain observations that they asked the Committee
toconsider as it prepared its FY24 accounts.
Deloitte provided valuable feedback in highlighting control
weaknesses to management. These related primarily to the need
to improve the standardisation of formal contract review
controlsand documentation supporting judgements on long
termcontracts, a lack of maturity of new internal controls in the
business sectors, IT access controls in legacy systems and
detailedcontrols around balance sheet classifications. As a result,
management incorporated improvements in these areas into
itsFY24 programme of control improvements.
Internal control roadmap
Since the Contract Profitability and Balance Sheet review in FY21,
Babcock has embarked on a major programme to improve its
operational and financial controls with the objective of being in
line with best-in-class peer FTSE companies including responding
proactively to UK Corporate Governance Reform, including the
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code and the Economic Crime
and Corporate Transparency Act 2023. This is a multi-year
endeavour which will continue into FY25, during which time
theCompany will progressively implement assurance over
material internal controls. The Committee expects this assurance
to provide it with greater confidence and visibility to better state
the effectiveness of those controls, in line with the 2024 UK
Corporate Governance Code.
During the year, the Company’s internal control programme
focused on the following major areas of improvement:
Further embedding the Blueprint Fundamental controls
throughout the year into standard processes and monitoring
evidence retention. The Blueprint Fundamentals are 15 key
controls in relation to significant financial reporting risk areas
including business winning, contract review, consolidation,
pensions, taxation and derivative reporting controls
Embedding and maturing of sector-level contract review
controls, including the enhancement of control documentation
and roll-out of a single Contract Status Report to facilitate
improved challenge and risk review in sector and Group contract
review meetings
Enhancing IT general controls including actioning all user access
findings for the Group’s Neptune system (our primary ERP and
supporting systems) and mitigating risks relating to findings
raised with legacy systems, where findings are unable to be
fullyclosed.
Undertaking root cause analysis and action in relation to March
2023 financial reporting errors below Group external audit
materiality to deliver improved financial reporting accuracy
atMarch 2024
Elevating the Group’s response to fraud risk by incorporating it
insector Risk Registers supported by appropriate training for risk
owners. Further enhanced fraud controls will follow in FY25
The Company has also targeted improved evidence of judgements
in relation to goodwill impairment assessment (particularly for the
Aviation CGU) and Type 31 contract costs to complete. For Type
31 the Company has devoted significant time and resources in an
operational improvement programme. The programme included
a major upgrade in the finance and management capability as
well as the engagement of external support to review and
challenge the methodology for estimating the costs to complete
and the associated evidence. The Committee noted the
improvements on the programme. However, having carefully
considered the available evidence against the evidential bar
required to recognise future benefits, the Committee agreed that
the Company should not fully recognise these plans in its FY24
financial statements, even though the Company expects them
tobe delivered over the course of the programme.
In addition, the organisational structure continues to be enhanced
to better support and sustain robust internal controls, with the:
completion of the insourcing of the Internal Audit function;
first full year of support by the Finance Business Services and
People Centre teams, now supporting all UK businesses, and
driving a programme of standardisation and simplification
projects; and
continued investment in technical accounting roles at sector
level to deliver improved documentation and evidential support
for financial reporting judgements.
The Company continues to enhance the Babcock Document of
Controls attestation process, setting and enhancing the minimum
standard across all parts of the business for material reporting,
financial, compliance and specific operational controls, which
requires reporting against that standard on a bi-annual basis.
TheCompany provided visibility of the results of this attestation
process to the Committee mapped against risks, for the first time
in FY24, highlighting any material gaps and therefore providing
additional confidence in the progression of the roadmap.
In FY24, the Company has accelerated enhancements to the
approach to identify, analyse and mitigate fraud. This has meant
fraud risk identification being embedded in the standard risk
framework, allowing for more granular identification and
129Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
mitigation action. The Group Risk function has led training for
senior leadership teams and risk assessors across the business
toensure they understand common fraud risks and the fraud risk
triangle (incentive, opportunity and rationalisation). As a result
ofthis, management has updated the Group-wide fraud risk
assessment and sought independent review of the appropriateness
of the fraud risk assessment approach, including appropriateness
in response to the Economic Crime and Corporate Transparency
Act 2023. The Committee has seen both the FY24 assessment
and the independent review. From FY25, fraud risk will be a
mandated item on the Annual Internal Audit Plan.
Targeted control enhancement actions are tracked in response
toboth the Document of Controls attestation process, where
gaps are identified, but also through the result of internal audits,
and an Insights Report provided by Deloitte in September 2023.
Management has proactively reviewed the control enhancement
recommendations raised by Deloitte in its Insights Report, agreed
recommendations with Deloitte, and has either delivered or
documented agreed actions.
The Committee received regular updates and reports from
management on its progress against the internal control roadmap
and designed the Internal Audit plan to test and challenge the
implementation and effectiveness of these control enhancements.
The Audit Committee has received regular updates on UK Corporate
Reform, including regular review of the appropriateness of the
internal control roadmap in relation to the expected direction
ofUK Corporate Reform. The Board was also provided with
external analysis of the expected impact of UK Corporate Reform
and the applicability to Babcock.
I would like to thank all those involved for their efforts in
achieving the control enhancements that they have delivered
over FY24. There is a lot more to do before Babcock reaches
thestated aims of the internal control enhancement roadmap,
but the Committee believes that the improvements made in FY24
are substantial. Work in FY25 will be focused particularly on the
embedding, practice and repetition of operating established
controls to provide confidence in their reliable and sustainable
operation, including the monitoring and retention of evidence
tosupport the operation of these controls to address findings
from the FY24 audit. The improvement programme should
provide confidence to stakeholders that Babcock is progressively
and appropriately delivering enhanced and robust internal
controls, and that management and employees will be motivated
to meet those standards.
FY25 audit
Deloitte has been the Company’s auditor since 2021 and has now
completed three annual audits. During that time, the Company
has upgraded its financial and operational processes and controls,
its financial and commercial capability, its project and contract
management controls and its risk management processes,
coupled with widespread improvements in employee culture.
These substantial upgrades supported the Company’s ‘stabilise’
stage of its turnaround. The Committee decided that as the
Company completes its ‘stabilise’ phase and moves to the next
stage, it would be an opportune time to take stock and consider
the terms of the Company’s engagement with its auditor.
TheCommittee believed that the best way to do that was
toholda tender for the FY25 appointment and beyond. Following
discussions with a number of FRC-designated Tier 1 audit firms,
and after consideration of conflicts and capacity, the Committee
decided to invite Forvis Mazars and Deloitte to participate in
thetender.
Having received the invitation, Deloitte declined to participate
inthe process. The Committee continued with its selection
process as it continued to keep Deloitte under active
consideration as the Committee knew Deloitte’s qualifications
well from the work it had done on the FY22 and FY23 audits and
there was no need for Deloitte to actively participate in order for
the Committee to make an informed choice. However, for the
other participant, the Committee did not have the same level
ofknowledge and therefore needed assurance that it could
deliver ahigh-quality audit in a timely fashion for an acceptable
level of fee. At the end of a challenging and diligent tender
process, the Committee established a high level of confidence
that Forvis Mazars with the engagement team already proposed,
its internal focus on high standards of audit quality and its defence
sector experience, could deliver a high-quality audit.
Therefore theCommittee was pleased to recommend to the
Board that, subject to shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM,
Forvis Mazars should be appointed the Company’s auditor
forFY25. For more detail, please see page 135.
During the year, the FRC published its ‘Minimum Standards
forAudit Committees’. The Committee compared its charter,
scope and agendas and was able to confirm that it was operating
in accordance with those standards.
Priorities for FY25
A key priority for FY25 will be to oversee the transition in external
auditor to ensure a high-quality and effective audit. In addition,
the Committee will also focus on the continued implementation
of the internal control roadmap, including assuring itself that
controls are being embedded on a sustainable basis across
theGroup. Specifically, the Committee will seek to ensure:
the newly insourced Internal Audit provides effective
independent assurance on key controls
robust contract management and accounting controls in the
business sectors supported by appropriate documentation
andevidence
completion of the planning for the work required to enable
Board assessment of internal controls as prescribed under the
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code enabling a dry run in
FY26 for implementation in FY27
an upgrade in process and detail in the Company’s assessment
of fraud risk
As ever I am available to all shareholders to discuss any significant
matter related to the Committee’s work. All the Committee will
be at the FY24 AGM and hope to meet as many of you as possible.
We will be available to answer any questions you may have on this
report or the Committee’s activities.
John Ramsay
Committee Chair
Governance continued
Audit, risk and internal control continued
130 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Committee report
Below is the Committee’s report on its activities over FY24.
Thereport, along with the letter of the Committee Chair, describe
the activities that the Committee has undertaken to meet the
requirements of the Financial Reporting Council’s Audit Committees
and External Audit: Minimum Standard.
Risk management and internal control systems
The Board has ultimate responsibility for risk management and
internal control processes and has delegated to the Committee
the review of the effectiveness of these systems to assist it in
discharging this responsibility.
Internal control systems
The Committee reviews reporting and financial internal control
processes: that is, the processes established to identify, assess,
manage and monitor financial reporting and financial risks.
InFY24, the Committee regularly reviewed an aspect of such
controls processes at its meetings throughout the year. The Group
Executive Committee, chaired by the CEO, retains accountability
for the management of operational and compliance risks, including
related controls and mitigating actions. Sector CEOs and function
directors are required to ensure that appropriate processes,
including the maintenance of risk registers for both the sector
itself and individual constituent lines of business, exist to identify
and manage risks; and to regularly carry out formal risk
assessments. Please see pages 89 to 106 for further information
on the Group’s principal risks, risk management process and
internal control environment.
The centrepiece of the Group’s system of controls is the Babcock
Document of Controls, which was introduced in FY21 and
subsequently supplemented by the internal control roadmap
described below. The Document of Controls is a comprehensive
description of Babcock’s material reporting, financial, compliance
and specific operational controls matched against business
process risks, that the Group expects to be in operation across
theGroup. The Document of Controls splits the controls between
mandatory (those the Group must have in operation or introduce
without delay if not already in operation) and expected (those
theGroup must have a plan to implement). In FY24 there was
nosignificant non-adherence that would undermine the reported
financial statements.
The Document of Controls acts as a risk and control matrix.
Eachbusiness currently reports adherence to the Document
onabi-annual basis. Internal Audit has a role in independently
reviewing these reports, and the Document of Controls has been
independently verified for completeness in relation to key
financial reporting controls. It is expected that the Document
ofControls will form the basis of the Company’s response to the
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code.
As described in the Committee Chair’s letter above, the Group has
in the past two years been driving a major programme to improve
its control environment. An internal control enhancement roadmap
was formed from the combined experience of the Contract
Profitability and Balance Sheet review, the ambition to meet
UKCorporate Reform requirements, and the result of findings
from the Document of Controls process, as well as Internal Audit
reports and insights from Deloitte as part of the external audit.
This internal control roadmap covers reporting, financial, fraud
and key related operational controls such as contract review and
bid review controls. The combination into one roadmap has
enabled prioritisation and better tracking of the implementation
of control enhancements along the roadmap.
The Group reviews progress against the roadmap, tests to ensure
the effectiveness of implementation, and reports back to the
Committee. Both Internal Audit and Deloitte have undertaken
design and implementation testing of the Blueprint Fundamental
controls, 15 key control enhancements delivered as part of the
roadmap, and the Company has addressed or put in place plans
to address the resulting findings.
Risk management
The Company set up a Group Risk dedicated function in FY23,
which has conducted a comprehensive review of the Company’s
Enterprise Risk Management Framework, to upgrade the Group’s
risk management capability and to implement and drive
improvements. Specifically, this has resulted in:
Alignment to the ISO 31000 International Standard for
RiskManagement
Expanded risk management roles and responsibilities and
addition of Global Risk Leads
Linked risks to corporate objectives and corporate risks
Updated risk impact categories and, working with the
Engineering Risk Working Group, strengthened our technical
riskmanagement
Introduction of velocity ratings
New risk appetite levels which have been assigned to each
riskimpact category for the maximum level of risk permitted
Key risk indicators and red flag warning mechanism
Links to other internal processes such as Project Risk,
EngineeringRisk and the Document of Controls
Embedded climate and fraud risk
The risk framework considers the management of risk at all levels
throughout the Group, top-down and bottom-up, correlated
through a series of risk conversations with members of the Group
Executive Committee and critical risk influencers. The Group
Executive Risk Committee provides leadership and oversight
ofthe Risk Management Framework as well as challenge to
theprincipal risks and uncertainties, their continued relevance,
mitigation effectiveness and proposed actions to reduce the risk
to its target state, highlighting any additional resource
requirements and opportunities.
131Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Group Risk provides challenge and support to the first line of
defence teams and facilitates and coordinates the establishment
and ongoing review of the Corporate Risk Register. A key focus
has been to improve the quality of risk data and assurance
evidence for both controls and overall risk performance, trends
and interconnectivity for holistic oversight of the Group’s risk
profile to enhance decision-making.
Group Risk works with Global Risk Leads to deliver a risk training
programme to senior leadership teams to improve risk maturity to
develop a risk-aware culture, where knowledge is shared and risks
are actively managed, which is fundamental to deliver successful
outcomes. Bi-monthly meetings continue to be held with Risk
Leads to review the effectiveness of the Risk Management
Framework and process, sharing of good practice and risk reports,
feedback from governance meetings and the viability of risk
visualisation reporting tools.
The Committee, on behalf of the Board, reviews the effectiveness
of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems
onan annual basis. The Committee conducts this review through
the receipt of a report from the Group’s finance team, including
the Director of Internal Audit, Risk Assurance & Insurance.
Thereport describes the Group’s risk management and internal
control anddemonstrates that the Group is providing the Board
with therelevant information in a timely manner to fulfil its
monitoring role. This year, after its review, the Committee was
satisfied withthe progress made by the Group on its roadmap
toimprove itsriskmanagement and internal control systems.
Inparticular, the Committee was satisfied that the Group had
delivered control enhancements against those matters raised
byDeloitte in the FY23 external audit report, as referenced in the
2023 Annual Report, as being factors in Key Audit Matter relating
to control deficiencies.
FY24 external audit
Deloitte has now completed its third annual audit.
Following the close of the FY23 audit, the Committee conducted
a review of the quality and effectiveness of the FY23 audit
process. This review identified the key areas of improvement
forboth the Company and Deloitte, such as the quality of
documented controls in respect of key accounting judgements,
project management of the financial close process, duration of
the audit process and adherence to schedule. Having identified
the key areas of improvements, the Committee discussed the
underlying causes and agreed a set of actions for both parties
toaddress them.
These actions included a planning day attended by
representatives from all those engaged in the audit, both in the
Company and Deloitte, and the preparation of a ‘right to left’
timeline. This timeline applied to all aspects of the FY24 audit
other than the audit of the Type 31 estimated costs to complete.
The complicated nature of those costs, involving inter-related
component parts, as well as the extensive nature of the
operational improvement programme, combined with the
appointment of a new management team part way through
theyear necessitated a longer audit process.
The Committee is committed to challenging management and
the auditors to target advances in the reporting timetable in
future years and believes that now with improved control and
insight over the Type 31 programme this should be possible.
Deloitte and management reported on progress of the FY24
auditagainst the plan to the Committee. So as not to distract
management and Deloitte from planning the full-year audit,
theCommittee did not commission Deloitte to provide a review
opinion on the interim financial information. However, the
Committee remains committed to having half-year reviews in
thefuture when further progress has been made on a sustainable
advanced full-year audit timetable and improvements in the
internal control process.
Deloitte presented its audit plan to the Committee which set
outthe scope and objectives of the audit, together with an
overview of its planned approach and proposed areas of audit
focus together with proposed Audit Quality Indicators (AQIs).
Thiswas reviewed and approved by the Committee and included
agreeing the scope and the level of materiality of £20.0 million
(up from £15.6 million in FY23).
The total fees paid to Deloitte in the year ended 31 March 2024
in respect of the FY24 audit equalled £13.3 million. The principal
reason for the increase from the previous year is largely due to
work on the Type 31 contract costs to complete. In addition,
Deloitte undertook certain non-audit work. The total fee for this
work was £5,300. The work related to the audit or was required
for regulatory reasons. The work was assessed in line with the new
ethical standard. An analysis of the fees paid to the external
auditor during the year can be found in note 4 to the Group
Financial Statements on page 202.
The Committee recognises that there may be some element
ofnon-audit services for which the Group might wish to use the
external auditors. The provision of non-audit services is controlled
by a policy which states that the external auditors will not be
engaged to provide any element of non-audit services without
approval in advance – from the CFO for fees up to £10,000, from
the Committee Chair for fees between £10,000 and £100,000,
and by the Committee for fees over £100,000.
The Independent auditor’s report to the members of the
Company can be found on pages 163 to 176.
The Company complies with the Statutory Audit Services for Large
Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive
Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities)
Order2014.
Governance continued
Audit, risk and internal control continued
132 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Independence
The Committee is responsible for the development,
implementation and monitoring of the Group’s policies on
services from external auditors, which are designed to ensure
ahigh-quality and effective audit and to maintain the objectivity
and independence of the external auditors. As part of its FY24
audit planning, Deloitte provided assurance of its independence,
which supported the Committee’s policy as described above.
Inaddition, external auditors follow regulatory requirements to
maintain the objectivity of the audit process. For the FY24 audit,
Makhan Chahal was Deloitte’s lead audit partner and is in his third
year, having started in FY22. The Committee was satisfied that
Deloitte was independent and objective.
Audit quality
The FRC’s Audit Quality Review (AQR) team monitors the quality
ofaudit work of certain UK audit firms through inspections of a
sample of audits and related procedures at individual audit firms.
As part of its planning for the FY24 audit, the Committee agreed
aseries of Audit Quality Indicators (AQIs) with Deloitte. These AQIs
were broadly in line with those used in FY23 to allow for
consistency. They established measures for the engagement team
and audit execution. The Committee uses the AQIs to measure
and monitor audit quality as they are key metrics relating to the
audit. With the assistance of the AQIs the Committee can assess
and challenge the execution and quality of the audit.
In addition to the AQIs, the Committee Chair and the CFO met
with Deloitte during the year, to ensure the audit was identifying
priorities and both Deloitte and the Company were resourcing
them appropriately to execute the year-end audit timetable.
In respect of our FY23 annual report, the Financial Reporting
Council (FRC) reviewed our report. The scope of their review was
limited as it was based solely on our FY23 annual report without
the benefit of detailed knowledge of the Company’s business or
an understanding of the underlying transactions. So, the review
does not provide any assurance that the FY23 Annual Report is
correct in all material respects. However, the review is conducted
by staff of the FRC who understand the relevant legal and
accounting framework. The Committee was pleased that at the
end of their review the FRC confirmed that they did not wish to
raise any questions or queries with the Company, although they
did make certain observations that they asked the Committee to
consider as it prepared its FY24 accounts.
Internal Audit and assurance
In FY24, the Group concluded the full insourcing of its Internal
Audit activity from BDO through the recruitment of four Internal
Audit specialists. The Director of Internal Audit, Risk Assurance &
Insurance, after discussions with management, agreed an Internal
Audit plan with the Committee. The plan covered lines of business
and countries, with proposed effort directed towards financial and
other risk themes. Over FY24, the Internal Audit team, supported
by specialists for technical internal audits, has implemented
theagreed plan and has reported back to the Committee. The
Director of Internal Audit, Risk Assurance & Insurance summarises
the findings of the internal audit reviews so that the Committee
can focus its discussions on unsatisfactory findings and on the
action plans in place to address them.
Particular areas of focus for Internal Audit during FY24 included
continuation of financial control audits in line with the increased
focus on control improvements, audits of key programmes such
asFuture Maritime Support Programme, JP9101 and a number
ofrisk-based reviews such as Finance Business Services (FBS)
implementation. In addition, Internal Audit has continued to
maintain a programme of follow-up audits to assess the timely
implementation of internal audit recommendations by the
businesses and key matters from the internal audit reviews.
By the end of FY24, Group Internal Audit had made 30 key
findings and associated recommendations across the eight
internal audits completed by the internal team in FY24.
Inaddition, BDO issued 10 internal audit reports with 52
recommendations made.
Through its review of the Internal Audit plan, and its review of the
reports of the Internal Audit team, the Committee was satisfied
with the effectiveness of Internal Audit. As planned, the internal
audit activities have now fully transitioned from BDO to the
internal team and as expected, some co-sourcing where
specialised expertise is required to conduct a particular audit
hasoccurred though this has been limited to two audits. The
Committee has monitored the transition to the new in-house
Internal Audit team and received regular updates from the
Director of Internal Audit, Risk Assurance & Insurance on progress.
For FY25, the Committee will continue to monitor the new
internal audit structure. It has approved an Internal Audit plan for
FY25. The plan includes the proposed audit approach, coverage
and allocation of resources. In approving the FY25 plan, the
Committee considered a range of factors, including the principal
risks of the Group and the resources available to the Group.
Financial statements
One of the main roles of the Committee is to review the financial
statements of the Company on behalf of the Board so that the
Board can give its responsibility confirmation (please see page
162) that the Company’s financial statements give a true and fair
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss
ofthe Company, as well as confirming that the Annual Report
andFinancial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and
understandable.
The Committee reviews all significant judgements and estimates
made by management in preparing the financial statements and
challenges management on its key assumptions, particularly as
they relate to impairment reviews and estimates of cost and
revenues from long-term contracts as well as estimates of future
performance inherent in the Going Concern and Viability
statements (see the Going Concern and Viability statement on
pages 107 and 108). During FY24, the Committee considered
again the period to be covered by the statement and agreed that
the five-year period remained the most appropriate timespan for
the Group given the business planning cycle, the long-term nature
of many of the programmes and the insight gained from the
turnaround. In assessing going concern and viability, the Committee
challenged management’s cash flow projections and timings,
which include assumptions, as far as they can be made, inrespect
of climate change, with related sensitivity analysis and stress-
testing scenarios, borrowing facilities available to the Company
and the potential application of covenants within loan agreements.
The Committee encouraged management to include a reverse
stress test within its analysis to support the Viability statement.
133Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Given the goodwill impairments required in FY21 and FY22 the
Committee paid particular attention in FY24 to management’s
impairment reviews as well as considering the insights from
Deloitte following the FY23 audit. The assessment also included
sensitivity analyses incorporating potential variability on inflation
and climate change. Following its review, the Committee was
satisfied that no impairment of goodwill was required in FY24.
The essence of Babcock’s business involves long-term contracts
frequently involving significant upfront investment and with many
extending over multiple years. Consequently, management in
preparing the financial statements has to make a number of key
judgements and estimates that are specific to each contract.
An important focus for the Audit Committee has been to review
and challenge management on these key judgements and
estimates, with reference to revenue recognition under IFRS 15,
which include:
The Company’s Type 31 programme: in FY23, the Company
recorded a £100.1 million loss in respect of the programme
following significant increases in forecast costs. Since then,
theCommittee has kept the programme under review, with
dedicated reviews before the announcement of the Company’s
HY24 results and its FY24 results. Over FY24, the Company
hasundertaken operational improvements in respect of the
programme. This included a detailed reassessment of the
contract outturn, supported by external consultants. The
reassessment reflected a further year of experience of the
programme. The Committee recognised that, to determine the
contract outturn, the Company would have to make complex
assumptions and judgements about the future performance
ofthe programme. Accordingly, the Committee dedicated
fourmeetings to reviewing and challenging the Company’s
estimates, as well as the sources of those estimations and the
processes the Company went through to formulate them. As the
Committee conducted its review, it was aware of the complexity
involved in the estimations. There were a range of possible
future outcomes in respect of each estimate, in addition to
which there was the added complexity that all the estimates
were inter-related. This complexity could result in a material
increase or decrease in the value of the programme’s onerous
contract provision and contract liabilities, and hence on the
Group’s profitability. With about £1 billion of estimated cost
stillto go over the life of the contract, if actual recoveries or
costs were to differ from those assumed by 10%, the potential
impact on the contract outturn could be about £100 million.
As the programme matures, the Committee expects this
uncertainty to reduce, although a significant element will
remain due to the substantial activity which remains to be done
and the length of the programme. In addition to the estimates
that the Committee considered, it also reviewed the critical
accounting judgements in the determination of the programme’s
onerous contract provision. In particular, it closely reviewed the
judgement relating to the treatment of the benefit of additional
work that the Company expects to receive under the programme.
The Committee consider the key factors underpinning the
judgement, being the additional work expected at contract
inception and the economic linkage with the pricing and other
terms of the Type 31 contract. Having carefully considered the
available evidence against the evidential bar for recognition and
other relevant facts and circumstances, it was concluded that
the expected continuation of the programme should not
betreated as a benefit expected under the Type 31 contract.
Over the year, the Company had devoted significant time and
resource in reviewing and improving the Type 31 programme.
The Company had brought in a new management team with
enhanced capability to restructure the programme as well as
supporting the operational improvement programme with
external consultants to review and challenge the Company’s
costs to complete. The Company’s actions have resulted in
significant improvement plans, which the Committee reviewed.
However, having carefully considered the available evidence
against the evidential bar required to recognise future benefits,
the Committee agreed that the Company should not fully
recognise these plans in its FY24 financial statements, even
though the Company expects them to be delivered over the
course of the programme. At the end of the Committee’s review,
it was satisfied with the Company’s estimates for the Type 31
programme. Following the Committee’s review, the Company
recorded a further loss of £90 million in respect of the Type 31
programme. The Company announced the loss provision
on17July 2024. For further information, please see page 184.
The Company’s Future Maritime Support Programme: the
Committee identified that the programme had risks associated
with the transformation savings the programme required the
Company to achieve. The Committee noted that, whilst the
MOD had approved a significant amount of savings from the
firstand second years, it had not yet approved a number of
thesavings from the second and third years. The Committee
reviewed the key judgement which related to the inclusion
ofsavings in excess of the extrapolated achieved savings.
Itconsidered that the Company had updated its rule set to
determine the savings included in the Company’s accounting.
After its review, the Committee was satisfied with the
Company’s judgement.
Governance continued
Audit, risk and internal control continued
134 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Inflation: the Committee recognised that a key accounting
judgement for those contracts which the Company accounts
forunder an estimate at completion model was the impact
offuture inflation on the Group’s revenue and costs. The
Committee noted that the degree of judgement had reduced
from FY23 due to the falling trend in inflation. Even so, the
Committee reviewed the benchmark guidance given by the
Company for use in the calculation of its estimates at
completion. In particular it reviewed the accounting for inflation
within the Company’s Future Maritime Support Programme,
which includes an element of firm pricing, as well as the wage
increase for FY25. After its reviews, the Committee was satisfied
with the Company’s estimates.
Following its review, the Committee was of the opinion that the
FY24 Annual Report and Accounts was representative of the year
and presented a fair, balanced, and understandable overview,
providing the necessary information for shareholders to assess the
Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy
and recommended that the Board make its responsibility
statements as set out on page 162.
FY25 audit
As described in the Audit Committee Chair‘s Letter, the
Committee decided to review the Company’s audit arrangements
as it prepared to embark on the next step of its turnaround and
tohold a tender for the FY25 audit.
The Committee issued an invitation to tender, which set out the
formal process that the Committee would follow. The invitation
included the Committee’s chosen selection criteria. The Committee
had taken care that the selection criteria were transparent and
non-discriminatory. The criteria that the Committee chose
included quality assurance, resourcing, industry experience, audit
approach (including the use of data and analytics tools), approach
to key accounting judgements, ability to meet agreed reporting
timetables, independence and governance, and fees. As part
ofthe process, the Committee provided information on the
Company as well as the opportunity to meet with key members
ofthe Company’s Board and management team. Management
used the meetings to understand how the tenderer proposed
toapproach the FY25 audit and, in particular, how it proposed
toscope both the Group and the UK subsidiary audits. These
meetings gave the Company the opportunity to assess whether
the tenderer had an in-depth understanding of the Group, as well
as an opportunity to test its commitment to audit timelines and
fee proposal. In addition to the meetings, the Committee
obtained two formal references forthe proposed lead audit
partner. The Committee asked all those who met with the
tenderers to mark them using the same marking scheme, based
on the Committee’s selection criteria. Itwas important to the
Committee that, while fees were anelement in its assessment,
they were not a deciding one. Thefeedback from the meetings
was positive with all criteria averaging between 8 and 9 out of 10
on a scale of 1 to 10 with 10 being the highest.
Management felt that the tenderer had put in considerable
effortto understanding the Company’s structure and consolidation
andthat it had designed its approach to allow it to finalise the
statutory accounts efficiently without compromising the result
announcement timelines. The final stage was a presentation
bythe tenderer to the Committee.
On the completion of the process, the Committee was satisfied
that Forvis Mazars had the capability and capacity to deliver an
audit to the required standard and was pleased to recommend to
the Board that it appoint Forvis Mazars as the Company’s auditors
for FY25 and beyond. The Board reviewed the Committee’s
tender process and confirmed the recommendation.
Since the Board’s decision to appoint Forvis Mazars as the
Company’s auditor for FY25, Forvis Mazars has been shadowing
the FY24 audit to get a greater understanding of the Company
and the key audit issues. Forvis Mazars will use this understanding
as a key part of its planning for its FY25 audit. Its appointment
issubject to shareholders’ approval at the 2024 AGM, when the
Company will propose its appointment. The Committee would
like to thank Deloitte for its work since its appointment in 2021
and is looking forward to working with Forvis Mazars in the future.
Code of Business Conduct violations and fraud
The Babcock Code of Business Conduct, which incorporates the
Group’s whistleblowing policy, contains arrangements for an
independent external service provider to receive, in confidence,
reports on suspected violations of the Code for reporting to the
Board and the Committee as appropriate. Please see page 86 for
further details. The Board regularly received reports on matters
relating to the Code.
135Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Remuneration Committee report
Dear fellow Shareholder
We, your Remuneration Committee, have had another busy year
supporting the Board by ensuring that there is a strong link between
strategy, stakeholder experience and executive reward. In FY24 the
Company produced strong revenue growth, underlying operating
profit up on last year (though there was a further loss on our Type 31
contract, which we fully recognised in FY24), underlying free cash
flow significantly in advance of expectations and long-term pension
funding plans agreed with two of our three large pension schemes.
We have reflected this performance in our discussions of the FY24
remuneration outcomes, which we have summarised on page 138,
with further detail from page 147. Before starting my report to you,
Iwould like to thank my fellow Committee members for their time
and commitment over the year.
Key facts
The Committee
Carl-Peter Forster has chaired the Committee since
September 2022 and has been a member of the Committee
since joining the Board in June 2020. The other Committee
members are currently John Ramsay, Lucy Dimes and Jane
Moriarty. Please see pages 112 and 113 for biographies
andpage 121 for attendance.
Highlights
Approval of the Company’s Remuneration policy by
shareholders at the 2023 AGM with a vote for of 98%
Review of FY24 remuneration outcomes
Deciding on the FY25 implementation of the
Remuneration policy
Key responsibilities
Oversight of reward matters across the Group
Maintenance of a strong link between strategy, stakeholder
experience and Executive Director reward
Approval of reward outcomes for the Executive Directors
Governance: Remuneration
Carl-Peter Forster
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
New Remuneration policy
As I explained in my letter last year, our key focus in FY23 was our
review of the Company’s Remuneration policy, which was due for
renewal. To ensure a successful outcome, we engaged extensively
with you, our shareholders, to understand your priorities. Our
engagement covered shareholders representing over 60% of the
Company’s share capital. We incorporated the feedback we received
from shareholders into our final policy, which we proposed to
shareholders at the AGM in September 2023. We were delighted
thatshareholders voted to approve our Remuneration policy with
avote for of 98%. I would like to thank all those who took part in our
consultation, as well as those voting for their time and support
oftheCompany.
Remuneration in FY24
I have mentioned the business context in which we took our decisions
over FY24 in my opening paragraph. We believe that the remuneration
outcomes summarised below reflect the Company’s performance and
the broader context, including shareholders’ experience and interests.
In summary, we approved the following outcomes:
FY24 Salary: We have moved our salary review to July for all employees
who are not subject to collective pay bargaining. We believe that this
population is the best comparator for the Executive Directors andtheir
pay review outcome is an important consideration when wediscuss
salary increases for the Executive Directors. In 2023, the increase for
those employees was 5%. In July 2023, we considered salary increases
for our Executive Directors. Mr Lockwood had already indicated that
he would decline any pay increase, but we concluded that, in light of
the Company’s performance, we would have offered him an increase
of 5%. In respect of Mr Mellors, we increased his salaryby 3.5%.
FY24 annual bonus: We decided to continue with substantially the
same structure for the FY24 annual bonus for Executive Directors as
we did for FY22 and FY23. It was based 80% on underlying financial
performance measures, split equally between underlying operating
cash flow (OCF) and underlying operating profit (OP). In line with past
practice, we maintained the percentage allocated to non-financial
measures at 20%. As in FY23, we adopted a wide range for the
performance targets and retained discretion to ensure that the
outcome aligned to the experience of the Group’s stakeholders.
136 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Forthe OP element of the FY24 bonus the Committee included the
full impact of the Type 31 loss in its calculation, leading to a zero
pay-out on this element. With the strong OCF performance, the
OCFelement paid out in full. On that basis, the Committee awarded
anannual bonus payout for FY24 of 59.6% of maximum for David
Lockwood and 58% of maximum for David Mellors. Please see page
147 for more detail.
2020 Performance Share Plan (PSP) awards: As we reported last year,
we granted the 2020 PSP award in December 2020 due to the impact
of COVID-19. At the time of the award, we scaled back the maximum
opportunity by 10% from a maximum of 200% of salary to 180%,
toreflect the Company’s share price performance prior to grant.
Thevesting of the awards was linked to two performance measures –
50% on cumulative underlying free cash flow (FCF) over three years
ending FY23 and 50% on relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over
three years ending 30 November 2023. In line with best practice
guidance from investors and representatives, we scaled back the grant
by a further 10% of salary due to the delay in finalising the FCF targets
caused by the Contract Profitability and Balance Sheet review.
We confirmed the outcome of the FCF measure in our FY23 Annual
Report (at 100% of this component), but we could not confirm the
outcome of the relative TSR measure until this Annual Report.
Weindicated in our FY23 Annual Report that the relative TSR measure
wastracking at zero vesting at the end of FY23. However, due to the
strong share price performance following the release of our FY23 results,
the final vesting outcome of the relative TSR element was assessed to
be 100%. As we had committed, before confirming the vesting, we
reviewed the award to determine whether we should apply any additional
downwards adjustment to address any windfall gains. Over the performance
period, the Company’s share price had risen by about 12%. We believe
that this recovery reflects the strategic actions taken by the Executive
Directors and are satisfied that there was no windfall gain. Therefore,
the Committee concluded not to apply any adjustment, particularly
given the up-front reduction which had been made at grant.
2021 PSP awards: We granted the 2021 PSP award in August 2021
with the same performance measures as the 2020 PSP grant –
underlying FCF and relative TSR, equally weighted and both over
thesame three-year performance period ending on 31 March 2024.
As we do for every grant, we reviewed the share price performance
over the year prior to the grant to satisfy ourselves that the award
ofthe full opportunity (then 200% of salary) was appropriate. We also
carefully considered the underlying FCF targets as we wanted to focus
the Executive Directors on delivering core performance. Therefore,
weset the targets to exclude certain cash flow items such as voluntary
excess pension deficit payments and operating model restructuring
costs. The outturn for the 2021 PSP grant will be 100% of the overall
award, reflecting Babcock’s strong performance over the performance
period. For more information, please see page 150.
2023 PSP grant: We granted the 2023 PSP award for the
ExecutiveDirectors in September 2023. In line with the approach
toimplementation that we disclosed in our FY23 Annual Report, we
set the award opportunity for the CEO at 250% of salary (within the
limits approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM) and refined the
PSPmeasures to align more closely with the drivers of the Company’s
long-term performance and strategy. The measures are underlying
free cash flow (an indicator of cash generation), underlying operating
margin (an important indicator of operating efficiency), organic
revenue growth (an indicator of business growth) and ESG (reflecting
the strategic importance of visible improvements, both due to
shareholder sentiment that companies need to play their part
inimproving the UK’s performance in this area and the increasing
importance of the ESG agenda to our people). We have set the targets
for each measure to ensure that they are appropriately stretching.
Formore detail, please see page 150.
Remuneration for FY25
As we did in FY24, we have continued to balance the wish of
shareholders that we incentivise our Executive Directors to deliver
theBoard’s strategic actions with the need to align the implementation
of the policy with shareholder interests.
We have done this as follows:
FY25 salary increase: In keeping with its usual practice, the Committee
reviewed the Executive Directors’ base salaries at the same time as
other UK employees not covered by collective bargaining. The
Committee’s review was informed by the average increase for those
employees, being the population that the Committee believes is the
best internal comparator for the Executive Directors. The Committee
also considered the differentiated approach implemented across
Babcock to rewarding individual performance (reinforcing our key
principle of consistency in the remuneration philosophy and principles
that underpin decision-making at all levels of the Company) whereby
employees making strong contributions are awarded with above-
average increases. Since his appointment, Mr Lockwood has delivered
a consistently strong performance in leading the reset of the
Company, a large and complex organisation, to the benefit of all its
stakeholders. Over the period of the reset, Mr Lockwood has accepted
only one very limited salary increase. To ensure that the Company is
adequately rewarding Mr Lockwood for his performance as well as
incentivising him to continue to lead and grow the Company for the
benefit of all its shareholders over the reset period, the Committee
resolved to increase Mr Lockwood’s salary more materially from 1 July
2024 by 11% to £905,760. The Committee considers the adjustment
to be commensurate with Mr Lockwood’s performance. The resulting
salary remains below that which would have resulted if salary
increases had been awarded at a lower rate than the average increase
for the workforce since Mr Lockwood’s appointment. The proposed
salary is also reflective of the competitive landscape in which the
Company competes for executive talent, being other FTSE aerospace
& defence companies and those of comparable scale and complexity
to Babcock. The Committee did consider the impact on operating
profit of the Type 31 contract loss but concluded the rationale for the
proposed salary increase remained robust, due to Mr Lockwood’s
further drive on management quality, his leveraging of the Group’s
functional capabilities to support the programme and the resulting
improvement plans.
In respect of Mr Mellors, the Committee increased his salary by 4%,
inline with the average increase for those UK employees not subject
to collective pay bargaining.
FY25 annual bonus: We will keep the structure of the Executive
Directors’ annual bonus consistent with that for FY24, with measures
based on underlying OCF, underlying OP and non-financial objectives.
The maximum award opportunity is 150% of salary and the Executive
Directors will defer 40% of any earned bonus into the Company’s
shares for three years. We have set the measures and targets, which
we will disclose in full in our report next year. Please see page 151
formore detail.
2024 PSP awards: We will grant awards under the PSP to the
Executive Directors later in 2024, covering the three-year period
FY25to FY27. We will continue with the measures we adopted for
the2023 PSP award (underlying free cash flow, underlying operating
margin, organic revenue growth and ESG), as we believe that they still
align closely with the drivers of the Company’s long-term performance
and strategy. We have set the targets for each measure to ensure that
they are appropriately stretching. For more detail, please see page 152.
Focus for FY25
We will continue to support the strategic aims of the Group through
our work on the Committee, in particular, through our implementation
of our Remuneration policy. As part of that, we will continue to engage
with our key stakeholders, our shareholders and employees, to
understand their views. We will use this engagement to ensure the
implementation of our Remuneration policy reflects best practice,
supports the Group’s strategic direction andincentivises employees
todeliver value to shareholders.
Again, thank you for your support. If you have any questions, I will
be at the 2024 AGM and would be happy to discuss them with you.
Carl-Peter Forster
Committee Chair
137Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Remuneration at a glance
Governance: Remuneration continued
This section provides an overview of the Company’s performance over FY24 and the remuneration received by our Executive Directors.
You can find full details in the Annual report on remuneration on pages 146 to 156.
FY24 remuneration outcomes
FY24 annual bonus
The Committee based the FY24 bonus on a mix of financial and non-financial measures; the performance targets for which
(and actual performance against these) are set out below. For a full description of the FY24 annual bonus, please see page 147.
Measures Warranted payout (% of maximum bonus) Performance targets
D Lockwood D Mellors
Underlying operating profit (OP)
1
40% Max 0% Outturn 40% Max 0% Outturn
Threshold £273.2m
Target £287.6m
Stretch £316.4m
Outturn £237.8m
Underlying operating cash flow (OCF)
1
40% Max 40% Outturn 40% Max 40% Outturn
Threshold £195.8m
Target £230.3m
Stretch £264.8m
Outturn £322.7m
Non-financial
2
20% Max 19.6% Outturn 20% Max 18% Outturn
Total 100% Max 59.6% Outturn 100% Max 58% Outturn
1. For definitions, please see the fuller description of the FY24 bonus on page 147.
2. The Committee has merged several measures into an overall assessment in this table for disclosure purposes.
2020 PSP
The Committee approved the 2020 PSP grant in December 2020, delayed due to COVID-19. Vesting was based 50% on underlying
free cash flow (FCF) over the three years to 31 March 2023 and 50% on relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over three years
to30 November 2023. Performance against both measures warranted 100% vesting.
% weighting
Threshold
performance
(16.7% vesting)
Stretch performance
(100% vesting) Outturn
1
Vesting
(% of overall award)
3-year FCF post exceptional items 50% £140m £210m £ 253m 50%
3-year TSR vs FTSE 350 (excluding investment
trusts and financial services) 50% Median TSR Median TSR + 9% pa Median TSR + 12.6% pa 50%
Total vesting 100%
1. As disclosed in last year’s report, the Committee adjusted the FCF outturn to exclude the cash flow impact of certain items, as the Committee wanted to focus
management on driving core performance. For more information, please see page 149.
2021 PSP
The Committee approved the 2021 PSP grant in August 2021. Vesting was based 50% on underlying free cash flow (FCF) and 50%
onrelative Total Shareholder Return (TSR), both over three years to 31 March 2024. Performance against both measures warranted
100% vesting.
% weighting
Threshold
performance (16.7%
vesting)
Stretch performance
(100% vesting) Outturn
1
Vesting
(% of overall award)
3-year FCF post exceptional items 50% £162m £244m £346.9m 50%
3-year TSR vs FTSE 350 (excluding investment
trusts and financial services) 50% Median TSR Median TSR + 9% pa
Median TSR +
25.7% pa 50%
Total vesting 100%
1. The Committee adjusted the FCF outturn to exclude the cash flow impact of certain items, as the Committee wanted to focus management on driving core
performance. For more information, please see page 150.
138 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Implementation of the Remuneration policy in FY25
For the current financial year, the Committee intends to implement the Remuneration policy as set out in the table below.
Element of remuneration Base salary Pension Benefits
Implementation for FY25 David Lockwood: £905,760
David Mellors: £614,840
The Committee reviewed the base salary of
the Executive Directors in June 2024 and
increased Mr Lockwood’s salary by 11% and
Mr Mellors’ salary by 4%.
10% of salary Unchanged from FY24
Element of remuneration Annual bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP) PSP
Implementation for FY25 The bonus structure is consistent with that
used for FY24, with awards of up to 150% of
salary based on the achievement of financial
targets, underlying operating profit (OP) and
underlying operating cash flow (OCF) (each
a 40% weighting) and non-financial measures
(a 20% weighting).
The Committee has maintained its normal
practice of paying 60% of any bonus earned
in cash, with the remaining 40% deferred
inshares for three years. For more detail,
please see page 151.
PSP awards of 250% and 200% of salary for the CEO
and CFO respectively, with vesting based on measures
the Committee believes are most appropriate:
underlying FCF (weighted 30%), underlying operating
margin (weighted 30%), organic revenue growth
(weighted 25%, and subject to a discretionary
operating margin underpin) and ESG (weighted 15%).
Alignment of the Remuneration policy
The Committee has assessed the policy as compliant with the pillars set out in paragraph 40 of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code:
Clarity The Committee believes that the disclosure of the remuneration arrangements is transparent, with clear
rationale provided on its maintenance and any changes to policy. The Committee remains committed
toconsulting with shareholders on the policy and its implementation.
Simplicity The policy and the Committee’s approach to its implementation are simple and well understood. The
performance measures used in the PSP, along with those in the annual bonus, align to Babcock’s strategy.
Risk The Committee has ensured that remuneration arrangements do not encourage or reward excessive risk-taking
by setting targets which are stretching, but achievable, with discretion to adjust formulaic annual bonus and PSP
outcomes, and with suitable underpins where necessary.
Predictability and
proportionality
The link of the performance measures to strategy and the setting of targets balances predictability and
proportionality by ensuring outcomes do not reward poor performance.
Culture The policy is consistent with Babcock’s culture as well as its strategy, therefore driving behaviours which
promote the long-term success of the Company for the benefit of all stakeholders.
Compliance statement
This report has been prepared in compliance with all relevant remuneration reporting regulations in force at the time and in respect
ofthe financial year under review.
This report contains both auditable and non-auditable information. The information subject to audit is marked.
139Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance: Remuneration continued
Remuneration policy report
Shareholders approved our current Remuneration policy at our 2023 AGM with a vote in favour of 98%.
We intend to apply the policy, which came into effect on 28 September 2023, for up to a three-year
period until we propose a new Remuneration policy to shareholders for their approval at the 2026 AGM
at the latest. You can find the current policy at www.babcockinternational.com/who-we-are/leadership-
and-governance.
Key principles of the Remuneration policy
Our Remuneration policy for Executive Directors reflects a preference that we believe the majority of our shareholders share – to rely
more heavily on the value of variable performance-related rewards than on the fixed elements of pay, to incentivise and reward success.
The Committee, therefore, weights the focus of executive remuneration towards performance-related pay with a particular emphasis
onlong-term performance. The Committee believes that, properly structured and with suitable safeguards, variable performance-related
rewards are the best way of linking pay to strategy, risk management and shareholders’ interests.
Remuneration policy for Executive Directors
Base salary
Purpose and link to strategy
To recruit and retain the best executive talent to execute our strategic objectives at appropriate cost.
Operation
The Committee reviews base salaries annually, with reference to the individual’s role, experience and performance;
salary levels at relevant comparators are considered, but do not in themselves drive decision-making.
Opportunity
The Committee anticipates that increases in salary for the wider employee population over the term of this policy
will guide it on any increases for the Executive Directors. In certain circumstances (including, but not limited to,
amaterial increase in job size or complexity, market forces, promotion or recruitment), the Committee has
discretion to make appropriate adjustments to salary levels to ensure they remain fair and competitive.
Performance metrics
Business and individual performance are considerations in setting base salary.
Pension
Purpose and link to strategy
To provide market-competitive retirement benefits.
Operation
Cash supplement in lieu (wholly or partly) of pension benefits for ongoing service and/or membership of the
Group’s defined benefit or defined contribution pension scheme.
Opportunity
Executive Directors receive pension benefits up to the value (10% of salary, as of FY25) equivalent to the maximum
level of pension benefits provided under the Company’s regular defined contribution pension plans as offered
tothe wider workforce in the relevant market as may be in effect or amended from time to time.
Performance metrics
Not performance-related.
Benefits
Purpose and link to strategy
Designed to be competitive in the market in which the Group employs the individual, or to meet costs effectively
incurred at the Company’s request.
Operation
The Group provides a range of benefits, which may include (but are not limited to): life insurance; medical
insurance; car and fuel benefits and allowances; home-to-work travel and related costs; and accommodation
benefits and related costs.
The Group may offer other benefits (eg relocation) if the Committee considers it appropriate and reasonable.
Opportunity
Benefit values vary by role and are periodically reviewed and set at a level that the Committee considers
appropriate in light of relevant market practice for the role and individual circumstances.
The cost of the benefits provided changes in accordance with market conditions, which will determine the maximum
amount that the Company would pay in the form of benefits during the period of this policy. The Committee
retains discretion to approve a higher cost in certain circumstances (eg relocation) or in circumstances where
factors outside the Company’s control have changed materially.
Performance metrics
Not performance-related.
140 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Annual bonus
Purpose and link
tostrategy
To underpin delivery of year-on-year financial performance and progress towards strategic non-financial objectives, being
structured to motivate delivery against targets and achievement of stretching outperformance, whilst mindful of the
achievement of long-term strategy and longer-term risks to the Company.
The requirement to defer a substantial part of the bonus into Company shares strengthens the link to long-term sustainable growth.
Operation
Performance targets are set at the start of the year and reflect the responsibilities of the Executive Directors in relation to the
delivery of our strategy.
At the end of the year, the Committee determines the extent to which the Group has achieved these targets. The Committee
has the discretion to adjust the outcome (up or down) within the limits of the plan for corporate transactions, unforeseen
events, factors outside reasonable management control, and changes to business priorities or operational arrangements, to
ensure targets represent and remain a fair measure of performance. In addition, the Committee considers health and safety
performance and may reduce or cancel any annual bonus otherwise payable if it considers it appropriate to do so in light of
that performance.
The Committee defers at least 40% of annual bonus payments for Executive Directors into Company shares for three years.
Dividend equivalents accrued during the deferral period are payable in respect of deferred shares when (and to the extent)
these vest.
Malus and clawback provisions apply to cash and deferred bonus awards until the third anniversary of the payment/vesting
date: if the accounts used to determine the bonus level have to be materially corrected; if the Committee subsequently comes
to a view that bonus year performance was materially worse than originally believed; in the event of gross misconduct; or
ifthe award holder leaves employment in circumstances in which the deferred bonus did not lapse and facts emerge which,
ifknown at the time, would have caused the deferred bonus to lapse on leaving or would have caused the Committee to
exercise any discretion differently.
Opportunity
Maximum bonus opportunity is 150% of salary.
For achievement of threshold, the Executive Directors earn up to 15% of maximum bonus; for achievement of target, they earn
up to 55% of maximum bonus.
Performance
metrics
The Committee determines performance on an annual basis by reference to Group financial measures, eg underlying PBT,
underlying OCF, as well as the achievement of non-financial objectives.
The weighting on non-financial objectives is limited to 20%, unless the Committee believes exceptional circumstances merit
ahigher weighting.
The Committee retains discretion to vary the financial measures and their weightings annually, to ensure alignment with the
business priorities for the year.
Performance Share Plan (PSP)
Purpose and link to
strategy
To incentivise delivery of sustainable value creation over the longer term.
Long-term measures guard against the Company taking short-term steps to maximise annual rewards at the expense of future
performance.
Operation
The Committee has the ability to grant nil-cost options or conditional share awards under the PSP.
The Committee reviews award levels and performance conditions, on which vesting depends, from time to time to ensure
they remain appropriate.
Participants will receive cash or shares equal to the value of any dividends that they would have received over the vesting
period on awards that vest.
The Committee has the ability to exercise discretion to override the PSP outcome in circumstances where strict application
ofthe performance conditions would produce a result inconsistent with the Company’s remuneration principles.
An additional two-year holding period will apply to Executive Directors’ vested PSP awards before the Company releases them.
Malus and clawback provisions apply to PSP awards until the third anniversary of the payment/vesting date: if there is a
misstatement of the Group’s financial results for any period; if the Committee subsequently comes to a view that performance
was materially worse than originally believed; in the event of gross misconduct; or if the award holder leaves employment in
circumstances in which the award did not lapse and facts emerge which, if known at the time, would have caused the award
to lapse on leaving or caused the Committee to exercise any discretion differently.
Opportunity
Maximum annual PSP award opportunity is 250% of base pay.
16.7% of the maximum award opportunity will vest for threshold performance.
Performance
metrics
Vesting of PSP awards is subject to continued employment and Company performance over a three-year performance period.
The Committee intends to base PSP awards made during the life of this policy on the achievement of stretching targets that
align to key drivers of strategy (including, but not limited to, free cash flow, operating margin, organic revenue growth and ESG).
The Committee will review the performance measures, their weightings and performance targets annually to ensure
continued alignment with Company strategy.
141Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance: Remuneration continued
All-employee plans – Babcock Employee Share Plan
Purpose and link to strategy
To encourage employee ownership of Company shares.
Operation
Open to all UK tax-resident employees, including Executive Directors, of participating Group companies.
The plan is an HMRC-approved share incentive plan that allows an employee to purchase shares out of pre-tax
salary which, if held for a period approved by HMRC (currently three to five years), are taxed on a favourable basis.
The Company can match purchased shares with an award of free shares.
Opportunity
Participants can purchase shares up to the prevailing HMRC limit from time to time.
The Company currently offers to match purchases made through the plan at the rate of one free matching share
for every 10 shares purchased. The Committee reviews the matching rate periodically, but it will remain bound
bythe prevailing HMRC limit.
Performance metrics
Not performance-related.
Approach to recruitment remuneration
In the case of hiring or appointing a new Executive Director, the
Committee may make use of any of the components of remuneration
(and subject to the same limits) set out in the policy above.
In determining appropriate remuneration for new Executive
Directors, the Committee will take into consideration all relevant
factors (including quantum, the nature of remuneration and from
where the Company recruited the candidate) to ensure that
arrangements are in the best interests of the Company and its
shareholders. The Committee may also make an award in respect
of a new external appointment to ‘replace’ incentive
arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer over and
above the limits set out in the policy in the table above. In doing
so, the Committee will consider relevant factors, including any
performance conditions attached to these awards, time to vesting
and the likelihood of those conditions being met. The fair value
ofthe compensatory award would not be greater than the awards
the Company was replacing. In order to facilitate like-for-like
compensatory awards on recruitment, the Committee may avail
itself of the relevant Listing Rule, if required.
When appointing a new Executive Director by way of promotion
from an internal role, the pay structure will be consistent with the
policy for external hires detailed above. Where an individual has
contractual commitments, outstanding incentive awards and/or
pension arrangements prior to their promotion to Executive
Director, the Company may honour those arrangements;
however, where appropriate the Committee would expect these
to transition over time to the arrangements stated above.
When recruiting a new Non-Executive Director, the Committee
orBoard will structure pay in line with the existing policy, namely
a base fee in line with the current fee schedule, with additional
fees for fulfilling the role of Senior Independent Director, Chair
ofthe Audit and Remuneration Committees, and Director
designated for employee engagement.
Payments from existing awards
and commitments
Executive Directors are eligible to receive payment from any award
or other commitment made prior to the approval and implementation
of the Remuneration policy detailed in this report.
Performance measure selection and approach
to target setting
The Committee selects measures used under the annual bonus
plans annually to reflect the Group’s main strategic objectives for
the year. They reflect both financial and non-financial priorities.
The Committee sets performance targets to be stretching
butachievable, considering the Company’s strategic priorities
andtheeconomic environment in which the Company operates.
TheCommittee sets financial targets taking into account a range
of reference points, including the Group’s strategic and
operating plan.
The Committee considers at length the appropriate financial
conditions and non-financial objectives to attach to annual bonus
awards as well as the financial targets to attach to share awards
to ensure they continue to be: (i) relevant to the Group’s strategic
objectives and aligned with shareholders’ interests, mindful of risk
management; and (ii) fair by being suitably stretching whilst realistic.
The Committee has discretion to adjust the calculation of short-
and long-term performance outcomes in circumstances where
application of the formula would produce a result inconsistent
with the Company’s remuneration principles. Such circumstances
may include changes in accounting standards and certain major
corporate events such as rights issues, share buybacks, special
dividends, corporate restructurings, acquisitions and disposals.
The Committee reviews the performance conditions for share
awards prior to the start of each cycle to ensure they remain
appropriate. The Committee would not make a material reduction
in long-term incentive targets for future awards without prior
consultation with our major shareholders.
Executive Director and general
employee remuneration
The policy with regard to the remuneration of senior executives
below the Board is broadly consistent with that for the Executive
Directors, in that it weights remuneration to variable components
which are delivered through an annual bonus and equity-based
incentives, albeit that restricted stock awards, and not the PSP,
are used for participants below Board level. The Committee
considers the Remuneration policy for our Executive Directors
with the remuneration philosophy and principles that underpin
remuneration for the wider Group in mind. The remuneration
arrangements for other employees reflect local market practice
and the seniority of each role. As a result, the levels and structure
of remuneration for different groups of employees will differ from
the policy for executives as set out above, but with the common
intention that remuneration arrangements for all groups might
reasonably be considered to be fair having regard to such factors.
142 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
0
1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000
Minimum
On-target
Maximum
Maximum
+50%
0
500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000
Minimum
On-target
Maximum
Maximum
+50%
Chief Executive
David Lockwood (£’000)
24%
50%
29%
33% 17%
47%
£4,282
£2,032
100%
£1,018
Chief Financial Officer
David Mellors (£’000)
24%
49%
32%
36% 15%
44% £2,734
19% 23%
58%
20% 27%
53%
£3,325
£1,350
100%
£665
£5,302
Fixed Bonus PSP
Balance of remuneration for
Executive Directors
The charts below provide an estimate of the potential future
reward opportunities for the Executive Directors, and the
potential split between the different elements of remuneration
under four different performance scenarios: ‘Minimum’,
‘On-target’, ‘Maximum’ and ‘Maximum+50%’.
Potential reward opportunities are based on the Company’s
Remuneration policy and implementation in FY25, as outlined in
the Committee Chair’s statement and later in the Annual report
on remuneration, applied to base salaries as at 1 April 2024. Note
that the projected values exclude the impact of any share price
movements except in the ‘Maximum+50%’ scenario.
The ‘Minimum’ scenario shows base salary, pension (and/or pay
inlieu of pension) and taxable benefits (ie fixed remuneration).
These are the only elements of the Executive Directors’
remuneration packages that are not at risk.
The ‘On-target’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration as above,
plusa payout of 55% of the annual bonus and threshold vesting
of16.7% of the maximum award under the PSP.
The ‘Maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full
payout of all incentives (150% of salary under the annual bonus,
250% of salary under the PSP for the CEO and 200% for the CFO).
The ‘Maximum+50%’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus
fullpayout of all incentives with the value of the PSP also
reflecting an increase of 50% in the share price from grant.
Shareholding guidelines for
Executive Directors
The Committee sets shareholding guidelines for the Executive
Directors. The current guideline is to build and maintain, over
time, a personal (and/or spousal) holding of shares in the
Company equivalent in value to at least twice the Executive
Director’s annual base salary (three times for the CEO). Executive
Directors are expected to retain at least half of any shares
acquired on the exercise of a share award that remain after
thesale of sufficient shares to cover tax and national insurance
triggered by the exercise (and associated dealing costs) until the
guideline level is achieved and thereafter maintained.
The shareholding requirements include a post-cessation extension
such that departing Executive Directors will be required to hold
vested Company shares, received through incentive plans granted
from FY21 onwards, for two years at a level equal to the lower
oftheir actual shareholding on cessation and the in-post
shareholding requirement. Any shares purchased by an Executive
Director will not be part of this holding requirement.
Details of Directors’ service contracts and
exitpayments and treatment of awards
onachange of control
The following summarises the key terms (excluding remuneration)
of the Executive Directors’ service contracts:
Executive Directors
Name Date of service contract Notice period
David Lockwood
(Chief Executive)
29 July 2020 12 months from
Company,
12 months from
Director
David Mellors
(Chief Financial Officer)
29 September
2020
12 months from
Company,
12 months from
Director
The latest service contracts are available for inspection at the
Company’s registered office and will also be available at the
Company’s Annual General Meeting.
The Company’s policy is that Executive Directors’ service contracts
should be capable of being terminated by the Company on not
more than 12 months’ notice. The Executive Directors’ service
contracts entitle the Company to terminate their employment
without notice by making a payment of salary and benefits in lieu
of notice. Under the Executive Directors’ contracts, the Company
may choose to make the payment in lieu by monthly instalments
and mitigation applies such that the Committee may decide
toreduce or discontinue further instalments.
143Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance: Remuneration continued
In addition to the contractual provisions regarding payment on termination set out above, the Company’s incentive plans contain
provisions for termination of employment, where the Committee has the discretion to determine the level of award vesting as described
in the table below.
Name Treatment on a change of control Treatment for a good leaver* Treatment for other leavers
Annual bonus Will be paid a time pro-rated
proportion, subject to performance
during the year, generally paid
immediately, with Committee
discretion to treat otherwise.
Will be paid a time pro-rated
proportion, subject to performance
during the year, generally paid at the
year end, with Committee discretion
to treat otherwise.
No annual bonus entitlement, unless
the Committee exercises discretion
to treat otherwise.
Deferred bonus
awards
Participants may exercise award in
full on the change of control, with
Committee discretion to treat
otherwise.
Entitled to retain any award, which
will generally vest at the normal
vesting date, with Committee
discretion to treat otherwise.
Outstanding awards are forfeited
unless the Committee exercises
itsdiscretion to treat otherwise.
PSP Awards generally vest immediately
and, for performance-related awards,
will be pro-rated for time and remain
subject to performance conditions,
with Committee discretion to treat
otherwise.
Entitled to retain a time pro-rated
proportion, which remains subject to
performance conditions tested at the
normal vesting date. In very
exceptional circumstances, the
Committee has discretion to allow
immediate vesting, but time
pro-rating will always apply.
Outstanding awards are forfeited
unless the Committee exercises
discretion to treat otherwise.
* An individual would generally be considered a ‘good leaver’ if they leave the Group’s employment by reason of injury, ill-health, disability, redundancy or
retirement. The treatment of share awards held by Directors who leave on other grounds is entirely at the discretion of the Committee, and in deciding whether
(and the extent to which) it would be appropriate to exercise that discretion the Committee will have regard to all the circumstances.
External appointments of Directors
The Directors may accept external appointments with the prior approval of the Chair, provided that such appointments do not prejudice
the individual’s ability to fulfil their duties for the Group. Any fees for outside appointments are retained by the Director. The Chair will
approve such appointments, as the Board believes it is beneficial for Directors to gain experience of practice in other organisations.
However, before approving any appointment, she must satisfy herself that there are no conflict issues with the Company (or they can
beappropriately dealt with) and the Director will have sufficient time to devote to the Company. During the year, David Lockwood
joined the board of John Wood Group PLC as a non-executive director. The Chair was satisfied that the appointment would not detract
from his role as CEO and the exchange of experience and practice would be beneficial.
Chair and Non-Executive Directors
Name Date of appointment as a Director Date of current appointment letter
Anticipated expiry of present term of
appointment (subject to annual re-election)
Ruth Cairnie (Chair) 3 April 2019 28 March 2022 AGM 2025
Lucy Dimes 1 April 2018 28 May 2021 AGM 2024
Carl-Peter Forster 1 June 2020 30 March 2023 AGM 2026
Lord Parker 10 November 2020 30 March 2023 AGM 2026
John Ramsay 6 January 2022 5 January 2022 AGM 2025
Jane Moriarty 1 December 2022 1 December 2022 AGM 2025
Sir Kevin Smith 1 June 2023 31 May 2023 AGM 2026
Claudia Natanson 1 March 2024 12 February 2024 AGM 2027
The Group’s Non-Executive Directors serve under letters of appointment as detailed in the table above, normally for no more than
three-year terms at a time; however, in all cases appointments are terminable at will at any time by the Company or the Director.
All Non-Executive Directors are subject to annual re-election by the Company in general meeting in line with the UK Corporate
Governance Code.
The latest written terms of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office and at the Company’s Annual
General Meeting. The expected time commitment of Non-Executive Directors is set out in their current written terms of appointment.
Details of the Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment are shown in the table. The appointment and re-appointment, and the
remuneration, of Non-Executive Directors are matters reserved for the Nominations Committee and Executive Directors, respectively.
The Non-Executive Directors’ fees have been set at a level to reflect the amount of time and level of involvement required in order
tocarry out their duties as members of the Board and its Committees. The Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the
Company’s performance-related incentive plans and do not receive any pension contributions.
144 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Details of the policy on fees paid to our Non-Executive Directors are set out in the table below:
Function Operation Opportunity
Performance
measures
To attract and retain
high-calibre Non-
Executive Directors
with commercial and
other experience
relevant to the
Company
Fee levels are reviewed against market practice from time
to time (by the Chair and the Executive Directors in the
case of Non-Executive Director fees and by the Committee
in respect of fees payable to the Chair). Additional fees are
payable for additional responsibilities such as acting as
Senior Independent Director, Chair of the Audit
Committee, Chair of the Remuneration Committee and
Director designated for employee engagement.
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any
incentive schemes, nor do they receive any pension or
benefits (other than the cost of travel and accommodation
expenses).
The Company reviews fee levels by reference to FTSE listed
companies of similar size and complexity. It takes into
account time commitment, level of involvement required
and responsibility when it reviews fee levels. This may
result in higher fee levels for overseas Directors.
Non-Executive Director fee increases
are applied in line with the outcome
of the periodic fee review.
Any increases to the Non-Executive
Director fee will typically be in line
with general movements in market
levels of Non-Executive Director
fees. In the event that there is
amaterial misalignment with the
market or a change in the complexity,
responsibility or time commitment
required to fulfil a Non-Executive
Director role, the Board has
discretion to make an appropriate
adjustment to the fee level.
None
Consideration of employee views
When reviewing Executive Directors’ remuneration, the
Committee is aware of the proposals for remuneration of all
employees. When considering executive pay, the Committee
takes into account the experience of employees and their pay.
The Committee considers these matters when it conducts its
annual review of executive remuneration.
The Company seeks to promote and maintain good relationships
with employee representative bodies as part of its employee
engagement strategy and consults on matters affecting
employees and business performance as required. The Committee
engages with employees through its Annual Report, which sets
out in detail executive pay. However, in addition, the Company
also engages directly with employees through the Global People
Survey and through the ‘ask David’ email; and indirectly through
an in-person meeting between the Chair of the Remuneration
Committee and the Shadow Executive Committee, a committee
made up of representatives from across the Group. At the FY24
meetings, the Chief HR Officer explained the Company’s approach
to executive pay, including that of the Executive Directors.
TheCommittee takes any feedback it receives into account in
itsdecision-making on executive remuneration.
Consideration of shareholder views
When determining remuneration, the Committee takes into
account the views of shareholders and best practice guidelines
issued by institutional shareholder bodies. The Committee
welcomes feedback from shareholders on the Remuneration
policy and arrangements. It commits to consulting with leading
shareholders in advance of any significant changes to the
Remuneration policy. In developing the policy set out in this
report, we consulted with shareholders representing c.60% of our
issued share capital, as well as shareholder representative bodies.
We had a good level of engagement and are pleased to report
that virtually all investors who provided feedback indicated
support for the approach initially proposed.
The Committee will continue to monitor trends and developments
in corporate governance and market practice toensure the
structure of executive remuneration remains appropriate.
145Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
The Committee
The Board appoints the members of the Committee on the
recommendation of the Nominations Committee. In accordance
with the UK Corporate Governance Code, only independent
Non-Executive Directors are members of the Committee.
In total there were seven meetings in the year to 31 March 2024.
The Chair and the CEO attend meetings by invitation, as does
theCFO on occasion, but they are not present when their
ownremuneration is being decided. The Chief HR Officer also
attends meetings.
The terms of reference for the Committee are available for
inspection on the Company’s website. The Committee reviewed
them during the year. Duties of the Committee include the
setting of the policy for the remuneration of the Executive
Directors and the Chair, as well as their specific remuneration
packages. In determining the Remuneration policy, the
Committee takes into account all factors which it deems
necessary to ensure that the Company provides members of
thesenior executive management of the Group with appropriate
incentives to encourage strong performance and rewards them
for their individual contributions to the success of the Company
ina fair and responsible manner. The composition of the
Committee and its terms of reference comply with the provisions
of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
Advisors
Ellason advised the Committee during the year. Ellason reports
directly to the Committee Chair and provides objective and
independent analysis, information and advice on all aspects of
executive remuneration and market practice, within the context
of the objectives and policy set by the Committee. A representative
from Ellason typically attends Committee meetings. Ellason
alsoprovides participant communications, performance reporting
and Non-Executive Directors’ fee benchmarking services to the
Company. Ellason is a member of the Remuneration Consultants
Group and a signatory to the Code of Conduct for consultants
toremuneration committees of UK listed companies.
Please see www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com for details.
Summary of shareholder voting
The following table shows the results of the last binding shareholder vote on the Remuneration policy, as well as the advisory vote on
the Annual report on remuneration, at the 2023 AGM:
2023 Remuneration policy 2023 Annual report on remuneration
Votes cast Total number of votes % of votes cast for and against Total number of votes % of votes cast for and against
For (including discretionary) 363,326,457 98.29% 361,090,369 98.29%
Against 6,310,888 1.71% 6,296,171 1.71%
Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes) 369,637,345 100% 367,386,540 100%
Votes withheld 230,578 2,481,383
Total votes cast (including withheld votes) 369,867,923 369,867,923
Ellason adheres to this Code of Conduct. The Company paid fees
to Ellason in respect of work for the Committee carried out in the
year under review totalling £65,585 based on time and materials,
excluding expenses and VAT.
The Committee reviews Ellason’s involvement each year and
considers any other relationships that it has with the Company
that may limit its independence. Ellason has no relationship with
the Company or its Directors beyond those formed in its capacity
as appointed advisor to the Committee. The Committee is satisfied
that the advice provided by Ellason is objective and independent.
Matters considered
The Committee considered a number of matters during the year
to 31 March 2024, including:
renewing the Remuneration policy bearing in mind market
trends and corporate governance best practice
reviewing the Committee’s terms of reference
considering trends in executive remuneration, remuneration
governance and investor views
reviewing share ownership guidelines for senior executives
approving the Directors’ Remuneration report
reviewing the continued appointment of the Committee’s
independent advisors
making share awards under the Company’s share plans
approving the performance measures and targets to be applied
under the Company’s PSP
approving Executive Director salaries for the financial year
considering performance targets and non-financial objectives
forthe FY25 annual bonus plan
approving the level of vesting of the 2020 and 2021 PSP awards
considering performance against the measures applied to,
andlevel of payout of, the FY23 annual bonus
agreeing the level of, and targets for, 2023 PSP awards
Governance: Remuneration continued
Annual report on remuneration
146 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors for FY24 (audited)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Executive Director.
David Lockwood David Mellors
FY24 £’000 FY23 £’000 FY24 £’000 FY23 £’000
Fixed remuneration
Salary
1
816 816 586 571
Benefits in kind and cash
2
120 121 15 15
Pension
3
82 82 59 57
Annual variable remuneration
Annual bonus (cash)
4
438 433 306 298
DBP (deferred annual bonus plan)
5
292 289 204 199
Long-term incentives
PSP
6
2,152 1,540 1,507 1,078
Dividends
7
8 7 5 5
Total (of which) 3,908 3,288 2,682 2,223
Total fixed remuneration
1,2,3
1,018 1,019 660 643
Total variable remuneration
4,5,6,7
2,890 2,269 2,022 1,580
The figures have been calculated as follows:
1. Salary: Base salary amount paid in the year.
2. Benefits in kind and cash: The value of benefits and salary supplements (other than those in lieu of pensions) including medical insurance, home to work travel
expenses incurred at the request of the Company, accommodation-related benefits, car and fuel benefits and costs in connection with accommodation. David
Lockwood in FY24 received £98,110 in connection with his accommodation costs in London, which were, at the Company’s request, to enable him to lead the
business effectively.
3. Pension: The numbers above represent for each year the value of the cash supplement, which for David Lockwood and David Mellors was 10% of base salary.
4. Annual bonus (cash): This is the 60% of total annual bonus earned for performance during the year (see pages 148 and 149 that is not required to be mandatorily
deferred into shares under the DBP (see page 141) and is paid in cash.
5. DBP: This is the mandatorily deferred element of the annual bonus earned for performance during the year (40% of earned bonus), which will vest after three years.
6. PSP: The 2020 award was granted in December 2020 at a grant price of 352.47p, with vesting based 50% on cumulative FCF to the end of FY23 and 50% on
relative TSR over the three years to 30 November 2023. The value (£631k for David Lockwood and £442k for David Mellors) in the table in the FY23 Annual
Report reflected 100% vesting of the FCF component and an expectation of zero vesting of the TSR component. However, the final outturn for the relative TSR
was100% vesting after a strong share price performance following the announcement of the FY23 results. The 2020 PSP values reported above true up the 2020
PSP using a share price at vesting of 399p, of which the values attributable to share price appreciation over the vesting period were £180k and £126k for David
Lockwood and David Mellors, respectively. The trued-up value of the FCF component was £770k for David Lockwood and £539k for David Mellors. The trued-up
value of the TSR component was £770k for David Lockwood and £539k for David Mellors. The 2021 PSP award was granted in August 2021 with a three-year
performance period to 31 March 2024 and will vest in August 2024. The values in the table are based on 100% of the award vesting at an average share price
forthe three months to 31 March 2024 of 475.74p. The values attributable to share price appreciation over the 2021 PSP vesting period are presently estimated
to31 March 2024, at £552k and £387k for David Lockwood and David Mellors, respectively.
7. Dividends: The Company declared an interim dividend at HY24 prior to the vesting of the 2020 PSP award in November. The dividend accrued to both the 2020
and 2021 awards and will be payable in cash on exercise of the award.
Neither of the Executive Directors participated in a Group pension scheme or otherwise received pension benefits from the Group
forservice during the year to 31 March 2024. They instead received a cash supplement equal to 10% of salary. There are no additional
early retirement benefits.
Supplements paid in lieu of pension do not count for pension, share award or bonus purposes.
Directors benefit from life assurance cover of four times base salary. The cost of providing that life assurance cover was:
Director FY24 £’000 pa FY23 £’000
David Lockwood 4 4
David Mellors 3 3
FY24 annual bonus (audited)
The Committee based the FY24 annual bonus on a mix of financial and non-financial measures. The financial element, weighted 80%,
was based equally on Group underlying operating cash flow and Group underlying operating profit performance (based on budgeted
foreign exchange rates) against budget. There was nil payout under the underlying operating profit element due to the impact of
Type31; the underlying operating cash flow element paid out in full due to the strong cash performance of the Group. The non-financial
measures were principally the themes that the Committee considers to be of material importance to the continued success of the Company.
The Committee concluded that the outturn for the non-financial measures should be a 98% payout for Mr Lockwood and a90% payout
for Mr Mellors. The Committee was satisfied that the total outturn of the FY24 bonus, of 59.6% of maximum for MrLockwood and 58.0%
of maximum for Mr Mellors, reflected the Company’s performance over the year and aligned to shareholder experience.
147Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance: Remuneration continued
The table below summarises performance against each financial measure, and the bonus outcome.
Bonus element Threshold
1
Target Maximum Outturn David Lockwood David Mellors
Achieving budgeted underlying
operating cash flow
2
£195.8m £230.3m £264.8m £322.7m
Maximum potential
(% of salary) 60% 60%
Outturn (% of salary) 60% 60%
Achieving budgeted underlying
operating profit
3
£273.2m £287.6m £316.4m £237.8m
Maximum potential
(% of salary) 60% 60%
Outturn (% of salary) 0% 0%
Non-financial objectives
4
Maximum potential
(% of salary) 30% 30%
Outturn (% of salary) 29.4% 27.0%
Total Maximum potential
(% of salary) 150% 150%
Outturn (% of salary) 89.4% 87.0%
1. Threshold vesting is: 18.8% of maximum for the operating profit and cash flow elements, and 0% for non-financial measures. In line with our policy, overall vesting
at threshold is no more than 15% when all measures are considered. Vesting outcomes are determined on a straight-line sliding scale for performance outturns
between threshold and target, and between target and maximum.
2. After capital expenditure and before pension payments in excess of the income statement charge. For further detail, please see page 28.
3. For the definition, please see page 40. Our FY23 report incorrectly stated that the FY24 annual bonus would use underlying PBT. In fact, the Committee had
adopted underlying operating profit because it is a headline measure of the Group’s performance and more relevant to all the participants in the annual bonus
scheme.
4. Further details on the non-financial objectives set for FY24 are given below.
FY24 annual bonus non-financial measures
The Committee set non-financial objectives for David Lockwood and David Mellors at the start of the year around strategic management
‘Themes’ of strategy, people and culture, and ESG, as the Committee believed these themes align to the Company’s turnaround.
David Lockwood
Theme Objective and assessment Assessment
Strategy: Strengthen
position in the UK
Significant progress ahead of Board expectations, including:
Contract backlog up to £10.3 billion driven by Nuclear and Marine
Achieved operation service commencement of the Skynet Service Delivery Wrap space
communications contract
Commenced deep maintenance on the second of the UK’s Vanguard Class nuclear submarine
on improved contract terms
Finalising the DSG contract five-year extension with the UK MOD
Exceeded
expectations
Strategy: Grow
international business
and strengthen
capability
Exceptional progress including:
Delivered three Arrowhead 140 licences on the MIECZNIK Class frigate for the Polish Navy
Strengthened strategic relationships with HII (by entering into a global strategic agreement to
collaborate on naval and civil nuclear decommissioning and construction opportunities in the
UK and the US, and by signing a MoU to collaborate in Australia to support the AUKUS nuclear
submarine endeavour) and SAAB (by signing a strategic cooperation agreement to enable the
delivery of enhanced capabilities to customers)
Awarded second Land contract to deliver ground and equipment support to the French Navy,
Army and Air Force
Exceeded
expectations
Strategy: Drive
operational
transformation
Strong progress towards delivering our medium-term guidance, achieved through a
combination of improved execution and delivery, supported by new approach to global risk
monitoring and end-to-end technical governance framework
Exceeded
expectations
People and culture:
Strengthen Babcock’s
capability to secure
the workforce and
leadership it requires
Strong progress, evidenced by a 4% improvement in overall employee engagement as well as a
5% improvement across all engagement factors relating to senior leadership, increased internal
mobility of the senior leadership team with 20% in new roles over the year, and the launch of
the Babcock Skills Academy in Devonport to develop submarine support capabilities in a
growing workforce
Exceeded
expectations
ESG: Strengthen
Babcock’s ESG
credentials
Good progress with the Company’s Net Zero targets being validated by the Science Based
Targets initiative
Met
expectations
148 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
David Mellors
Theme Objective and assessment Assessment
Strategy:
Improve Group
financial base stability
Better than expected free cash flow with operational performance and early customer receipts
affording an accelerated £35 million pension deficit repair contribution and an underlying
136% operating cash conversion. Strengthened financial base reflected in S&P Global credit
rating upgrade for the second time in 15 months to BBB+ (stable)
Exceeded
expectations
Strategy: Drive
operational
transformation and
performance
Good progress on the control enhancement and risk management programme with the
embedding of the ‘Blueprint’ controls, the improvements to the global risk management
process, and the establishment of a new insourced Internal Audit function
Met
expectations
People and culture Good progress with the enhancement of the Group’s Finance function with new hires made
andimprovement across all employee engagement factors within the Finance function
Exceeded
expectations
ESG Progress on the Company’s Carbon Reduction Plans with the validation of its Net Zero targets
from the Science Based Targets initiative
Met
expectations
As it does every year, the Committee reviewed the Company’s health and safety performance as it is an underpin for the annual bonus.
The Committee considered the totality of the Group’s health and safety environment over the year including the improved reporting
culture as well as the changes made over the year and decided not to exercise its discretion.
The FY24 bonus outcomes for each Executive Director are as follows (40% of which will be deferred under the DBP):
Payment for financial targets
(% salary)
Payment for non-financial
targets (% salary) Total bonus (% salary) Total bonus (£’000)
David Lockwood 60% 29.4% 89.4% 730
David Mellors 60% 27.0% 87.0% 510
Long-term incentive scheme (PSP) awards vesting during the year (audited)
2020 PSP
The Executive Directors were granted PSP awards on 1 December 2020, delayed due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Thevalues of the awards were scaled back by 10% from 200% of salary to 180% of salary, to reflect the share price decline in the period
prior to the grant. In line with best practice guidance from investors and their representatives, the Committee subsequently further
scaled back the award opportunities by a further 10% of salary at the time of finalising the underlying free cash flow (FCF) targets,
torecognise the delay in finalising the targets pending the conclusion by the Company of the Contract Profitability and Balance Sheet
review in 2021. The Committee recognises that 2020 was an uncertain period for the business and considers the reductions to the
2020 PSP award quantum to be appropriate in the circumstances. Vesting of the awards was based on cumulative underlying free cash
flow (FCF) and relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR), with each measure having equal weighting. The performance period for these
awards was the three financial years through to 31 March 2023 for cumulative FCF, and the three years starting on the date of grant
(1December 2020) for relative TSR. Through to the end of FY23 the vesting of the FCF component was 100%, as a result of strong
underlying cash generation. In respect of the relative TSR component, the Committee indicated in its FY23 report that, as of 31March
2023, Babcock’s performance was below Median TSR, implying nil vesting at that time. However, due to the performance of Babcock’s
share price after the release of its FY23 results, the relative TSR component vested at 100% at the end of the TSR performance period
(of30 November 2023). Awards remain subject to a two-year holding period. At the time of approving the vesting of the awards,
theCommittee concluded that no further adjustments were necessary to address windfall gains, which it concluded had not arisen.
% weighting
Threshold performance
(16.7% vesting)
Stretch performance
(100% vesting) Adjusted performance
Vesting
(% of overall award)
3-year adjusted underlying FCF 50% £140m £210m £253m 50%
3-year TSR vs FTSE 350 (excluding
investment trusts and financial services) 50% Median TSR Median TSR + 9% pa Median TSR + 12.6% pa 50%
Awards vest on a straight-line sliding scale between threshold and stretch.
149Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance: Remuneration continued
2021 PSP
The Committee granted the Executive Directors PSP awards in August 2021. Vesting of the awards is based on cumulative underlying
free cash flow (FCF) and relative Total Shareholder Return, equally weighted. The performance period for these awards was the three
financial years 1 April 2021 through to 31 March 2024. When setting the underlying FCF targets, the Committee agreed at the time
that it would be appropriate to exclude the cash flow impact of certain items, such as voluntary excess pension deficit payments and
theoperating model restructuring costs, and an Italian fine to ensure that the Committee was appropriately incentivising the Executive
Directors to drive core performance. In determining the outturn of the underlying FCF element of the 2021 PSP award, the Committee
excluded the cash flow impact for these items, which increased underlying FCF performance by £190 million for the excess pension
contributions, £56 million for the deferred VAT payment, £40 million for the operating model restructuring costs and £15 million
forthe Italian fine.
% weighting
Threshold performance
(16.7% vesting)
Stretch performance
(100% vesting) Adjusted performance
Vesting
(% of overall award)
3-year adjusted underlying FCF 50% £162m £244m £346.9m 50%
3-year TSR vs FTSE 350 (excluding
investment trusts and financial services) 50% Median TSR Median TSR + 9% pa Median TSR + 25.7% pa 50%
The Committee was satisfied that the outcomes against the measures were reflective of the underlying performance of the Company
and no discretion was applied. As a result, the Executive Directors’ 2021 awards will vest in full in August 2024 (though subject to
atwo-year holding period from that date).
Long-term incentive scheme (PSP) award granted during FY24 (audited)
The Committee granted PSP awards in the form of nil-cost options in September 2023 to the Executive Directors, consistent with the
Remuneration policy.
Director Number of shares
1
Face value
2
Face value (% of salary)
3
% of award receivable for
threshold performance
David Lockwood 520,408 £2,039,999 250% 16.7%
David Mellors 301,628 £1,182,382 200% 16.7%
1. Awards are in the form of nil-cost options.
2. Based on three-day average share price (of 392p) at time of grant.
3. Expressed as a percentage of salary at the date of the award (29 September 2023). Following shareholder approval of the Remuneration policy at our 2023 AGM
with a vote in favour of 98%, the Committee approved an amendment to the PSP rules (using the provisions available to the Committee in the rules) to align the
PSP award limit with the Remuneration policy in force at the time of grant.
The 2023 PSP awards are subject to a scorecard of measures comprising underlying free cash flow (weighted 30%), underlying operating
margin (30%), organic revenue growth (25%, subject also to a discretionary underpin if operating margin performance is below
threshold), and ESG (15%). The performance period for these awards is the three financial years 1 April 2023 through to 31 March
2026.
% weighting
Threshold performance
(16.7% vesting)
Stretch performance
(100% vesting)
3-year organic revenue growth 25% 15.7% 23.6%
3-year weighted average underlying operating margin
1
30% 6.8% 8.0%
3-year cumulative underlying free cash flow 30% £216m £324m
1. FY24 and FY25 account for 25% each of the measure whereas FY26 accounts for 50%.
Awards vest on a straight-line sliding scale between threshold and stretch.
The targets for the ESG measures are:
A reduction in the Company’s carbon emissions in FY26 within a range of (6.7)% and (8.5)%. This measure will have a weighting of
7.5% (ie half of the ESG total weighting of 15%). A reduction of (6.7)% will result in 16.7% vesting of this portion of the ESG element,
with a reduction of (8.5)% warranting full vesting.
The achievement of senior management gender diversity range in FY26 of between a threshold of 28.5% and a maximum of 31.5%,
being a -5% and +5% range around the Company’s gender diversity target. This measure will have a 7.5% weighting, with 16.7%
vesting at threshold and full vesting at maximum. The definition of senior management is employees, excluding Executive Directors,
who have responsibility for planning, directing or controlling activities of the Group or a strategically significant part of the Group
(sector/functional leadership teams) and/or are directors of subsidiary business units (business unit leadership).
150 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Deferred Bonus Plan awards made during FY24 (audited)
In 2023, the Committee approved the payment of annual bonuses to both Executive Directors under the FY23 annual bonus plan.
Formore detail, please see the single total figure table on page 147.
Single total figure of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors for FY24 (audited)
The table below sets out the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director. For details of the fees that applied during
FY24, please see page 152:
Base fee Additional fee
1
Total
2
Total fixed remuneration
Total variable
remuneration
FY24
£’000
FY23
£’000
FY24
£’000
FY23
£’000
FY24
£’000
FY23
£’000
FY24
£’000
FY23
£’000
FY24
£’000
FY23
£’000
Fixed remuneration
Ruth Cairnie 336 336 336 336 336 336
Lucy Dimes 62 61 62 61 62 61
Carl-Peter Forster
3
73 72 15 11 88 83 88 83
Lord Parker 62 61 12 6 74 67 74 67
John Ramsay
4
62 61 22 15 84 76 84 76
Jane Moriarty 62 20 62 20 62 20
Sir Kevin Smith
5
52 n/a 52 n/a 52 n/a
Claudia Natanson
6
5 n/a 5 n/a 5 n/a
1. Relating to role as Chair of the Audit Committee (John Ramsay), Remuneration Committee (Carl-Peter Forster), and Director designated for employee engagement
(Lord Parker).
2. Non-Executive Directors did not receive any taxable benefits in FY24 or FY23.
3. Carl-Peter Forster is the Senior Independent Director and Remuneration Committee Chair.
4. A Committee of the Chair and the Executive Directors decided to increase the additional fee for acting as Audit Committee Chair to £18,000 and to grant him
aone-off payment of £5,000 in recognition of the material additional time commitment required, above that expected in John Ramsay’s letter of appointment.
5. Sir Kevin Smith joined the Board in June 2023.
6. Claudia Natanson joined the Board on 1 March 2024.
Sourcing of shares
Shares needed to satisfy share awards for Directors are shares that the Company either newly issues to the Group’s employee share trusts
or are shares that those trusts purchase in the market using funds advanced by the Company. The Company finalises the source
selection on or before vesting, depending on the Board’s view of the best interests of the Company at the time, within the limits
ofavailable headroom and dilution restrictions.
Executive Directors’ remuneration for FY25
The Committee has set the remuneration for Executive Directors for FY25 in line with its Remuneration policy.
Fixed pay
As explained in the Committee Chair’s opening remarks at the start of the Remuneration Committee report on page 136 the Committee
reviewed the Executive Director’s base salaries and resolved to increase Mr Lockwood’s salary by 11% and Mr Mellors’ salary by 4% from
1 July 2024.
Salary 1 July 2024 1 April 2024 1 April 2023
David Lockwood £905,760 £816,000 £816,000
David Mellors £614,840 £591,192 £571,200
The Executive Directors will receive the same pension arrangements (ie at 10% of salary) and the same benefits as in FY24.
FY25 annual bonus
The structure of the Executive Director annual bonus for FY25 is consistent with that for FY24, with measures based on underlying
operating cash flow, underlying operating profit and non-financial objectives. The Committee has agreed the targets but, due to their
commercial sensitivity, it will only disclose them in next year’s Annual report on remuneration.
40% of any earned bonus will be deferred into shares for three years, with the remaining 60% payable in cash (in line with our normal
Remuneration policy).
151Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance: Remuneration continued
2024 PSP awards
The Committee intends to grant awards under the PSP to the Executive Directors in 2024 covering the three-year period FY25 to FY27,
with the measures being underlying free cash flow (weighted 30%), underlying operating margin (30%), organic revenue growth
(25%,subject also to a discretionary underpin if operating margin performance is below threshold), and ESG (15%).
% weighting
Threshold performance
(16.7% vesting)
Stretch performance
(100% vesting)
3-year organic revenue growth 25% 15.0% 23.0%
3-year weighted average underlying operating margin
1
30% 8.0% 9.0%
3-year cumulative underlying free cash flow 30% £394.4m £591.6m
1. FY25 and FY26 account for 25% each of the measure whereas FY27 accounts for 50%. In determining the range for the underlying operating margin measure,
theCommittee approved the setting of threshold in line with the Company’s medium-term guidance, to incentivise achievement of this goal.
Awards vest on a straight-line sliding scale between threshold and stretch.
The targets for the ESG measures are:
A reduction in the Company’s carbon emissions in FY27 within a range of (9.4)% and (11.8)%. This measure will have a weighting of 7.5%
(ie half of the ESG total weighting of 15%). A reduction of (9.4)% will result in 16.7% vesting of this portion of the ESG element while a
reduction of (11.8)% will warrant full vesting.
The achievement of senior management gender diversity range in FY27 of between a threshold of 29.5% and a maximum of 32.6%
being a minus 5% and a plus 5% range around the Company’s gender diversity target. This measure will have a 7.5% weighting with
16.7% vesting at threshold and full vesting at maximum. The definition of ‘senior management’ is employees, excluding Executive
Directors, who have responsibility for planning, directing or controlling activities of the Group or a strategically significant part of the
Group (eg sector or functional leadership team) or are directors of subsidiary business units (business unit leadership).
A two-year holding period will apply to Executive Directors’ 2024 PSP awards to the extent that these vest. Malus and clawback
provisions apply. In keeping with its typical practice, the Committee will assess for any windfall gains at vesting.
Payments for loss of office (audited)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 March 2024.
Payments to past Directors (audited)
John Davies stepped down as an Executive Director on 31 March 2020 and retired as CEO Land on 28 June 2021. His 2020 DBP award
(the value of which was disclosed in the 2020 Directors’ remuneration report) vested on 14 August 2023.
Non-Executive Directors’ fees (including the Chair)
The Committee reviewed the Chair’s fee and resolved to increase it by 4% from 1 July 2024 in line with the general UK workforce not
covered by collective bargaining arrangements. The fees for Non-Executive Directors will be reviewed later in the year, having been
reviewed with effect from 1 September 2023 as set out below.
Annual rate fee
1 July 2024
£
1 September 2023
£
1 April 2023
£
Chair 349,440 336,000 336,000
Senior Independent Director (inclusive of basic fee) 74,000 74,000 72,000
Basic Non-Executive Director’s fee (UK-based Directors)
1
63,000 63,000 61,000
Chair of Audit Committee
2
18,000 18,000 15,000
Chair of Remuneration Committee
2
15,000 15,000 15,000
Director designated for employee engagement
2
15,000 15,000 7,500
1. The Company sets fees for non-UK-based Directors having regard to the extra time commitment involved in attending meetings.
2. The Company pays fees for chairing Board Committees in addition to the basic applicable Non-Executive Director’s fee and for acting as the Director designated
for employee engagement. The Company does not pay additional fees for membership of Committees.
Percentage change in the remuneration of all Directors compared to the workforce
The table below shows the annual percentage changes in remuneration over the last four years for each individual who was a Director
during the year ended 31 March 2024, compared to the average UK employee, as required under the Companies (Directors’
Remuneration policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report) Regulations 2019 (the Regulations). The Committee will build up this analysis
next year to display a five-year history.
The Regulations require this disclosure to provide a comparison of year-on-year changes in Directors’ remuneration compared to all
other employees of the parent company in the Group. However, the Company does not have any employees, meaning there would be
no data to disclose for the broader employee population. The Committee has therefore elected to compare the change in Directors’
remuneration with the change in remuneration for the average of the UK employee population, as a suitable comparator group for
this purpose.
The Committee monitors this information to ensure that there is appropriate alignment over time in fixed pay between Executive
Directors, Non-Executive Directors and UK employees.
152 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Base salary/fees Taxable benefits Single-year variable
FY23 to
FY24
1
FY22 to
FY23
FY21 to
FY22
FY20 to
FY21
FY23 to
FY24
1
FY22 to
FY23
FY21 to
FY22
FY20 to
FY21
FY23 to
FY24
1
FY22 to
FY23
FY21 to
FY22
FY20 to
FY21
Executive Directors
David Lockwood 0% 1% 1% n/a (1)% 1% 1% n/a 1% (25)% n/a n/a
David Mellors 3% 1% 1% n/a 0% 0% 1% n/a 3% (26)% n/a n/a
Non-Executive Directors
2
Ruth Cairnie 0% 0% 5% 26% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Lucy Dimes 2% 0% 5% -5% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Carl-Peter Forster 6% 16% 11% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Lord Parker 10% 10% 5% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
John Ramsay 11% 0% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Jane Moriarty
3
2% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Sir Kevin Smith
4
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Claudia Natanson
4
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Average for all UK employees
5
7% 5% 2% 2% 0% 0% 0% 0% 1% (18)% 100% (100)%
1. It should be noted that the Directors received an increase in pay or fee part-way through the year.
2. A Committee, made up of the Chair and the Executive Directors, reviewed the Non-Executive fees and agreed increases in the basic fee, the fee for the Senior
Independent Director, the Audit Committee Chair and the Director designated for employee engagement, as well as a one-off payment for the Audit Committee
Chair in recognition of the material additional time the role required. Non-Executive Directors receive fees only. They do not receive taxable benefits and do not
participate in incentive schemes.
3. Jane Moriarty joined the Board in December 2022. To facilitate a comparison with FY24, her FY23 has been annualised.
4. Sir Kevin Smith and Claudia Natanson joined during FY24 and hence no year-on-year comparison is available.
5. The single-year variable figure for our UK employees is provided in respect of our annual bonus plan, which has been estimated based on our expected bonus
outturn for FY24 at the time of disclosure. This estimate is prior to any discretionary adjustments and for prior years has been trued up once actual results known.
Relative importance of spend on pay
FY24 FY23 % change
Distribution to shareholders £25m £0m n/a
Employee remuneration £1,584m £1,567m 1%
Distribution to shareholders includes all amounts distributed to shareholders.
CEO pay ratio
The table below provides disclosure of the ratio between the CEO’s total remuneration and that of the lower quartile, median and upper
quartile UK-based employees.
Figures for the CEO come from the Executive Directors’ single figure table on page 147. The Committee determined total remuneration
figures for the lower quartile (P25), median (P50) and upper quartile (P75) employees on 31 March 2024 using the ‘single figure’
methodology to provide a like-for-like comparison with CEO remuneration.
The reporting regulations offer three calculation approaches for determining the P25, P50 and P75 employees – Options A, B and C.
From FY23, as reported last year, the Committee concluded to adopt Option B, in recognition of the significant workload placed on
ourcolleagues of the previous methodology in adopting Option A. The Company used the data collected for gender pay gap reporting
purposes to identify the three employees representing P25, P50 and P75, calculating the total full-time equivalent remuneration for
these three employees on a similar basis to that adopted for the CEO’s single figure of total remuneration.
As with last year, the Company excluded bonus payments from the calculations, because it was not feasible to identify those payments
for services delivered within the financial year, and because the Company does not know all bonus pay relating to FY24 at the time of
publication. Analysis of past data indicates that the three employees would not typically be eligible for a bonus and the exclusion of this
element is unlikely to have a significant impact on the ratios reported.
To validate that the figures presented are representative of the pay and benefits of the UK workforce, the Company considered the
payand benefits of a number of employees centred on each of the three employees. Whilst there can be variation in the pay mix for
individuals throughout the organisation, the Committee believes that the information presented fairly reflects pay at the relevant
quartiles amongst our UK workforce. The three individuals identified were full-time employees during the year and none received an
exceptional incentive award, which would otherwise inflate their pay figures. The Company made no adjustments or assumptions to the
total remuneration of these employees and calculated the total remuneration in accordance with the methodology used to calculate
the single figure of the CEO.
The median CEO pay ratio in FY24 was 89:1, compared to 84:1 in FY23 (having trued up the FY23 ratio for the actual outturn of the
2020 PSP, which vested in December 2023).
The Committee calculated the CEO pay ratio by comparing the CEO’s pay to that of Babcock’s UK-based workforce. The increase in the
ratios reported for FY23 and FY24, when compared to previous years, is primarily driven by the impact on the CEO’s single total figure
ofremuneration of 100% vesting outcomes for the 2020 and 2021 PSP awards. These are the first PSP awards to be eligible to vest
tothe CEO (who joined in September 2020) and the first awards to vest since the Company began reporting on the CEO pay ratio.
153Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance: Remuneration continued
The table below details the historical CEO pay over a 10-year period.
FY15 FY16 FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24
Peter Rogers
1
Single figure (£’000) 4,448 2,491 1,091
Bonus vesting (% max) 78% 60% 66%
DBMP matching shares vesting (% max) 88.4% 57.8% 17.0%
PSP/CSOP vesting (% max) 83.5% 37.3% 26.5%
Archie Bethel
2,3
Single figure (£’000) 1,012 2,079 1,969 1,385 334
Bonus vesting (% max) 66% 61% 58% 14% 0%
DBMP matching shares vesting (% max) 17.0% 20.0% n/a n/a n/a
PSP vesting (% max) 26.5% 23.9% 15.1% 0% 0%
David Lockwood
4
Single figure (£’000) 547 1,975 3,288 3,908
Bonus vesting (% max) 0% 80% 59% 59.6%
PSP vesting (% max) n/a n/a 100% 100%
1. Until retirement on 31 August 2016.
2. Excludes remuneration received whilst undertaking the role of Chief Operating Officer until August 2016.
3. Until he stepped down as CEO on 14 September 2020.
4. Excludes his salary between joining the Company in August and joining the Board as CEO on 14 September 2020.
As the remuneration of the CEO has a significant weighting towards variable pay to align his remuneration with Company performance,
it is likely that there will be greater variability in his pay year to year than that observed at other levels which have a greater proportion
of their pay linked to fixed components. This is consistent with market practices and the Company’s reward policies across the organisation.
In respect of the general workforce, Babcock understands the need to ensure competitive pay packages across the organisation.
FortheCommittee, it considers the ratios below when making its decisions around the remuneration of the Executive Directors.
Financial year Calculation methodology P25 (lower quartile) P50 (median) P75 (upper quartile)
FY24 Option B 104:1 89:1 70:1
FY23 Option B 102:1 84:1 62:1
FY22 Option A 61:1 48:1 36:1
FY21 Option A 30:1 22:1 17:1
FY20 Option C 47:1 37:1 27:1
The ratio for FY23 has been trued up to reflect the 100% vesting of the TSR element of the 2020 PSP, which had the effect of increasing
the ratio. The 2020 PSP is the first award granted to the CEO (who joined the Company in September 2020), and the first to vest since
the Company began reporting on the CEO pay ratio.
Financial year
P25
(lower quartile)
P50
(median)
P75
(upper quartile)
FY24 Total remuneration (£’000) £37.6 £44.1 £55.8
Salary (£’000) £36.0 £40.8 £53.4
Performance graphs
The following graph shows the TSR for the Company compared to the FTSE 250 and FTSE 350 Aerospace & Defence index, assuming
aninvestor invested £100 on 31 March 2014. The Board considers that the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) and FTSE 350
Aerospace & Defence Index currently represent the most appropriate indices (of which Babcock is a constituent) against which to
compare Babcock’s performance.
FTSE 250 Index FTSE 350 Aerospace & Defence Index
Value of £100 invested on 31 March 2014
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
20242023202220212020201920182017201620152014
Babcock
154 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Directors’ share ownership (audited)
The Committee sets out below the interests of the Directors (and/or their spouses) in the ordinary shares of the Company
asat31 March 2024:
At 31 March
2023 At 31 March 2024
Shares held Shares held Options held
Director
Owned outright
by Director or
spouse
1
Owned
outright by
Director or
spouse
1
Vested but
subject to
holding period
Vested but not
exercised
Unvested and
subject to
performance
conditions
Unvested and
subject to
continued
employment
S/holding req.
(% salary)
Current
shareholding
(% of salary)
2
Req. met?
David Lockwood 186,924 276,174 385,848 1,447,276 189,021 300% 339% Yes
David Mellors 71,268 188,679 270,093 950,436 130,421 200% 323% Yes
Ruth Cairnie 120,000 120,000
Lucy Dimes 5,000 5,000
Carl-Peter Forster 10,000 10,000
Lord Parker
John Ramsay 30,000 30,000
Jane Moriarty
Sir Kevin Smith n/a 6,000
Claudia Natanson n/a
1. Beneficially held shares of Director and/or spouse.
2. Current shareholdings for comparison with the shareholding requirements for Executive Directors are calculated based on salary as at 31 March 2024 and by
reference to shares owned outright by Director or spouse, options vested but subject to holding periods, options vested but not exercised and options unvested
but subject only to continued employment. Holdings are valued assuming options are exercised on 31 March 2024 and a three-month average share price
to31 March 2024 of 475.74p and are calculated post tax.
There have been no changes to the continuing Directors’ (or their spouses’) shareholdings between 31 March 2024 and 25 July 2024.
Directors’ share-based awards and options (audited)
The tables below show the various share awards held by Directors under the Company’s various share plans. The Company’s mid-market
share price at close of business on 31 March 2024 was 520p. The highest and lowest mid-market share prices in the year ended
31 March 2024 were 533p and 269p, respectively.
Director
Plan and
year of award
1
Number of
shares subject
to award at
1 April 2023
Granted during
the year
Exercised
during the year
Lapsed
during the
year
Number of
shares subject
to award at
31 March 2024
Exercise price
(pence)
2
Market value of
each share at
date of award
(pence)
Exercisable
from Expiry date
3
David
Lockwood PSP 2020 385,848 385,848 352.47 Dec 2025 Dec 2026
PSP 2021 452,450 452,450 353.63 Aug 2026 Aug 2027
PSP 2022 474,418 474,418 344.00 Aug 2027 Aug 2028
DBP 2022
4
(1 year) 168,824 168,824 0 375.50 344.00 Aug 2023 Aug 2024
DBP 2022
4
(3 year) 112,549 112,549 344.00 Aug 2025 Aug 2026
PSP 2023 520,408 520,408 392.00 Sept 2028 Sept 2029
DBP 2023
(3 year) 76,472 76,472 377.73 Aug 2026 Aug 2027
155Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Governance: Remuneration continued
Director
Plan and
year of award
1
Number of
shares subject
to award at
1 April 2023
Granted during
the year
Exercised
during the year
Lapsed
during the
year
Number of
shares subject
to award at
31 March 2024
Exercise price
(pence)
2
Market value of
each share at
date of award
(pence)
Exercisable
from Expiry date
3
David
Mellors PSP 2020 270,093 270,093 352.47 Dec 2025 Dec 2026
PSP 2021 316,715 316,715 353.63 Aug 2026 Aug 2027
PSP 2022 332,093 332,093 344.00 Aug 2027 Aug 2028
DBP 2022
4
(1 year) 116,697 116,697 0 370.22 344.00 Aug 2023 Aug 2024
DBP 2022
4
(3 year) 77,798 77,798 344.00 Aug 2025 Aug 2026
PSP 2023 301,628 301,628 392.00 Sept 2028 Sept 2029
DBP 2023
(3 year) 52,623 52,623 377.73 Aug 2026 Aug 2027
1. PSP is the Company’s Performance Share Plan. Further details about these plans and, where applicable, performance conditions attaching to the awards listed are
to be found on page 149. The 2020 PSP awards completed their performance period during FY24 and the awards vested in full; however, the awards are subject
to a further two-year holding period. The number of shares awarded under the 2020 PSP shown above reflect the additional 10% of salary reduction described on
page 149, which was not reflected in last year’s report. Currently, the Executive Directors’ PSP awards do not vest until the end of the two-year holding period.
TheRemuneration Committee has decided that, in line with market practice, it will vest any PSP award, including in-flight awards, after their three-year
performance period and allow the Executive Directors to exercise their awards provided that they hold them in trust for the two-year holding period, so that the
Executive Directors cannot sell the net number of shares until the end of the holding period.
2. The PSP awards are structured as nil-priced options and are subject to the rules of the PSP, including as to meeting performance targets for PSP awards.
3. Where this date is less than 10 years from the date of award, the Committee may extend the expiry date on one or more occasions, but not beyond the 10th
anniversary of the award.
4. The Company requires the Executive Directors to defer only 40% of any annual bonus awarded into shares, which vest after three years. The remaining 60% of any
annual bonus is paid in cash. In respect of FY22, David Lockwood and David Mellors agreed to defer the 60% usually paid in cash into shares for one year to align
their interests with shareholders.
Summary of share-based awards and options vested during the year
During the year to 31 March 2024 the following awards vested:
Director Award Number vesting Vesting date
Market value of
vested shares on
award
£
Market value of
vested shares on
vesting date
£
Exercise price
payable for vested
shares (if any)
£
David Lockwood DSBP 2022 1 Year 168,824 1 August 2023 580,755 632,077 Nil
David Mellors DSBP 2022 1 Year 116,697 1 August 2023 401,438 436,914 Nil
Closing share price on the last dealing date before vesting was 374.40p (31 July 2023).
Other interests
None of the Directors had an interest in the shares of any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or in any significant contracts of
the Group.
External appointments of Executive Directors in FY24
David Lockwood was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of John Wood Group PLC on 12 March 2024 receiving £3,400 of the
annual fee of £62,050 in the accounting period. There were no other fees received by Executive Directors for any external appointment
during the year.
The Board approved this Remuneration report on 25 July 2024.
Carl-Peter Forster
Committee Chair
156 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Other statutory information
Other statutory information
Directors’ report and other disclosures
The Directors’ report comprises this section, the principal risks and management controls section in the Strategic report, as well as the
rest of the Governance section, the Directors’ responsibility statement on page 162 and those sections incorporated by reference below.
Disclosures required by LR 9.8.4 R and which form part of the Directors’ report can be found as provided in the table below:
Listing Rule Topic Location
9.8.4 (12-13) Shareholder waivers of dividends and future dividends Financial statements, note 23 on page 231
Other disclosure requirements set out in LR 9.8.4 R are not applicable to the Company.
Disclosures required pursuant to the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008
asupdated by the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 can be located as follows:
Topic Location
Financial risk management regarding financial instruments Note 22, page 226
Greenhouse gas emissions Page 67
Employee engagement Pages 61, 116, and 127
Fostering business relationships with suppliers, customers and others Pages 60 to 61, 116 to 117 and throughout
theStrategic report
Subsequent events Note 32 on page 243
Likely future developments in the business of the Group Pages 20 and 21
Details of important events affecting the Group Strategic and Directors’ reports, in particular
pages8to 11 and 24 to 43
For the purposes of DTR 4.1.5 R (2) and DTR 4.1.8 R, the required content of the Management report can be found in the Strategic
report and the Directors’ report including the sections of the Annual Report and Financial Statements incorporated by reference.
The Company
Babcock International Group PLC, registered and domiciled in England and Wales, with the registered number 02342138, is the holding
company for the Babcock International Group of companies.
Dividends
An interim dividend of 1.7p per share was declared in the year (2023: nil). The Directors are recommending that shareholders approve
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting a final dividend of 3.3 pence (2023: nil) on each of the ordinary shares of 60 pence to be
paid on Monday, 30 September 2024 to shareholders on the register at close of business on Friday, 23 August 2024.
Major shareholdings
As at 31 March 2024, the Company has been notified pursuant to the Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR) of the following major
interests in voting rights attached to its ordinary shares.
Name
Number of 60 pence ordinary
shares on date of notification
% of issued share capital on
date of notification
Abrams Bison Investments, L.L.C. 29,311,332 5.80%
Fidelity International Limited 26,958,682 5.30%
Silchester International Investors LLP 25,567,748 5.06%
Invesco Ltd 24,896,615 4.92%
Cobas Asset Management, SGIIC, S.A. 20,458,556 4.05%
Oaktree Capital Management (UK) LLP 15,330,960 3.03%
Since 31 March 2024 the Company has been notified by Cobas Asset Management, SGIIC, S.A. on 5 June 2024 that it has reduced its
interest to 14,935,541 shares representing 2.954% of the share capital of the Company. The Company has also been notified, on 26
April 2024 by Fidelity International Limited that it has reduced its interest to 24,450,762 shares representing 4.8% of the share capital.
There have been no further notifications between then and the date of this report.
The holdings set out above relate only to notifications of interests in the issued share capital received by the Company pursuant
toDTR5 and consequently do not necessarily represent current levels of interest.
157Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Other statutory information continued
Employment of disabled persons/equal opportunities
Equal opportunities are available for all employees at Babcock
including those with disability. We recognise that disability covers
a much broader range of both visible and non-visible conditions.
We define disability as: A person is disabled under the Equality
Act2010 if they have a physical or mental impairment that has
a‘substantial’ and ‘long-term’ negative effect on their ability
todonormal daily activities. This does not mean a person must
beregistered as disabled. A long-term disability might include
something physical (such as a mobility issue, hearing or sight
impairment or long-term illness). It also covers people with mental
health conditions. Additionally, neurodivergence (for example
dyslexia, dyspraxia, Asperger’s and autism) are caught within
thedefinition, including where someone is undergoing diagnosis.
We continue to work on driving an inclusive culture across
theGroup to help our people to feel able to complete options
around health conditions and impairments and inform us that
they have a physical and/or other disability. To support continued
employment, training, career development and promotion of
disabled employees we have a dedicated Disability Action Plan,
informed by data and insight, and following the employee lifecycle
from attraction to progression and retention; the action plan
details support and provisions for disabled colleagues.
We continued to make progress towards achieving Disability
Confident Employer Level 2 (UK Government Disability Confident
scheme) working with colleagues to further develop our
processes, ensuring we are inclusive and providing support
forour employees to enable them to stay in work.
We developed our Group-wide Disability Network Group further
through the establishment of a range of Peer Support Groups
inresponse to network members’ needs.
We are also working to review/refresh additional elements of the
employee lifecycle, ensuring that disability is a clear consideration
at different stages, including recruitment and onboarding.
For more information about the broadening of our inclusion strategy,
see pages 81 to 84.
Research and development
The Group commits resources to research and development
tothe extent management considers necessary for the evolution
and growth of its business.
Political donations
No donations were made during the year for political purposes.
Authority to purchase own shares
At the Annual General Meeting in September 2023, members
authorised the Company to make market purchases of up
to50,559,660 of its own ordinary shares of 60 pence each.
That authority expires at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting
when a resolution will be put to renew it so as to allow purchases
of up to a maximum of 10% of the Company’s issued share capital.
No shares in the Company have been purchased by the Company
in the period from 28 September 2023 (the date the current
authority was granted) to the date of this report. The Company
currently does not hold any treasury shares.
Details of purchases of the Company’s shares made during the
year to 31 March 2024 by the Babcock Employee Share Trust
inconnection with the Company’s executive share plans are
tobefound in note 23 on page 231.
Qualifying third-party indemnity provisions
The Company has entered into deeds of indemnity with each of
its Directors (who served during the year and/or who are currently
Directors) which are qualifying third-party indemnity provisions
forthe purposes of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of their
directorships of the Company and, if applicable, of its subsidiaries.
Under their respective Articles of Association, Directors of Group
UK subsidiary companies may be indemnified by the company
concerned of which they are or were Directors against liabilities
and costs incurred in connection with the execution of their
duties or the exercise of their powers, to the extent permitted by
the Companies Act 2006.
Qualifying pension scheme indemnity provisions are also in place
for the benefit of Directors of the Group companies that act
astrustees of Group pension schemes.
Significant agreements that take effect, alter or terminate
upon a change of control
Many agreements entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries
contain provisions entitling the other parties to terminate them
inthe event of a change of control of the Group company
concerned, which could be triggered by a takeover of the Company.
Although the Group has some contracts that on their own are not
significant to the Group, several may be with the same customer.
If,upon a change of control, the customer decided to terminate
all such agreements, the aggregate impact could be very material.
In addition, the National Security and Investment Act 2021 that
came into force on 4 January 2022 provides the UK Government
with new powers to scrutinise and potentially make void transactions
on the grounds of national security. The legislation is part of a
global trend towards introducing foreign investment laws which
has seen a number of other countries introduce similar protections.
The following agreements are those individual agreements which
the Company considers to be significant to the Group as a whole
that contain provisions giving the other party a specific right to
terminate them if the Company is subject to a change of control.
Borrowing facilities
The Group has a Revolving Credit Facility of up to £775 million
where £45 million matures in August 2025 and £730 million
matures in August 2026, providing funds for general corporate
and working capital purposes. In the event of a change of control,
the facility provides that the lenders may, within a certain period,
call for the payment of any outstanding loans and cancel the facilities.
£1,800,000,000 Euro Medium-Term Note Programme
The Company has a Euro Medium-Term Note Programme under
which it has issued three tranches: €550,000,000 1.75% Notes
redeemed in 2022; £300,000,000 1.875% Notes due in 2026;
and €550,000,000 1.375 % Notes due in 2027.
158 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
If there is a change of control of the Company and the Notes then
in issue carry an investment-grade credit rating which is either
downgraded to non-investment-grade, or carry a non-investment-
grade rating which is further downgraded or withdrawn, or do
notcarry an investment-grade rating and the Company does not
obtain an investment-grade rating for the Notes, a Note holder
may require that the Company redeem or, at the Company’s
option, repurchase the Notes.
Share plans
The Company’s share plans contain provisions as a result of
whichoptions and awards may vest and become exercisable
onachange of control of the Company in accordance with
therulesofthe plans.
Contracts with employees or Directors
A description of those agreements with Directors that contain
provisions relating to payments in the event of a termination
ofemployment following a change of control of the Company
isset out on pages 143 and 144.
Articles of Association of DRDL and RRDL
The Articles of Association of Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited
(DRDL) and Rosyth Royal Dockyard Limited (RRDL), both subsidiaries
of the Company, grant the MOD as the holder of a special share
ineach of those companies certain rights in certain circumstances.
Such rights include the right to require the sale of shares in, and
the right to remove Directors of, the company concerned. The
circumstances in which such rights might arise include where the
MOD considers that unacceptable ownership, influence or control
(domestic or foreign) has been acquired over the company in
question and that this is contrary to the essential security interests
of the UK. This might apply, for example, in circumstances where
any non-UK person(s) directly or indirectly acquire control over
more than 30% of the shares of the relevant subsidiary, although
such a situation is not of itself such a circumstance unless the
MOD in the given situation considers it to be so.
Surface Ship Support Alliance Agreement (SSSA) dated 23
September 2009 between (1) The Secretary of State for
Defence, (2) Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited and (3)
BAESurface Ships Limited (as amended)
Any change of control of Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited must
be approved in advance by the Secretary of State for Defence.
Consent may be withheld to prevent an unsuitable third party
taking control. Breach may result in exclusion from the alliance.
Terms of Business Agreement (ToBA) dated 25 March 2010
between (1) The Secretary of State for Defence, (2) Babcock
International Group PLC, (3) Devonport Royal Dockyard
Limited, (4) Babcock Marine (Clyde) Limited and (5) Rosyth
Royal Dockyard Limited (as amended)
The ToBA confirms Babcock as a key support partner of the MOD
in the maritime sector and covers the 15-year period from 2010
to 2025. The MOD may terminate the ToBA in the event of a change
in control of a relevant operating company or any holding company
including the Company in circumstances where, acting on the
grounds of national security, the MOD considers that it is inappropriate
for the new owners to become involved, or interested, in the work
that is the subject of the ToBA. ‘Change in control’ occurs where
aperson or group of persons that controls the relevant company
ceases to do so or if another person or group of persons
acquirescontrol.
Competitive Design Phase Contract for the Type 31
Programme dated 7 December 2018 (as amended and
restated on 15 November 2019) between (1) The Secretary
ofState for Defence and (2) Rosyth Royal Dockyard Limited
The Secretary of State for Defence may terminate if, in its
reasonable opinion, a change of control of Rosyth Royal Dockyard
Limited or any holding company will be contrary to the defence,
national security or national interest of the UK.
Future Maritime Support Programme Lot 11 (Warehousing
and Distribution at HMNB Clyde) dated 30 March 2021
between (1) The Secretary of State for Defence and (2)
Babcock Marine (Clyde) Limited
The Secretary of State for Defence may terminate on certain
grounds, including national security, if there is a change of control
of Babcock Marine (Clyde) Limited or any other company in the
Group that itobjects to and in respect of which its concerns have
not been addressed.
Future Maritime Support Programme Lot 1 (Naval Bases)
dated 28July 2021 between (1) The Secretary of State
forDefence and (2) Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited
The Secretary of State for Defence may terminate on certain
grounds, including national security, if there is a change of control
of any of Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited, the Company or
acritical key sub-contractor and the Secretary of State’s concerns
are not addressed or, if relevant, Devonport Royal Dockyard
Limited does not terminate the sub-contract.
Future Maritime Support Programme Lot 2 (Ships Engineering)
dated 30 September 2021 between (1) The Secretary of State
for Defence and (2) Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited
The Secretary of State for Defence may terminate on certain
grounds, including national security, if there is a change of control
of any of Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited, the Company or a
critical key sub-contractor and the Secretary of State’s concerns
are not addressed or, if relevant, Devonport Royal Dockyard
Limited does not terminate the sub-contract.
Future Maritime Support Programme Lot 3 (Submarine
Engineering) dated 30 September 2021 between (1) The
Secretary of State for Defence and (2) Devonport Royal
Dockyard Limited
The Secretary of State for Defence may terminate on certain
grounds, including national security, if there is a change of control
of any of Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited, the Company or a
critical key sub-contractor and the Secretary of State’s concerns
are not addressed or, if relevant, Devonport Royal Dockyard
Limited does not terminate the sub-contract.
Future Maritime Support Programme Lot 4 (Hard Facilities
Management and Alongside Services at HMNB Clyde) dated
30 September 2021 between (1) The Secretary of State
forDefence and (2) Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited
The Secretary of State for Defence may terminate on certain
grounds, including national security, if there is a change of control
of any of Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited, the Company or a
critical key sub-contractor and the Secretary of State’s concerns
are not addressed or, if relevant, Devonport Royal Dockyard
Limited does not terminate the sub-contract.
159Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Other statutory information continued
Share capital and rights attaching to the
Company’s shares
General
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, any share in the
Company may be issued with such rights or restrictions, whether
in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise, as the
Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution determine
(or, in the absence of any such determination, as the Directors
may determine). The Directors’ practice is to seek authority from
shareholders at each year’s Annual General Meeting to allot shares
(including authority to allot free of statutory pre-emption rights)
up to specified amounts and also to buy back the Company’s
shares, again up to a specified amount.
At a general meeting of the Company, every member has one
vote on a show of hands and, on a poll, one vote for each share
held. The notice of general meeting specifies deadlines for exercising
voting rights, either by proxy or by being present in person,
inrelation to resolutions to be proposed at a general meeting.
No member is, unless the Board decides otherwise, entitled to
attend or vote, either personally or by proxy, at a general meeting
or to exercise any other right conferred by being a shareholder
ifthey or any person with an interest in their shares has been sent
a notice under s793 of the Companies Act 2006 (which confers
upon public companies the power to require the provision of
information with respect to interests in their voting shares) and
they or any interested person have failed to supply the Company
with the information requested within 14 days after delivery
ofthat notice. The Board may also decide that no dividend is
payable in respect of those defaulting shares and that no transfer
of any defaulting shares shall be registered. These restrictions
endseven days after receipt by the Company of a notice of an
approved transfer of the shares or all the information required
bythe relevant Section 793 notice, whichever is the earlier.
The Directors may refuse to register any transfer of any share
which is not a fully-paid share, although such discretion may not be
exercised in a way which the Financial Conduct Authority regards as
preventing dealings in the shares of the relevant class or classes from
taking place on an open or proper basis. The Directors may likewise
refuse to register any transfer of a share in favour of more than
four persons jointly.
The Company is not aware of any other restrictions on the transfer
of shares in the Company other than certain restrictions that may
from time to time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example,
insider trading laws) or by the nationality-related restrictions,
more particularly described below.
The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders
that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or voting
rights in the Company.
At the date of this report 505,596,597 ordinary shares of 60
pence each have been issued and are fully paid up and quoted
onthe London Stock Exchange.
Nationality-related restrictions on share ownership
Companies which provide aviation services in the EU must comply
with the requirements of EC Regulation 1008/2008 (the Regulation)
which, amongst other matters, requires those companies
tobemajority-owned and majority-controlled by EEA nationals
(thelicensed companies).
At the Company’s Annual General Meeting in July 2014,
shareholders approved the amendment of the Company’s
Articlesof Association (the Articles) to include provisions intended
to assist the Company in ensuring continuing compliance with
these obligations by giving the Company and the Directors
powers tomonitor and, in certain circumstances, actively manage
nationality requirements as regards ownership of its shares with
aview to protecting the value of the Group undertakings that
hold the relevant operating licences. A summary of these powers
is set out below. Reference should, however, also be made to the
Company’s Articles, a copy of which may be found on its website
at www.babcockinternational.com. In the event of any conflict
between the Articles and this summary, the Articles shall prevail.
Relevant Shares
Relevant Shares are any shares which the Directors have
determined or the holders have acknowledged are shares owned
by non-EEA nationals for the purposes of the Regulation (Relevant
Shares). It is open to shareholders to make representations to the
Directors with a view to demonstrating that shares should not
betreated as Relevant Shares.
Maintenance of a register of non-EEA shareholders
The Company maintains a register (which is separate from the
statutory register of members) containing details of Relevant Shares.
This assists the Directors in assessing, on an ongoing basis, whether
the number of Relevant Shares is such that action (asoutlined below)
may be required to prevent or remedy abreach of the Regulation.
The Directors will remove from the separate register particulars
ofshares where they are satisfied that either the share is no longer
a Relevant Share or that the nature of the interest in the share
issuch that the share should not be treated as a Relevant Share.
Disclosure obligations on share ownership
The Articles empower the Company to, at any time, require
ashareholder (or other person with a confirmed or apparent
interest in the shares) to provide in writing such information
asthe Directors determine is necessary or desirable to ascertain
such person’s nationality and, accordingly, whether details of
theshares should be entered in the separate register as Relevant
Shares or are capable of being ‘Affected Shares’ (see below).
If the recipient of a nationality information request from the
Company does not respond satisfactorily to the request within the
prescribed period (being 21 days from the receipt of the notice),
the Company has the power to suspend the right of such shareholder
to attend or speak (whether by proxy or in person) at any general
or class meeting of the Company or to vote or exercise any other
right attaching to the shares in question. Where the shares
represent at least 0.25% of the aggregate nominal value of the
Company’s share capital, the Company may also (subject to
certain exceptions) refuse to register the transfer of such shares.
The Articles also require that a declaration (in a form prescribed
by the Directors) relating to the nationality of the transferee is
provided to the Directors upon the transfer of any shares in the
Company, failing which the Directors may refuse to register such
transfer (see further below).
160 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Power to treat shares as ‘Affected Shares’
The Articles empower the Directors, in certain circumstances,
totreat shares as ‘Affected Shares’. If the Directors determine
thatany shares are to be treated as Affected Shares, they may
serve an ‘Affected Share Notice’ on the registered shareholder and
any other person that appears to have an interest in those shares.
The recipients of an Affected Share Notice are entitled to make
representations to the Directors with a view to demonstrating
that such shares should not be treated as Affected Shares.
TheDirectors may withdraw an Affected Share Notice if they
resolve that the circumstances giving rise to the shares being
treated as Affected Shares no longer exist.
Consequences of holding or having an interest in Affected
Shares
A holder of Affected Shares is not entitled, in respect of those
shares, to attend or speak (whether by proxy or in person) at any
general or class meeting of the Company or to vote or to exercise
any other right at such meetings, and the rights attaching to such
shares will vest in the Chair of the relevant meeting (who may exercise,
or refrain from exercising, such rights at his/her sole discretion).
The Affected Shares Notice may, if the Directors determine,
alsorequire that the Affected Shares must be disposed of within
10 days of receiving such notice (or such longer period as the
Directors may specify) such that the Affected Shares become
owned by an EEA national, failing which the Directors may arrange
for the sale of the relevant shares at the best price reasonably
obtainable at the time. The net proceeds of any sale of Affected
Shares would be held in trust and paid (together with such rate
ofinterest as the Directors deem appropriate) to the former
registered holder upon surrender of the relevant share certificate
in respect of the shares.
Circumstances in which the Directors may determine that
shares are Affected Shares
The Articles provide that where the Directors determine that it
isnecessary to take steps in order to protect an operating licence
of the Group they may: (i) seek to identify those shares which
have given rise to the determination and to deal with such shares
as Affected Shares; and/or (ii) specify a maximum number of
shares (which will be less than 50% of the Company’s issued share
capital) that may be owned by non-EEA nationals and then treat
any shares owned by non-EEA nationals in excess of that limit as
Affected Shares (the Directors will publish a notice of any specified
maximum within two business days of resolving to impose such
limit). In deciding which shares are to be dealt with as Affected
Shares, the Directors shall be entitled to determine which
Relevant Shares in their sole opinion have directly or indirectly
caused the relevant determination. However, so far as practicable,
the Directors shall have regard to the chronological order in which
the Relevant Shares have been entered in the separate register.
Right to refuse registration
The Articles provide the Directors with the power to refuse
registration of a share transfer if, in their reasonable opinion,
suchtransfer would result in shares being treated or continuing
tobe treated as Affected Shares.
The Articles also provide that the Directors shall not register any
person as a holder of any share in the Company unless the
Directors receive a declaration of nationality relating to such
person and such further information as they may reasonably
request with respect to that nationality declaration.
The Directors believe that, following the restructuring of the
Aviation sector, those companies in which the Company has an
interest and which are required to comply with the Regulation
(being those companies operating aviation services in the EU) do
meet the requirement of the Regulation, including those relating
to nationality.
This belief is based on the Company’s understanding of the
application of the Regulation. There can, however, be no
guarantee that this will continue to be their assessment and that
it will not be necessary to declare a Permitted Maximum or
exercise any other of their or the Company’s powers in the Articles
referred to above.
Internal controls and risk management
There is a robust process in place to enable the Board to have
assurance around the overall risk management including the
determination of the nature and extent of the Group’s principal
risks. Management monitors the financial reporting process and
the process for preparing the consolidated accounts through
regular reporting and review. Management reviews data for
consolidation into the Group’s financial statements to ensure that
it gives a true and fair view of the Group’s results in compliance
with applicable accounting policies.
The Board, through the Audit Committee, reviews the effectiveness
of the Company’s internal control processes formally at least once
a year. In FY24, the Board reviewed the enhancements made
bythe Company over the year, as more particularly described in
pages 89 and 90, and was satisfied that the improvements made
in FY24 were substantial. Work in FY25 will be focused particularly
on the embedding, practice and repetition of operating
established controls to provide confidence in their reliable and
sustainable operation.
For more detailed information on the improvements in internal
controls please see the Audit Committee report on page 128.
Further information on the principal internal controls and risk
assurances in use in the Company can be found in the Strategic
report on pages 89 to 106.
Auditor
As described on page 135 the Board has, subject to shareholder
approval, appointed a new statutory auditor for the year ending
31 March 2025. A resolution to appoint Forvis Mazars as
independent auditor of the Company will be proposed at the
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
161Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Directors’ responsibility statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report
andthe financial statements in accordance with applicable law
and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors
are required to prepare the Group financial statements in
accordance with United Kingdom adopted international
accounting standards. The Directors have chosen to prepare the
parent company financial statements in accordance with United
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law), including
FRS101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. Under company law the
Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of
affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company
for that period.
In preparing the parent company financial statements, the
Directors are required to:
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them
consistently;
make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable
and prudent;
state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and
explained in the financial statements; and
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will
continue in business.
In preparing the Group financial statements, International
Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:
properly select and apply accounting policies;
present information, including accounting policies, in a manner
that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable
information;
provide additional disclosures when compliance with the
specific requirements of the financial reporting framework
areinsufficient to enable users to understand the impact of
particular transactions, other events and conditions on the
entity’s financial position and financial performance; and
make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue
asagoing concern.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets
oftheCompany and hence for taking reasonable steps for the
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity
ofthe corporate and financial information included on the
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
So far as the Directors are aware there is no relevant audit
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware. The
Directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken
asDirectors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor
isaware of that information.
Responsibility statement
Each of the Directors, being each Director who is in office at
thedate the Directors’ report is approved and whose names
andfunctions are listed below, confirms that, to the best of
theirknowledge:
the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant
financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation
taken as a whole;
the Strategic report includes a fair review of the development
and performance of the business and the position of the
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal
risks and uncertainties that they face; and
the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole,
are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s
position and performance, business model and strategy.
Ruth Cairnie Chair
Carl-Peter Forster Non-Executive Director
John Ramsay Non-Executive Director
Lucy Dimes Non-Executive Director
Lord Parker Non-Executive Director
Jane Moriarty Non-Executive Director
Sir Kevin Smith Non-Executive Director
Claudia Natanson Non-Executive Director
David Lockwood Chief Executive Officer
David Mellors Chief Financial Officer
Approval of the Strategic report and the
Directors’ report
The Strategic report and the Directors’ report (pages 1 to 162)
forthe year ending 31 March 2024 have been approved by the
Board and signed on its behalf by:
Ruth Cairnie
Chair
David Lockwood
Chief Executive Officer
25 July 2024
Directors’ responsibility statement
162 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Independent auditor’s report to the
members of Babcock International
Group plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
1. Opinion
We have audited the financial statements which comprise:
the Group income statement;
the Group statement of comprehensive income;
the Group and Company statements of financial position;
the Group and Company statements of changes in equity;
the Group cash flow statement; and
the related Notes 1 to 33 of the Group financial statements and Notes 1 to 13 of the Company financial statements.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law
andUnited Kingdom adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the
preparation of the Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101
“Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities
under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Group and the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of
thefinancial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit services
provided to the Group and Company for the year are disclosed in note 4 to the financial statements. We confirm that we have not
provided any non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard to the Group or the Company.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
In our opinion:
the financial statements of Babcock International Group plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) give a true and fair view
of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 March 2024 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom adopted international
accountingstandards;
the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
163Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Babcock International Group PLC continued
3. Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:
Impact of control deficiencies (Group and Company);
Revenue and margin recognition on key long-term contracts (Group); and
Type 31 Programme Estimates (Group).
Materiality We have determined materiality to be £20.0m. See section 6.1 for further details on materiality.
Scoping Our scope covered 25 components of the Group; 22 were subject to a full-scope audit and 3 were
subject to specified account balance testing. These components contribute 98% of revenue and 96%
ofprofit before tax. See section 7.1 for further details on our scoping.
Significant changes
in our approach
Our audit approach is consistent with the previous year with the exception of:
In the prior year, we identified a key audit matter over the carrying value of goodwill in the Aviation
cash generating unit (CGU). Given the high level of headroom and low sensitivity to key assumptions
inthis CGU, we do not consider there to be a key audit matter associated with this CGU valuation
inthe current year.
In FY23, the Group disposed part of its European Aerial Emergency Services (AES) businesses and
weidentified a key audit matter relating to the disposal accounting and the valuation of certain
obligations. The key obligations have been settled during FY24 and as a result, this item is no longer
considered a key audit matter.
Given the disposal of the European Aerial Emergency Services (AES) businesses the number of
component auditors used to perform procedures under our direction and supervision has reduced
from eight components to four components. In FY24, we engaged component auditors from Australia,
Canada, France and South Africa to perform procedures. See section 7.1 for further details on our scoping.
4. Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis
ofaccounting included:
Understanding the Group’s processes and related controls over the assumptions in the going concern assessment;
Assessing the Group’s available committed borrowing facilities;
Testing the accuracy of the Group’s models, including agreement to the most recent Board approved budgets and forecasts;
Determining whether the forecasts used within assessing the going concern assumption were consistent, where relevant, with those
used within Goodwill impairment modelling;
Challenging the appropriateness of key assumptions used in the base case and in the severe but plausible scenarios by:
reading analyst reports, industry data and other external information and comparing these with management’s estimates;
comparing forecast revenue with the secured revenue under contract, contract churn rates, contract win rates and historical
performance; and
comparing contract margin and overhead cost assumptions to historical performance and the current macroeconomic environment;
Evaluating the historical accuracy of forecasts prepared by the Directors;
Assessing the sensitivity of the headroom in the forecasts;
Comparing the risks management has identified in its risk register to the going concern scenarios to assess completeness and accuracy
of the modelled scenarios;
Evaluating the accuracy and completeness of the covenant compliance calculation within the model and performing a recalculation
and stress-testing the liquidity and profitability forecasts;
Evaluating management’s downside sensitivities in the context of the FY24 financial position;
Assessing whether the Group has considered and reflected the impact of climate risks and opportunities in the Group’s going concern
assessment; and
Assessing the appropriateness of the disclosures relating to going concern in the financial statements.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that,
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period
of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In relation to the reporting on how the Group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw
attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate
toadopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections
ofthisreport.
164 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial
statements of the current year and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud)
that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources
in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon,
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
5.1 Impact of control deficiencies
Refer to page 128 (Audit Committee report)
Key audit matter
description
In the audit of the previous two financial years, we identified and reported a number of control deficiencies.
These primarily related to the varied practice of implementation of contract review controls across sectors as
well as the formal documentation of these controls. We also identified observations in the IT environment
relating to privileged access controls and password controls. Further, a number of misstatements were also
identified, and while these were individually and collectively immaterial these did highlight the need for
greater accuracy in the financial close process.
As outlined further in the Audit Committee Report on page 128, management’s response and therefore focus
in FY24 as part of the internal control roadmap has been in the following areas:
Further embedding the Blueprint Fundamental controls (BFCs). The BFCs are 15 key controls in relation
tosignificant financial reporting risk areas including bid controls, contract review, consolidation, pensions,
taxation, and derivative reporting controls.
Embedding and maturing of sector level contract review controls, including the enhancement of control
documentation.
Enhancing general IT controls including actioning key findings, particularly over the Group’s Neptune system
(the Group’s primary enterprise resource planning system) or remediating and mitigating risks relating
tofindings associated with legacy systems.
We identified a key audit matter in the current year relating to the following areas of management’s
remediation programme:
appropriateness of the remediated enhanced BFC and contract review controls;
appropriateness of remediated privileged access and password controls across in-scope applications and
their supporting infrastructure; and
whether the remediated controls address previously identified deficiencies.
How the scope
of our audit
responded to the
key audit matter
We have continued to challenge and assess changes to the control environment through the testing of
remediated controls and evaluating the impact of the changes on our audit approach. Our procedures
included:
interacting with management and the Audit Committee to understand and challenge the actions they were
taking as part of the internal controls enhancement programme to address the control deficiencies
identified in prior years;
identifying controls relevant to our audit and evaluating those controls, including the changes made as part
of the Group’s remediation programme.
Our expectation when planning the FY24 audit approach was that deficiencies would still remain in the
control environment and as such, we did not test relevant controls except for general IT controls in the
Group’s Neptune system. Given the ongoing remediation efforts and the overall risk surrounding the control
deficiencies remaining high, we did not intend to rely on control activities within the Group’s control
environment. Consequently, the nature, extent and timing of our audit procedures continue to be modified
asa result of the risks arising from the deficiencies in the control environment, and we adopted a fully
substantive approach in our audit.
Our additional procedures, which are consistent with the prior year, included:
using a lower performance materiality (being 60% of materiality) than would be ordinarily used if the control
environment had been more mature. This increased the extent of substantive testing performed;
increasing the level of component oversight;
performing additional procedures to identify and address potential fraud risks, including the involvement
ofa forensic specialist. Due to deficiencies within the IT environment, we also expanded the types of journal
entries that we selected for testing;
working with data analytics specialists to complement our substantive testing over key areas where there
isalarge amount of data, such as the financial consolidation, contract revenue, cost of sales and estimated
costs to complete. We performed sample testing to assess completeness and accuracy of the underlying
transactional data used in our substantive testing, given the IT control deficiencies noted above. We have
used spreadsheet analysing tools to detect formula errors and other anomalies. We have also engaged
modelling specialists to assist us in evaluating the integrity of management’s going concern and impairment
models; and
maintaining the level of seniority in our engagement and review teams which was applied in the previous audit.
165Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Babcock International Group PLC continued
Key observations The Group has made progress in remediating the control deficiencies identified (whether through its own
assurance framework, including internal audit, or through the external audit) although the internal controls
enhancement programme is expected to continue over a number of years and is not yet complete. The
Group’s 15 BFCs have been embedded into standard processes in the year although findings were identified in
relation to the operation of these controls and the monitoring and retention of evidence to support their operation.
In relation to contract review controls, enhancements and standardisation of control documentation have
been implemented. However, we continue to observe deficiencies arising from varied practice of
implementation specifically regarding group and sector contract review controls. This primarily relates
totheretention of evidence of challenge and risk reviews.
Based on our audit procedures, we concluded management’s actions have remediated the majority of IT
control deficiencies throughout the year for the UK’s core system (Neptune). The majority of controls were
effective at the balance sheet date with key residual findings relating to segregation of duties. Management
continue to work on a remediation programme to address these findings, including the cleansing of access
conflicts or implementing alternate mitigating controls to address any residual risk. However, remediation
willspan into FY25, given the size, scale and complexity of the remediation programme.
For non-core systems and international IT systems, the number of IT deficiencies remain consistent with
prioryears and relate to privileged access, segregation of duties, access reviews and password parameters.
In relation to the FY24 financial close process, we continue to observe uncorrected misstatements at year-end
which are individually and collectively immaterial. Management also corrected a number of audit
misstatements identified during the financial close process.
5.2 Revenue and margin recognition on long-term contracts
Refer to page 128 (Audit Committee report), Group Income Statement, Note 1 (Basis of preparation and material accounting policy
information), Note 16 (Trade and other receivables and contract assets) and Note 18 (Trade and other payables and contract liabilities).
Key audit matter
description
The estimation of lifetime contract margin and the appropriate level of revenue and profit to recognise in
anysingle accounting period requires the exercise of management judgement. Within the Group’s contract
portfolio there are a number of contracts with values in excess of £1 billion, which extend over a number
ofyears, where there is a significant degree of judgement and which could lead to a material error within
thefinancial statements.
Consequently, we consider that revenue and margin recognition within key contracts, and the associated
accounting for contract assets, liabilities and provisions, in accordance with IFRS 15: Revenue from Customers
with Contracts and IAS 37: Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets represent a key audit matter.
The key aspects of IFRS 15 that we considered related to the recognition of variable consideration on contracts
and, under IAS 37, the measurement of the provision for loss making contracts.
We identified this as an area for potential management bias given the level of judgement involved in:
estimating costs to complete on these long-term contracts; cost allocation between contracts; assessing
thelevel of allowable and disallowable costs to recharge; the level of cumulative-catch-up adjustments (CCAs)
recorded and the subsequent impact on revenue and margin recognition.
In order to identify the key contracts where there is the greatest risk of material misstatement, we undertook
a contract risk assessment process for each sector utilising data analytics, the latest contract information,
ourunderstanding of the business, the results of prior audits and review of external information about market
and geopolitical conditions which might impact certain contracts. We held meetings with key finance and
contract managers, attended business review meetings and other key management meetings, read and
understood underlying contract documentation and obtained support for key contract judgements.
In addition, we looked for contracts which may have higher levels of judgement associated with the risk
ofschedule delivery or technical complexity, and other indicators that could increase the risk of a material
impact on the financial statements, including achieving forecast learner, efficiency and transformation savings
and the impact of inflation.
As a result of our risk assessment, we identified one contract where we consider there to be the highest
degree of judgement required in estimating the outturn margin position (Type 31 Frigates). We have
identified a separate key audit matter associated with the Type 31 Programme Estimates, see section 5.3
forfurther details.
166 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
5.2 Revenue and margin recognition on long-term contracts continued
How the scope of
our audit
responded to the
key audit matter
Our contract testing approach included:
Understanding relevant controls
We obtained an understanding of relevant manual and IT controls and project accounting processes which
management have established to ensure that contracts are appropriately forecast, managed, challenged and
accounted for.
As part of this, we attended a sample of project contract status review meetings, quarterly business review
meetings and Group level meetings to understand the various levels of challenge applied to the forecasts.
As outlined in Key Audit Matter 5.1, we did not rely on any controls for the purposes of our substantive testing.
Challenging management’s assumptions and estimates
Our work included:
obtaining an understanding of the contract including relevant contractual clauses and terms and conditions;
making inquiries of contract project teams and other personnel to obtain an understanding of the
performance of the project throughout the year and at year-end;
assessing management’s IFRS 15 accounting papers and other technical papers setting out judgements taken;
assessing delivery progress and challenging key areas of estimation in overall contract revenue and cost;
performing a risk assessment to identify contracts where cost shifting could impact on the margin recorded
and performing testing on contracts with characteristics of audit interest;
analysing historical contract performance and understanding the reason for in-year movements or changes;
performing site visits to inspect the status of construction;
testing the underlying calculations used in the contract assessments for accuracy and completeness,
including the estimated costs to complete the contract, the associated contingencies and exit liabilities;
substantively testing a sample of actual costs incurred to date to check whether these had been recorded
appropriately.
considering historical forecasting accuracy of costs, comparing to similar programmes, and challenging
future cost expectations with reference to those data points;
recomputing the cumulative-catch-up adjustments (CCAs) recorded by management;
obtaining evidence and assessing management’s transformational savings assumptions;
examining external correspondence to assess the timeframe and contractual performance for delivery
oftheproduct or service and any judgements made in respect of these;
assessing the underlying inflation assumptions against competitors, the wider market and inflation rates;
examining internal and external evidence to assess contract status and estimation of variable consideration
(including associated recoverability of contract balances), such as customer correspondence;
enquiring with in-house and external legal counsel regarding contract related judgements and claims and
contractual entitlement relating to applicable regulations. In addition, obtaining evidence of settlement
agreements with customers and where relevant reviewed associated legal correspondence and expert advice;
considering whether there were any indicators of management override of controls or bias in arriving
atthereporting position; and
assessing the appropriateness of disclosures in the financial statements.
Key observations Through our testing of the contracts in relation to this key audit matter we consider the judgements made
bythe Group in recognising revenue, profit, contract assets and liabilities to be reasonable.
167Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Babcock International Group PLC continued
5.3 Type 31 Programme Estimates (Group)
Refer to page 128 (Audit Committee report) and Note 1 (Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information)
Key audit matter
description
The Type 31 contract is complex, involving the construction of five ships over a multi-year build programme.
The ability of the Group to determine future build cost and schedule duration estimates is critically dependent
on the maturity of the ship design. Ship 1 is currently under construction. The Group is therefore required to
make both operational and financial assumptions to estimate future costs over a number of years. Forecasting
future events over extended periods contains inherent risk and the outcome is uncertain and involves a high
degree of management estimation and this is included as a key source of estimation uncertainty in Note 1.
In the prior year, a £100m loss was recorded in relation to the contract. In the current year, the Group launched
an operational improvement programme to challenge all aspects of the Type 31 programme. This has included
a significant focus on cost drivers and financial modelling, supported by external consultants, and led to a
number of management changes.
The forecast contract outturn has deteriorated by £90m in the year, primarily due to an increase in volume
andassociated production costs following the maturity of the design and an increase in forecast labour costs.
The deterioration in contract outturn in the year has been recognised as a £66m reduction in revenue and
£24m increase in the onerous contract provision. As a result, the overall loss provision position at 31 March
2024 is £79m (FY23: £55m).
There is a risk that the provision recognised in respect of this contract does not appropriately cover the
unavoidable future losses against the contract as required under IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities
andContingent Assets” (“IAS 37”) and that the revenue and margin for this contract has not been recognised
inaccordance with IFRS 15: ‘Revenue from Customers with Contracts’ (“IFRS 15”).
We have identified a key audit matter in respect of the judgements applied in the assessment of unavoidable
future cash flows used to determine the onerous contract provision. The estimates relate to:
the achievement of the build schedule to completion and final acceptance including compliance with
contractual delivery dates and performance metrics;
the ability of the Group to estimate build costs over the schedule including the estimation of the number
ofproduction hours for manufacturing, structural and outfitting activities and an assessment of the associated
labour and resource mix;
the assessment of programme support hours primarily in engineering, which is impacted by the maturity of the
ship design, the level of re-work and the number of design change requests;
the ability of the Group to maintain or improve current operational performance through process efficiencies,
quality and other engineering improvements over the five ships. Management has assumed certain productivity
improvement initiatives to optimise the build schedule and to reduce re-work in order to reduce the cost of
manufacture, structural assembly and outfitting of the programme. There is also an assumption that similar
activities will naturally be performed more efficiently over time due to continuous repetition, rather than
through separate process improvements;
the estimation of the cost of bought-in parts and services through suppliers and sub-contractors including
theimpact of inflation and planned procurement savings;
the assessment of central overheads that are allocated to the contract; and
the appropriateness of any recognition of offset for expected benefits from further separable work relating
tothe continuation of the T31 contract beyond the initial build of five ships.
168 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
5.3 Type 31 Programme Estimates (Group) continued
How the scope of
our audit
responded to the
key audit matter
We performed site visits to inspect work performed to date and held discussions with various operational team
members including the Programme Director, management experts in Design, Engineering, Weight, Group
Procurement and Group Human Resources as well as management’s external consultants to obtain a detailed
understanding of the build schedule and planned build activities and processes including the impact of the
planned operational improvement initiatives. We have completed the following audit procedures:
Read the contract to obtain an understanding of the key contractual terms;
Obtained an understanding of relevant controls in place to review the financial performance of the Type 31
contract and forecast future revenue and costs and account for the onerous contract in the Group’s financial
statements.
Challenging management’s assumptions and estimates
We have challenged management’s assumptions by considering contradictory evidence and potential
management bias. Specifically we have:
Evaluated the reasonableness of future cash flow forecasts with reference to current performance (both in year
and post year end to date), trend analysis, historical forecasting accuracy, and forecast operational
improvements in the contract to test the future build cost and schedule duration;
Assessed management’s ability to improve operating performance through design changes and implementing
engineering improvements over the remaining life of the programme to reduce the level re-work and reduce
the cost of manufacture. This included testing the volume of design change requests and the hours taken
tocomplete re-work activities by agreeing a sample through to engineering certificates and timesheets;
Challenged management’s estimates regarding production hours and the estimated volume of work
anticipated to complete the manufacturing, structural and outfitting activities. We have assessed whether,
based on current performance, the standard production hours estimates are being met or are trending in line
with management’s estimate. We have also challenged the reasonableness of the enablement plan which is
key to driving the forecast operational improvements;
Challenged the forecast schedule assumptions with reference to current build progress versus forecast and
theavailability of skilled labour including challenging management’s assumptions for the average time and
cost to manufacture and install categories of units and parts required to complete the ship. We have validated
activities performed to date on a sample basis agreeing to time records and physical inspection of completed
items on the ship;
Assessed the sufficiency of management’s resourcing plans and the overall cost of labour by assessing their
ability to recruit, the mix of the workforce between permanent and contingent workers from the UK and
overseas, the utilisation of semi-skilled and apprentice workers and shift patterns and premiums. We have
tested a sample of leavers/joiners and assessed whether management’s assumption regarding permanent
andcontingent labour availability is reasonable in order to determine whether the resourcing plan is being
met and forecast costs are supportable;
Challenged the estimate of programme support hours with reference to current performance and considered
the impact of forecast design changes and re-work assumptions on engineering support time to assess
consistency of assumptions;
Challenged whether planned procurement and labour savings are within management’s contractual ability to
implement, their ability to reasonably assess the financial impact, and the forecast timing of implementation.
We have tested a sample of forecast procurement savings to supporting evidence including reviewing
correspondence with suppliers and sub-contractors. We have also considered the status of negotiations with
trade unions and planned changes to shift patterns;
Challenged management’s forecast inflation assumptions by benchmarking against external third party
forecast data;
169Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Babcock International Group PLC continued
Assessed the appropriateness of central overheads which are allocated to the onerous contract provision;
Challenged management’s ability to achieve schedule by extrapolating current build and outfitting performance
and comparing against contractual delivery dates. In performing this assessment, we have considered the
impact of critical activities on schedule performance and management’s ability to work on multiple ships
concurrently. We have tested a sample of activities to assess whether sufficient time has been factored into
management’s build and resourcing plans; and
Challenged the recognition of the offset for expected benefits from separable additional work against the
onerous contract provision by reference to the original contract bid documentation and evidence of economic
linkage with the original contract existing at the time of contract inception.
In addition, we have:
Evaluated management’s forecast compliance with the contractual performance metrics by understanding
theprocess for assessing compliance and the interdependencies between the metrics;
Evaluated the approach adopted in management’s model to determine compliance with the requirements
ofIAS 37;
Evaluated, in accordance with IAS 8, whether the current year loss provision represents a change in estimate
and is therefore recognised in the appropriate period;
Tested the arithmetical accuracy of management’s models.
Evaluated the sensitivity analysis prepared by management and performed our own sensitivity calculations
toassess the appropriateness of the provision recorded; and
Assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s disclosures in respect of onerous contracts and their compliance
with the requirements of IAS 37 and IAS 1.
Key observations During the year, the Company launched an operational improvement programme to address all areas of the
Type 31 programme. This has led to a focus on financial modelling a number of management changes.
Asaresult, management’s controls were enhanced. We have assessed the key controls relating to Type 31
andsimilar to our observations set out in section 5.1, we raised deficiencies regarding the retention of
documentation to evidence management’s challenge and accuracy of information reviewed within the controls.
The overall estimated programme costs have increased during the year mainly due to the maturity of the design
and increase in the forecast cost of labour. As a consequence of our audit challenge, the Group did not recognise
the expected benefits from additional separable work relating to the expected continuation of the Type 31
contract and recognised an increase in forecast costs due to the level of estimation uncertainty.
We are satisfied that the resultant estimates made by management in determining the onerous contract
provision of £79m for the Type 31 programme are reasonable, and in accordance with IAS 37, and that the
revenue and margin for this contract has been recognised in accordance with IFRS 15.
Given the uncertainties in forecasting the unavoidable future losses, the disclosure sensitivities in Note 1 provide
important information to assess the impact of a significant risk of a material adjustment to the carrying amount
of the provision within the next financial year.
170 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
6. Our application of materiality
6.1 Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions
of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work
and in evaluating the results of our work.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Group financial statements Company financial statements
Materiality £20.0m (2023: £15.6m) £40.7m (2023: £61.7m)
Basis for determining
materiality
Consistent with prior years, materiality has been
determined by considering a range of possible
benchmarks used by investors and other readers
ofthe financial statements.
The increase from prior years is due to the continued
turnaround of the Babcock business following the
contract profitability and balance sheet (CPBS)
review which included new management and the
absence of normalised financial performance These
key metrics have now stabilised, we have increased
our materiality to £20.0m.
In particular, we considered: revenue; net assets;
total assets; and profit before tax excluding
amortisation of acquired intangibles, business
acquisition, merger and divestment related items,
fair value movement on derivatives and related
items as defined in note 2.
Our materiality represents:
Metric FY24 FY23
Revenue 0.5% 0.5%
Net assets 4.9% 5.4%
Total assets 0.6% 0.6%
Profit before tax excluding
amortisation of acquired
intangibles, business
acquisition, merger and
divestment related items, fair
value movement on
derivatives and related items
as defined in note 2 9.5% 15.5%
1% of total assets (2023: 1%). A lower materiality
of£16.0m was used for the purposes of the Group
audit; this was based on 80% of Group materiality
(2023: 80%).
The materiality determined for the standalone
Company financial statements exceeds the Group
materiality. This is due to the fact that the total
asset balance of the Company financial statements
exceeds the total asset balance of the Group.
Where there were balances and transactions within
the Company accounts that were within the scope
of the audit of the Group financial statements,
ourprocedures were undertaken using the lower
materiality level applicable to the Group audit
components. It was only for testing balances not
relevant to the Group audit, such as intercompany
investment balances, that the higher level of
materiality applied in practice.
Rationale for the
benchmark applied
We assessed which line items are the most
important to investors and analysts by reading
analyst reports and Babcock’s communications
toshareholders, as well as the communications
ofpeer companies.
Profit before tax is the benchmark ordinarily
considered by us when auditing equity listed
entities. It provides comparability against companies
across all sectors but has limitations particularly
where profitability has significantly varied year
onyear which has been the case for the Group.
As the Company is non-trading and operates
primarily as a holding Company, we believe
thetotal asset position is the most appropriate
benchmark to use.
171Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Babcock International Group PLC continued
6.2 Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and
undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole.
Group financial statements Company financial statements
Performance materiality 60% (2023: 60%) of Group materiality 60% (2023: 60%) of Company materiality
Basis and rationale for
determining performance
materiality
In determining performance materiality, we considered the following factors:
The deficiencies identified in the control environment;
The nature of the Group and lack of common controls and processes; and
The nature, volume and size of identified corrected and uncorrected misstatements identified
intheprior year.
6.3 Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £1,000,000 (2023:
£780,000), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report
tothe Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identify when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.
7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1 Identification and scoping of components
We performed our scoping of the Group audit by understanding the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls,
andassessing the audit risks. This exercise considered the relative size of each reporting unit’s contribution to revenue, profit before tax
andadjusted profit before tax, alongside further financial or contractual risks, which we considered to be present. This resulted in 22 full
scope components and 3 components subject to specified account balance audits. Given the disposal of the European Aerial Emergency
Services (AES) businesses the number of component auditors used to perform procedures under our direction and supervision has
reduced from eight to four.
For all other reporting units not included in full scope, we performed centrally directed analytical review procedures to confirm our
conclusion that there was no significant risk of material misstatement in the components not subject to audit.
As each of the reporting units maintains separate financial records, we engaged component auditors from the Deloitte member firms
inAustralia, Canada, France and South Africa, to perform procedures under our direction and supervision. Excluding the Company,
component materiality ranged from £4.8 million to £6.0 million (2023: £3.09 million to £4.91 million).
We issued detailed instructions to the component auditors, including specific procedures to address Group level risks such as contracts
testing and asset impairment procedures for some geographies, and directed and supervised their work through a number of visits
tothe component auditor during the planning and performance stages of our audit, alongside frequent remote communication and
review of their work.
In addition to the work performed at a component level the Group audit team also performed audit procedures on the Company
financial statements including, but not limited to, corporate activities such as treasury and pensions, as well as on the consolidated
financial statements themselves. This included entity level controls, litigation provisions, the consolidation, financial statement
disclosures and risk assessment work on components not included elsewhere in the scope of our audit. The Group audit team also
co-ordinated certain procedures performed on key areas, such as PPE impairment, where audit work is performed by both the Group
andcomponent audit teams, as well as analytical reviews on out-of-scope components.
The 22 full scope components and 3 specified account balance audits contribute the proportions of Group totals shown below.
96%
2%
2%
7%
Revenue
Profit
before
tax
89%
4%
Review at group level
Specified audit procedures
Full audit scope
172 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
7.2 Our consideration of the control environment
We performed detailed walkthroughs of the processes associated with each of the Group’s business cycles, identifying relevant controls
and evaluating those controls. We tested controls through a combination of inquiry, observation, inspection, and re-performance.
Ourexpectation when planning the FY24 audit approach was that deficiencies would still remain in the control environment and
assuch, we did not test relevant controls except for general IT controls in the Group’s Neptune system. Given the ongoing remediation
efforts and the overall risk surrounding the control deficiencies remaining high, we did not intend to rely on control activities within
theGroup’s control environment. See section 5.1 for further details of our planned approach.
7.3 Our consideration of climate-related risks
The Group has considered climate change risk as part of their risk assessment process when considering the principal risks and uncertainties
facing the Group. This is set out in the strategic report on page 103, and in Note 1 to the financial statements on page 187.
The areas of the financial statements that are notably impacted by climate-related considerations are associated with future forecasts
inthe medium to long term. These include considerations over the recoverable amount of goodwill, intangible assets and property plant
and equipment. The Group also considered the potential impact on useful economic lives, disruption to key operating sites and supply
chain disruption.
We have performed the following procedures:
assessed and challenged management’s assessment of the key financial statement line items and estimates which are more likely
tobematerially impacted by climate change risks, given that the more notable impacts of climate change on the business are
expected to arise in the medium to long term;
challenged how management considered climate change in their assessment of going concern and viability based on our understanding
of the business environment and by benchmarking relevant assumptions with market data;
involved our Environmental Social and Governance (ESG) specialists in challenging the Group’s climate principal risk assessments.
ESGspecialists were also involved in evaluating the ESG section of the annual report and assessing Task Force on Climate-related
financial disclosures (TCFD) on pages 72 to 79 against the recommendations of the TCFD framework. We considered if any
oftheinformation disclosed was inconsistent with the information we obtained through our audit;
assessed whether climate risk assumptions underpinning specific account balances were appropriately disclosed; and
read the climate risk disclosures included in the strategic report section of the annual report for consistency with the financial
statements and our knowledge of the business environment.
7.4 Working with other auditors
Our oversight of component auditors included directing the planning of their audit work and understanding their risk assessment
process to identify key areas of estimates and judgement, as well as supervising the execution of their audit work.
We issued detailed instructions to the component auditors, reviewed and challenged the related component inter-office reporting
andfindings from their work, reviewed underlying audit files, attended component audit closing conference calls and held regular
remote communication to interact on any related audit and accounting matters which arose. Additionally, all teams were involved
inour global planning and fraud meeting, which was led by the Group audit team. Visits to meet with certain component teams in
Canada, South Africa and France were conducted. Where we did not visit components in person, we maintained an ongoing dialogue
virtually and reviewed files remotely.
The Company is located in the United Kingdom and the UK businesses were audited directly by the Group audit team.
We are satisfied that the level of involvement of the Group audit partner and team in the component audits has been appropriate
andhas enabled us to conclude that sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained in support of our opinion on the Group
financial statements as a whole.
8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s
report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated
inourreport, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise
toa material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there
isa material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
173Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Babcock International Group PLC continued
9. Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability
tocontinue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic
alternative but to do so.
10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is
ahighlevel of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which
ourprocedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.
11.1 Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws
andregulations, we considered the following:
the nature of the industry and sector, control environment (in particular the ongoing deficiencies identified in the previous year,
see5.1 above) and business performance including the design of the Group’s remuneration policies, key drivers for Directors’
remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;
the Group’s own assessment of the risks that irregularities may occur either as a result of fraud or error that was approved by the Board;
results of our enquiries of the Directors, internal audit, internal and external legal counsel and the Audit Committee about their
ownidentification and assessment of the risks of irregularities;
any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the Group’s documentation of their policies and procedures relating to:
identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether management were aware of any instances
ofnon-compliance;
detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations including obtaining
anunderstanding of the Group’s bribery and corruption and whistleblowing policies; and
the matters discussed with our internal fraud specialists, as part of our initial fraud risk assessment and our engagement team
discussions, including fraud schemes that had arisen in similar sectors and industries; and
the matters discussed among the audit engagement team including significant component audit teams and relevant internal
specialists, including fraud, tax, valuations, pensions and IT specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial
statements and any potential indicators of fraud.
As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and
identified the greatest potential for fraud in the level of judgement involved in estimating costs to complete on long-term contracts.
Incommon with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform specific procedures to respond to the risk of management
override of controls.
We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the Group operates in, focusing on provisions of those
lawsand regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Thekey
laws and regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions legislation and tax legislation.
In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but
compliance with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty, including in respect
ofexport controls, defence contracting and anti-bribery and corruption legislation.
174 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
11.2 Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified ‘Revenue and margin recognition on key long-term contracts’ and ‘T31 Programme
Estimates’ as key audit matters related to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report explains the matters
inmore detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in response to those key audit matters.
In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:
reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing against supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions
ofrelevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;
enquiring of the Directors, the Audit Committee, in-house legal counsel, and where needed, circularising external legal counsel,
concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;
performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material misstatement
due to fraud;
reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing correspondence
withrelevant regulatory authorities; and
in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other
adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and
evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.
We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including
internal specialists and significant component audit teams and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws
and regulations throughout the audit.
Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
the Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material
uncertainties identified set out on page 107;
the Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period
isappropriate set out on page 107;
the Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 162;
the Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 161;
the section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set
outon page 131; and
the section describing the work of the Audit Committee set out on page 128.
13. Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of
theCorporate Governance Statement relating to the group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code
specified for our review.
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the
Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements
areprepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Company and their environment obtained in the course
oftheaudit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the Strategic report or the Directors’ report.
175Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
14. Matters on which we are required to report by exception
14.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from
branches not visited by us; or
the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.
14.2 Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not
been made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.
15. Other matters which we are required to address
15.1 Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by shareholders at its Annual General Meeting
on22September 2021 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 March 2022 and subsequent financial periods.
Theperiod oftotal uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is three years, covering the
years ended 31March 2022 to 31 March 2024. The year ending 31 March 2024 will be the last year of our appointment as auditor.
15.2 Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the Audit Committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).
16. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to
themin an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility
to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we
have formed.
As required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R, these
financial statements will form part of the Electronic Format Annual Financial Report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the FCA
in accordance with DTR 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R. This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the Electronic Format Annual
Financial Report has been prepared in compliance with DTR 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R.
Makhan Chahal FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
London, UK
25 July 2024
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Babcock International Group PLC continued
176 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Group income statement
For the year ended 31 March
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 177
Note
2024 2023
£m £m
Revenue
2,3
4,390.1
4,438.6
Operating costs
(4,145.0)
(4,315.7)
Loss resulting from acquisitions and disposals
27
(3.5)
(77.4)
Operating profit
2,3,4
241.6
45.5
R
esults from joint ventures and associates
2,14
9.2
9.3
Finance income
5
22.1
21.9
Finance costs
5
(56.2)
(70.5)
Profit before tax
2
216.7
6.2
Income tax expense
7
(48.5)
(39.5)
Profit/(Loss) for the year
168.2
(33.3)
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent
165.7
(35.0)
Non-controlling interest
2.5
1.7
Earnings/(Loss) per share
Basic
9
32.9p
(6.9)p
Diluted
9
32.2p
(6 .9)p
Group statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 March
2024 2023
Note £m £m
Profit/(loss) for the year
168.2
(33.3)
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to income statement
Currency translation differences
(13.4)
(0.5)
Reclassification of cumulative currency translation reserve on disposal
27
(1.2)
Fair value adjustment of interest rate and foreign exchange hedges
(4.0)9.4
Tax, including rate change impact, on fair value adjustment of interest rate and foreign
(0.5)(3.1)
exchange hedges
Hedging gains/(losses) reclassified to profit or loss
6.6
(10.8)
Share of other comprehensive income of joint ventures and associates
14
0.3
4.7
Tax, including rate change impact, on share of other comprehensive income of joint ventures
14 (0.1)(1.2)
and associates
Items that will not be reclassified to income statement
Remeasurement of retirement benefit obligations
25
(155.1)
(402.4)
Tax on remeasurement of retirement benefit obligations
7
38.4
100.8
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(127.8)
(304.3)
Total comprehensive
income/(loss)
40.4
(337.6)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to:
Owners of the parent
39.1
(337.3)
Non-controlling interest
1.3
(0.3)
Total comprehensive
income/(loss)
40.4
(337.6)
177Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Group statement of changes in equity
178 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
Total equity
attributable
to owners Non-
Share Share Other Capital Retained Hedging Translation of the controlling Total
capital
premium
reserve redemption earnings reserve reserve Company interest equity
Note £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1 April 2022
303.4
873.0
768.8
30.6
(1,241.4)
4.0
(56.4)
682.0
19.5
701.5
Loss for the year
(35.0)
(35.0)
1.7
(33.3)
Other comprehensive
(loss)/income
(301.6)
(1.0)
0.3
(302.3)
(2.0)
(304.3)
Total comprehensive
(336.6)
(1.0)
0.3
(337.3)
(0.3)
(337.6)
(loss)/income
Dividends
(2.2)
(2.2)
Share
-based payments
24
9.4
9.4
9.4
Tax on share-based payments
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.2)
Net movement in equity
(327.4)
(1.0)
0.3
(328.1)
(2.5)
(330.6)
At 31 March 2023
303.4
873.0
768.8
30.6
(1,568.8)
3.0
(56.1)
353.9
17.0
370.9
At 1 April 2023
303.4
873.0
768.8
30.6
(1,568.8)
3.0
(56.1)
353.9
17.0
370.9
Profit for the year
165.7
165.7
2.5
168. 2
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
(116.7)
2.3
(12.2)
(126.6)(1.2)(127.8)
Total comprehensive income
49.0
2.3
(12.2)
39.1
1.3
40.4
Dividends
8
(8.5)
(8.5)
(1.8)
(10.3)
Disposal of subsidiary
0.7
0.7
Purchase of own shares
(12.5)
(12.5)
(12.5)
Share
-based payments
24
12.4
12.4
12.4
Tax on share
-based payments
4.5
4.5
4.5
Net movement in equity
44.9
2.3
(12.2)
35.0
0.2
35.2
At 31 March 2024
303.4
873.0
768.8
30.6
(1,523. 9)
5.3
(68.3)
388.9
17.2
406.1
The other reserve relates to the rights issue of new ordinary shares on 7 May 2014 and the capital redemption reserve relates to the
issue and redemption of redeemable ‘B’ preference shares in 2001.
178 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Group statement of financial position
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 179
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
Note
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
10
780.1
781.4
Other intangible assets
11
148.8
140.8
Property, plant and equipment
12
517.1
478.5
Right of use assets
13
175.6
159.1
Investment in joint ventures and associates
14
59.7
57.4
Loan to joint ventures and associates
14
3.9
9.5
Retirement benefits surpluses
25
107.3
94.8
Other financial assets
5.3
7.3
Lease receivables
13, 21
22.5
22.2
Derivatives
21
2.8
2.6
Deferred tax asset
7
132.3
112.2
Trade and other receivables
16
13.0
6.4
1,968.4
1,872.2
Current assets
Inventories
15
187.4
126.8
Trade and other receivables
16
487.2
506.9
Contract assets
16
337.4
322.5
Income tax recoverable
10.6
7.7
Lease receivables
13, 21
13.0
16.4
Other financial assets
1.1
1.4
Derivatives
21
4.4
4.3
Cash and cash equivalents
17, 26
570.6
451.7
1,611.7
1,437.7
Total assets
3,580.1
3,309.9
Equity and liabilities
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
23
303.4
303.4
Share premium
873.0
873.0
Capital redemption and other reserves
736.4
746.3
Retained earnings
(1,523.9)
(1,568.8)
388.9
353.9
Non-controlling interest
17.2
17.0
Total equity
406.1
370.9
Non-current liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
19
747.1
768.4
Lease liabilities
13, 19
185.9
178.9
Trade and other payables
18
5.4
0.9
Deferred tax liabilities
7
6.4
7.0
Derivatives
21
51.9
53.3
Retirement benefit deficits
25
217.0
156.2
Provisions for other liabilities, including other employee benefits
20
79.1
80.8
1,292.8
1,245.5
Current liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
19
20.4
19.6
Lease liabilities
13, 19
44.6
49.9
Trade and other payables
18
949.2
911.1
Contract liabilities
18
761.8
616.4
Income tax payable
16.6
15.8
Derivatives
21
9.5
12.8
Provisions for other liabilities, including other employee benefits
20
79.1
67.9
1,881.2
1,693.5
Total liabilities
3,174.0
2,939.0
Total equity and liabilities
3,580.1
3,309.9
The notes on pages 181 to 246 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. The Group financial statements on pages
177 to 246 were approved by the Board of Directors on 25 July 2024 and are signed on its behalf by:
David Lockwood OBE David Mellors
Director Director
179Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Group cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 March
180 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
Note
2024 2023
£m £m
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit/(loss) for the year
168.2
(33.3)
Results from joint ventures and associates
14
(9.2)
(9.3)
Income tax expense
7
48.5
39.5
Finance income
5 (22.1)(21.9)
Finance costs
5
56.2
70.5
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
12
54.1
77.0
Depreciation and impairment of right of use assets
13
39.8
91.3
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
11
24.0
37.1
Equity share
-based payments
24
12.4
9.4
Net derivative fair value and currency movement through profit or loss
(4.9)
(7.5)
Fair value movement on assets held at fair value through profit or loss
(2.0)
Loss on disposal of subsidiaries, businesses and joint ventures and associates
27
3.5
77.4
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(17.1)
(2.0)
(Profit)/loss on disposal of right of use assets
(3.6)
0.8
Loss on disposal of intangible assets
0.1
1.7
Cash generated from operations before movement in working capital and
retirement benefit payments
347.9 330.7
I
ncrease in inventories
(67.1)(25.7)
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
6.1
(71.6)
Increase in contract assets
(18.3)
(54.2)
I
ncrease in payables
56.1
131.4
Increase in contract liabilities
149.1
132.3
Increase in provisions
8.1
47.9
Retirement benefit contributions in excess of current period expense
(107.6)(141.9)
Cash generated from operations
374.3
348.9
Income tax paid
(27.4)(25.4)
Interest paid
(54.3)(77.0)
Interest received
22.1
14.8
Net cash flows from
operating activities
314.7
261.3
Cash flows from investing activities
Disposal of subsidiaries and joint ventures and associates, net of cash disposed
27 (1.3)158.6
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates
14
7.1
8.7
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
30.6
38.5
Proceeds on disposal of intangible assets
0.4
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
(109.7)(104.2)
Purchases of intangible assets
(32.7)(20.9)
Loans repaid by joint ventures and associates
14
7.5
2.4
Loans advanced to joint ventures and associates
14
(2.1)
Net cash flows from investing activities
(100.6)
83.5
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
8(8.5)
Lease payments
26 (49.6)(108.5)
Cash inflow from settlement of derivatives
26
0.8
Bank loans repaid
26
(13.1)
(972.8)
Loans raised and facilities drawn down
26
416.6
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest
(1.8)
(2.2)
Purchase of own shares by Babcock Employee Share Trust
(12.5)
Net cash flows from financing activities
(85.5)
(666.1)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts
128.6
(321.3)
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at beginning of year
26
429.5
756.5
Effects of exchange rate fluctuations
26
(5.5)
(5.7)
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at end of year
26
552.6
429.5
180 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Notes to the Group financial statements
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 181
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information
Basis of preparation
Babcock International Group PLC (the parent and ultimate parent company) is a public company limited by shares incorporated in the
United Kingdom under the Companies Act. Babcock International Group PLC is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is incorporated
and domiciled in England, UK. A description of the nature of the Group’s operations and principal activities is set out on page 2.
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom adopted International Accounting Standards,
which has not differed from the previously EU-adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and the Companies Act 2006
applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis,
except for certain financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.
Going concern
After making enquiries, the Directors, at the time of approving the financial statements, have a reasonable expectation that the
Company and the Group have adequate financial resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. As such,
the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis further detail on the key factors impacting the
going concern assessment are set out in the Directors’ report on page 107. The Board considered the period from 21 July 2024 to
30 September 2025 in its assessment of going concern.
New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for the year beginning on 1 April 2023:
The following standards and amendments to IFRSs became effective for the annual reporting period beginning on 1 April 2023 and
did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements:
IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’: IFRS 17 establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure
of insurance contracts and supersedes IFRS 4.
IFRS 17 allows an entity a policy choice to instead apply IFRS 15 to contracts which would otherwise meet the definition of an
insurance contract providing their primary purpose is to provide a service at a fixed fee and provided certain specific conditions
are met. Where these conditions are satisfied, the Group’s policy is to apply IFRS 15 in all such instances.
IFRS 17 also contains a number of scope exclusions for example, warranties provided by a manufacturer, dealer or retailer
in connection with the sale of its goods or services to a customer are outside the scope of IFRS 17.
Whilst the Group holds a number of long-term support and maintenance contracts, it has been concluded that such contracts
are either subject to the above scope exclusions and policy choices, or do not constitute insurance contracts because there
is no transfer of significant insurance risk due to pricing structure such that additional costs are recoverable through variable
consideration or final pricing adjustment. As such, none of the long-term support and maintenance contracts are accounted
for under IFRS 17.
The Group has assessed that the standard would impact its captive insurance company as it issues insurance contracts, however,
since the contracts insure other Group companies, there is no impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The impact of adopting IFRS 17 is not material for the Group and no restatement of the prior period Income Statement or
Statement of Financial Position was required.
Amendments to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’: The amendments change the requirements in IAS 1 with regard
to disclosure of accounting policies. The amendments replace all instances of the term ‘significant accounting policies’ with
‘material accounting policy information’. Accounting policy information is material if, when considered together with other
information included in an entity’s financial statements, it can reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary
users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements.
The supporting paragraphs in IAS 1 are also amended to clarify that accounting policy information that relates to immaterial
transactions, other events or conditions is immaterial and need not be disclosed. Accounting policy information may be material
because of the nature of the related transactions, other events or conditions, even if the amounts are immaterial. However, not
all accounting policy information relating to material transactions, other events or conditions is itself material.
181Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 182
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
Amendments to IAS 8, ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’: The amendments replace the
d
efinition of a change in accounting estimates with a definition of accounting estimates. Under the new definition, accounting
estimates are "monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty".
Amendments to IAS 12, ‘Income Taxes’: The amendments introduce a further exception from the initial recognition exemption
.
Under the amendments, an entity does not apply the initial recognition exemption for transactions that give rise to equal taxable
and deductible temporary differences. Depending on the applicable tax law, equal taxable and deductible temporary differences
may arise on initial recognition of an asset and liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither
accounting profit nor taxable profit.
Following the amendments to IAS 12, an entity is required to recognise the related deferred tax asset and liability, with the
recognition of any deferred tax asset being subject to the recoverability criteria in IAS 12.
The IASB amended the scope of IAS 12 to clarify that the Standard applies to income taxes arising from tax law enacted or
substantively enacted to implement the Pillar Two model rules published by the OECD, including tax law that implements qualified
domestic minimum top-up taxes described in those rules.
The amendments introduce a temporary exception to the accounting requirements for deferred taxes in IAS 12, so that an entity
would neither recognise nor disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.
Following the amendments, the group is required to disclose that it has applied the exception and to disclose separately its current
tax expense (income) related to Pillar Two income taxes.
New IFRS accounting standards, amendments and interpretations not yet adopted
The Group has not early adopted any other amendment, standard or interpretation that has been issued but is not yet effective. It is
expected that these standards and amendments will be adopted on the applicable effective date. The following new or amended IFRS
accounting standards, amendments and interpretations not yet adopted are not expected to have a significant impact on the Group:
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28: Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture
Amendments to IAS 1: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
Amendments to IAS 1: Non-current Liabilities with Covenants
Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7: Supplier Finance Arrangements
Amendments to IFRS 16: Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback
All standards listed above will be adopted with effect from 1 April 2024 with the exception of the Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28
for which the mandatory effective date has not yet been set by the IASB.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings together
with its share of joint ventures’ and associates’ results. Intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated
on consolidation.
(a) Subsidiaries
A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Group. An entity is controlled by the Group regardless of the level of the Group’s equity
interest in the entity, when the Group is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability
to impact those returns through its power over the entity.
In determining whether control exists, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances to assess its control over an entity such
as contractual commitments and potential voting rights held by the Group if they are substantive.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date control has been transferred to the Group and de-consolidated from the date control
ceases. Where control ceases, the results for the year up to the date of relinquishing control or closure are analysed as continuing
or discontinued operations.
(b) Joint ventures and associates
Associates are those entities over which the Group exercises its significant influence when it has the power to participate in the financial
and operating policy decisions of the entity but it does not have the power to control or jointly control the entity.
A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the
arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations for its liabilities.
The Group’s interests in joint ventures and associates are accounted for by the equity method of accounting and are initially recorded
at cost. The Group’s investment in joint ventures and associates includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) identified
on acquisition. The carrying values of associates and joint ventures are reviewed on a regular basis and if there is objective evidence
that an impairment in value has occurred as a result of one or more events during the period, the investment is impaired.
182 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 183
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
The Group’s share of its joint ventures’ and associates post-acquisition profits or losses after tax is recognised in the income statement,
and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in reserves. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are
adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. If the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture or associate equals or exceeds
its investment in the joint venture or associate, the Group does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred obligations to do so.
Unrealised gains and losses on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures and associates are eliminated to the extent of the
Group’s interest in the joint venture and associate. Loans to joint ventures are valued at amortised cost less provision for impairment.
Materiality
Various disclosures make reference to items considered as material or immaterial to the financial statements. The Group considers
information to be material if omitting it or misstating it could influence decisions that users make on the basis of the financial
information provided. Materiality is considered from both a quantitative and qualitative factor perspective. In addition to subsequent
specific references to materiality, and in compliance with IFRS, certain disclosures have not been provided where the information
resulting from that disclosure is not material.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In the course of preparation of the financial statements, judgements and estimates have been made in applying the Group’s accounting
policies that have had a material effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. The application of the Group’s
accounting policies requires the use of estimates and the inherent uncertainty in certain forward-looking estimates may result in a
material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the next financial year. Critical accounting estimates are subject
to continuing evaluation and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are
believed to be reasonable in light of known circumstances. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in relation to these financial
statements are considered below:
(a) Critical accounting judgements
Critical accounting judgements, apart from those involving estimations, that are applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial
statements are discussed below. Detail of the Group’s key judgements involving estimates are included in the Key sources of estimation
uncertainty section.
(i) Acting as principal or agent
A number of the Group’s contracts include promises in relation to procurement activity undertaken on behalf of customers at low
or nil margin, sub-contractor arrangements, and other pass-through costs. Management is required to exercise judgement on these
revenue streams in considering whether the Group is acting as principal or agent. This is based on an assessment as to whether the
Group controls the relevant goods or services under the performance obligations prior to transfer to customers. Factors that influence
this judgement include the level of responsibility the Group has under the contract for the provision of the goods or services, the extent
to which the Group is incentivised to fulfil orders on time and within budget, either through gain share arrangements or KPI deductions
in relation to the other performance obligations within the contract, and the extent to which the Group exercises responsibility in
determining the selling price of the goods and services. Taking all factors into consideration, the Group then comes to a judgement as
to whether it acts as principal or agent on a performance obligation-by-performance obligation basis. Any changes in this judgement
would not have a material impact on profit, although there may be a material impact to revenue and operating costs.
(ii) Determining the groups of cash generating units to which goodwill is allocated
IFRS 8 requires that, for the purpose of subsequent impairment testing, goodwill acquired in business combinations be allocated to cash
generating units (‘CGUs’) or groups of CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Such CGUs or groups of CGUs
shall represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and shall not be larger than an
operating segment.
This determination is generally straightforward and factual, however in some cases judgement is required.
The Group has identified four operating segments Aviation, Land, Marine and Nuclear and in the case of Aviation, Marine and
Nuclear, goodwill is allocated and monitored at the operating segment level (with these three operating segments each also comprising
a group of CGUs).
Although Land is considered a single operating segment, goodwill is separately allocated and monitored between the Africa business
(as one group of CGUs) and the remainder of Land (as a second group of CGUs). This distinction exists due to historic assessments of the
Group’s operating segments and the fact that previous Africa business combinations were only anticipated to provide synergies and
benefits across the Africa CGUs.
Other territories may represent separate CGUs or groups of CGUs but are neither separate operating segments nor is goodwill separately
allocated or monitored at these territory levels.
Over time management reviews the basis upon which goodwill is allocated to ensure it remains appropriate as businesses are acquired
and divested and reporting structures change, including how information is reported to the Chief Operating Decision Maker. If there
was a change in this judgement this could result in a material adjustment to goodwill. Further detail is included in notes 3 and 10.
183Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
184 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(iii) Additional work expected under the Type 31 contract
There is judgement in determining whether the Type 31 onerous contract provision should reflect the benefit of the expected
continuation of the programme. IAS 37.10 states that “a contract is onerous when the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations
under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.” Judgement is required in determining whether
additional work is treated as a benefit expected to be received under the Type 31 contract, reducing the onerous contract provision.
The key factors considered in making this judgement are the additional work expected at contract inception and the economic linkage
with the pricing and other terms of the Type 31 contract. Having carefully considered the available evidence against the evidential bar
required to recognise future benefits, it was concluded that the expected continuation of the programme should not be treated as
a benefit expected under the Type 31 contract.
(b) Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting period end that may result in significant risk of material adjustment to the
carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are set out below:
(i) Revenue and profit recognition
The following represent the notable assumptions impacting upon revenue and profit recognition as a result of the Group’s contracts
with customers:
Stage of completion & costs to complete The Group’s revenue recognition policies require management to make an estimate
of the cost to complete for long-term contracts. Management estimates outturn costs on a contract-by-contract basis and
estimates are carried out by suitably qualified and experienced personnel. Estimates of cost to complete include assessment of
contract contingencies arising out of technical, commercial, operational and other risks. The assessments of all significant contract
outturns are subject to review and challenge, and judgements and estimates are reviewed regularly throughout the contract life
based on latest available information with adjustments made where necessary. As contracts near completion, often less judgement
is required to determine the expected outturn. The most significant estimate of contract outturn relates to the Type 31 programme
as outlined below.
Variable consideration the Group’s contracts are often subject to variable consideration including performance-based penalties
and incentives, gain/pain share arrangements and other items. Variable consideration is added to the transaction price only to the
extent that it is highly probable that there will not be a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised once
the underlying uncertainty is resolved.
Inflation The level to which the Group’s revenue and cost for each contract will be impacted by inflation is a key accounting
estimate, as this could cause the revenue and cost of contract delivery to be greater than was expected at the time of contracting.
The Group’s contracts are exposed to inflation due to rising employment costs, as well as increased costs of raw materials.
The Group endeavours to include cost recovery mechanisms or index-linked pricing within its contracts with customers in order
to mitigate any inflation risk arising from increasing employment and raw material costs.
Type 31 contract estimates
The contract to produce 5 Type 31 frigates was won under competitive tender in 2019, based on Babcock’s Arrowhead 140 design.
The contract is important in providing access to an expected pipeline of Type 31 work and developing our Arrowhead 140 design
for opportunities overseas. Although the contract contained certain escalation clauses, it provided limited protection from the
macroeconomic changes of recent years relating to Brexit, Covid, raw material prices and UK labour shortages, which have significantly
increased our costs. Following the outcome of discussions with the customer over these matters, a £100m charge was recorded in the
prior financial year.
This year we launched an operational improvement programme to address all areas of the Type 31 programme. This has included a
significant focus on cost drivers and financial modelling, supported by external consultants, and has led to a number of management
changes. This has enabled a more detailed reassessment, robustly supported by actual cost data, other empirical evidence and a further
year of experience of the programme.
We recorded a £90m charge at the end of the year. Estimated costs over the life of the contract have increased due to the maturing
of the design and an increase in the forecast cost of labour. The £90m charge has been recognised as a £66m reduction in revenue
(which increases the contract liability within working capital) and £24m increase in the onerous contract provision.
Determining the contract outturn, and therefore revenue and onerous contract provision recognised, requires assumptions and complex
judgements to be made about the future performance of the contract. The level of uncertainty in the estimates made in assessing the
outturn is linked to the complexity of the underlying contract.
184 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 185
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
The estimates made in assessing the outturn are set out below, along with the related estimation methods, data sources and
management actions to offset the increases in the year.
a)
The number of production hours which requires estimation of a standard level of hours for manufacturing, structural and
outfitting activities, determined with reference to previous experience of comparable programmes and industry data where
available. The estimation of the time taken to improve to this standard level is also relevant, based on a detailed enablement
plan which is a key output of the operational improvement programme. The volume of activities is based on a detailed assessment
of the Bill of Materials, supported by dedicated engineering software
b)
The cost of labour which is dependent on our ability to recruit, the mix of the workforce between permanent and contingent
workers from the UK and overseas, the utilisation of semi-skilled and apprentice workers and shift patterns and premiums.
A detailed resourcing plan is used to support this estimate with actions required to achieve an efficient labour mix
c)
The cost of bought-in parts and services through suppliers and sub-contractors which includes the outcome of procurement
tenders, finalisation of other areas of unagreed pricing and the agreement of discounts and incentive arrangements
d)
The ability to improve operational performance through process efficiencies, quality and engineering improvements over
the five ships which requires actions to reduce re-work, optimise the location in which outfitting is performed, deliver specific
productivity initiatives and make engineering changes to reduce the cost of manufacture, structural assembly and outfitting
e)
The number of hours required by support functions primarily in engineering which is impacted by the timely completion of
remaining design activities and effective management of production support and change requests. A detailed engineering scope
review has been performed to support this estimate. The maturity of the design and estimation process has allowed us to target
improvements in ongoing support and overhead costs
f)
The determination of non-incremental costs which relate directly to fulfilling the contract and are therefore partially
allocated to the contract to determine the loss provision including facility and overhead costs
g)
The impact of inflation on the contract price and costs to fulfil the contract particularly in relation to labour which may
be impacted by changes in the local, UK and overseas labour markets, competitor activity and government policy
h)
The achievement of the build schedule to completion and final acceptance including the satisfaction of all contractual
performance criteria. The schedule analysis is based on detailed modelling and the performance of multiple scenario analysis
The cost estimation process has involved a number of key elements:
Regular governance at the Group level to monitor progress and enable support as required
Bottom-up costing at the activity level performed by individual business areas
Reassessment of risk based on the updated cost estimates, considering ranges of outcomes and probabilities
Input from functional specialists from across the Group
Development of financial models based on cost drivers, using actual data and other evidence to inform the forecast outturn
Detailed documentation of estimates made, including process followed, sources of evidence and basis for conclusions
Review and challenge at the Programme, Sector and Groups levels, culminating in a number of dedicated reviews with the Audit
Committee
185Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
186 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
The range of possible future outcomes in respect of assumptions made to determine the contract outturn could result in a material
increase or decrease in revenue and the value of the onerous contract provision, and hence on the Group’s profitability, in the next
financial year. The estimates described above are by their nature inter-related for this programme and are unlikely to change with
everything else constant. However, for illustrative purposes, we have provided sensitivities to certain isolated changes in key estimates
on the basis that all other factors remain constant:
Production hours which are impacted by production norms, rate of improvement, process efficiencies and quality/engineering
improvements (see a) and d) above). A 10% increase/decrease in production hours would increase/decrease the loss by £32m
Labour rate which is impacted by our ability to recruit permanent staff, the mix of the workforce, ancillary costs and inflation (see b)
and g) above). A 10% increase/decrease in the average labour rate would increase/decrease the loss by £45m
Supply chain costs (see c) above) which are impacted by the agreement of remaining pricing, discounts and incentive
arrangements. A 10% increase/decrease in supply chain costs would increase/decrease the loss by £31m
Schedule (see e), f) and h) above) which are impacted by the build schedule. A 6-month delay beyond the current planning
assumption would increase/decrease the loss by £24m
Overall, with c£1bn of estimated costs to go over the life of the contract, if actual costs were to differ from those assumed by 10%,
the potential impact on the contract outturn could be c£100m.
To mitigate this, comparisons of actual contract performance and previous forecasts used to assess the contract outturn are performed
regularly, with consideration given to whether any revisions to assumptions are required. In the next financial year, many of the ‘first
time’ tasks and work to integrate the various elements of the first ship will be substantially complete. This will reduce the uncertainty
over the contract outturn but a significant element will remain due to the substantial activity which extends over the remaining years.
In a major ship build programme of this nature, it is inherently possible that there may be changes in circumstances which cannot
reasonably be foreseen at the present time.
(ii) Defined benefit pension schemes obligations
The Group’s defined benefit pension schemes are assessed annually in accordance with IAS 19 and the valuation of the defined benefit
pension obligations is sensitive to the inflation, discount rate, actuarial and life expectancy assumptions used. There is a range of
possible values for the assumptions and small changes to the assumptions may have a significant impact on the valuation of the defined
benefit pension obligations. In addition to the inflation, discount rate and life expectancy estimates, management is required to make
an accounting judgement relating to the expected availability of future accounting surpluses under IFRIC 14. Further information on the
key assumptions and sensitivities is included in note 25.
(c) Other estimates which are not key sources of estimation uncertainty
(i) The carrying value of goodwill
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, in accordance with IAS 36, Impairment of Assets (‘IAS 36’). The impairment assessment
is based on assumptions in relation to future cash flows expected to be generated by the groups of cash generating units to which
goodwill is allocated, together with appropriate discounting of the cash flows.
In the prior year, the recoverable amount of goodwill in the Aviation business was identified as a critical accounting estimate given
the significance of the remaining carrying value of goodwill, the headroom within the base case and the inherent level of estimation
uncertainty required to undertake impairment testing. The assessment of the recoverable value of goodwill elsewhere in the Group
was not considered a critical accounting estimate as a result of the headroom within these areas.
In the current year, we have not identified a key source of estimation uncertainty in respect of goodwill. The headroom across all
identified groups of CGUs against which goodwill is allocated and monitored is such that no reasonably possible changes in assumptions
could result in the complete elimination of the headroom. The key assumptions in estimating the carrying value of goodwill are discount
rate, long-term growth rate and growth rate in the short-term cash flows.
Inflation rates are incorporated into the impairment assessment through their inclusion within the growth rates in cash inflows and
outflows and through the methodology by which discount rates are determined. Were inflation to impact upon all cash flows equally,
an impairment assessment should be neutral to the impact of inflation. The Group has a number of protections and exposures to the
impact of inflation across its portfolio of revenue arrangements and supply chain agreements resulting in an indirect impact of inflation
on the impairment outturn.
Further information on key assumptions and sensitivity analyses are included in note 10.
186 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 187
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(ii) Impact of climate change
In preparing the Group financial statements, consideration has been given to the potential impact of climate change. Climate-related
matters create risks and opportunities for the Group as set out on pages 76 to 79 of the Strategic Report. Climate-related matters are
not considered to have a material impact on the Group’s critical accounting judgements or key sources of estimation uncertainty.
Climate-related matters primarily impact the Group through their potential impact on the Group’s budgets and forecasts. Budgets and
forecasts affect the current year financial statements through their impact on the following areas:
Going concern and viability of the Group;
Cash flow forecasts used in impairment assessments of including goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant & equipment;
Cash flow forecasts used in the Impairment assessments of financial assets; and
The assessed useful economic lives of the Group’s non-current assets
Revised budgets and forecasts, incorporating an estimated financial impact on the climate-related risks and opportunities (described
on pages 76 to 79 of the Strategic Report) have been modelled to understand the possible financial impact and the resilience to these
sensitivities is the basis for why climate-related matters have been concluded to not have a material impact on the critical accounting
judgements or key sources of estimation uncertainty. Whilst there is currently no significant medium-term impact expected from climate
change, the Group is aware of the ever-changing risks attached to climate change and will regularly assess these risks against
judgements and estimates made in preparing the Group consolidated financial statements.
Material accounting policy information
The material accounting policy information applicable to the Group is set out below. Material accounting policies have been applied
consistently throughout the year and the comparative year except as specified below.
(a) Revenue
Revenue recognised represents income derived from contracts with customers for the provision of goods and services in the ordinary
course of the Group’s activities. The Group recognises revenue in line with IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. IFRS 15
requires the identification of performance obligations in contracts, determination of contract price, allocation of the contract price
to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as performance obligations are satisfied.
(i) Performance obligations
Contracts are assessed to identify each promise to transfer either a distinct good or service or a series of distinct goods or services
that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. Goods and services are distinct if the customer
can benefit from them either on their own or together with other resources readily available to the customer and they are separately
identifiable in the contract.
In assessing whether the performance obligations are separately identifiable, the services are reviewed to determine the extent to which
the goods or services within a contract are interrelated and whether they modify other goods or services within a contract. The Group
also considers whether the goods and/or services are integrated and represent a combined output for which the customer has
contracted. The integrated output nature of many of the services provided by the Group results in some contracts only having one
performance obligation.
(ii) Determination of contract price
The contract price represents the amount of consideration which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for delivering the
promised goods or services to the customer. Contracts can include both fixed and variable consideration.
Inclusion of variable consideration in the contract price requires the exercise of judgement in relation to the amount to be received
through unpriced contract variations and claims (see section (v) below for further details) and variable elements of existing contracts,
such as performance-based penalties and incentives, and gain/pain share arrangements where cost under/over spends are shared with
the customer.
Given the long-term nature of the Group’s contracts with customers, a number of arrangements include clauses to allow for inflation
within the transaction price. Such inflation clauses are treated as variable consideration.
Elements of variable consideration are estimated at contract inception and at the end of each reporting period. Any required
adjustment is made against the contract price in the period in which the adjustment occurs.
Variable consideration is estimated using either the expected value or the most likely amount and is added to the transaction price only
to the extent that it is highly probable that there will not be a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised once
the underlying uncertainty is resolved. This judgement is made by suitably qualified and experienced personnel based on the contract
terms, status of negotiations with customers and historical experience with customers and with similar contracts. As part of this
judgement, variable consideration may be constrained until the uncertainty is resolved. In the case of unpriced variations these will be
constrained to the extent that such variable consideration is not considered highly probable.
Variable consideration may be included in the total transaction price or, in certain circumstances, may be allocated to a specific time
period. Where variable consideration is allocated to a specific time period this will typically be in relation to performance related
deductions.
187Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
188 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(a) Revenue continued
(iii) Allocation of contract price to performance obligations
Given the bespoke nature of many of the goods and services the Group provides, standalone selling prices are generally not observable
and, in these circumstances, the Group allocates the contract price to performance obligations based on cost plus margin. This amount
would be the standalone selling price of each performance obligation if contracted with a customer separately.
(iv) Revenue and profit recognition
Performance obligations are satisfied, and revenue recognised, as control of goods and services is transferred to the customer. Control
can be transferred at a point in time or over time and the Group determines, for each performance obligation, whether it is satisfied
over time or at a point in time.
Revenue recognised over time
Performance obligations are satisfied over time if any of the following criteria are satisfied:
the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Group’s performance as it performs; or
the Group’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and the Group has an enforceable right
to payment for work done; or
the Group’s performance creates or enhances an asset controlled by the customer.
Typical performance obligations in the Group’s contracts that are recognised over time include the delivery of services (such as
maintenance, engineering and training), as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Group’s
performance as it performs the services. Revenue from the design, manufacture and enhancement of bespoke assets is also recognised
over time, as the Group’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and the Group has an enforceable
right to payment for performance completed to date, being recovery of costs incurred in satisfying the performance obligation plus
a reasonable profit margin.
Where the Group satisfies performance obligations over time, the Group primarily uses an input method to measure satisfaction of each
performance obligation based on costs incurred compared to total estimated contract costs. For the majority of the Group’s contracts,
this is deemed to be the most appropriate method to measure Babcock’s effort in satisfying the applicable performance obligations.
Costs are included in the measurement of progress towards satisfying the performance obligation to the extent that there is a direct
relationship between the input and satisfaction of the performance obligation. For contracts where costs incurred is not deemed to be
the most appropriate measure, the Group uses time elapsed to measure satisfaction of the performance obligation.
Under most of the Group’s contracts, the customer pays in accordance with a pre-arranged payment schedule or once milestones have
been met. If the amount of revenue recognised (as measured by the methods described above) exceeds the amount of cash received
from the customer then the difference will be held on the statement of financial position. This will typically be comprised of a mixture
of contract assets and trade receivables. If the amount of cash collected together with amounts due under the contract but uncollected
exceeds the amount of revenue recognised then the difference is also held on the statement of financial position as a contract liability.
See section (viii) for further details on how contract assets and liabilities are recognised.
Revenue recognised at a point in time
If control of the goods or services is not transferred to the customer over time, then revenue is recognised at the point in time that
control is transferred to the customer.
Point in time recognition mainly applies to sale of goods. Control typically transfers to the customer when the customer has legal title
to the goods and this is usually coincident with delivery of the goods to the customer and right to receive payment by the Group. As can
be seen from note 3, sale of goods at a point in time represents approximately 7% of Group revenues (2023: 8%). These revenues are
delivered predominantly by the Aviation and Land sectors and include sales of equipment to commercial customers and procurement
of consumables on behalf of the Ministry of Defence (MOD).
Assessment of contract profitability
Profit is recognised to the extent that the final outcome on contracts can be reliably assessed. Contract outturn assessments are carried
out on a contract-by-contract basis, including consideration of technical and other risks, by suitably qualified and experienced personnel
and the assessments of all significant contracts are subject to review and challenge.
Estimating contract revenues can involve judgements around whether the Group will meet performance targets and/or earn incentives,
as well as consideration as to whether it is necessary to constrain variable revenues to meet the highly probable not to significantly
reverse test set out in paragraph 56 of IFRS 15. When considering variations, claims and contingencies, the Group analyses various
factors including the contractual terms, status of negotiations with the customer and historical experience with that customer and with
similar contracts. Estimates of costs include assessment of contract contingencies arising out of technical, commercial, operational and
other risks. The assessments of all significant contract outturns are subject to review and challenge and estimation uncertainty is
resolved on a contract-by-contract basis as contracts near the end of the project lifecycle.
If a contract is deemed to be loss making the present obligation is recognised and measured as provision. Further detail is included in
the Provisions accounting policy.
188 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 189
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(a) Revenue continued
(v) Contract modifications
Claims and variations
The Group’s contracts are often amended for changes in the customers’ requirements. Contract modifications can relate to changes
in both contract scope and price arising in the ordinary course of delivering contracts, which are referred to as contract variations.
Such variations may arise as a result of customer requests or instructions or from requests from the Group in response to matters arising
during the delivery of contracts. For example, some contracts include the requirement to conduct surveys and to report on or to
recommend additional work as required. Some contracts may require the Group to proceed with variations and to agree pricing
subsequently. See further detail on accounting for contract modifications below.
Contract modifications can also refer to changes in price only, with no change in scope, where there is a difference of view or dispute
in relation to interpretation of contracts. These contract claims and variations are considered to be modifications as referred to in
paragraph 18 of IFRS 15.
Accounting for contract modifications
The Group accounts for contract modifications in one of three ways, based on the facts and circumstances of the contract modification:
1. Prospectively, as an additional, separate contract;
2. Prospectively, as a termination of the existing contract and creation of a new contract; or
3. As part of the original contract using a cumulative catch-up.
The Group recognises contract variations, which impact both scope and price, when they are approved in accordance with IFRS 15.
The Group’s preferred approach is to approve contract modifications by formal contract amendment. However, the approval of contract
modifications may be required to be carried out at pace and other mechanisms, informed by established customer relationships and
local working arrangements, can be used to achieve approval of contract modifications. In approving contract modifications in these
circumstances, the Group considers the scope of the contract modification in the context of the contract scope and contract terms.
Contract variations where the formal contract amendment has not been received but which are, in management’s judgement,
approved are accounted for as a contract modification in accordance with IFRS 15 paragraph 18. Revenue from these contract
variations is treated as variable consideration and subject to constraint as outlined in section (b) above, until the pricing is agreed.
Contract claims are also considered to be contract modifications in accordance with IFRS 15, and revenue is subject to constraint
as outlined in section (ii).
Claims and variations which are not deemed to be contract modifications
Claims can also be raised by Babcock against third-party sub-contractors or suppliers to the Group. As these do not relate to contracts
with customers, but rather relate to contracts with suppliers, they are not accounted for under IFRS 15. The Group’s accounting policy
is to account for such claims in accordance with the contingent asset guidance per IAS 37. Income in relation to these claims will only
be recognised once it is virtually certain.
(vi) Costs of obtaining a contract
Directly attributable costs to obtain a contract with a customer that the Group would not have incurred if the contract had not been
won are recognised as an asset and amortised on a straight-line basis. Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred
regardless of whether the contract was won or lost are recognised as an expense when incurred.
(vii) Costs to fulfil a contract
Costs to fulfil a contract which do not fall within the scope of another standard are recognised under IFRS 15 as an asset and amortised
on a straight-line basis when they meet all of the following criteria:
(i)
the costs relate directly to a contract or to an anticipated contract that can be specifically identified;
(ii)
the costs generate or enhance resources of the entity that will be used in satisfying (or in continuing to satisfy) performance
obligations in the future; and
(iii)
the costs are expected to be recovered.
Costs of recruiting or training staff are expensed as incurred.
(viii) Contract assets and liabilities
Contract assets represent amounts for which the Group has a conditional right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that
the Group has transferred to the customer. Contract liabilities represent the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for
which consideration has been received, or consideration is due, from the customer.
189Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
190 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(a) Revenue continued
Payment terms are set out in the contract and reflect the timing and performance of service delivery. For substantially all contracts the
payment terms are broadly in line with expected satisfaction of performance obligations, and therefore recognition of revenue. Contract
assets or liabilities arise on short term timing differences or in those more limited instances where payment terms do not reflect timing
and performance of service delivery. In such cases, consideration is given to whether the contract includes a significant financing
component with appropriate accounting.
(b) Underlying financial information and specific adjusting items
Definitions and a description of the use of the underlying performance measures can be found in note 2.
(c) Transactions with non-controlling interest
The Group’s policy is to treat transactions with non-controlling interest as transactions with owners of the Company. These are therefore
reflected as movements in reserves.
(d) Provisions
A provision is recognised in the statement of financial position when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result
of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be
reliably estimated. If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at an appropriate
discount rate.
A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring
has either commenced or has been publicly announced. Future operating costs are not provided for.
A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than
the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. Onerous contract provisions are recognised after impairment of any
assets directly related to the onerous contract. A provision for warranties is recognised on completed contracts and disposals when
there is a realistic expectation of the Group incurring further costs.
Provisions for onerous revenue contracts are recorded when it becomes probable that total remaining contract fulfilment costs will
exceed total remaining revenue not yet recognised. Provisions for losses on contracts are recognised after impairment of any assets
directly related to fulfilling the loss-making contract. Losses are determined on the basis of estimated results on completion of contracts
and are updated regularly.
A provision for the contractual maintenance, overhaul and repair requirements of right of use aircraft and specific associated aircraft
components arising from return condition obligations in aircraft lease contracts is recognised as the obligation to perform contractual
maintenance arises with each hour flown. Where lease contracts contain contractual penalties in the event that the Group returns
leased aircraft in a condition that does not meet the contractual return condition obligation, the associated provision is measured at
the lower of the restoration cost and the detriment penalty in the lease. When maintenance of a leased aircraft component is
performed, if the component’s remaining flying hours are greater than the return condition outlined in the lease contract then a
leasehold improvement asset is recognised in proportion to the excess flying hours above the contractual return condition. Maintenance
provisions are not recognised in respect of aircraft components which are maintained under Power-by-the-hour maintenance
arrangements, instead the associated payments to the maintenance provider are expensed as incurred. Any additional payments made
to or received from maintenance providers at the conclusion of Power-by-the-hour maintenance arrangements are recognised as an
expense or as income at the time at which they are incurred or received.
(e) Goodwill and intangible assets
(i) Goodwill
When the fair value of the consideration for an acquired undertaking exceeds the fair value of its separable net assets, the difference
is treated as purchased goodwill and capitalised. Goodwill is allocated to the cash generating unit (or group of cash generating units)
expected to benefit from the business combination’s synergies.
Goodwill is predominantly monitored at the operating segment level (Marine, Nuclear and Aviation). Land is a singular operating and
reporting segment however goodwill is separately monitored and allocated between the Group’s Africa operations and those of the
other Land operations. Goodwill is therefore separately tested for impairment between these two groups of cash generating units.
When the fair value of the consideration for an acquired undertaking is less than the fair value of its separable net assets, the difference
is taken directly to the income statement.
Goodwill relating to acquisitions prior to 1 April 2004 is maintained at its net book value on the date of transition to IFRS. From that
date goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed at least annually for impairment.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually at 31 March by assessing the recoverable amount of cash generating units (or groups
of cash generating units) by reference to value-in-use calculations or fair value less cost to dispose if such information exists at the
balance sheet date (typically only where the Group is progressed with disposal related activities that allow a fair value less cost
to dispose to be readily determinable). Goodwill impairments are not subsequently reversed. See note 10 for further information
on goodwill impairment reviews.
190 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 191
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(e) Goodwill and intangible assets continued
On disposal of a subsidiary, joint venture or associate, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit
or loss on disposal.
(ii) Acquired intangibles
Acquired intangibles are the estimated fair value of customer relationships and brands which are in part contractual, represented by the
value of the acquired order book, and in part non-contractual, represented by the risk-adjusted value of future orders expected to arise
from the relationships.
The carrying value of the contractual element is amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining period of the orders that are
in process or the future period in which the orders will be fulfilled, as the case may be. The amortisation periods, reflecting the lengths
of the various contracts, are mainly in the range one year to five years, with a minority of contracts and hence amortisation periods,
up to 15 years.
The carrying value of the non-contractual element is amortised over the period in which it is estimated that the relationships are likely
to bring economic benefit via future orders.
Relationships are valued on a contract-by-contract and customer-by-customer basis and the pattern of amortisation reflects the
expected pattern of benefit in each case. The amortisation profile is determined on a case-by-case basis and in all cases results in a front-
loaded profile, reflecting the greater certainty of future orders in the near term compared with the longer term. The amortisation period
is in the range between one year to twenty years.
Acquired brand names are valued dependent on the characteristics of the market in which they operate and the likely value a third party
would place on them. Useful lives are likewise dependent on market characteristics of the acquired business brand. These are amortised
on a straight-line basis over a period of up to five years.
(iii) Research and development
Research expenditure is recognised as an expense as incurred. Costs incurred on development projects are recognised as intangible
assets when it is probable that the project will be a success considering its commercial and technological feasibility, and only if the cost
can be measured reliably. Other development expenditure is recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously
recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period. Development costs that have been capitalised are
amortised from the date the product is available for use on a straight-line basis over the period of its expected benefit but not exceeding
seven years. Amortisation of development costs is expensed within operating costs in the Group income statement.
(iv) Computer software
Computer software, excluding the Group’s Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system, includes software licences acquired. Configuration
and customisation costs relating to Software-as-a-service agreements are expensed as incurred. Computer software is measured at cost
less accumulated amortisation and is amortised on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life of between three and seven years.
Amortisation of software costs is expensed within operating costs in the Group income statement.
The Group is implementing an ERP system in phases over several years. The ERP system is amortised over its useful life of 10 years
from the date when the asset is available for use, which occurs once the implementation has been completed for each respective
business unit.
(f) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is shown at cost less subsequent depreciation and impairment, except for land, which is shown at cost
less impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items after the deduction of trade
discounts and rebates.
Items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives to any estimated residual value, using the
following rates:
Freehold property
2.0% to 8.0%
Leasehold property
Lower of useful economic life or lease term
Plant and equipment
6.6% to 33.3%
Aircraft airframes
2%
Major strategic aircraft spares are classified within property, plant and equipment. Aircraft assets, including spares, are disaggregated
into separate components where the components have differing useful lives with the value of each rotable component being measured
at the cost of replacement or overhaul of the component and the remaining value of the asset being attributed to the airframe
component.
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis, or in the case of certain aircraft components on an hours flown basis, to write off the
cost of PPE over the estimated useful lives to their estimated residual value (reassessed at each financial year end).
191Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
192 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(f) Property, plant and equipment continued
Subsequent expenditure on the replacement or overhaul of aircraft components is capitalised with the carrying value of the part
replaced being written off. Subsequent expenditure on maintenance which enhances the performance of aircraft airframes is capitalised
whilst expenditure on replacing elements of aircraft airframes is expensed. Components of owned aircraft which are maintained under
Power-by-the-hour maintenance arrangements are not depreciated with the associated payments to the maintenance provider instead
being expensed as incurred, as the residual value of the asset is deemed to be equivalent to the cost of the asset. Any additional
payments made to or received from maintenance providers at the conclusion of Power-by-the-hour maintenance arrangements are
recognised as an expense or as income at the time at which they are incurred or received.
The useful economic life of aircraft is based on management’s estimate of how long the aircraft will continue to be operated in the
same manner or a similar manner, typically not exceeding 30 years. Where the Group acquires aircraft which have already been used,
and may already exceed the typical useful economic life, an individual assessment of useful economic life is performed.
(g) Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily
take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the
assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Qualifying assets include both internally generated intangible assets and
property, plant and equipment.
To the extent that variable rate borrowings are used to finance a qualifying asset and are hedged in an effective cash flow hedge of
interest rate risk, the effective portion of the derivative is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income and reclassified to the Income
Statement when the qualifying asset impacts profit or loss. To the extent that fixed rate borrowings are used to finance a qualifying asset
and are hedged in an effective fair value hedge of interest rate risk, the capitalised borrowing costs reflect the hedged interest rate.
All other borrowing costs are recognised in the Income Statement in the period in which they are incurred.
(h) Impairment of non-current assets
Goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are reviewed for impairment at least annually. For all other non-financial non-current assets
(including acquired intangible assets, capitalised development costs, software assets, property, plant and equipment and right of use
assets) the Group performs impairment testing where indicators of impairment are identified. Impairment testing is performed at the
individual asset level. Where an asset does not generate cash flows that are separately identifiable from other assets, the Group
estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs.
The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal, and value-in-use. When the recoverable amount is less than the
carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised immediately in the Group income statement.
Where an impairment loss on other non-financial non-current assets subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is
increased to the revised estimate of the recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying
amount that would have been determined if no impairment loss had been recognised in prior years. Goodwill impairments are not
subsequently reversed.
(i) Net debt
Net debt, including loans to joint ventures and associates and lease receivables is an alternative performance measure of the Group
and consists of the total of loans, including the interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives which hedge the loans, bank overdrafts,
cash and cash equivalents, loans to joint ventures and associates, lease receivables and lease obligations. The Group’s key performance
indicators exclude certain lease obligations in order to more closely align with the Group’s debt covenants which are prepared on
a pre-IFRS 16 basis and the Financial review presents net debt and related performance measures including and excluding certain lease
obligations for this purpose.
(j) Leases
The Group as lessee
For all leases in which the Group is a lessee (other than those meeting the criteria detailed below), the Group recognises a right of use
asset and corresponding lease liability at commencement of the lease.
The lease liability is the present value of future lease payments discounted at the rate implicit in the lease, if available, or the applicable
incremental borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease inception based on a number of factors including
asset type, lease currency and lease term. Lease payments include fixed payments and variable lease payments dependent on an index
or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date. The lease term reflects any extension or termination
options that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise.
192 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 193
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(j) Leases continued
The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, with interest on the lease liability
being recognised as a finance expense in the income statement. The lease liability is remeasured, with a corresponding adjustment
to the right of use asset, if there is a change in future lease payments, for example resulting from a rent review, change in a rate/index
or change in the Group’s assessment of whether it is reasonably certain to exercise an extension, termination or purchase option.
The right of use asset is initially recorded at cost, being equal to the lease liability, adjusted for any initial direct costs, lease payments
made prior to commencement date, lease incentives received and any dilapidation costs. Depreciation of right of use assets is
recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or expected term
of the lease.
Right of use assets arising from sale and leaseback transactions are measured at the proportion of the previous carrying amount of the
asset that relates to the right of use retained by the Group. Gains arising on sale and leaseback transactions are recognised to the extent
that they relate to the rights transferred to the buyer-lessor whilst losses arising on sale and leaseback transactions are recognised in full.
Right of use assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may
not be recoverable, with the impairment expense being recognised in the income statement. Where a lease is terminated early, any
termination fees or gain or loss relating to the release of right of use asset and lease obligation are recognised as a gain or loss through
the income statement.
Payments in respect of short-term leases not exceeding 12 months in duration or low-value leases are expensed on a straight-line basis
to the income statement as permitted by IFRS 16, ‘Leases.
The Group as lessor
As a lessor, the Group classifies lessor arrangements as finance or operating leases. Leases are classified as finance leases when the terms
of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.
Amounts due from lessees under a finance lease are held on the statement of financial position as a financial asset at an amount equal
to the Group’s net investment in the lease. The finance lease payments received are treated as finance income and a repayment of
principal including initial direct costs. Finance income is allocated over the lease term, with the gross receivable being reviewed for
impairment on a regular basis.
(k) Inventory
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, being the estimated selling price of the assets in the ordinary course
of business less estimated costs of completion and costs of sale. In the case of finished goods and work in progress, cost comprises
direct material and labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. Certain purchases of inventories may be subject to cash flow
hedges for foreign exchange risk. The initial cost of hedged inventory is adjusted by the associated hedging gain or loss transferred from
the cash flow hedge reserve (“basis adjustment”). Inventory is valued using a first-in, first-out (‘FIFO’) basis.
Spare parts that are consumed in the sale of goods or in the rendering of services are classified as inventory.
(l) Contingent liabilities
A contingent liability is a possible obligation arising from past events whose existence will be confirmed only on the occurrence or
non-occurrence of uncertain future events outside the Group’s control, or a present obligation that is not recognised because it is not
probable that an outflow of economic benefits will occur or the value of such outflow cannot be measured reliably. The Group does
not recognise contingent liabilities. See note 29 for details of contingent liabilities.
(m) Cash and cash equivalents
Group cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at bank and cash in hand, together with short-term deposits with an original maturity
of three months or less and money market funds. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s
cash management are treated as cash equivalents for the purpose of the cash flow statement. In the statement of financial position such
overdrafts are presented as current bank and other borrowings.
(n) Taxation
(i) Current income tax
Current income tax, including UK corporation tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and
laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting
period in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management
periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to
interpretation and considers whether it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. The Group measures
its tax balances either based on the most likely amount or the expected value, depending on which method provides a better prediction
of the resolution of the uncertainty.
193Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
194 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(n) Taxation continued
Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on
a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
(ii) Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax basis of assets and
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, if the deferred income tax arises from initial
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither
accounting nor taxable profit or loss, it is not accounted for. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have
been enacted, or substantively enacted, by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset
is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the
temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are recognised where deferred tax liabilities exist and are expected to reverse
in the same period as the deferred tax asset or in periods into which a loss arising from a deferred tax asset can be carried forward or
back. In the absence of sufficient deferred tax liabilities, deferred tax assets are recognised where it is probable that there will be future
taxable profits from other sources against which a loss arising from the deferred tax asset can be offset. In assessing the availability of
future profits, the Group uses profit forecasts consistent with those used for goodwill impairment testing. Profits forecast beyond the
Group’s five-year budget cycle are risk-weighted to reflect commercial uncertainties.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and where
the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.
Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in either other comprehensive
income or in equity.
(o) Foreign currencies
(i) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling,
which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.
(ii) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of subsidiaries of the Group using the exchange rates prevailing
at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional
currency at the year-end exchange rates. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from
the translation at exchange rates ruling at the reporting date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are
recognised in the income statement.
Exchange differences arising from the translation of the statement of financial positions and income statements of foreign operations
into Sterling are recognised as a separate component of equity on consolidation. Results of foreign operations are translated using the
average exchange rate for the month of the applicable results, the net assets translated at year-end exchange rates and equity held at
historic exchange rates. When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part
of the gain or loss on sale.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity
and translated at period-end exchange rates.
(p) Finance costs
Finance costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred unless they are attributable to an asset under
construction, in which case finance costs are capitalised.
(q) Finance income
Finance income is recognised in the period to which it relates using the effective interest rate method.
(r) Employee benefits
(i) Pension obligations
The Group operates a number of pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to trustee-administered funds,
determined by periodic actuarial calculations. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans. A defined benefit
plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one
or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group
pays fixed contributions into a separate entity.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement as incurred.
194 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 195
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(r) Employee benefits continued
For defined benefit pension schemes, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit actuarial valuation
method. The service cost and associated administration costs of the Group’s pension schemes are charged to operating profit.
In addition, a retirement benefit interest charge on the net pension deficit or interest credit on the net pension surplus is included
in the income statement as a finance cost or finance income, respectively. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in equity
through the statement of comprehensive income so that the Group’s statement of financial position reflects the IAS 19 measurement
of the schemes’ surpluses or deficits at the reporting date.
(ii) Holiday pay
Paid holidays are regarded as an employee benefit and as such are charged to the income statement as the benefits are earned.
(iii) Share-based compensation
The Group operates equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. The economic cost of awarding shares and share options to
employees is recognised as an expense in the income statement equivalent to the fair value of the benefit awarded. The fair value
is determined by reference to option pricing models. The charge is recognised in the income statement over the vesting period of
the award.
The shares purchased by the Group’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) trusts are recognised as a deduction to equity.
Dividends paid on these shares are accounted for as a deduction to equity.
(s) Financial instruments
(i) Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables (except trade receivables under factoring arrangements), amounts due from related parties
and other debtors are classified as financial assets held at amortised cost as they are held within a business model to collect contractual
cash flows and these cash flows consist solely of payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
Trade receivables under factoring arrangements are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income because they are held
within business model held to collect and sell.
Trade receivables, contract assets and lease receivables include a provision for expected credit losses. The Group measures the provision
at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses, estimated by reference to past experience and relevant forward-looking factors.
For all other financial assets carried at amortised cost, including loans to joint ventures and associates and other debtors, the Group
measures the provision at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses. See note 22 for further information on how the Group
assesses credit risk.
Trade creditors, amounts due to related parties, other creditors, accruals and bank loans and overdrafts are classified as financial
liabilities held at amortised cost.
(ii) Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value.
The Group designates certain of the derivative instruments within its portfolio to be hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or
liabilities or unrecognised firm commitments.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement,
together with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. For derivatives that
qualify as cash flow hedges, fair value gains or losses are deferred in equity until the underlying transaction is recognised. Changes in the
value of derivatives that are carried at fair value through profit or loss are recorded in the income statement.
(t) Fair value measurement
The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the year-end date. Fair value measurements are used on a recurring basis except where used
in the acquisition of assets and liabilities through a business combination.
The fair values of derivative financial instruments are determined by the use of valuation techniques based on assumptions that are
supported by observable market prices or rates. The fair values of non-financial assets and liabilities are based on observable market
prices or rates.
The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities which are not held at fair value in the Group statement of financial position are
assumed to approximate to fair value due to their short-term nature, with the exception of fixed rate bonds.
There have been no changes to the valuation techniques used during the year.
(u) Debt factoring
The Group engages in factoring of trade receivables in relation to certain non-UK operations of its Aviation sector as part of its working
capital management arrangements. Under these arrangements, the Group transfers the rights to receive factored receivables to the
factor in exchange for cash. The Group does not retain late payment or credit risk, and therefore trade receivables are not recognised
under the applicable contracts. Any cash received from customers under these contracts is received as agent and transferred directly
to the debt factoring counterparty.
195Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
196 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policy information continued
(v) Dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which they are approved. Interim dividends are
recognised when paid.
(w) Government grants and contributions
In the course of our business we receive certain grants or contributions from governments. These are deducted from the related
expenses in the income statement. These amounts total £40.0 million (FY23: £22.9 million).
2. Adjustments between statutory and underlying information
Definition of underlying measures and specific adjusting items
The Group provides alternative performance measures, including underlying operating profit, to enable users to have a more consistent
view of the performance and earnings trends of the Group. These measures are considered to provide a consistent measure of business
performance from year to year. They are used by management to assess operating performance and as a basis for forecasting and
decision-making, as well as the planning and allocation of capital resources. They are also understood to be used by investors in
analysing business performance.
The Group’s alternative performance measures are not defined by IFRS and are therefore considered to be non-GAAP measures.
The measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies and they are not intended to be a substitute for,
or superior to, measures defined under IFRS. The Group’s alternative performance measures are consistent with the year ended
31 March 2023.
Underlying operating profit
In any given year the statutory measure of operating profit includes a number of items which the Group considers to either be one-off
in nature or otherwise not reflective of underlying performance. Underlying operating profit therefore adjusts statutory operating profit
to provide readers with a measure of business performance which the Group considers more consistently analyses the underlying
performance of the Group by removing these one-off and other items not reflective of underlying performance that otherwise add
volatility to performance.
Underlying operating profit eliminates potential differences in performance caused by purchase price allocations on business
combinations in prior periods (amortisation of acquired intangibles), business acquisition, merger and divestment related items, large,
infrequent restructuring programmes and fair value movements on derivatives. Transactions such as these may happen regularly and
could significantly impact the statutory result in any given year. Adjustments to underlying operating profit may include both income
and expenditure items.
Specific adjusting items include:
Amortisation of acquired intangibles;
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items (being amounts related to corporate transactions and gains or losses
on disposal of assets or businesses);
Gains, losses and costs directly arising from the Group’s withdrawal from a specific market or geography, including closure costs,
severance costs, the disposal of assets and termination of leases;
The costs of large restructuring programmes that significantly exceed the minor restructuring which occurs in most years as part
of normal operations. Restructuring costs incurred as a result of normal operations are included in operating costs and are not
excluded from underlying operating profit;
Profit or loss from amendment, curtailment, settlement or equalisation of Group pension schemes;
Fair value gain/(loss) on forward rate contracts that are open during the period; and
Exceptional items that are significant, non-recurring and outside of the normal operating practice. These items are described
as exceptional in order to appropriately represent the Group’s underlying business performance. No exceptional items have been
identified in the current or comparative period.
196 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 197
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
2. Adjustments between statutory and underlying information continued
Income statement including underlying results
The below table, disclosed as supplementary information, reconciles the non-GAAP measure of underlying operating profit to statutory
profit.
Year ended 31 March 2024
Year ended 31 March 2023
Specific Specific
Underlying adjusting items Statutory Underlying adjusting items Statutory
Note £m £m £m £m £m £m
Revenue
3
4,390.1
4,390.1
4,438.6
4,438.6
Operating profit/(loss)
3,4
237.8
3.8
241.6
177.9
(132.4)
45.5
Operating margin %
5.4%
5.5%
4.0%
1.0%
Results from joint ventures and associates
14
9.2
9.2
9.3
9.3
Net finance costs
5
(35.9)
1.8
(34.1)
(58.3)
9.7
(48.6)
Profit/(loss) before tax
211.1
5.6
216.7
128.9
(122.7)
6.2
Income tax (expense)/benefit
7
(53.5)
5.0
(48.5)
(37.7)
(1.8)
(39.5)
Profit/(loss) after tax for the year
157.6
10.6
168.2
91.2
(124.5)
(33.3)
Earnings per share including underlying measures
Year ended 31 March 2024
Year ended 31 March 2023
Specific Specific
Underlying adjusting items Statutory Underlying adjusting items Statutory
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Profit/(loss) after tax for the year
157.6
10.6
168.2
91.2
(124.5)
(33.3)
Amount attributable to owners of the parent
155.1
10.6
165.7
89.5
(124.5)
(35.0)
Amount attributable to non-controlling interests
2.5
2.5
1.7
1.7
Weighted average number of shares (m)
503.5
503.5
505.4
505.4
Effect of dilutive securities (m)
11.8
11.8
9.5
9.5
Diluted weighted average number of shares (m)
515.3
515.3
514.9
514.9
Basic EPS
30.8p
32.9p
17.7p
(6.9)p
Diluted EPS
30.1p
32.2p
17.4p
(6.9)p
Details of specific adjusting items
The impact of specific adjusting items is set out below:
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
(10.8)
(15.8)
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items (note 27)
8.2
(117.7)
Fair value movement on derivatives and related items
6.4
1.1
Adjusting items impacting operating profit/(loss)
3.8
(132.4)
Fair value movement on derivatives and related items
1.8
9.7
Adjusting items impacting loss
before tax
5.6
(122.7)
Income tax benefit
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
3.9
4.1
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items
(1.0) (2.1)
Fair value movement on derivatives and related items
(2.0) (2.6)
Exceptional tax on Group reorgani
sation activities
4.7
Other tax items including rate change impact
(0.6) (1.2)
Income tax benefit/(expense)
5.0
(1.8)
197Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
198 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
2. Adjustments between statutory and underlying information continued
Reconciliation of statutory to underlying tax rate
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Specific Specific
Underlying adjusting items Statutory Underlying adjusting items Statutory
Note £m £m £m £m £m £m
Profit/(loss) before tax
211.1
5.6
216.7
128.9
(122.7)
6.2
Share of profit from joint ventures and
associates
14
(10.3)
(10.3)
(9.3)
(9.3)
Profit/(loss) before tax excluding profit
200.8
5.6
206.4
119.6
(122.7)
(3.1)
from joint ventures and associates
Income tax (expense)/benefit
(53.5)
5.0
(48.5)
(37.7)
(1.8)
(39.5)
Tax rate
26.6%
23.5%
31.5%
(1274.2%)
Explanation of specific adjusting items
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Underlying operating profit excludes the amortisation of acquired intangibles. This item is excluded from underlying results as it arises
as a result of purchase price allocations on business combinations and is a non-cash item which does not change each year dependent
on the performance of the business. It is therefore not considered to represent the underlying activity of the Group and is removed to
aid comparability with peers who have grown organically as opposed to through acquisition. Intangible assets arising as a result of the
purchase price allocation on business combinations include customer lists, technology-based assets, order book and trade names.
Amortisation of internally generated intangible assets is included within underlying operating profit.
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items
Transaction related costs and gains or losses on acquisitions, mergers and divestments of businesses are excluded from underlying
operating profit as business combinations and divestments are not considered to result from underlying business performance.
The total net profit relating to business acquisition, merger and divestment related items for the year ended 31 March 2024 was £8.2
million (2023: loss of £117.7 million). The prior year balance consisted of a loss on the disposal of the Aerial Emergency Services
business in Europe of £116.9 million, a loss on disposal of the Group’s Civil Training business of £3.9 million and a gain relating to the
disposal of the Oil & Gas business in Aviation of £3.1 million. The current year profit relates to changes in the cash consideration and
provision balances following settlement of certain warranties in respect of prior disposals. Further detail is included in note 27.
Fair value movement on derivatives and related items
These are open forward currency contracts, taken out in the ordinary course of business to manage foreign currency exposures, where
the transaction will occur in future periods. Hedge accounting under IFRS is not applied, however these do represent economic hedges.
On maturity the currency contract will be closed and recognised in full within underlying operating profit at the same time as the
hedged sale or purchase. The net result, at that time, will then more appropriately reflect the related sales price or supplier cost being
hedged.
Hedge ineffectiveness on debt and debt-related derivatives that are designated in a hedge relationship are also presented as a specific
adjusting item in finance costs. This is presented as a specific adjusting item as this ineffectiveness is caused by a historic off-market
designation, the transactions are considered by the Group to represent an economic hedge.
The fair value movement on lease-related derivatives and foreign exchange movements on lease liabilities are also presented as a
specific adjusting item in finance costs, as hedge accounting under IFRS is also not applied to these transactions but are also considered
by the Group to represent an economic hedge.
Tax
Specific adjusting items in respect of tax comprises a charge of £0.6 million (2023: £1.2 million) arising from the impact of the increase
in the rate of corporation tax and a credit of £4.7 million (2023: £nil million) arising from the release of uncertain tax positions in
respect of historic group reorganisation activities.
198 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 199
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
3. Segmental information
The Group has four operating and reportable segments, determined by reference to the goods and services they provide and the
markets they serve.
Marine through-life support of naval ships, equipment and marine infrastructure in the UK and internationally.
Nuclear through-life support of submarines and complex engineering services in support of major decommissioning programmes
and projects, training and operation support, new build programme management and design and installation in the UK.
Land large-scale critical vehicle fleet management, equipment support and training for military and civil customers.
Aviation critical engineering services to defence and civil customers worldwide, including pilot training, equipment support, airbase
management and operation of aviation fleets delivering emergency services.
The Board, the chief operating decision maker as defined by IFRS 8, monitors the results of these operating and reportable segments
and makes decisions about the allocation of resources.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as the group’s accounting policies described in Note 1. The table
below presents the underlying results for each reportable segment in accordance with the definition of underlying operating profit,
as set out in note 2, and reconciles the underlying operating profit/(loss) to the statutory profit/(loss) before tax.
Marine Nuclear Land Aviation Unallocated Total
Year ended 31 March 2024
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Revenue
1,429.1
1,520.9
1,098.6
341.5
4,390.1
Underlying operating profit
13.1
109.2
96.3
19.2
237.8
Specific Adjusting Items (note 2)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
(7.5)
(3.3)
(10.8)
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items
(1.5)
(0.2)
9.9
8.2
Fair value gain/(loss) on forward rate contracts to be settled
6.9
(0.5)
6.4
in future periods
Operating profit
11.0
109.2
96.1
25.3
241.6
Results from joint ventures and associates
(2.3)
0.2
0.3
11.0
9.2
IFRIC 12 investment income
0.5
0.5
Other net finance costs*
(34.6)
(34.6)
Profit/(loss) before tax
8.7
109.4
96.9
36.3
(34.6)
216.7
Marine Nuclear Land Aviation Unallocated Total
Year ended 31 March 2023
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Revenue
1,439.6
1,179.2
1,017.1
802.7
4,438.6
Underlying operating profit
12.7
63.5
85.9
15.8
177.9
Specific Adjusting Items (
note 2)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
(9.7)
(1.1)
(5.0)
(15.8)
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items
(4.0)
(113.7)
(117.7)
Fair value gain/(loss) on forward rate contracts to be settled
2.8
0.1
0.1
(1.9)
1.1
in future periods
Operating
profit/(loss)
5.8
63.6
80.9
(104.8)
45.5
Results from
joint ventures and associates
(1.2)
1.1
0.4
9.0
9.3
IFRIC 12 investment income
0.7
0.7
Other net finance costs*
(49.3)
(49.3)
Profit/(loss) before tax
4.6
64.7
82.0
(95.8)
(49.3)
6.2
* Other net finance costs are not allocated to a specific sector.
Revenues of £2.5 billion (2023: £2.2 billion) are derived from a single external customer. These revenues are attributable across
all reportable segments.
199Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
200 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
3. Segmental information continued
Segment assets and liabilities
The reportable segment assets and liabilities at 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023 and capital expenditure and lease principal
payments for the years then ended are as follows:
Assets
Liabilities
Capital expenditure
Lease payments
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Marine
799.3
793.2
878.0
762.4
31.0
25.2
4.5
5.6
Nuclear
720.9
636.8
322.3
284.8
67.4
37.8
4.3
3.1
Land
704.5
638.2
464.6
379.1
6.4
3.6
12.2
13.9
Aviation
410.9
447.5
191.2
200.0
13.6
44.7
22.8
80.9
Unallocated *
944.5
794.2
1,317.9
1,312.7
24.0
13.8
5.8
5.0
Group total
3,580.1
3,309.9
3,174.0
2,939.0
142.4
125.1
49.6
108.5
* All assets and liabilities are allocated to their appropriate reportable segments except for cash, cash equivalents, borrowings including lease liabilities, income and
deferred tax balances and retirement benefit surpluses which are included in the unallocated segment.
Capital expenditure represents additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. Proceeds from the sale of assets
totalling £30.6 million (2023: £38.9 million) are not included above, and are predominantly in the Land sector. See note 18 relating
to the treatment of amounts payable in respect of capital expenditure.
The segmental analysis of joint ventures and associates is detailed in note 14.
Segmental depreciation and amortisation
The segmental depreciation on property, plant and equipment, right of use assets and amortisation of intangible assets for the years
ended 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023 is as follows:
Depreciation of property, Depreciation of Amortisation of
plant and equipment
right of use assets
intangible assets
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Marine
11.9
15.9
4.0
5.2
13.3
12.7
Nuclear
23.7
22.8
4.7
2.6
0.2
0.2
Land
3.7
4.4
9.3
10.8
0.7
2.3
Aviation
7.3
23.6
14.8
57.7
3.4
5.5
Unallocated
5.4
5.4
7.0
5.4
6.4
7.4
Group total
52.0
72.1
39.8
81.7
24.0
28.1
Segmental asset impairments
The segmental impairment on property, plant and equipment, right of use assets and intangible assets for the years ended 31 March
2024 and 31 March 2023 is as follows:
Impairment of property, Impairment of Impairment of
plant and equipment right of use assets intangible assets
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Marine
Nuclear
Land
0.9
0.9
Aviation
2.1
4.9
8.7
2.3
Unallocated
5.8
Group total
2.1
4.9
9.6
9.0
200 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 201
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
3. Segmental information continued
Geographic analysis of non-current assets
The geographic analysis for non-current assets by location of those assets for the years ended 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023
is as follows:
2024 2023
£m £m
United Kingdom
1,464.5
1,415.7
Rest of Europe
54.3
48.7
Africa
27.5
32.7
North America
16.4
13.6
Australasia
137.7
126.3
Rest of World
3.1
3.4
Non
-current segment assets
1,703.5
1,640.4
Retirement benefits
107.3
94.8
Lease receivables
22.5
22.2
Derivatives
2.8
2.6
Deferred tax asset
132.3
112.2
Total non-current assets
1,968.4
1,872.2
Geographic analysis of revenue
The geographic analysis of revenue by origin of customer for the years ended 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023 is as follows:
Revenue
2024 2023
Geographic analysis
£m £m
United Kingdom
3,081.1
2,693.3
Rest of Europe
202.0
601.0
Africa
331.6
329.3
North America
193.2
188.1
Australasia
360.1
349.5
Rest of World
222.1
277.4
Group total
4,390.1
4,438.6
The analysis of revenue for the years ended 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023 is as follows:
2024 2023
£m £m
Restated
Sale of goods transferred at a point in time
304.3
313.9
Sale of goods
transferred over time
334.8
262.3
Sale of goods
639.1
576.2
Provision of services
transferred over time
3,743.9
3,860.7
Rental income
7.1
1.7
Revenue
4,390.1
4,438.6
1
1
Comparatives have been restated to reflect £38.6m of amounts incorrectly classified as sale of goods transferred at a point in time that should have
been presented as provision of services transferred over time.
201Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
202 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
4. Operating profit for the year
The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit for the year:
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Raw materials, subcontracts and other bought-in items used
2,053.1
1,857.1
Change in inventories of finished goods and work-in-progress
(61.1) (2.8)
Operating charges
482.9
682.6
Employee costs (note 6)
1,583.5
1,567.1
Depreciation of property, plant and
equipment (note 12)
52.0
72.1
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (note 13)
39.8
81.7
Amortisation of intangible assets (note 11)
Acquired intangibles
10.8
15.8
Other
13.2
12.3
Impairment of intangible assets (note 11)
9.0
Impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 12)
2.1
4.9
Impairment of right of use assets (
note 13)
9.6
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(17.1)
(2.0)
Loss on disposal of intangible assets
0.1
1.7
(Gain)/l
oss on disposal of right-of-use assets
(3.6) 0.8
Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss
(3.0)
12.7
Loss on disposal of subsidiaries and joint ventures
3.5
77.4
Gain
on derivative instruments at fair value through profit or loss
(5.7) (6.9)
Gain on trade and other receivables measured at fair value
(2.0)
Total operating charges
4,148.5
4,393.1
Services provided by the Group’s auditor and network firms
During the year the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor:
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Audit fees:
Fees payable to the parent auditor and its associates for the audit of the parent company’s individual
and consolidated financial statements
2.6
2.4
Fees payable to the parent auditor and its associates in respect of the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
10.7
8.1
Audit related assurance fees
Fees for other services:
Other non-audit services
Total fees paid to the Group’s auditor and network firms
13.3
10.5
202 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 203
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
5. Net finance costs
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Finance costs
Loans, overdrafts and associated interest rate hedges
38.5
29.6
Lease interest and foreign exchange movements on lease liabilities
9.6
21.7
Amortisation of issue costs of bank loan
3.0
3.3
Retirement benefit interest cost
0.8
Other
4.3
15.9
Total finance costs
56.2
70.5
Finance income
Bank deposits, loans and leases
21.6
13.7
IFRIC 12 Investment income
0.5
0.7
Retirement benefit interest income
7.5
Total finance income
22.1
21.9
Net finance costs
34.1
48.6
Net finance costs decreased to £34.1 million (2023: £48.6 million). Included in finance costs are £4.4 million (2023: £12 million)
relating to the factoring of receivables for the Mentor contract in France (within other finance costs).
The prior year included a one-off gain of £18 million relating to the valuation of interest rate swaps (within loans, overdrafts and
associated interest rate hedges).
6. Employee costs
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Wages and salaries
1,305.2
1,289.2
Social security costs
131.3
141.3
Share-based payments (note 24)
12.4
9.4
Pension costs
defined contribution plans (note 25)
110.7 94.6
Pension charges defined benefit plans (note 25)
23.9
32.6
1,583.5
1,567.1
The average monthly number of people employed by the Group was:
2023
2024 Number
Number (restated)
Marine
6,801
6,270
Nuclear
8,681
8,172
Land
6,042
6,421
Aviation
2,494
5,013
Central functions
1,145
859
25,163
26,735
Average monthly number of people employed has been restated following mis-mapping of sectors in the prior year disclosure.
Emoluments of the Executive Directors are included in employee costs above and reported in the Remuneration report.
Key management compensation
Key management is defined as those employees who are directly responsible for the operational management of the operating
segments. The employees would typically report to the Chief Executive. The key management figures given below include Directors.
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Salaries and other short term employee benefits
13.5
11.6
Post-employment benefits
0.6
0.2
Termination benefits
0.5
Share-based payments
5.9
4.6
20.5
16.4
203Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
204 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
7. Taxation
Income tax expense
Total
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Analysis of tax expense in the year
Current tax
UK current year expense
0.6
Overseas current year expense
21.8
24.5
Overseas prior year (benefit) / expense
(0.1) 2.9
21.7
28.0
Deferred tax
UK current year expense
26.1
11.1
UK prior year expense/(benefit)
0.5
(3.3)
Overseas current year expense
1.8
3.6
Overseas prior year benefit
(2.2)
(1.1)
Impact of changes in tax rates
0.6
1.2
26.8
11.5
Total income tax expense
48.5
39.5
The tax for the year is lower (2023: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences are explained below:
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Profit before tax
216.7
6.2
Profit
on ordinary activities multiplied by rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25% (2023: 19%)
54.2 1.2
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
3.4
8.6
Re-measurement of deferred tax in respect of statutory rate changes
0.6
1.2
Difference in respect of share of results of joint ventures and associates’ results
(2.6) (1.8)
Prior year adjustments
(1.8) (1.5)
Differences in respect of foreign rates
2.0
5.8
Unrecognised deferred tax movements
2.5
9.0
Deferred tax not
previously recognised/derecognised
(3.1)
Non
-taxable profits on disposals and non-deductible losses on disposals
(2.1)
22.4
Other
(4.6)
(5.4)
Total income tax expense
48.5 39.5
Further information on exceptional items and tax on exceptional items is detailed in note 2.
The Group is subject to taxation in several jurisdictions. The complexity of applicable rules may result in legitimate differences of
interpretation between the Group and taxing authorities, especially where an economic judgement or valuation is involved. The
outcome of tax authority disputes in such areas is not predictable, and to reflect the effect of these uncertain tax positions a provision
is recorded which represents management’s assessment of the most likely outcome of each issue. At 31 March 2024 the Group held
uncertain tax positions of £23.7 million (2023: £20.3 million).
During the prior period the Group made disposals that are expected to be exempt from UK tax due to qualification for the UK substantial
shareholding exemption, and from overseas tax as a consequence of local reliefs.
204 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 205
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
7. Taxation continued
Income tax expense continued
The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)/G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Sharing
has published the Pillar Two rules designed to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalisation of the global economy.
It is unclear if the Pillar Two rules create additional temporary differences, whether to remeasure deferred taxes for the Pillar Two model
rules and which tax rate to use to measure deferred taxes. In response to this uncertainty, on 23 May 2023 the IASB issued amendments
to IAS 12 “Income Taxes”, introducing a mandatory temporary exception to the requirements of IAS 12, under which a company does
not recognise or disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to the OECD/G20 Pillar Two model rules. The
Group has applied the temporary exception as at 31 March 2024.
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the Group operates, including the UK.
The legislation will be effective for the Group’s financial year beginning on 1 April 2024. The Group is in scope of the enacted or
substantively enacted legislation and has performed an assessment of its potential exposure to Pillar Two income taxes.
The assessment of the potential exposure to Pillar Two income taxes is based on the most recent tax filings, country by country reporting
and financial statements for the constituent entities in the Group. Based on this assessment, the Pillar Two effective tax rates in most
jurisdictions in which the Group operates are above 15%. There are a limited number of jurisdictions where the transitional safe harbour
rules may not apply. However, in these cases the future Pillar Two effective tax rates are expected to be close to or above 15% and the
Group does not expect a material exposure to Pillar Two income taxes in those jurisdictions.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities have been offset if, and only if, there is a legally enforceable right in that jurisdiction to set
off current tax assets and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the
same Taxation Authorities:
2024 2023
£m £m
Deferred tax asset
132.3
112.2
Deferred tax liability
(6.4)
(7.0)
125.9
105.2
The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year are shown below.
Retirement
benefit
Tangible assets obligations Tax losses Other Total
£m £m £m £m £m
At 1 April 2023
(40.9)
15.3
128.0
2.8
105.2
Income statement credit/(debit)
(6.9)
(26.7)
(2.7)
10.1
(26.2)
Tax credit to other comprehensive income/equity
38.4
4.0
42.4
Transfer to income tax receivable
5.3
5.3
Reclassification
0.6
0.3
(0.9)
Effect of changes in tax rates
Income statement
1.7
(2.4)
0.1
(0.6)
Exchange differences
0.4
(0.5)
(0.1) (0.2)
At 31 March 2024
(45.1)
27.0
128.0
16.0
125.9
At 1 April 2022
(32.7)
(48.0)
101.9
16.6
37.8
Income statement credit/(debit)
(6.1)
(28.5)
23.7
0.5
(10.4)
Tax credit/(debit) to other comprehensive income/equity
76.6
(3.3)
73.3
Transfer from income tax receivable
(5.2)
(5.2)
Disposal of subsidiary
(1.5)
(6.3)
(6.5)
(14.3)
Effect of changes in tax rates
Income statement (1.5) (9.0)
9.5
(0.1)
(1.1)
Other comprehensive income/equity
24.2
24.2
Exchange differences
0.9
(0.8)
0.8
0.9
At 31 March 2023
(40.9)
15.3
128.0
2.8
105.2
205Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
206 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
7. Taxation continued
Deferred tax continued
The net deferred tax assets of £125.9 million (2023: £105.2 million) include deferred tax assets of £14.0 million (2023: £14.2 million)
and deferred tax liabilities of £6.5 million (2023: £7.0 million) in respect of the Group’s non-UK operations.
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets
because the Directors believe that it is probable that these assets will be recovered. The recognition of deferred tax assets in respect
of losses can be subjective. The Group’s approach to the recognition of deferred tax assets in respect of losses, including how the Group
assesses future profitability for recognition purposes, is set out in note 1 to the Accounts.
Net deferred tax assets have been recognised principally in respect of operations in the following jurisdictions: United Kingdom (£118.2
million), Australia (£4.8 million), France (£0.9 million), South Africa (£7.4 million) and New Zealand0.8 million). In the prior year net
deferred tax assets were recognised principally in the following jurisdictions: United Kingdom (£97.9 million), Australia (£7.4 million),
France (£0.5 million), South Africa (£5.3 million) and New Zealand 0.9 million). The UK was in a net tax loss position for each of the
years ended 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022, 31 March 2023 and 31 March 2024. The losses for the years ended 31 March 2021
and 2022 reflected the contract profitability and balance sheet review carried out in 2021 and the restructuring of the business in
2022. The tax losses in the years ended 31 March 2023 and 31 March 2024 were principally attributable to the provision in respect
of the Type 31 contract, together with timing differences between the reporting and taxable result. The Directors do not consider that
the results for these periods are representative of future trading performance and are satisfied that these net deferred tax assets are
recoverable based on future profit forecasts.
No deferred tax has been recognised in respect of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches,
associates and interests in joint ventures and joint operations where the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal
of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The aggregate amount
of temporary differences associated with such investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates and interests in joint ventures and joint
operations is represented by their post acquisition retained earnings and amounted to £137 million (2023: £257 million).
At the statement of financial position date, deferred tax assets of £128.0 million (2023: £128.0 million) have been recognised in
respect of unused tax losses available for carry forward. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of further unutilised tax
losses carried forward (excluding capital losses) of £110.5 million (2023: £96.4 million). In addition to these amounts, UK capital losses
of £190.4 million (2023: £92.0 million) are being carried forward, with no deferred tax asset having been recognised. Where a
deferred tax asset has not been recognised in respect of losses, this is because management considers that those jurisdictions are not
likely to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate type in the foreseeable future (see note 1). The amounts shown can be
carried forward indefinitely.
8. Dividends
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2023 of nil (2022: nil p) per 60p share
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2024 of 1.7p (2023: nil p) per 60p share
8.5
8.5
After the balance sheet date, the directors proposed a final dividend of 3.3p per ordinary share. The dividend proposed amounts to
approximately £17m, although the exact final payment will vary depending on the level of shares held by the Babcock Employee Share
Trust. The dividend, which is subject to shareholder approval, will be paid on 30 September 2024 to shareholders registered on
23 August 2024. The payment of this dividend will not have any tax expense consequences for the Group
206 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 207
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
9. Earnings/(loss) per share
Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the earnings/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year excluding those held in the Babcock Employee Share Trust. Where there is a loss
arising the effect of potentially dilutive ordinary shares is anti-dilutive.
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share is based on the following data:
Number of shares
2024 2023
Number Number
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic EPS
503,452,989
505,391,563
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares: share options
11,869,860
9,528,985
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of
diluted EPS
515,322,849
514,920,548
Earnings per share
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Earnings
attributable to Basic Diluted Loss attributable Basic Diluted
shareholders per share per share to shareholders per share per share
£m Pence Pence £m Pence Pence
Earnings/(loss) for the year
165.7
32.9
32.2
(35.0)
(6.9)
(6.9)
10. Goodwill
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Cost
At 1 April
1,823.3
2,312.7
On disposal of subsidiaries (note 27)
(488.0)
Exchange adjustments
(1.3) (1.4)
At 31 March
1,822.0
1,823.3
Accumulated impairment
At 1 April
1,041.9
1,529.3
On disposal of subsidiaries (
note 27)
(487.4)
At 31 March
1,041.9
1,041.9
Net book value at 31 March
780.1
781.4
Goodwill was tested for impairment at 31 March 2024 in accordance with IAS 36. This impairment analysis is performed at least
annually, as outlined in the Group’s accounting policies. As set out in Note 1, the Group monitors goodwill at groups of CGUs aligned to
the Group’s operating segments for Marine, Aviation and Nuclear. Goodwill is separately allocated and monitored between two groups
of CGUs in the Land operating segment Africa and Land (excluding Africa).
Goodwill is allocated to groups of cash generating units (‘CGUs’) as set out in the table below:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Marine
295.5
296.6
Nuclear
233.1
233.1
Land (excluding Africa)
218.0
218.0
Aviation
32.0
32.0
Africa
1.5
1.7
780.1
781.4
The goodwill allocated to the Africa group of CGUs is immaterial and the Directors do not consider there to be any reasonably possible
changes in estimates that would result in impairment of this goodwill. No further disclosures are provided in relation to Africa.
During the prior year the Group disposed of goodwill of £0.6 million through the disposal of part of the Aerial Emergency Services
business in Aviation (£nil million) and the Civil Training business in Land (excluding Africa) (£0.6 million).
207Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
208 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
10. Goodwill continued
Results of goodwill impairment test
The current year impairment test results have not resulted in an impairment for any of the Group’s cash generating units. The
recoverable amount of the Group’s goodwill was assessed by reference to value-in-use calculations. The value-in-use calculations are
derived from risk-adjusted cash flows from the Group’s five-year plan. Terminal value assessments are included based on year five and
an estimated long-term, country-specific growth rate of 2.0 4.6% (2023: 1.9 4.6%). The process by which the Group’s budget is
prepared, reviewed and approved benefits from historical experience, visibility of long term work programmes in relation to work
undertaken for the UK Government, available government spending information (both UK and overseas), the Group’s contract backlog,
bid pipeline and the Group’s tracking pipeline which monitors opportunities prior to release of tenders. The budget process includes
consideration of risks and opportunities at contract and business level, and considered matters such as inflation.
Furthermore, in preparing this assessment we have considered the potential impact of climate change. In particular, we have
considered the impact of climate change on the useful economic lives of assets, disruption to key operating sites and supply chain, and
potential asset impairments. Our identified climate risks (see pages 76 to 79 for details) predominantly result in adverse cash outflows
to the business and have been modelled as such within our sensitivity analysis. We anticipate that a number of these climate risks may
result in additional cash inflows as associated climate related costs could be passed onto our customers offsetting the climate risk and a
conservative assessment of such cash inflow is also modelled within the sensitivity. These considerations did not have a material impact
on the goodwill impairment assessment.
Key assumptions
Key assumptions are based on past experience and expectations of future changes in the market, expected outturn on in-progress
significant contracts and pipeline reflecting prevailing economic forecasts, industry specific data, competitor activity and market
dynamics.
Pre-tax discount rates derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital were used to discount the estimated risk-
adjusted cash flows. These pre-tax discount rates reflect the market assessment as at the period end date of the time value of money
and the risks specific to the cash-generating units.
Country-specific long-term growth rates are determined based on external analyst assessments of long-term real GDP outlooks in the
associated countries. The country-specific real long-term growth rates and discount rates for the Group’s operating segments are as
follows:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Aviation
Land
Marine
Nuclear
Aviation
Land
Marine
Nuclear
Pre-tax discount rate
13.2
12.2
12.2
12.6
13.1
13.1
13.1
12.4
Post
-tax discount rate
9.8
9.0
9.0
9.3
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.3
Long
-term real growth rate
2.0
2.2
2.1
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.0
1.9
Expected future cash flows used in discounted cash flow models are inherently uncertain and could materially change over time. They
are significantly affected by a number of factors, such as demand for the Group’s services, together with economic factors such as
estimates of costs of revenue and future capital expenditure requirements. Expected future cash flows are also subject to estimation
with regard to the impact of inflation albeit a significant proportion of the Group’s longer term revenue contracts include variable
consideration in respect of inflation and therefore there is a natural offset on the impact of inflation on both costs and revenue.
Key assumptions in relation to future cash flows included in the value-in-use models are set out below:
Group of CGUs
Key future cash flow assumption
Marine
Continuing delivery of work programmes with the UK Ministry of Defence, including the design and build of Type 31
frigates and the production of vertical missile tubes for the US
-UK common missile compartment programme. Future
international opportunities in shipbuilding.
Nuclear
Continuing delivery of naval nuclear services to the UK Ministry of Defence, including the FMSP contract. Continuing
delivery of opportunities in the UK civil nuclear decommissioning programme together with maintenance of
ongoing spend in provision of nuclear engineering services to operational power stations.
Land
Continuing demand for equipment support and training from both military and civil customers, noting that
significant elements of equipment support and training are the subject of long
-term contracts, not all of which have
been assumed to renew.
Aviation
Continuing delivery of long
-term contracts with the UK Ministry of Defence. Expansion of activities in key overseas
territories.
208 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 209
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
11. Other intangible assets
Internally
Internally generated generated
Acquired software development development
intangibles costs and costs and Assets under
relationships licences other construction Total
£m £m £m £m £m
Cost
At 1 April 2023
861.0
231.3
15.0
1,107.3
Additions
6.9
10.0
16.4
33.3
Reclassification from property, plant and equipment
1.4
1.4
(Note 12)
Reclassification from AUC to in-use assets
16.4
0.1
(16.5)
Disposals at cost
(1.0)
(1.0)
Exchange adjustments
(10.1)
(0.2)
(0.1)
(10.4)
At 31 March 2024
850.9
253.4
25.0
1.3
1,130.6
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 April 2023
794.4
166.5
5.6
966.5
Amortisation charge
10.8
8.6
4.6
24.0
Disposals
(0.9)
(0.9)
Exchange adjustments
(7.4)
(0.5)
0.1
(7.8)
At 31 March 2024
797.8
173.7
10.3
981.8
Net book value at 31 March 2024
53.1
79.7
14.7
1.3
148.8
Cost
At 1 April 2022
1,095.3
222.6
27.6
1,345.5
Additions
18.1
3.4
21.5
Reclassification from property, plant and equipment
3.0
0.3
3.3
Disposal of subsidiary undertakings (note 27)
(237.0)
(4.9)
(13.9)
(255.8)
Disposals at cost
(2.0)
(7.4)
(3.0)
(12.4)
Exchange adjustments
4.7
(0.1)
0.6
5.2
At 31 March 2023
861.0
231.3
15.0
1,107.3
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 April 2022
1,005.8
156.8
6.2
1,168.8
Amortisation charge
15.8
10.5
1.8
28.1
Impairment
9.0
9.0
Disposal of subsidiary undertakings (note 27)
(233.0)
(3.1)
(0.8)
(236.9)
Disposals
(2.0)
(6.6)
(1.7)
(10.3)
Exchange adjustments
7.8
(0.1)
0.1
7.8
At 31 March 2023
794.4
166.5
5.6
966.5
Net book value at 31 March 2023
66.6
64.8
9.4
140.8
Acquired intangible amortisation charges for the year are recorded in operating costs.
Included in Internally generated software development costs and licences is £36.9 million (2023: £38.6 million) relating to the Group’s
ERP system, which is amortised over a 10-year period. Included in the acquired intangible balance is £42.8 million (2023: £52.3 million)
relating to the acquisition of NSM. This is being amortised over a period of 20 years.
209Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
210 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
12. Property, plant and equipment
Assets in
Freehold Leasehold Plant and Aircraft course of
property property equipment fleet construction Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Cost
At 1 April 2023
212.2
15.2
571.0
97.5
90.8
986.7
Additions
2.3
0.1
22.2
5.3
77.7
107.6
Reclassfied to other intangible assets (Note 11)
(1.4)
(1.4)
Reclassification
from AUC to in-use assets
10.4
0.2
37.2
0.3
(48.1)
Disposals
(4.1)
(12.0)
(21.0)
(37.1)
Capitalised borrowing costs
3.9
3.9
Exchange adjustments
(0.2) (0.1) (4.7) (2.2) (0.2) (7.4)
At 31 March 2024
220.6
15.4
612.3
79.9
124.1
1,052.3
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2023
74.4
12.1
390.6
24.9
6.2
508.2
Depreciation charge for the year
7.4
1.0
39.1
4.5
52.0
Impairment
2.1
2.1
Disposals
(2.2)
(8.7)
(12.7)
(23.6)
Exchange adjustments
(0.1)
(0.1)
(2.5)
(0.9)
0.1
(3.5)
At 31 March 2024
79.5
13.0
418.5
17.9
6.3
535.2
Net book value at 31 March 2024
141.1
2.4
193.8
62.0
117.8
517.1
Cost
At 1 April 2022
151.8
24.7
524.9
303.1
213.9
1,218.4
On disposal of subsidiaries (
note 27)
(9.4) (9.0) (32.1) (224.1) (13.9) (288.5)
Additions
0.4
0.2
33.2
27.8
48.3
109.9
Transfer to intangible assets
(3.3)
(3.3)
Reclassification from AUC to in-use assets
70.0
66.0
3.0
(139.0)
Transfer from Right
-of use-assets
19.5
19.5
Disposals
(0.8)
(13.1)
(40.2)
(18.8)
(72.9)
Capitalised borrowing costs
0.6
0.6
Exchange adjustments
0.2
(0.7)
(7.9)
8.4
3.0
3.0
At 31 March 2023
212.2
15.2
571.0
97.5
90.8
986.7
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2022
70.7
11.1
373.2
52.3
0.5
507.8
On disposal of subsidiaries (note 27)
(2.9) (0.5) (14.3) (33.9)
(51.6)
Depreciation charge for the year
7.1
1.5
45.4
18.1
72.1
Impairment
(0.8)
5.7
4.9
Transfer from Right-of-use-assets
11.5
11.5
Disposals
(0.7)
(11.2)
(24.0) (0.5) (36.4)
Exchange adjustments
0.2
(2.5)
1.7
0.5
(0.1)
At 31 March 2023
74.4
12.1
390.6
24.9
6.2
508.2
Net book value at 31 March 2023
137.8
3.1
180.4
72.6
84.6
478.5
210 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 211
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
13. Leases
Group as a lessee
Leases represent rentals payable by the Group for certain operational, distribution and office properties and other assets such as aircraft.
The leases have varying terms, purchase options, escalation clauses and renewal rights.
Right of use assets
Leasehold Plant and Aircraft
property equipment fleet Total
£m £m £m £m
Cost
At 1 April 2023
141.6
67.7
138.0
347.3
Additions
21.6
12.9
34.6
69.1
Disposals
(21.2)
(6.3)
(14.8)
(42.3)
Exchange adjustments
(1.9)
(0.2)
(4.7)
(6.8)
At 31 March 2024
140.1
74.1
153.1
367.3
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2023
49.5
45.7
93.0
188.2
Depreciation charge for the year
18.0
8.9
12.9
39.8
Disposals
(12.6) (5.2) (14.0) (31.8)
Exchange adjustments
(1.0) (0.1) (3.4) (4.5)
At
31 March 2024
53.9
49.3
88.5
191.7
Net book value at 31 March 2024
86.2
24.8
64.6
175.6
At 1 April 2022
127.3 64.7 383.0 575.0
Additions
37.1
9.8
67.7
114.6
Transfer to Property, plant and equipment
(19.5)
(19.5)
Disposals
(10.0) (3.7) (24.5) (38.2)
Disposal of subsidiaries (
note 27)
(11.5) (3.5) (269.8) (284.8)
Exchange adjustments
(1.3)
0.4
1.1
0.2
At 31 March 2023
141.6 67.7 138.0 347.3
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2022
42.5 40.9 157.3 240.7
Depreciation charge for the year
20.5
9.1
52.1
81.7
Impairment
0.9
8.7
9.6
Disposals
(7.0) (3.3) (21.7) (32.0)
Disposal of subsidiaries (
note 27)
(6.9) (1.3) (94.6) (102.8)
Transfer to Property, plant and equipment
(11.5)
(11.5)
Exchange adjustments
(0.5)
0.3
2.7
2.5
At 31 March 2023
49.5
45.7
93.0
188.2
Net book value at 31 March 2023
92.1 22.0 45.0 159.1
211Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
212 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
13. Leases continued
Lease liabilities
The following tables show the discounted Group lease liabilities and a reconciliation of opening to closing lease liabilities:
Total
£m
At 1 April 2023
228.8
Additions
68.0
Disposals
(12.8)
Exchange adjustments
(3.9)
Lease interest
9.8
Lease repayments
(59.4)
At 31 March 2024
230.5
Non-current lease liabilities
185.9
Current lease liabilities
44.6
At 31 March 2024
230.5
At 1 April 2022
434.1
Additions
117.0
Disposals
(5.3)
Disposal of subsidiaries (
note 27)
(218.1)
Exchange adjustments
9.6
Lease interest
15.9
Lease repayments
(124.4)
At 31 March 2023
228.8
Non
-current lease liabilities
178.9
Current lease liabilities
49.9
At 31 March 2023
228.8
See note 22 for a maturity analysis of the contractual undiscounted lease payments.
Amounts recognised in the Group income statement
2024 2023
£m £m
Interest on lease liabilities
9.8 15.9
Right-of-use asset depreciation
39.8
81.7
Right-of-use asset impairment
9.6
(Gain)/loss on disposal of right-of-use assets
(3.6) 0.9
The total expense for short term and low value leases was £52.0 million (2023 restated: £38.2 million). The expense is deemed
approximate to the cash outflow for short term and low value leases.
Amounts recognised in the Group cash flow statement
2024 2023
£m £m
Total cash outflow for principal element of leases
49.6
108.5
Total cash outflow for interest element of leases
9.8
15.9
Total cash outflow for leases
59.4
124.4
212 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 213
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
13. Leases continued
Group as a lessor
The Group is the lessor in an arrangement for the lease of vehicles and sub-lease of leased properties. These are solely finance lease
arrangements. There have been no new material lease arrangements as a lessor in the current year (2023: none).
Amounts recognised in the Group income statement
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Finance lease
interest income
4.4
4.4
Finance lease payments receivable
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Within one year
16.9
20.3
Greater than one year but less than two years
13.1
14.0
Greater than two years but less than three years
8.8
9.1
Greater than three years but less than four years
4.3
2.4
Greater than four years but less than five years
0.1
Total undiscounted finance lease payments receivable
43.2
45.8
Impact of discounting
(7.7)
(7.2)
Finance lease receivable (net investment in the lease)
35.5
38.6
There was no material impairment of lease receivables in the year ended 31 March 2024 (2023: £nil).
The Group has minimal residual risk for underlying assets to which it retains the residual rights as all leases for which the Group acts
as lessor are finance leases and therefore the asset has been leased for a term equivalent to the assets useful economic life.
14. Investment in and loans to joint ventures and associates
The Group’s material joint ventures and associates are:
% interest % interest Country of Principal area
Nature of relationship
Year end
Business activity
held (2024) held (2023) incorporation of operation
AirTanker Services Limited
Associate
31 Dec
Provision of
23.5%
23.5%
United
United
air-to-air refuelling
Kingdom
Kingdom
Ascent Flight Training (Holdings)
Joint venture
31 Mar
Provision of
50.0%
50.0%
United
United
Limited
training services Kingdom Kingdom
213Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
214 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
14. Investment in and loans to joint ventures and associates continued
Summarised financial information for joint ventures and associates
The summarised financial information below reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of the relevant joint ventures
and associates, and not the Group’s share of those amounts. These amounts have been adjusted to conform to the Group’s accounting
policies where required. The summarised financial information has been aggregated to provide useful information to users without
excessive detail. Joint ventures that are not considered material to the Group are not shown below.
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Ascent Flight Ascent Flight
Training Training
(Holdings) AirTanker (Holdings) AirTanker
Summarised income statement extract (year ended)
Limited Services Limited Limited Services Limited
Revenue
168.8
254.7
171.2
181.7
Depreciation and amortisation
(0.5) (1.7)
(11.5)
Interest income
3.4
1.8
4.4
0.3
Interest expense
(2.7)
(0.2)
(5.0)
Income tax expense
(5.7)
(5.0)
(3.5)
(2.3)
Profit from continuing operations
16.7
11.2
14.5
5.9
Other comprehensive income
0.4
7.0
Total comprehensive income
17.1
11.2
21.5
5.9
Summarised statement of financial position
Non-current assets
45.8
87.8
29.2
72.3
Current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents)
59.5
59.9
75.5
95.2
Cash and cash equivalents
55.4
86.6
69.2
71.9
Non-current liabilities
(94.9)
(60.7)
(109.2)
(63.2)
Current liabilities
(7.9)
(56.0)
(10.4)
(74.9)
Net assets
57.9
117.6
54.3
101.3
Ownership
50%
23.5%
50.0%
23.5%
Carrying value of investment
29.0
27.6
27.2
23.8
Reconciliation to carrying amounts
Investment in joint ventures Loans to joint ventures
and associates
and associates
Total
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
£m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1 April
57.4
54.3
9.5
12.1
66.9
66.4
Share of profits of joint ventures and associates
10.3
9.3
10.3
9.3
Impairment of joint ventures and associates
(1.1)
(1.1)
Results from joint ventures and associates
9.2
9.3
9.2
9.3
Acquisition and disposal of joint ventures and
associates (
note 27)
(1.0)
(1.0)
Loans repaid by joint ventures and associates
(7.5)
(2.4) (7.5) (2.4)
Increase in loans to joint ventures and associates
2.1
2.1
Interest accrued and capitalised
0.3
1.0
0.3
1.0
Interest received
(0.5)
(1.2) (0.5) (1.2)
Dividends received
(7.1) (8.7)
(7.1)
(8.7)
Fair value adjustment of derivatives
0.3
4.7
0.3
4.7
Tax on fair value adjustment of derivatives
(0.1)
(1.2)
(0.1)
(1.2)
At 31 March
59.7
57.4
3.9
9.5
63.6
66.9
214 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 215
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
14. Investment in and loans to joint ventures and associates continued
The total investments in joint ventures and associates is attributable to the following reportable segments:
2024 2023
£m £m
Marine
3.3
3.7
Nuclear
1.6
1.4
Land
0.2
0.2
Aviation
58.5
61.6
Net book value
63.6
66.9
The joint ventures and associates have no significant contingent liabilities to which the Group is exposed. The Group does not have any
commitments that have been made to the joint ventures or associates and not recognised at the reporting date.
Joint arrangements are classified as joint ventures where the Group has the right to net assets of the joint arrangement rather than
separate rights and obligations to the assets and liabilities of the joint arrangement, respectively. There has been no impairment to loans
to joint ventures and associates during the year (2023: £nil). Total cumulative expected credit losses in respect of loans to joint ventures
and associates are also £nil (2023: £nil) as the joint ventures and associates are considered to have low credit risk and as such
impairment risk is considered minimal.
There are no significant restrictions on the ability of joint ventures and associates to transfer funds to the owners, other than those
imposed by the Companies Act 2006 or equivalent local regulations.
15. Inventories
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Raw materials and spares
58.1
58.6
Work-in-progress
4.6
7.2
Finished goods and goods for resale
124.7
61.0
Total
187.4
126.8
Write-downs of inventories amounted to £13.8 million (2023: £5.4 million). These were recognised as an expense during the year
ended 31 March 2024 and included in operating costs in the income statement. Inventory recognised as an expense in the year
amounted to £357.2 million (2023: £320.5 million).
16. Trade and other receivables and contract assets
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Non-current assets
Costs to obtain a contract
0.3
2.8
Costs to fulfil a contract
10.2
1.4
Other debtors
2.5
2.2
Non-current trade and other receivables
13.0
6.4
Current assets
Trade receivables
266.4
307.3
Less: provision for impairment of receivables
(8.5) (7.3)
Trade receivables net
257.9
300.0
Retentions
6.1
6.0
Amounts due from related parties (note 31)
2.3
2.1
Other debtors
1
25.0
49.6
Other taxes and social security receivables
98.1
79.8
Prepayments
88.2
63.7
Costs to obtain a contract
0.6
Costs to fulfil a contract
9.6
5.1
Current trade and other receivables
487.2
506.9
Contract assets
337.4
322.5
Current trade and other receivables and contract assets
824.6
829.4
1
Included in Other debtors are rebates receivable and other sundry receivables. No individual balance within other debtors is material.
215Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
216 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
16. Trade and other receivables continued
Trade and other receivables are stated at amortised cost. Details of expected credit losses on trade receivables are provided in note 22,
There has been no impairment to either other receivables or contract assets during the year ended 31 March 2024 (2023: £nil).
In the year ended 31 March 2024, amortisation of costs to obtain a contract and costs to fulfil a contract totalled £2.1 million
(2023: £5.0 million). An impairment of £nil was recorded in relation to costs to obtain a contract or costs to fulfil a contract
(2023: £1.6 million).
The Group recognises that there is an inherent element of estimation uncertainty and judgement involved in assessing contract
profitability, as disclosed in note 1. Management have taken a best estimate view of contract outcomes based on the information
currently available, after allowing for contingencies, and have applied a constraint to the variable consideration within revenue resulting
in a revenue estimate that is suitably cautious under IFRS 15.
Significant changes in contract assets during the year are as follows:
Contract assets
£m
31 March 2023
322.5
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the year to
trade
(279.2)
receivables
Increase due to work done not transferred from contract assets
297.6
Exchange adjustment
(3.5)
31 March 2024
337.4
31 March 2022
299.3
Disposal of subsidiary undertaking
(34.6)
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the year to receivables
(218.9)
Increase due to work done not transferred from contract assets
273.1
Exchange adjustment
3.6
31 March 2023
322.5
During the year, the Group has recognised a reversal of £34.4 million of revenue in respect of performance obligations satisfied or
partially satisfied in previous periods (2023: £48.5m reversal).
The current year figure is significantly impacted by the reduction in margin and consequential revenue reversal on the T31 contract as
described in Note 1. This has been offset by a number of cumulative catch-ups on a number of other key programmes driven by forecast
margin improvements and the impact of variable consideration being unconstrained as the highly probable test under IFRS 15 has been
satisfied in the period.
The prior year balance was significantly impacted by reductions in forecast margin on three of the Group's contracts predominantly
the loss on the T31 programme as described in Note 1. The variance resulting from these contracts was a result of movements in
forecast cost to complete rather than a reversal of variable consideration previously seen as highly probable.
At 31 March 2024, there is £7.2 billion (2023: £6.7 billion) of transaction price on contracts with customers that has been allocated
to unsatisfied or partially satisfied performance obligations (note this metric has been prepared for IFRS 15 disclosure purposes and
therefore does not align to the Group’s contract backlog). Contract backlog is based on the full contractual term of the Group’s
agreements whilst the IFRS 15 disclosure may be a shorter contractual period in the event that the customer has the ability to exit
contracts prior to the full term for non-substantive penalty payments. Management expects that 40.9% (2023: 37.8%) of the transaction
price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations as at 31 March 2024 will be recognised as revenue during the next reporting
period. A further 49.4% (2023: 46.3%) of the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations is expected to be
recognised as revenue in years two to five after 31 March 2024.
Details on the Group’s approach to assess credit risk are included in note 22.
216 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 217
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
17. Cash and cash equivalents
31 March 31 March
2024 2023
£m £m
Cash at bank and in hand
218.4
221.7
Short-term bank deposits
352.2
230.0
570.6
451.7
The carrying amounts of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Total Floating rate Total Floating rate
Currency
£m £m £m £m
Sterling
341.0
341.0
319.8
319.8
Euro
35.4
35.4
7.6
7.6
US Dollar
18.7
18.7
15.7
15.7
South African Rand
25.9
25.9
45.3
45.3
Canadian Dollar
64.1
64.1
19.1
19.1
Omani Rial
3.8
3.8
5.7
5.7
Australian Dollar
56.3
56.3
25.1
25.1
Norwegian Krone
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
Swedish Krona
1.7
1.7
2.4
2.4
New Zealand Dollar
15.2
15.2
2.8
2.8
Other currencies
8.0
8.0
7.6
7.6
570.6
570.6
451.7
451.7
Expected credit losses of cash and cash equivalents is £nil (2023: £nil).
217Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
218 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
18. Trade and other payables and contract liabilities
2024 2023
£m £m
Current liabilities
Contract liabilities
761.8
616.4
Trade creditors
314.3
239.1
Amounts due to related parties (note 31)
1.5
0.8
Other creditors
13.5
34.0
Defined contribution pension creditor
8.3
7.6
Other taxes and social security
71.1
75.5
Accruals
540.5
554.1
Trade and other payables
949.2
911.1
Trade and other payables and contract liabilities
1,711.0
1,527.5
Non
-current liabilities
Non
-current accruals
4.8
Other creditors
0.6
0.9
5.4
0.9
Included in creditors is £11.4 million (2023: £12.9 million) relating to capital expenditure which has therefore not been included
in working capital movements within the cash flow statement.
Significant changes in contract liabilities during the year are as follows:
Contract
liabilities
£m
31 March 2023
616.4
Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the
beginning of the year
(540.8)
Cash advanced
689.9
Exchange adjustment
(3.7)
31 March 202
4
761.8
31
March 2022
518.3
Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the
beginning of the year
(377.5)
Cash advanced
509.8
Disposal of subsidiary undertaking
(31.9)
Exchange adjustment
(2.3)
31 March 2023
616.4
218 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 219
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
19. Bank and other borrowings
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Current liabilities
Bank loans and overdrafts due within one year or on demand
Secured
4.5
0.3
Unsecured
15.9
19.3
20.4
19.6
Lease obligations*
44.6
49.9
65.0
69.5
Non-current liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
Secured
2.5
21.0
Unsecured
744.6
747.4
747.1
768.4
Lease obligations*
185.9
178.9
933.0
947.3
* Leases are secured against the assets to which they relate.
The Group’s overdraft totalled £18.0 million at 31 March 2024 (2023: £22.2 million).
The Group has £2.8 million (2023: £3.1 million) of secured debt in the Land operating segment that is secured against a property
owned by the Group and £4.2 million (2023: £18.2 million) of debt that is secured against contracts with customers, which will cede
to the bank in the event of default.
Unsecured bank loans are subject to covenants which are tested six monthly on a rolling basis. Covenants comprise of Net Debt
(covenant basis) to EBITDA and Interest Cover. The Net Debt (covenant basis) to EBITDA ratio must be lower than 3.5x at each testing
date whilst the Interest Cover must be at least 4.0x at each testing date. There are no breaches in the Group’s base case forecasts
as prepared for going concern purposes.
Drawn facilities at the period end date primarily comprise the €550 million Eurobond and the £300 million UK bond.
Repayment details
The total borrowings of the Group at 31 March are repayable as follows:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Loans and Lease Loans and Lease
overdrafts obligations overdrafts obligations
£m £m £m £m
Within one year
20.4
44.6
19.6
49.9
Between one and two years
0.6
38.2
0.3
40.6
Between two and three years
296.0
33.2
0.6
34.5
Between three and four years
449.8
24.8
300.6
23.4
Between four and five years
0.7
19.5
466.2
19.9
Greater than five years
70.2
0.7
60.5
767.5
230.5
788.0
228.8
219Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
220 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
19. Bank and other borrowings continued
The Group has entered into interest rate and currency swaps, details of which are included in note 21.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Total Floating rate Fixed rate Total Floating rate Fixed rate
Currency
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Sterling
415.0
7.8
407.2
439.0
16.4
422.6
Euro*
514.4
99.1
415.3
515.4
87.2
428.2
US Dollar
7.3
7.3
5.9
0.4
5.5
South African Rand
8.9
4.2
4.7
25.1
18.3
6.8
Canadian Dollar
4.8
4.8
6.0
6.0
Australian Dollar
44.0
44.0
22.3
22.3
New Zealand Dollar
1.4
1.4
1.0
1.0
South Korean Won
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
Botswana Pula
0.2
0.2
Other
1.7
1.7
1.1
0.8
0.3
998.0
111.1
886.9
1,016.8
123.1
893.7
* €550 million (2023: €550 million) has been swapped into Sterling, with €140.0 million equivalent (2023: €140.0 million equivalent) into floating rates and
€410.0 million equivalent (2023: €410.0 million equivalent) into fixed rates. This is included in the Euro amount above. The split above includes the impact of
hedging.
The weighted average interest rate of Sterling fixed rate borrowings is 1.9% (2023: 1.9%). The weighted average period for which these
interest rates are fixed is 2.5 years (2023: 3.5 years).
The floating rate for borrowings is linked to SONIA in the case of Sterling, EURIBOR in the case of Euro, the prime rate in the case of
South African Rand and the local prime rate for other currencies.
The effective interest rates at the statement of financial position dates, including the impact of hedging, were as follows:
31 March 31 March
2024 2023
% %
UK bank overdraft
6.4
5.4
8-year Eurobond September 2027 fixed
2.9
2.9
8-year Eurobond September 2027 floating
6.9
6.3
£300 million bond 2026
1.9
1.9
Other borrowings
5.6 11.1
5.5 9.8
Leases obligations
2.2 11.8
3.7 17.2
Borrowing facilities
The Group had the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at 31 March:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Expiring in more than one year but not more than five years
775.0
1,152.8
775.0
1,152.8
220 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 221
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
20. Provisions for other liabilities, including other employee benefits
Employee
related and
business
Contract/ reorganisation Italian
warranty costs anti-trust fine Property Other Total
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) provisions
£m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1 April 2022
53.5
39.7
0.3
21.0
1.4
115.9
On disposal of subsidiaries (note 27)
(8.5) (1.2)
(5.8)
(0.1) (15.6)
Reclassification
(1.0)
1.4
(4.3)
3.9
Charge to income statement
85.3
12.8
8.6
1.2
107.9
Release to the income statement
(9.3)
(2.4)
(0.2)
(1.8)
(13.7)
Utilised in year
(20.2) (19.2) (0.3) (4.8) (1.8) (46.3)
Unwinding of discount
0.2
0.2
Foreign exchange
0.6
(0.8)
0.6
(0.1)
0.3
At 31 March 2023
100.4
30.5
15.1
2.7
148.7
Charge to income statement
66.4
10.3
10.3
2.7
89.7
Release to
the income statement
(19.4) (3.6)
(0.5)
(0.1) (23.6)
Utilised in year
(31.3)
(6.2)
(1.4)
(0.7)
(39.6)
Reclassified to accruals
1
(18.0)
(18.0)
Unwinding of discount
2.4
0.3
2.7
Foreign exchange
(0.7) (0.9)
(0.1)
(1.7)
At 31 March 2024
117.8
12.4
23.5
4.5
158.2
a. The contract/warranty provisions relate to onerous contracts and warranty obligations on completed contracts and disposals.
Warranty provisions are provided in the normal course of business and are recognised when the underlying products and services are
sold. The provision is based on an assessment of future claims with reference to historical warranty data and a weighting of possible
outcomes against their associated probabilities. Onerous contracts relate to expected future losses on contracts with customers
notably T31 as outlined in note 1.
b. Employee related and business reorganisation costs relate to business restructuring activities including announced redundancies
in addition to employee related provisions other than employee benefits.
c. Italian anti-trust fines pertain to historic court rulings in respect of the Babcock Mission Critical Services Italia SpA subsidiary.
The remaining amount of this provision was paid in the prior year.
d. Property and other provisions primarily relate to dilapidation costs and contractual obligations in respect of infrastructure.
e. Other provisions include provisions for insurance claims arising within the Group’s captive insurance company, Chepstow Insurance
Limited. They relate to specific claims assessed in accordance with the advice of independent actuaries.
1
Immaterial amounts related to employee benefits have been reclassified from provisions to current and non-current accruals during the period.
Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Current
79.1
67.9
Non-current
79.1
80.8
158.2
148.7
Included within provisions is £6.7 million (2023: £6.9 million) expected to be utilised over approximately 10 years. Other than these
provisions the Group’s non-current provisions are expected to be utilised within two to five years.
221Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
222 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
21. Financial instruments and fair value measurement
The following table presents the Group’s assets and liabilities:
Financial Financial Financial Financial
assets at assets at liabilities at liabilities at Total carrying
31 March 202
4 (£m)
fair value amortised cost fair value amortised cost amount Fair value
Non-current financial assets
Loans to joint ventures and associates
3.9
3.9
3.9
Financial assets
5.3
5.3
5.3
Derivatives
2.8
2.8
2.8
Lease receivables
22.5
22.5
22.5
Current financial assets
Trade and other receivables*
0.9
282.1
283.0
283.0
Lease receivables
13.0
13.0
13.0
Derivatives
4.4
4.4
4.4
Cash and cash equivalents
570.6
570.6
570.6
Non
-current financial liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
(747.1)
(747.1)
(686.4)
Derivatives
(51.9)
(51.9)
(51.9)
Current financial liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
(20.4)
(20.4)
(20.4)
Trade and other payables*
(593.7)
(593.7) (593.7)
Derivatives
(9.5)
(9.5)
(9.5)
Net financial assets / (financial liabilities)
8.1
897.4
(61.4)
(1,361.2) (517.1) (456.4)
* Trade and other receivables and trade and other payables only include balances which meet the definition of a financial instrument.
Financial Financial Financial Financial
assets at assets at liabilities at liabilities at Total carrying
31 March 2023 (£m)
fair value amortised cost fair value amortised cost
amount
Fair value
Non
-current financial assets
Loans to joint ventures and associates
9.5
9.5
9.5
Financial assets
7.3
7.3
7.3
Derivatives
2.6 2.6 2.6
Lease receivables
22.2 22.2 22.2
Current financial assets
Trade and other receivables*
1.5 345.1 346.6 346.6
Lease receivables
16.4
16.4
16.4
Derivatives
4.3 4.3 4.3
Cash and cash equivalents
451.7 451.7 451.7
Non-current financial liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
(768.4
)
(768.4) (670.3)
Derivatives
(53.3) (53.3) (53.3)
Current financial liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
(19.6
)
(19.6) (19.6)
Trade and other payables*
(511.1)
(511.1)
(511.1)
Derivatives
(12.8)
(12.8)
(12.8)
Net financial assets / (financial liabilities)
8.4
852.2
(66.1)
(1,299.1)
(504.6)
(406.5)
* Trade and other receivables and trade and other payables only include balances which meet the definition of a financial instrument.
222 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 223
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
21. Financial instruments and fair value measurement continued
The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1);
Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices)
or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2); and
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).
All of the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 using the fair value hierarchy.
There were no transfers between levels during the period. Additional disclosures in respect of financial assets measured using Level 3
techniques are not provided as such assets are not material.
The fair values of financial instruments held at fair value have been determined based on available market information at the period end
date, and the valuation methodologies listed below:
The fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts are calculated by discounting the contracted forward values and translating
at the appropriate period end rates; and
The fair values of cross-currency interest rate swaps are calculated by discounting expected future principal and interest cash flows
and translating at the appropriate period end rates.
Financial assets and liabilities in the Group’s Consolidated statement of financial position are either held at fair value or their carrying
value approximates to fair value, with the exception of loans, which are held at amortised cost. Amortised cost items whose fair value
or carrying value approximate to fair value are at Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Due to the variability of the valuation factors,
the fair values presented at 31 March may not be indicative of the amounts the Group would expect to realise in the current market
environment.
Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group enters into forward foreign currency contracts and cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the currency exposures that
arise on sales, purchases, deposits, borrowings and leasing arrangements denominated in foreign currencies as the transactions occur.
Where derivatives do not meet the hedge accounting criteria, they are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives not
designated in hedge relationships have net fair value liability of £ 6.8 million (2023: £17.2 million), of which £6.7 million (2023: £16.8
million) were economically hedging £2.2 billion (2023: £1.9 billion) denominated in foreign currencies purchases and sales and £0.1
million (2023: £0.4 million) was economically hedging borrowings (see also note 22). The Group’s policy regarding classification of
derivatives is set out in note 1.
Cash flow hedges
The Group uses cross-currency swap contracts to hedge the foreign currency risk on debt issued by the Group. These are formally
designated in cash flow hedge relationships and hedge ineffectiveness is recognised immediately in the income statement. The fair
value of cash flow hedges at 31 March 2024 was a net liability of £11.1 million (2023: £8.3 million). Further detail is give in Note 22.
Fair value hedges
The Group maintains cross-currency interest rate swap contracts as fair value hedges of the interest rate and currency risk on fixed-rate
debt issued by the Group. These derivative contracts receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a variable rate of interest. These are formally
designated in fair value hedging relationships and are used to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of debt which has been
issued by the Group at fixed rates. The fair value of such hedges at 31 March 2024 was a liability of £36.3 million (2023: £39.1
million). Further detail is give in Note 22.
22. Financial risk management
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market
interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt
obligations with floating interest rates and the Group’s cash and cash equivalents.
The Group’s risk management objective, policy and performance are as follows:
Objective
To manage exposure to interest rate fluctuations on borrowings by varying the proportion of fixed rate debt
relative to floating rate debt to reflect the underlying nature of its commitments and obligations. As a result,
the
Group does not maintain a specific set proportion of fixed versus floating debt, but monitors the mix to ensure
that it is compatible with its business requirements and capital structure.
Policy
The Group’s interest rate management policy is to monitor the mix of fixed versus floating interest rate debt
to ensure that it is compatible with its business requirements and capital structure.
Risk
management
The Group manages interest rate risk through the maintenance of a mixture of fixed and floating rate debt and
interest rate swaps, each being reviewed on a regular basis to ensure the appropriate mix is maintained.
Performance
As at
31 March 2024, the Group had 89% fixed rate debt (2023: 88%) and 11% floating rate debt (2023: 12%)
based on gross debt, including lease liabilities, of £
998.0 million (2023: £1,016.8 million).
223Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
224 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
22. Financial risk management continued
The following balances are exposed to interest rate risk as shown below:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Between one
Less than and two Greater than Less than Between one Greater than
one year years two years one year and two years two years
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Cash and cash equivalents
570.6
451.7
Bank and other borrowings
65.0
38.8
894.2
69.5
40.9
906.4
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on that portion of loans and
borrowings affected, after the impact of hedge accounting. With all other variables held constant, the Group’s profit before tax is
affected through the impact on floating rate borrowings, as follows:
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Effect on profit Effect on profit
Change in before tax Change in before tax
interest rate £m interest rate £m
GBP
3.0% 3.4
3.0%
3.1
The effect of fair value hedges on the Group’s financial position and performance for the year is as follows:
Year ended 31 March 2024
Year ended 31 March 2023
Change in Change in
fair value of fair value of
Carrying hedging Carrying hedging
Notional amount of instrument used for Notional amount of instrument used for
principal hedging calculating hedge principal hedging calculating hedge
Hedging instruments (£m)
amount instrument ineffectiveness amount instrument ineffectiveness
Cross currency interest rate swap
1
246.7
(37.6)
1.1
246.7
(38.7)
(4.1)
1. The Group has entered into three cross-currency interest rate swaps to convert €275 million of fixed rate (1.375%) debt to GBP debt linked to SONIA. This matures
on 13 September 2027. Additionally, as part of the Group’s financial risk management response in relation to interest rate risk, the group has entered into further
interest rate swaps to fix interest rate on floating rate sterling debt ie, the aggregated exposure that was created with €140 million fixed rate debt and the cross-
currency swaps which receive Euro fixed and pay GBP floating. These new interest rate swaps were not designated in the hedge relationship and therefore they are
accounted for at fair value through profit and loss.
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Amount of Amount of
Change in ineffectiveness Change in ineffectiveness
Carrying Accumulated fair value used recognised in Carrying Accumulated fair value used recognised in the
amount of fair value for calculating the income amount of fair value for calculating income
Hedged item (£m)
hedged item adjustments ineffectiveness statement hedged item adjustments ineffectiveness statement
Debt
235.1
22.3
(8.2)
(7.1)
241.7
30.6
7.3
3.2
Ineffectiveness is included in the income statement in finance costs.
224 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 225
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
22. Financial risk management continued
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group becomes unable to meet payment obligations in a timely manner when they become due.
The Group’s risk management objective, policy and performance are as follows:
Objective
The Group’s objective with regards to liquidity risk is to ensure that there is an appropriate balance between
continuity, flexibility and cost of debt funding through the use of borrowings, whilst also diversifying the sources
of these borrowings with a r
ange of maturities and rates of interest, to reflect the long-term nature of the Group’s
contracts and commitments and its risk profile.
Policy
The Group’s policy is to ensure the business is prudently funded and that sufficient liquidity headroom is
maintained on its facilities.
Risk
management
Liquidity risk management includes maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding from an adequate
amount of committed credit facilities. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying
businesses, Group treasury
maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining cash and/or availability under committed credit lines.
Each of the sectors in the Group provides regular cash forecasts for liquidity planning purposes. These cash
forecasts are used to monitor and identify the liquidity requirements of the Group, and to ensure that there is
sufficient liquidity to meet operat
ional needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on the Group’s committed
borrowing facilities.
The Group utilises debt factoring in support of the non
-UK operations of its Aviation sector as part of its working
capital management arrangements.
Performance
The Group continues to keep under review its capital structure to ensure that the sources, tenor and availability of
finance are sufficient to meet its stated objectives. During the prior year the Group repaid a €550 million facility.
No new facilities have been entered into.
The contracted cash outflows on bank and other borrowings, derivatives and lease liabilities at the reporting date are shown below,
based on contractual undiscounted payments. Interest payments predominantly relate to repayments on the €550m Eurobond and the
£300m bond and have been calculated based on the contractual fixed interest rates. Eurobond interest has been translated based on
the prevailing exchange rates at the balance sheet date.
Less than Between Between Over
1 year 1 and 2 years 2 and 5 years 5 years Total
£m £m £m £m £m
At 31 March 202
4
Bank and other borrowings
repayment of overdraft and loan
22.5
0.6
749.9
773.0
principal
Bank and other borrowings
interest payments
12.2
12.2
36.6
61.0
Derivatives cash outflows
settled gross
13.2
65.1
174.7
1,963.8
2,216.8
Undiscounted lease payments
49.3
46.1
90.7
85.3
271.4
At 31 March 202
3
Bank and other borrowings
repayment of overdraft and loan
22.6
0.3
772.8
0.7
796.4
principal
(restated
1
)
Bank and other
borrowings interest payments (restated
1
)
14.3
14.3
39.1
0.1
67.8
Derivatives cash outflows settled gross
28.7
145.4
198.8
1,503.3
1,876.2
Undiscounted lease payments
54.6
44.9
80.5
72.2
252.2
1
Bank and other borrowings repayment of overdraft and loan principal’ has been restated to remove lease payments which were duplicated within this line item in the prior
period in error. Interest payments were also not included in the prior year table.
The impact of discounting for lease payments is £40.9 million (2023: £23.4 million) resulting in lease liabilities of £230.5 million
(2023: £228.8 million). Other financial liabilities not included in the table above such as trade and other payables are all expected
to be settled within one year.
225Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
226 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
22. Financial risk management continued
Currency risk
Currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in foreign
exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s operating
activities, when revenue or expense is denominated in a foreign currency, and the Group’s net investments in foreign subsidiaries.
The functional currency of Babcock International Group PLC and its UK subsidiaries is GBP. The presentation currency of the Group
is GBP. The Group has exposure primarily to EUR, ZAR, AUD and CAD.
The Group’s risk management objective, policy and performance are as follows:
Objective
The Group’s objective is to reduce exposure to volatility in earnings and cash flows from movements in foreign
currency exchange rates. The Group is exposed to a number of foreign currencies, the most significant being the
EUR, ZAR, AUD and CAD.
Policy
Transactional risk
In order to mitigate the currency risk of adverse currency movements on foreign currency denominated
transactions, the Group’s policy is to hedge all foreign currency transactions greater than £10k, using financial
instruments where appropriate. The Group applies IFRS 9 hedge accounting treatment where appropriate.
Policy
Translational risk
The Group is also exposed to adverse foreign currency movements on translation of net assets and income
statements of foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures and associates. It is not the Group’s policy to hedge through
the use of derivatives the translati
on effect of exchange rate movements on the income statements or
statement of financial positions of overseas subsidiaries and joint ventures and associates it regards as long
-term
investments. However, where the Group has material assets denominated in a
foreign currency, it will consider
matching the assets with foreign currency denominated debt.
Risk management
Currency risk management includes hedging the underlying foreign currency exposures in the foreign exchange
market with approved counterparties. Currency transactions are recorded and monitored in the treasury
management system. Each of the sectors in the
Group provides a quarterly foreign currency exposure report
to monitor the level of currency hedge cover is appropriate.
Performance
All material firm transactional exposures are economically hedged using foreign exchange forward contracts.
The effect of cash flow hedges on the Group’s financial position and performance in the year was as follows:
Year ended 31 March 2024
Amount
Change in fair Change in fair reclassified Ineffectivenes
value used for value recognised from cash s recognised
calculating in other flow hedge in profit and
Nominal Carrying Hedged hedge comprehensive reserve to loss (finance
Hedging instruments (£m)
amount value Maturity rate effectiveness income finance cost cost)
Hedge instrument: Cross currency swap
€275m
(£11.1)
13/09/27
1.152
2.8
2.8
6.6
Hedged item: EUR-denominated debt
€275m
N/A
13/09/27
N/A
(6.6)
N/A
N/A
N/A
As outstanding cash flow hedges matured in 2023, the amount previously recognised in the hedging reserve has been reclassified to
the income statement. Any new derivatives executed to hedge purchases and sales in foreign currencies have been treated as economic
hedges with the fair value changes recognised in the income statement rather than through other comprehensive income and therefore
disclosure has not been provided on such items.
226 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 227
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
22. Financial risk management continued
Year ended 31 March 2023
Change in fair Change in fair Amount
value used for
value recognised
reclassified from Ineffectiveness
calculating in other cash flow hedge recognised in
Nominal Carrying hedge comprehensive reserve to profit and loss
Hedging instruments (£m)
amount
value
Maturity
Hedged rate
effectiveness income finance cost (finance cost)
Hedge instrument: Cross currency swap
€275m
(£8.2)
13/09/27
1.152
(9.5)
(9.5)
(10.0)
Hedged item: EUR-denominated debt
€275m
£241.7
13/09/27
N/A
10.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Effect Effect
Change in Effect on other Change in Effect on other
foreign on profit components foreign on profit components
currency before tax of equity currency before tax of equity
rate £m £m rate £m £m
EUR *
5%
(0.6)
(0.6)
5%
1.5
1.5
ZAR
5%
(1.5)
(1.5)
5%
(2.0)
(2.0)
AUD
5%
(0.5)
(0.5)
5%
(0.4)
(0.4)
CAD
5%
(0.6)
(0.6)
5%
(0.4)
(0.4)
* This sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of the disposal of the Group’s Aerial Emergency Services business, as this is a one-off transaction which is not expected
to re-occur.
Sensitivity analysis on currency risk has been prepared based on an approximation of reasonably possible changes in foreign exchange rates
relative to the Group’s functional and reporting currency.
Under the Group’s economic hedging policy, the terms of the forward contracts are arranged to align with the expected timing, currency
and amounts of the hedged items. The Group typically enters into forward contracts where the hedge ratio is 1:1 on the basis that the
notional amount of the designated hedging instruments matches the principal amount of the forecast foreign currency transaction.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations to the Group, which would result in a loss for the Group. Credit risk
arises from trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, investments and derivative financial instruments.
The Group’s risk management objective, policy and performance are as follows:
Objective
The Group’s objective is to ensure that the Group continues to operate with an acceptable level of credit risk,
based on management’s judgement, associated with its operating activities, such as customer trade receivables,
and financial activities, includi
ng cash deposits and financial instruments.
Policy
The Group’s policy is to manage credit risk by setting and reviewing appropriate credit limits for non
-government
commercial customers, being the Group’s main exposure to credit risk. With regards to financial institutions,
credit limits will be set accord
ing to the respective financial institution’s credit rating. Counterparty bank credit
risk is closely monitored on a systematic and ongoing basis.
Risk management
Credit
risk management includes performing credit checks on non-government commercial customers and setting
and only performing financial transactions with approved investment grade counterparties.
Performance
Expected credit loss on trade receivable portfolio/provisions of
£8.5 million (2023: £7.3 million). The carrying
amount of the Group’s financial assets represents the maximum exposure to credit risk.
Cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments
The Group utilises approved investment-grade counterparties to carry out treasury transactions, including investments of cash and cash
equivalents, with counterparty bank credit risk being monitored closely on a systematic and ongoing basis. A credit limit is allocated
to each institution taking account of its market capitalisation and credit rating, and as such credit risk on these counterparties is not
considered to be material to the financial statements.
The Group’s counterparty credit rating is as follows:
31 March 2024
31 March 2023
AA
- or higher
13.2%
22.8%
A+ to A
-
76.9%
67.4%
BBB+ to BB-
9.9%
9.8%
227Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
228 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
22. Financial risk management continued
Trade receivables
The Group’s assessment is that credit risk in relation to customers or sub-contractors to governments is limited as their probability
of default is considered to be extremely low. The provision for expected credit losses for receivables from governments and sub-
contractors to government customers is therefore considered immaterial in the context of the receivables balance. The Group manages
credit risk in relation to trade and other receivables for all non-government commercial customers through various mitigating controls
including credit checks, credit limits and ongoing monitoring. Expected credit losses are assessed for all non-government customers,
however this is not considered to be material to the financial statements.
For trade receivables, the Group measures a provision for expected credit losses at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses,
estimated by reference to past experience and relevant forward-looking factors. For all other assets the loss allowance is measured using
12-months expected credit losses unless there was a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. Forward-looking factors
are applied to homogenous groups of receivables which share characteristics and are based on an estimate of how corporate failure
rates may change relative to historic levels given the current economic environment.
The Group considers that default has occurred when receivables are more than 90 days overdue and recognises a provision of 100%
against all such receivables unless there is evidence of recoverability at the individual receivable level. The movement on the provision
for expected credit losses is as follows:
2024 2023
£m £m
Balance at 1 April
(7.3) (14.6)
Charged to the income statement
(1.9)
(1.7)
Unused amounts reversed
0.4
2.0
Disposal of businesses
7.4
Exchange differences
0.3
(0.4)
Balance at 31 March
(8.5) (7.3)
The creation and release of provisions for impairment of receivables have been included in operating costs in the income statement.
The Group writes off a receivable when there is evidence that the debtor is in significant financial difficulty and there is no realistic
prospect of recovery, for example, when a debtor enters bankruptcy or financial reorganisation. The ageing of trade receivables
is detailed below:
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Gross Provision Net Gross Provision Net
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Not past due
241.5
241.5
291.3
291.3
Up to 90 days overdue
15.0
(0.1)
14.9
3.7
(0.1)
3.6
Past 90 days overdue
9.9
(8.4)
1.5
12.3
(7.2)
5.1
266.4
(8.5)
257.9
307.3
(7.3)
300.0
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivables mentioned above. The
Group does not hold any collateral as security other than retention of title clauses issued as part of the ordinary course of business.
For contract assets the expected credit loss provision is immaterial as the probability of default is insignificant. No expected loss
provision has been recorded in respect of loans to joint ventures and associates.
228 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 229
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
22. Financial risk management continued
Offsetting financial assets and liabilities
Year ended 31 March 2024
Year ended 31 March 2023
Balance Amounts not Net Balance Amounts not Net
sheet offset balances sheet offset balances
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Assets
Cash and
cash equivalents
570.6
(18.0)
552.6 451.0
(18.9)
432.1
Derivatives
7.2
(7.2)
6.9
(6.9)
Liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
(18.0)
18.0
(18.9)
18.9
Derivatives
(61.4)
7.2
(54.2)
(66.1)
6.9
(59.2)
1
1
1. The Group has the legal right of offset within certain of its banking arrangements, however there is no intention to net settle these balances shortly after the
period end and therefore these have been presented gross in accordance with IAS 32. The Group also has derivative assets and liabilities with the same financial
institutions which also have offset language to allow for net settlement, however the Group has no intention to net settle and therefore the IAS 32 criteria are not
satisfied and the derivative asset and derivative liabilities have been presented gross in the statement of financial position.
Capital risk
Capital risk is the risk that the entity may not be able to continue as a going concern. The capital structure of the Group consists of net
debt (cash and cash equivalents, bank overdrafts, loans, including the interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives which hedge the
loans, lease liabilities, lease receivables and loans to joint ventures and associates) and equity of the Group (comprising issued capital,
reserves, retained earnings and non-controlling interests. The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.
The Group’s risk management objective, policy and performance are as follows:
Objective
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, and
to provide returns for shareholders and other stakeholder benefits.
Policy
The Group’s policy is to protect and strengthen the Group statement of financial position through the appropriate
balance of debt and equity funding.
Risk
management
The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments in response to changes to economic conditions
and the strategic objectives of the Group. The Group raises finance in the public debt market from financial
institutions, using a variety of capital market instruments and borrowing facilities.
Performance
During the prior year, the Group entered into an overdraft facility of £50 million. No other new facilities have
been entered into.
229Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
230 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
23. Share capital
Ordinary shares of 60p Total
Number £m
Allotted, issued and fully paid
At
1 April 2023 and 31 March 2024
505,596,597
303.4
Allotted, issued and fully paid
At 1 April 2022 and 31 March 2023
505,596,597
303.4
Potential issues of ordinary shares
The table below shows options and conditional share awards existing over the Company’s shares as at 31 March 2024 that are capable
of being met on exercise or vesting by the issue of new shares. They represent outstanding awards granted under the Company’s
executive share plans. The awards were granted directly by the Company and satisfied by the Trustees of the Babcock Employee Share
Trust (BEST) a total of 12,490,853 shares (2023: 10,346,859 shares). The Company decides from time to time whether to satisfy the
awards by way of a fresh issue of shares (either to the award holder or to the employee share trust) or by way of financing the employee
share trusts to purchase already issued shares in the market. This decision is made according to available headroom within the dilution
limits contained in the relevant share plan rules and what the Directors consider to be in the best interest of the Company at the time.
2024 2023
Grant date
Type
Exercise period
Number Number
13 June 2019
DBP
3
13/06/2022
13/06/2023
22,971
3 August 2020
DBP
2
03/08/2022 03/08/2023
44,300
3 August 2020
DBP
3
03/08/2023 03/08/2024
109,929
13 August 2020
DBP
3
13/08/2023 13/08/2024
27,026
192,096
1 December 2020
PSP
1
01/12/2025
01/12/2026
1,197,393
1,389,984
1 December 2020
PSP
1
01/12/2023
01/12/2024
532,695
1,470,518
24 August 2021
PSP
1
24/08/2026 24/08/2027
769,165
769,165
24 September 2021
DBP
3
24/09/2024 24/09/2025
45,312
45,312
24 September 2021
PSP
1
24/09/2024
24/09/2025
1,290,265
1,368,274
24 September 2021
PSP
1
24/09/2026 24/09/2027
515,803
553,389
1 August 2022
DBP
4
01/08/2023 01/08/2024
551,420
1 August 2022
DBP
3
01/08/2025 01/08/2026
218,895
218,895
1 August 2022
PSP
1
01/08/202
5 01/08/2026
2,007,994
2,191,017
1 August 2022
PSP
1
01/08/2027 01/08/2028
1,328,136
1,419,589
1 August 2023
PSP
1
01/08/2026 01/08/2027
2,353,826
1 August 2023
DBP
3
01/08/2026 01/08/2027
129,095
1 August 2023
DBP
4
01/08/2024
01/08/2025
179,247
1 August 2023
PSP
1
01/08/2028
01/08/2029
694,057
29 September 2023
PSP
1
29/09/2028 29/09/2029
900,607
15 December 2023
PSP
1
15/12/2025 15/12/2026
42,077
15 December 2023
PSP
1
15/12/2026
15/12/2027
127,553
15 December 2023
PSP
1
15/12/2028 15/12/2029
131,707
12,490,853 10,346,859
Options granted to Directors are summarised in the Remuneration report on pages 148 to 156 and are included in the outstanding
options set out above.
1. 2019 Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’).
2. DBP Award issued without matching shares, has two-year vesting period.
3. DBP Award issued without matching shares, has three-year vesting period.
4. DBP Award issued without matching shares, has one-year vesting period.
230 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 231
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
23. Share capital continued
The table below shows shares already held by the trustees of the BEST in order to meet these awards.
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Shares newly Shares Shares newly Shares
issued by the bought in issued by the bought in
Company the market Company the market
BEST
1,872,433 69,517
Total
1,872,433
69,517
A reconciliation of PSP and DBP movements is shown below:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
Number Number
’000 ’000
Outstanding at 1 April
10,347
9,946
Granted
4,742
4,492
Exercised
(1,947)
(350)
Forfeited/lapsed
(651)
(3,741)
Outstanding at 31 March
12,491
10,347
Exercisable at 31 March
27
67
The weighted average share price for awards exercised during the year was 406.2p per share (2023: 339.1p per share). The weighted
average fair value of awards granted in the year was 362.6p per share (2023: 327.1p per share)
During the year 3,721,467 ordinary shares (2023: 21,362 ordinary shares) were acquired or subscribed for through the Babcock
Employee Share Trust (‘the Trust’). The Trust holds shares to be used towards satisfying awards made under the Company’s employee
share schemes. During the year ended 31 March 2024, 1,918,551 shares (2023: 349,881 shares) were disposed of by the Trust
resulting from options exercised. At 31 March 2024, the Trust held a total of 1,872,433 ordinary shares (2023: 69,517 ordinary
shares). Shares held by the trust have a nominal value of £1,123,460 (2023: £41,710) and a total market value of £9,736,652 (2023:
£207,717) representing 0.4% (2023: 0.01%) of the issued share capital at that date. The Company did not pay dividends to the Trust
during the year. The Company meets the operating expenses of the Trust.
The Trust enables shares In the Company to be held or purchased and made available to employees through the exercise of rights
or pursuant to awards made under the Company’s employee share scheme. The Trust is a discretionary settlement for the benefit
of employees within the Group. The Company is excluded from benefitting under it. It is controlled and managed outside the UK and
has a single corporate trustee which is an independent trustee services organisation. The right to remove and appoint the trustees rests
ultimately with the Company. The trustee of the Trust is required to waive both voting rights and dividends payable on any share in the
Company in excess of 0.001p, unless otherwise directed by the Company.
Own shares held, including treasury shares and shares held by the Trust are recognised as a deduction from retained earnings.
24. Share-based payments
The charge to the income statement has been based on the assumptions below and is based on the application of Black Scholes model
or on the binomial model as adjusted, allowing for a closed form numerical-integrated solution, which makes it analogous to the Monte
Carlo simulations, including performance conditions as deemed necessary. The detailed description of the plans below is included within
the Remuneration report.
During the year the total charge relating to employee share-based payment plans was £12.4 million (2023: £9.4 million), all of which
related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions.
After tax, the income statement charge was £9.6 million (2023: £7.6 million).
231Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
232 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
24. Share-based payments continued
The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:
PSP and DBP
1
Expectations
of meeting
Share price performance Fair value
at grant or criteria Fair value per option
Options modification Expected non-market per option non-market Grant or
awarded date volatility Option life conditions TSR conditions Correlation modification
Number Pence % Years % Pence Pence % date
2023
PSP
1,259,675
371
32.6%
4.0
100.0%
334
01/08/23
2023
PSP
1,234,901
371
4.0
100.0%
371
01/08/23
2023
PSP
737,280
371
32.6%
6.0
100.0%
334
01/08/23
2023
PSP
78,571
413
32.0%
6.0
100.0%
372
29/09/23
2023
PSP
822,036
413
6.0
100.0%
413
29/09/23
2023
PSP
42,077
385
3.0
100.0%
385
15/12/23
2023
PSP
127,553
385
4.0
100.0%
385
15/12/23
2023
PSP
131,707
385
32.0%
6.0
100.0%
347
15/12/23
2023
DBP
129,095
371
4.0
100.0%
371
01/08/23
2023
DBP
179,247
371
2.0
100.0%
371
01/08/23
2022
PSP
2,302,009
351
19.0%
4.0
100.0%
351
01/08/22
2022
PSP
613,078
351
19.0%
6.0
100.0%
316
01/08/22
2022
PSP
806,511
351
19.0%
6.0
100.0%
169
316
55.0%
01/08/22
2022
DBP
218,895
351
19.0%
4.0
100.0%
351
01/08/22
2022
DBP
551,420
351
19.0%
2.0
100.0%
351
01/08/22
2021
PSP
769,165
372
19.0%
6.0
100.0%
149
316
55.0%
24/08/21
2021
PSP
626,704
380
19.0%
6.0
100.0%
325
24/09/21
2021
PSP
1,780,849
380
19.0%
4.0
100.0%
380
24/09/21
2021
DBP
45,312
380
19.0%
4.0
100.0%
380
24/09/21
2020
PSP
695,458
350
19.0%
6.0
100.0%
305
01/12/20
2020
PSP
2,091,247
350
19.0%
4.0
100.0%
350
01/12/20
2020
PSP
1,341,477
350
19.0%
6.0
100.0%
138
305
55.0%
01/12/20
2020
DBP
118,320
289
19.0%
4.0
100.0%
289
03/08/20
2020
DBP
192,096
284
19.0%
4.0
100.0%
284
13/08/20
2. PSP = 2019 Performance Share Plan and DBP = 2022 Deferred Bonus Plan.
The vesting period and the expected life of PSP awards are three years. The vesting period and expected life of DBP awards was one
year for awards made in August 2022 and two years for previous, other than for Executives where the vesting period is three years.
The holders of all awards receive dividends.
For PSP awards made in December 2020, 2,786,705 were made via the use of restricted shares with a three-year vesting period. There
are no performance conditions attached. A further 1,341,477 awards were made where the performance criteria is 50% against free
cash flow and 50% TSR.
PSP awards made in August 2021 of 769,165 shares include performance criteria weighted to 50% against free cash flow targets and
50% against TSR performance.
PSP awards made in September 2021 of 2,407,553 shares were made via the use of restricted shares with a three-year vesting period.
There are no performance conditions attached.
For PSP awards made in August 2022, 3,318,343 were made via the use of restricted shares with a three-year vesting period. There are
no performance conditions attached. A further 403,255 awards were made where the performance criteria is 50% against free cash
flow and 50% TSR.
For PSP awards made in August to December 2023, 3,611,764 were made via the use of restricted shares with a three-year to five year
vesting period. There are no performance conditions attached. A further 822,036 awards were made where the performance criteria
is 30% against free cash flow, 30% underlying operating margin, 25% organic revenue growth and 15% ESG.
There are no performance conditions attached to the DBP.
The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last one to three years. The expected life is the average expected
period to exercise. The risk-free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed
option life.
232 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 233
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
24. Share-based payments continued
The Group also operates the Babcock Employee Share Plan which allows employees to contribute up to £150 per month to the fund,
which then purchases shares on the open market on the employees’ behalf. The Group provides matching shares, purchased on the
open market, of one share for every 10 purchased by the employee. During the year the Group bought 116,711 matching shares
(2023: 140,340 matching shares) at a cost of £0.4 million (2023: £0.4 million).
The Group also operates the Babcock Employee Share Plan International which reflects the structure of the UK Plan. During the
year no matching shares were purchased on the open market (2023: no matching shares) and 2,192 matching shares vested (2023:
1,055 matching shares) leaving a balance of 3,726 matching shares (2023: 5,918 matching shares).
25. Retirement benefits and liabilities
Defined contribution schemes
Pension costs for defined contribution schemes are as follows:
Year ended Year ended
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Defined
contribution schemes
110.7
94.6
Defined benefit schemes
Statement of financial position assets and liabilities recognised are as follows:
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Retirement benefits funds in surplus
107.3
94.8
Retirement benefits funds in deficit
(217.0)
(156.2)
(109.7)
(61.4)
The Group has a number of defined benefit pension schemes. The principal defined benefit pension schemes in the UK are the
Devonport Royal Dockyard Pension Scheme (‘DRDPS’), the Babcock International Group Pension Scheme (‘BIGPS’) and the Rosyth Royal
Dockyard Pension Scheme (together, ‘the Principal schemes). Each of these schemes is predominantly a final salary plan in which future
pension levels are defined relative to number of years’ service and final salary. Retirement age varies by scheme. The nature of these
schemes is that the employees only contribute whilst they are active employees of a scheme, with the employer paying the balance
of the cost required. The contributions required and the assessment of the assets and the liabilities that have accrued to members and
any deficit recovery payments required are agreed by the Group with the trustees of each scheme who are advised by independent,
qualified actuaries.
In January 2024, the Group commenced a consultation with affected employees and their representatives with regard to a proposal
that would close the DRDPS to future accrual with effect from 30 September 2024 and to provide benefits for service from 1 October
2024 onwards through a defined contribution scheme. The consultation process for this proposal ended on 25 March 2024. Following
the conclusion of the consultation process, a decision has been taken by Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited to proceed with closure
of the DRDPS to future accrual and the Trustee has given in-principle agreement to this decision. There is no impact to the accounting
as at 31 March 2024 for this item however there will be a future impact in the subsequent year’s consolidated income statement as
a result of the curtailment / settlement of the scheme. Due to the options available to the affected employees, we are yet to calculate
the impact however through initial assessments we do not expect this to be material.
In March 2024, all employers of employees who are provided benefits in the BIGPS commenced a consultation with the employees and
their representatives with regard to a proposal that would close the BIGPS to future accrual with effect from 30 September 2024 and
to provide like-for-like benefits for service from 1 October 2024 onwards through alternative schemes. Consultation ended on 7 June
2024 and no decisions have been taken.
The Group also participates in the Babcock Rail Ltd Shared Cost Section of the Railways Pension Scheme (the Railways scheme).
This scheme is a multi-employer shared cost scheme with the contributions required, the assessment of the assets and the liabilities that
have accrued to members and any deficit recovery payments all agreed with the trustees who are advised by an independent, qualified
actuary. The costs are, in the first instance, shared such that the active employees contribute 40% of the cost of providing the benefits
and the employer contributes 60%. However, the assumption is that as the active membership reduces, the liability will ultimately revert
to the Group, and as such, it is assumed that the entire cost of the Railways Scheme is met by the Group. The Group’s share of the assets
and liabilities is separately identified to those of other employers in the scheme and therefore the Group cannot be held liable for the
obligations of other entities that participate in the Railways scheme.
233Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
234 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
25. Retirement benefits and liabilities continued
Defined benefit scheme risks
Through its defined benefit pension schemes, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most notable of which are as follows:
Risk
Mitigation
Asset volatility
discount rates (determined with
Pension scheme assets are held in a diversified portfolio of assets in order
reference to AA corporate bond yields) are used to
to minimize risk arising from asset return volatility. Investments are well
determine expected returns on plan assets. Asset yields
diversified, such that failure of any singular investment would not have a
which vary from this expected return will result in an
material impact on the overall level of assets. The asset investment strategy
increase or decrease in the overall surplus/deficit.
is agreed following consultation between the Group and the plan Trustees.
The Group and the plan Trustees monitor the schemes closely
especially
during periods of significant turmoil and will maintain a diversified
investment strategy intended to minimize asset volatility.
Inflation the majority of pension scheme obligations are
The plan Trustees asset management policy includes investing in inflation
index
-linked and therefore exposed to inflation risk.
hedging assets such as inflation linked bonds to mitigate this risk.
Increasing inflation will lead to higher liabilities. Inflation
assumptions as applied to pension obligations are a long
-
term assessment of inflation over
the life of the scheme.
Life expectancy the majority of obligations are to
The Group monitors the risk of increasing life expectancy and will, from
provide benefits for the life of the member and therefore
time to time, take out longevity swaps to mitigate this risk
the most
changes in life expectancy of the scheme participants will
impact the liability position.
recent of which was in 2009.
Interest rate
movements in corporate bond yields will
The trustee’s asset management policy includes investing in bonds and
result in a change to the plan liabilities. Similarly,
therefore any impact on change in bond yields on the plan liabilities is
movements in gilt yields in isolation will have an impact on
the schemes funding positions.
partially offset by returns on assets.
The asset portfolio invests in assets which increase in value as interest rates
decrease and thus the schemes holdings are designed to hedge against
interest rate risk for most of the funded liabilities.
Salary increases
changes in long-term salary increases
In 2019,
the Group closed the Babcock International Group Pension
will impact the final salary position on which pension
Scheme to future accrual for some employees; and, in 2020, closed the
benefits are determined.
Rosyth Royal Dockyard Pension Scheme to future accrual for all employees.
The defined benefit schemes are prudently funded by payments to legally separate trustee-administered funds. The trustees of each
scheme are required by law to act in the best interests of each scheme’s members. In addition to determining future contribution
requirements (with the agreement of the Group), the trustees are responsible for setting the schemes’ investment strategy (subject
to consultation with the Group). All the schemes have at least one independent trustee and member nominated trustees. The schemes
are subject to regulation under the funding regime set out in Part III of the Pensions Act 2004. The details of the latest formal actuarial
valuation of the scheme are as follows (the actuarial valuation of the Devonport Royal Dockyard Scheme as at 31 March 2023 is
ongoing, the actuarial valuation of the Babcock Rail Ltd section of the Railways Pension Scheme as at 31 December 2022 has been
completed and the actuarial valuation of the Rosyth Royal Dockyard Pension Scheme as at 31 March 2024 has commenced):
234 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 235
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
25. Retirement benefits and liabilities continued
Babcock Rail Ltd
Devonport Babcock Rosyth section of the
Royal Dockyard International Group Royal Dockyard Railways Pension
Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme
Date of last formal completed actuarial valuation
31/03/2020
31/03/2022
31/03/2021
31/12/2022
Number of active members at above date
1,607
308
131
Actuarial valuation method
Projected unit
Projected unit
Projected unit
Attained age
Results of formal actuarial valuation:
Value of assets
£1,894m
£1,529m
£946m
£262m
Level of funding
90%
105%
86%
98%
The Group also participates in or provides a number of other smaller pension schemes including a number of sections of the local
government pension schemes where in most cases the employer contribution rates are fully reimbursed by the administering
authorities. It also participates in the Magnox Electric Group Section of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme and runs the Babcock
Naval Services Pension Scheme, which commenced winding up in 2021, and for which the MOD retains liability.
The Group’s cash contribution rates payable to the schemes are expected to be as follows:
Babcock Rail
Babcock Ltd section of
Devonport International Rosyth Royal the Railways
Royal Dockyard Group Dockyard Pension
Scheme Scheme Scheme
Scheme
Other
Total
Future service contribution rate
17.1%
30.3%
N/A
8.88%
Future
service cash contributions
£9.3m
£3.0m
£0.3m
£2.5m
£15.1m
Deficit contributions
£12.7m
£12.4m
£1.6m
£26.7m
Additional longevity swap payments
£7.3m
£4.3m
£11.6m
Expected employer cash costs for 202
4/25
£29.3m
£3.0m
£16.7m
£0.3m
£4.1m
£53.4m
Expected salary sacrifice contributions
£5.9m
£0.4m
£0.1m
£0.7m
£7.1m
Expected total employer contributions
£35.2m
£3.4m
£16.7m
£0.4m
£4.8m
£60.5m
Where salary sacrifice arrangements are in place, the Group effectively meets the members’ contributions. The above level of funding
is expected to continue until the next actuarial valuation of each scheme is completed; valuations are carried out every three years.
The expected payments from the schemes are primarily pension payments and lump sums. Most of the pensions increase at a fixed
rate or in line with RPI or CPI inflation when in payment. Benefit payments commence at retirement, death or incapacity and are
predominantly calculated with reference to final salary. The levels of deficit contributions reflected above are expected to continue until
technical provisions (self-sufficiency for the Babcock International Group Pension Scheme) funding levels are met either through asset
performance or funding.
Although the Group anticipates that scheme surpluses will be utilised during the life of the scheme to address member benefits, the
Group recognises its retirement benefit surpluses in full in respect of schemes in surplus, on the basis that it is management’s judgement
that there are no substantive restrictions on the return of residual scheme assets in the event of a winding-up of the scheme after all
member obligations have been met. The Group also considers that the trustees do not have the power to unilaterally wind-up the
schemes or vary benefits.
Virgin Media Case
The Group is aware of the ongoing ‘Virgin Media v NTL Pension Trustees Ltd and others’ case and that there is a potential for the
outcome of the case to have an impact on the Group’s UK pension schemes. The case affects defined benefit schemes that provided
contracted-out benefits before 6 April 2016 based on meeting the reference scheme test. Where scheme rules were amended,
potentially impacting benefits accrued from 6 April 1997 to 6 April 2016, schemes needed the actuary to confirm that the reference
scheme test was still being met by providing written confirmation under Section 37 of the Pension Schemes Act 1993. In the Virgin
Media case the judge ruled that alterations to the scheme rules were void and ineffective because of the absence of written actuarial
confirmation required under Section 37 of the Pension Schemes Act 1993. The case has been taken to The Court of Appeal, with the
hearing having taken place in June 2024. The potential impact on the Group is not yet known and continues to be assessed.
235Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
236 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
25. Retirement benefits and liabilities continued
The latest full actuarial valuations of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes have been updated to 31 March 2024 by
independent qualified actuaries for IAS 19 purposes, on a best estimate basis, using the following assumptions:
Babcock Rail
Devonport Ltd section of
Royal Babcock Rosyth Royal the Railways
Dockyard International Dockyard Pension
March 2024
Scheme Group Scheme Scheme Scheme
Rate of increase in pensionable salaries
2.9%
2.9%
0.5%
Rate of increase in pensions (past service)
2.7%
3.1%
3.2%
2.8%
Discount rate
4.8%
4.8%
4.8%
4.8%
Inflation rate (RPI) year 1
2.5%
2.6%
2.6%
2.6%
Inflation rate (RPI) thereafter
3.1%
3.2%
3.2%
3.2%
Inflation rate (CPI)
year 1
1.8%
1.8%
1.8%
1.9%
Inflation rate (CPI)
thereafter
2.7%
2.7%
2.7%
2.8%
Weighted average duration of cash flows (years)
13
11
13
13
Total life expectancy for current pensioners aged 65 (years) male
85.3
86.1
84.3
84.9
Total life expectancy for current pensioners aged 65 (years) female
87.2
88.7
86.7
87.2
Total life expectancy for future pensioners currently aged 45 (years)
male
86.2
87.1
85.3
85.9
Total life expectancy for future pensioners currently aged 45 (years) female
88.4
89.9
87.9
88.4
March 2023
Rate of increase in pensionable salaries
3.0% 3.0% 0.5%
Rate of increase in pensions (past service)
2.8%
3.2%
3.3%
2.9%
Discount rate
4.8%
4.8%
4.8%
4.8%
Inflation rate (RPI) year 1
6.9% 6.9% 6.9% 6.9%
Inflation rate (RPI)
thereafter
3.3% 3.3% 3.3% 3.3%
Inflation rate (CPI) year 1
4.7%
4.7%
4.7%
4.7%
Inflation rate (CPI) thereafter
2.8%
2.8%
2.8%
2.8%
Weighted average duration of cash flows (years)
13
12
13
13
Total life expectancy for current pensioners aged 65 (years)
male
85.5 86.3 84.4 85.0
Total life expectancy for current pensioners aged 65 (years) female
87.5 88.9 86.8 87.3
Total life expectancy for future pensioners currently aged 45 (years) male
86.2
86.8
85.6
86.0
Total life expectancy for future pensioners currently aged 45 (years) female
88.5
89.4
88.1
88.5
236 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 237
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
25. Retirement benefits and liabilities continued
The fair value of the assets and the present value of the liabilities of the Group pension schemes at 31 March were as follows:
2024 2023
Principal Railways Other Principal Railways Other
schemes scheme schemes Total schemes scheme schemes Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Fair value of plan assets
Growth assets
Equities
68.7
9.8
30.6
109.1
(3.1)
10.6
26.6
34.1
Property funds
251.7
0.2
4.8
256.7
301.7
0.2
5.9
307.8
High yield bonds/emerging market debt
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
Absolute return and multi-strategy funds
1.7
140.8
17.0
159.5
6.0
148.0
17.5
171.5
Low-risk assets
Bonds
1,234.4
82.8
52.3
1,369.5
1,227.7
95.5
45.1
1,368.3
Matching assets*
1,423.4
1.5
15.0
1,439.9
1,524.7
1.4
21.7
1,547.8
Longevity swaps and annuities
(240.9)
(9.9)
(250.8)
(231.8)
(10.1)
(241.9)
Fair value of assets
2,739.0
235.1
110.2
3,084.3
2,825.2
255.7
107.1
3,188.0
Percentage of assets quoted
73%
100%
71%
75%
79%
100%
70%
80%
Percentage of assets
unquoted
27%
29%
25%
21%
30%
20%
Present value of defined benefit obligations
Active members
436.9
30.6
26.2
493.7
450.7
45.7
21.7
518.1
Deferred pensioners
640.5
64.7
31.3
736.5
686.6
65.3
34.7
786.6
Pensioners
1,778.8
142.1
42.9
1,963.8
1,773.6
130.5
40.6
1,944.7
Total defined benefit obligations
2,856.2
237.4
100.4
3,194.0
2,910.9
241.5
97.0
3,249.4
Net (liabilities)/assets recognised
in the
statement of
financial position
(117.2)
(2.3)
9.8
(109.7)
(85.7)
14.2
10.1
(61.4)
* The matching assets for the Babcock International Group Pension Scheme, Devonport Royal Dockyard Pension Scheme and Rosyth Royal Dockyard Pension Scheme
primarily comprise a “Liability Driven Investment” portfolio for each scheme, which invest in gilts, Network Rail bonds, gilt repurchase agreements, interest rate
and inflation swaps, asset swaps and cash, on a segregated basis. For the Babcock International Group Pension Scheme and the Devonport Royal Dockyard Pension
Scheme, there are also investments in investment grade credit, via both segregated portfolios and pooled investment vehicles. The various segregated portfolios
and pooled investment vehicle each utilise derivative contracts. The Trustee has authorised the use of derivatives by the investment managers for efficient
portfolio management purposes including to reduce certain investment risks such as interest rate risk and inflation risk. The principal investment in derivatives is
gilt repurchase agreements, interest rate and inflation swaps in the matching portfolios; total return swaps in the return seeking portfolios. These derivatives are
included within the matching assets and equities classifications. The matching assets category includes gross assets of £2,326 million (2023: £2,580 million) and
associated repurchase agreement liabilities of £903 million (2023: £1,055 million). Repurchase agreements are entered into with counterparties to better offset
the scheme’s exposures to interest and inflation rates, whilst remaining invested in assets of a similar risk profile.
The schemes do not invest directly in assets or shares of the Group.
The longevity swaps have been valued in line with assumptions that are consistent with the requirements of IFRS 13 using Level 3 inputs.
The key inputs to the valuation are the discount rate and mortality assumptions.
The amounts recognised in the Group income statement are as follows:
2024 2023
Principal Railways Other Principal Railways Other
schemes scheme schemes Total schemes scheme schemes Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Current service cost
12.7
0.8
1.9
15.4
21.7
1.3
2.8
25.8
Incurred expenses
7.8
0.4
0.3
8.5
6.2
0.5
0.1
6.8
Total included within operating profit
20.5
1.2
2.2
23.9
27.9
1.8
2.9
32.6
Net interest cost/(credit)
2.1
(0.7)
(0.6)
0.8
(8.5)
1.4
(0.4)
(7.5)
Total included within income statement
22.6
0.5
1.6
24.7
19.4
3.2
2.5
25.1
237Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
238 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
25. Retirement benefits and liabilities continued
Amounts recorded in the Group statement of comprehensive income
Year ended 31 March 2024
Year ended 31 March 2023
Principal Railways Other Principal Railways Other
schemes scheme schemes Total schemes scheme schemes Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Actual return less interest on pension
scheme assets
(175.7)
(21.6)
(3.3)
(200.6)
(1,437.0)
(17.1)
(79.0)
(1,533.1)
Experience (losses)/gains arising on
scheme
liabilities
(26.8)
0.3
(4.3)
(30.8) (135.6) (18.0)
(9.3)
(162.9)
Changes in assumptions on
scheme liabilities
69.7
3.0
3.6
76.3
1,111.2
101.2
81.2
1,293.6
At 31 March
(132.8)
(18.3)
(4.0)
(155.1)
(461.4)
66.1
(7.1)
(402.4)
Analysis of movement in the Group statement of financial position
Year ended 31 March 2024 Year ended 31 March 2023
Principal Railways Other Principal Railways Other
schemes scheme schemes Total schemes scheme schemes Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Fair value of plan assets
At 1 April
2,825.2
255.7
107.1
3,188.0
4,220.3
275.8
237.0
4,733.1
Interest on assets
134.1
12.0
5.2
151.3
113.4
7.3
5.4
126.1
Actuarial loss on assets
(175.7) (21.6) (3.3) (200.6) (1,437.0) (17.1)
(79.0)
(1,533.1)
Employer contributions
123.9
2.3
5.3
131.5
167.4
2.5
4.6
174.5
Employee contributions
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Benefits paid
(168.6)
(13.3)
(4.1)
(186.0)
(239.0) (12.8)
(4.8)
(256.6)
Settlements
(56.1)
(56.1)
At 31 March
2,739.0
235.1
110.2
3,084.3
2,825.2
255.7
107.1
3,188.0
Present value of benefit obligations
At 1 April
2,910.9
241.5
97.0
3,249.4
3,992.6
327.1
221.8
4,541.5
Service cost
12.7
0.8
1.9
15.4
21.7
1.3
2.8
25.8
Incurred expenses
7.8
0.4
0.3
8.5
6.2
0.5
0.1
6.8
Interest cost
136.2
11.3
4.6
152.1
105.0
8.7
4.9
118.6
Employee contributions
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Experience loss/(gain)
26.8
(0.3)
4.3
30.8
135.6
18.0
9.3
162.9
Actuarial gain demographics
(38.6)
(0.2)
(0.9)
(39.7)
(38.2)
(3.6)
(1.7)
(43.5)
Actuarial gain financial
(31.1) (2.8) (2.7) (36.6) (1,073.1) (97.7)
(79.3)
(1,250.1)
Benefits paid
(168.6) (13.3) (4.1) (186.0) (239.0) (12.8)
(4.8)
(256.6)
Settlements
(56.1)
(56.1)
At 31 March
2,856.2
237.4
100.4
3,194.0
2,910.9
241.5
97.0
3,249.4
Net (deficit)/surplus at 31 March
(117.2) (2.3)
9.8
(109.7)
(85.7)
14.2
10.1
(61.4)
The movement in net deficits for the year ended 31 March 2024 is as a result of the movement in assets and liabilities shown above.
The disclosures below relate to post-retirement benefit schemes which are accounted for as defined benefit schemes in accordance
with IAS 19. The changes to the Group statement of financial position at 31 March 2024 and the changes to the Group income
statement for the year to March 2025, if the assumptions were sensitised by the amounts below, would be:
Defined benefit Income
obligations statement
2024 2025
£m £m
Initial assumptions
3,194.0
24.5
Discount rate assumptions increased by 0.5%
(182.7)
(10.6)
Discount rate assumptions decreased by 0.5%
200.3
9.7
Inflation rate assumptions increased by 0.5%
139.9
7.4
Inflation rate
assumptions decreased by 0.5%
(130.9) (7.0)
Total life expectancy increased by half a year
60.6
3.0
Total life expectancy decreased by half a year
(59.2)
(3.0)
Salary increase assumptions increased by 0.5%
11.9
0.8
Salary increase
assumptions decreased by 0.5%
(11.5) (0.8)
238 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 239
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
25. Retirement benefits and liabilities continued
The figures in the table above have been calculated on an approximate basis, using information about the expected future benefit
payments out of the schemes. The analysis above may not be representative of actual changes to the position since changes in
assumptions are unlikely to happen in isolation. The change in inflation rates is assumed to affect the assumed rate of RPI inflation,
CPI inflation and future pension increases by an equal amount. The fair value of the schemes’ assets are assumed not to be affected by
any sensitivity changes shown and so the statement of financial position values would increase or decrease by the same amount as the
change in the defined benefit obligations. There have been no changes in the methodology for the calculation of the sensitivities since
the prior year.
26. Changes in net debt
Other
31 March Additional non-cash Changes in Exchange 31 March
2023 Cash flow leases movement fair value movement 2024
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Cash and bank balances
451.7
124.6
(5.7)
570.6
Bank overdrafts
(22.2)
4.0
0.2
(18.0)
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts
429.5
128.6
(5.5)
552.6
Debt
(765.8)
13.1
(3.0)
0.5
5.7
(749.5)
Derivatives hedging Group debt
(8.3)
(2.8)
(11.1)
Lease liabilities
(228.8)
49.6
(55.2)
3.9
(230.5)
Changes in liabilities from financing arrangements
(1,002.9)
62.7
(55.2)
(3.0)
(2.3)
9.6
(991.1)
Lease receivables
38.6
(32.0)
32.4
(3.5)
35.5
Loans to joint ventures and associates
9.5
(5.4)
(0.2)
3.9
Derivatives hedging interest on Group debt
(39.1)
2.8
(36.3)
Net debt
(564.4)
153.9
(22.8)
(3.2)
0.5
0.6
(435.4)
1
Other Clarification
31 March Additional non-cash of net debt Changes in Exchange 31 March
2022 Cash flow leases
movement
1
definition 2 fair value movement 2023
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Cash and bank balances
1,146.3
(687.9)
(6.7)
451.7
Bank
overdrafts
(389.8)
366.6
1.0
(22.2)
Cash, cash equivalents and bank
overdrafts
756.5
(321.3)
(5.7)
429.5
Debt
(1,321.3)
556.2
(1.6)
37.2
(36.3)
(765.8)
Derivatives hedging Group debt
(29.3)
(0.8)
21.8
(8.3)
Lease liabilities
(434.1)
108.5
(117.0)
223.4
(9.6)
(228.8)
Changes in liabilities from financing
arrangements
(1,784.7)
663.9
(117.0)
221.8
59.0
(45.9)
(1,002.9)
Lease receivables
47.4
(31.9)
28.5
(5.4)
38.6
Loans to joint ventures and associates
12.1
(2.4)
(0.2)
9.5
Derivatives hedging interest on Group debt
(36.1)
(3.0)
(39.1)
Net debt
(968.7)
308.3
(88.5)
221.6
(36.1)
56.0
(57.0)
(564.4)
1. Other non-cash movements predominantly relate to the disposal of lease liabilities and associated lease receivables as part of the disposal transactions described
in note 27.
2. During the prior year the definition of net debt was clarified, resulting in the inclusion of the interest rate swap hedging Group debt, which was excluded in the
prior year.
27. Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries, businesses and joint ventures and associates
Acquisitions
There have been no acquisitions in the year ended 31 March 2024 nor in the prior financial year.
Disposals
There were no disposals in the year ended 31 March 2024. During the period, the Group has settled certain warranty related items
and provisions in respect of prior disposals. These have resulted in the release and/or utilisation of warranty related provisions. The cash
consideration of prior disposals has also been revised.
239Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
240 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
27. Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries, businesses and joint ventures and associates continued
Year ended 31 March 2024
Total
£m
Reduction in disposal proceeds
(1.3)
Adjustment to
historic net assets disposed
(2.2)
Loss on disposal
(3.5)
Disposal related items release of provisions
11.7
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items
8.2
Year ended 31 March 2023
On 19 July 2022, the Group announced it had entered into a sale and purchase agreement to dispose of part of its aerial emergency
services business in Europe. The disposal group was part of the Aviation sector and provided Aerial Emergency Services, including
medical, firefighting and search & rescue to customers and communities, in Italy, Spain, Portugal, Norway, Sweden and Finland.
The disposal completed on 28 February 2023. The Group received consideration of £187.1 million.
On 1 September 2022, the Group entered into a sale and purchase agreement to dispose of its Civil Training business. The disposal
group was part of the Land sector and the disposal completed on 1 February 2023. The Group received consideration of £5.5 million.
Year ended 31 March 2023
Aerial Emergency
Services Civil Training Other Total
£m £m £m £m
Goodwill
0.6
0.6
Investment in joint ventures and associates
1.0
1.0
Other intangible assets
18.9
18.9
Property, plant and equipment
236.8
0.1
236.9
Right of use assets
182.0
182.0
Deferred tax assets
20.6
20.6
Other non-current assets
4.4
4.4
Inventory
35.4
35.4
Trade and other receivables
99.5
9.4
108.9
Derivatives
4.2
4.2
Income tax receivable
1.5
1.5
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts
10.5
2.6
13.1
Other non
-current liabilities
(0.2)
(0.2)
Bank and other borrowings
(1.6)
(1.6)
Lease liabilities
(218.1)
(218.1)
Deferred tax liability
(6.3)
(6.3)
Income tax payable
(0.6)
(0.6)
Trade and other payables
(128.7) (4.6)
(133.3)
Other current liabilities
Provisions
(15.6)
(15.6)
Net assets disposed
243.7
8.1
251.8
Cumulative currency translation loss
(1.2)
(1.2)
Total
242.5
8.1
250.6
Consideration
187.1
5.5
192.6
Disposal costs
(18.1)
(1.3)
(19.4)
Net consideration after disposal costs
169.0
4.2
173.2
Loss on disposal
(73.5) (3.9)
(77.4)
Disposal related items
(43.4) 3.1 (40.3)
Business acquisition, merger and divestment related items
(116.9)
(3.9)
3.1
(117.7)
Sale proceeds
187.1
5.5
192.6
Sale proceeds less cash disposed of
176.6
2.9
179.5
Less non-cash proceeds
(1.5)
(1.5)
Less transaction costs
(18.1) (1.3)
(19.4)
Net cash inflow
158.5
0.1
158.6
240 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 241
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
27. Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries, businesses and joint ventures and associates continued
Disposal related items in relation to the Aerial Emergency Services disposal include asset impairments for assets not disposed but relating
to the Aerial Emergency Services businesses whose carrying value exceeded recoverable amount following the disposal transaction
along with provisions for certain warranty related items.
28. Transactions with non-controlling interests
There were no material transactions with non-controlling interests in the current or prior year.
29. Contingent liabilities
A contingent liability is a possible obligation arising from past events whose existence will be confirmed only on the occurrence or non-
occurrence of uncertain future events outside the Group’s control, or a present obligation that is not recognised because it is not
probable that an outflow of economic benefits will occur or the value of such outflow cannot be measured reliably. The Group does
not recognise contingent liabilities. There are a number of contingent liabilities that arise in the normal course of business, including:
a. The nature of the Group’s long-term contracts means that there are reasonably frequent contractual issues, variations and
renegotiations that arise in the ordinary course of business, including liabilities that arise on completion of contracts and on
conclusion of relationships with joint ventures and associates. The Group takes account of the advice of experts, both internal and
external, in making judgements on contractual issues and whether the outcome of negotiations will result in an obligation to the
Group. The Directors do not believe that the outcome of these matters will result in any material adverse change in the Group’s
financial position.
b. As a large contracting organisation, the Group has a significant number of contracts with customers to deliver services and products,
as well as with its supply chain, where the Group cannot deliver all those services and products itself. The Group is involved in
disputes and litigation, which have arisen in the course of its normal trading in connection with these contracts. Whilst the Directors
do not believe that the outcome of these matters will result in any material adverse change in the Group’s financial position, it is
possible that, if any of these disputes come to court, the court may take a different view to the Group.
c. The Group is subject to corporate and other tax rules in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Changes in tax rates, tax reliefs and tax
laws, or interpretation of the law, by the relevant tax authorities may result in financial and reputational damage to the Group. This
may affect the Group’s financial condition and performance.
d. The Group has given certain indemnities and warranties in the course of disposing of businesses and companies and in completing
contracts. The Group believes that any liability in respect of these is unlikely to have a material effect on the Group’s financial
position.
e. Corporate rules in those jurisdictions may also extend to compensatory trade agreements, or economic offset rules, where we may
have to commit to use local content in delivering programmes of work. Delivery of offset is also subject to interpretations of law and
agreement with local authorities, which we monitor closely but may give rise to financial and reputational damage to the Group if
not undertaken appropriately.
30. Capital and other financial commitments
Capital commitments
31 March 2024 31 March 2023
£m £m
Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not provided for in the financial statements
6.7
7.8
241Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
242 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
30. Capital and other financial commitments continued
Subsidiary audit exemptions
The following UK subsidiary undertakings are exempt from the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) relating to the audit
of individual accounts by virtue of section 479A of the Act.
Company number
Legal entity name
Company
Legal entity name
number
Airwork
Limited
00322249
Babcock Marine (Rosyth) Limited
SC333105
Appledore Shipbuilders (2004) Limited
02052982
Babcock Marine Limited
02141109
Babcock Airports Limited
03954520
Babcock Marine Shipbuilding Limited
14302509
Babcock
Assessments Limited
02881056
Babcock Mission Critical Services Design and
05035651
Completions Limited
Babcock Contractors Limited
04540026
Babcock Mission Critical Services Leasing Limited
04635275
Babcock Critical Assets Holdings LLP
OC376675
Babcock Mission Critical Services L
imited
08010453
Babcock Defence & Security Holdings LLP
OC376674
Babcock Mission Critical Services Topco L
imited
08338012
Babcock Defence and Security Investments Limited
08132272
Babcock Mission Critical Services UK Limited
07527245
Babcock Defence Systems Limited
02999029
Babcock MSS Limited
01996548
Babcock Education & Training Holdings LLP
OC376676
Babcock Nuclear Limited
05265567
Babcock Education and Skills Limited
03494815
Babcock
Overseas Investments Limited
02669327
Babcock Education Holdings Limited
08132276
Babcock Project Investments Limited
03463927
Babcock Fire Services Limited
03707192
Babcock Project Services Limited
04539887
Babcock Group (US Investments) Limited
07445425
Babcock Services Group Limited
03939840
Babcock Information Analytics and Security Limited
02275471
Babcock Services Limited
10278084
Babcock Integrated Technology (Korea) Limited
09566389
Babcock Southern Holdings Limited
01915771
Babcock Integration LLP
OC356460
Babcock Support Services (Investments) Limited
04393168
Babcock International Support Services Limited
03335786
Babcock UK Financ
e
00096730
Babcock Investments (Fire Services) Limited
04380306
Babcock
Ukraine Limited
15155796
Babcock Investments (Number Four) Limited
05269128
Babcock US Investments Limited
07422616
Babcock Investments Limited
00165086
Bond Aviation Topco Limited
08493398
Babcock Land Limited
03493110
Flagship Fire Fighting
Training Limited
03700728
Babcock Management L
imited
00107414
LGE IP Management Company L
imited
SC695940
Babcock Marine & Technology Holdings Limited
04539974
Peterhouse Group Limited
01517100
Babcock Marine (Clyde) Limited
SC220243
Vosper Thornycroft (UK) Limited
00070274
Babcock Marine (Devonport) Limited
02959785
Babcock International Group PLC will guarantee all outstanding liabilities that these subsidiaries are subject to as at the financial year
ended 31 March 2024 in accordance with section 479C of the Act, as amended by the Companies and Limited Liability Partnerships
(Accounts and Audit Exemptions and Change of Accounting Framework) Regulations 2012.
242 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 243
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
31. Related party transactions
Related party transactions for the year ended 31 March 2024 are:
2024 2024
2024 Year-end Year-end
2024 Purchases debtor creditor
Revenue to from balance balance
202
4
£m £m £m £m
Joint ventures and associates
First Swietelsky Operation and Maintenance
9.3
(0.2)
Ascent Flight Training (Management) Limited
5.6
1.4
Rotary Wing Training Limited
4.5
Fixed Wing Training Limited
6.4
Advanced Jet Training Limited
2.6
Rear Crew Training Limited
1.2
0.2
AirTanker Services Limited
15.5
Alert Communications Limited
6.7
0.4
(0.2)
Duqm Naval Dockyard SAOC
Alkali Metal Processing Limited
0.8
(6.5)
0.3
(1.1)
52.6
(6.5)
2.3
(1.5)
2023 2023
2023 Year-end Year-end
2023 Purchases debtor creditor
Revenue to from balance balance
2023
£m £m £m £m
Joint ventures and associates
First Swietelsky Operation and Maintenance
9.0 0.4 (0.4)
Ascent Flight Training (Management) Limited
0.9 0.3
Ascent Flight Training (Holdings) Limited
0.2
Rotary Wing Training Limited
4.1
Fixed Wing Training Limited
3.1 (0.2) (0.4)
Advanced Jet Training Limited
1.3 0.3
Rear Crew Training Limited
0.8
AirTanker Services Limited
13.7
0.1
Alert Communications Limited
7.4
0.5
Duqm Naval Dockyard SAOC
0.3
40.3
(0.2)
2.1
(0.8)
a. All transactions noted above arise in the normal course of business and on normal, arm’s length commercial terms typically revenue
transactions (including those part of the year-end debtor balance) are non-interest bearing and on standard 30-day payment terms.
b. Defined benefit pension schemes. Please refer to note 25 for transactions with the Group defined benefit pension schemes.
c. Key management compensation is shown in note 6.
d. Transactions in employee benefits trusts are shown in note 25.
32. Events after the reporting period
There were no events after the reporting period which would materially impact the balances reported in this Annual Report.
243Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
244 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
33. Group entities
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a full list of subsidiaries and equity accounted investments as at 31 March
2024 is disclosed below. Unless otherwise stated, the Group’s interest in the voting share capital is represented by one type of ordinary
share and is 100%, the entities are unlisted, the year end is 31 March and the address of the registered office is 33 Wigmore Street,
London, W1U 1QX. Babcock (UK) Holdings Limited is the only entity held directly by Babcock International Group PLC. No subsidiary
undertakings have been excluded from the consolidation.
Subsidiaries, wholly owned
Airwork Limited
Appledore Shipbuilders (2004) Limited
1
Devonport Royal Dockyard, Devonport, Plymouth,
PL1 4SG, United Kingdom
Armstrong Technology Associates Limited*
Babcock (Ireland) Treasury
Limited
Custom House Plaza, Block 6, IFSC, Dublin, 1, Ireland
Babcock (NZ) Limited
C/O Babcock Central Office, HMNZ Dockyard,
Devonport Naval Base, Queens Parade, Devonport,
Auckland, 0744, New Zealand
Babcock (UK) Holdings Limited
3
Babcock Aerospace Limited
Babcock Africa Investments (Pty) Ltd
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road, Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock Airports Limited
Babcock Assessments Limited
Babcock Australia Holdings Pty Ltd
Level 9, 70 Franklin Street,
Adelaide SA 5000,
Australia
Babcock Aviation Services (Holdings)
Limited
,1
Babcock B.V.
Bezuidenhoutseweg 1, 2594 AB The Hague,
The
Netherlands
Babcock Canada Inc.
45 O’Connor Street, Suite 1500, Ottawa, Ontario
K1P 1A4, Canada
Babcock
Communications Cyprus Limited
Spyrou Kyprianou, 47, 1
st
Floor, Mesa Geitona, 4004
Limassol, Cyprus
Babcock Communications Limited
Babcock Contractors Limited
1
Babcock Corporate Secretaries Limited*
Babcock Corporate Services Limited
Babcock Critical Assets Holdings LLP
Babcock Critical Services Limited
103 Waterloo Street, Glasgow, Scotland, G2 7BW,
United Kingdom
Babcock Defence & Security Holdings LLP
Babcock Defence and Security Investments
Limited
Babcock Defence Systems Limited
Babcock
Defense (USA) Incorporated
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808,
United States
Babcock Design & Technology Limited*
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
KY11 2YD, Scotland
Babcock DS 2019 Limited*
Babcock Education & Training Holdings
LLP
Babcock Education and Skills Limited
Babcock Education Holdings Limited
Babcock Engineering Limited*
Heliporto de Salemas, Lousa, 2670-769, Lisboa,
Loures, Portugal
Babcock Europe Finance Limited
1
Trident Park, Notabile Gardens, No. 2
Level 3,
Mdina Road, Zone 2, Central Business District,
Birkirkara CBD 2010, Malta
Babcock Fire Services (SW) Limited
Babcock Fire Services Limited
Babcock Fire Training (Avonmouth) Limited
Babcock Group (US Investments) Limited
Babcock Holdings (USA) Incorporated
7
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808,
United States
Babcock Holdings Limited
3
Babcock Information Analytics and
Security Holdings Limited*
Babcock Information Analytics and
Security Limited
5
Babcock Integrated
Technology (Korea)
Limited
Babcock Integrated Technology GmbH
Am Zoppenberg 23, 41366 Schwalmtal, Germany
Babcock Integrated Technology Limited
Babcock Integration LLP
Babcock International France Aviation
SAS
Lieu dit le Portaret, 83340, Le Cannet
-des-Maures,
France
Babcock International France SAS
21 Rue Leblanc 75015, Paris, France
Babcock International France Terre SAS
21 Rue Leblanc 75015, Paris, France
Babcock International Holdings BV
Bezuidenhoutseweg 1, 2594 AB The Hague,
The
Netherlands
Babcock International Holdings Limited
1
Trident Park, Notabile Gardens, No. 2 Level 3,
Mdina Road, Zone 2, Central Business District,
Birkirkara CBD 2010, Malta
Babcock International Limited
5
Babcock International Support Services
Limited
Babcock International US Inc
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808,
United States
Babcock Investments (Fire Services)
Limited
Babcock Investments (Number Four)
Limited
Babcock Investments Limited
Babcock IP Management (Number One)
Limited
Babcock IP Management (Number Two)
Limited
Babcock IP Management (Number Three)
Limited
Babcock Ireland Finance Limited
44 Esplanade, St Helier, JE4 9WG, Jersey
Babcock Korea Limited
72
-1, Shinsan-ro, Saha-gu, Busan, 49434, South
Korea
Babcock Land Defence Limited
Babcock Luxembourg Finance S.a.r.l.
12F rue Guillaume Kroll, L
1882 Luxembourg
Babcock Luxembourg Investments I S.a.r.l.
12F rue Guillaume Kroll, L
1882 Luxembourg
Babcock Luxembourg Investments S.a.r.l.
12F rue Guillaume
Kroll, L 1882 Luxembourg
Babcock Luxembourg S.a.r.l.
12F rue Guillaume Kroll, L
1882 Luxembourg
Babcock M 2019 Limited*
Babcock Malta Limited
44 Esplanade, St Helier, JE4 9WG, Jersey
Babcock Malta (Number Two) Limited
44 Esplanade, St Helier, JE4 9WG, Jersey
Babcock Malta Finance (Number Two)
Limited
2
Trident Park, Notabile Gardens, No. 2
Level 3,
Mdina Road, Zone 2, Central Business District,
Birkirkara CBD 2010, Malta
Babcock Malta Finance Limited
2
Trident Park, Notabile Gardens, No. 2
Level 3,
Mdina Road, Zone 2, Central Business District,
Birkirkara CBD 2010, Malta
Babcock Malta Holdings (Number Two)
Limited
2
Trident Park, Notabile Gardens, No. 2
Level 3,
Mdina Road, Zone 2, Central Business District,
Birkirkara CBD 2010, Malta
Babcock Malta Holdings Limited
2
Trident Park, Notabile Gardens, No. 2
Level 3,
Mdina Road, Zone 2, Central Business District,
Birkirkara CBD 2010, Malta
Babcock Management 2019 Limited*
Babcock Management Limited
Babcock Marine & Technology Holdings
Limited
Babcock Marine (Clyde) Limited
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
KY11 2YD, Scotland
Babcock Marine (Devonport) Limited
1
Devonport Royal Dockyard, Devonport, Plymouth,
PL1 4SG, England
244 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 245
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
33. Group entities continued
Subsidiaries, wholly owned continued
Babcock Marine
(Rosyth) Limited
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
KY11 2YD, Scotland
Babcock Marine Holdings (UK) Limited
5
Babcock Marine Limited
Babcock Marine Products Limited*
Babcock Marine Training Limited
1
Babcock MCS Congo SA
Avenue Charles de Gaulle, PB 5871, Pointe
-Noire,
PB 5871, The Republic of Congo
Babcock Mission Critical Services
Australasia Pty Ltd
Level 9, 70 Franklin Street, Adelaide SA 5000,
Australia
Babcock Mission Critical Services Design
and Completions Limited
Babcock Mission Critical Services Germany
GmbH
Bismarckstraße 100, 41061 Mönchengladbach
Babcock Mission Critical Services Leasing
Limited
Babcock Mission Critical Services Ltd
Babcock Mission Critical Services Onshore
Limited
Babcock Mission Critical Services
Topco Ltd
1
Babcock Mission Critical Services
UK
Limited
Babcock MSS Limited
Babcock Nuclear Limited
Babcock Oman LLC
P.O. Box 2315, Ghala, Muscat, 130, Oman
Babcock Overseas Investments Limited
Babcock Project Investments Limited
Babcock Project Services Limited
Babcock Pty Ltd
Level 9, 70 Franklin Street, Adelaide SA 5000,
Australia
Babcock Rail Limited
Babcock Services Group Limited
Babcock Services Limited
Babcock Southern Careers Limited*
2
Babcock Southern Holdings Limited
6
Babcock Support Services (Investments)
Limited
Babcock Support Services GmbH
Bismarckstraße 100, 41061 Mönchengladbach
Babcock Support Services Limited
8
103 Waterloo Street, Glasgow, Scotland, G2 7BW,
United Kingdom
Babcock Support Services s.r.l.
Corso Vercelli, 40, 20145, Milano, Italy
Babcock Training Limited
Babcock UK Finance
Babcock Ukraine Limited
Babcock USA LLC
1
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808,
United States
Babcock US Investments
(Number
Two) LLC
1
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808,
United States
Babcock US Investments Inc.
1
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808,
United States
Babcock US Investments Limited
5
Babcock Vehicle Engineering Limited
4
BNS Pension
Trustees Limited*
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
KY11 2YD, Scotland
BNS Pensions Limited*
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
KY11 2YD, Scotland
Bond Aviation Topco Limited
5
Brooke Marine Shipbuilders Limited*
Cavendish Nuclear (Overseas) Limited*
Cavendish Nuclear (USA) Incorporated
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808,
United States
Cavendish Nuclear Japan KK
Regus Tokyo, Arca Central
Office 104, Arca Central
Building 14F 1
-2-1, Kinshi , Sumida-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Cavendish Nuclear Limited
5
Chepstow Insurance Limited
PO Box 155, Mill Court, La Charroterie, St Peter Port,
GY1
4ET, Guernsey
Crucible Training Systems Limited*
Devonport Royal Dockyard Limited
9
Devonport Royal Dockyard, Devonport, Plymouth,
PL1 4SG, United Kingdom
Devonport Royal Dockyard Pension
Trustees Limited*
Devonport Royal Dockyard, Devonport, Plymouth,
PL1 4SG, United Kingdom
FBM Babcock Marine Holdings (UK)
Limited*
FBM Babcock Marine Limited*
FBM Marine International (UK) Limited*
Flagship Fire Fighting Training Limited
Heli Aviation China Limited*
Rooms 05
-15, 13 A/F South Tower, World Finance
Centre, Harbour City, 17 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui,
Kowloon, Hong Kong
INAER Helicopter Chile S.A.*
2880 Americo Vespucio Norte Avenue, Suite 1102,
Conchali, Santiago, Chile
INAER Helicopter Peru S.A.C.
(In
liquidation)
1118 Av. Los Conquistadores,
Santa Cruz, San Isidro, Lima, Peru
LGE IP
Management Company Ltd
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
Scotland, KY11 2YD, United Kingdom
Liquid Gas Equipment Limited
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
Scotland, KY11 2YD, United Kingdom
Liquid Gas Equipment LLC
1
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808,
United States
Marine Engineering & Fabrications
(Holdings) Limited*
Marine Engineering & Fabrications Limited*
Marine Industrial Design Limited
c/o Babcock Central Office, HMNZ Dockyard,
Devonport Naval
Base, Queens Parade, Devonport,
Auckland, 0744, New Zealand
Naval Ship Management (Australia) Pty Ltd
9, 70 Franklin Street, Adelaide, SA 5000, Australia
Peterhouse Group Limited
Peterhouse GmbH
Bismarckstraße 100, 41061 Mönchengladbach
Port Babcock Rosyth Limited*
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
KY11 2YD, Scotland
Rosyth Royal Dockyard Limited
10
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
KY11 2YD, Scotland
Rosyth Royal Dockyard Pension Trustees
Limited*
Rosyth Business Park, Rosyth, Dunfermline, Fife,
KY11 2YD, Scotland
SBRail Limited*
Vosper Thornycroft (UK) Limited
245Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Group financial statements continued
246 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
33. Group entities continued
Subsidiaries, partly owned:
Airwork Technical Services & Partners LLC
(51.0%)
PO Box 248 (Muaskar Al Murtafa’a (MAM) Garrison),
Muscat, 100, Sultanate of Oman
Babcock Africa (Pty) Limited (90.0%)
7
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road, Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock Africa Holdings (Pty) Ltd (90.0%)
11
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road, Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock Africa Services (Pty) Ltd (90.0%)
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road, Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock Aviation Services Holdings
International Limited (49.82%)
11
52 St Christopher Street, Valletta, VLT 1462, Malta
Babcock Dyncorp Limited
9
(56.0%)
Babcock Education and Training (Pty) Ltd
(90.0%)
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road,
Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock Financial Services (Pty) Ltd
(90.0%)
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road, Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock Learning and Development
Partnership LLP (80.1%)
Babcock MCS Ghana Limited (90.0%)
No. 9, Carrot Avenue, Adjacent Lizzy Sport Complex,
East Legon, Accra, Ghana
Babcock Mission Critical Services (Ireland)
Limited (49.82%)
13
-18 City Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland
Babcock Mission Critical Services France SA
(49.82%)
Lieu dit le
Portaret, 83340, Le Cannet-des-Maures,
France
Babcock Moçambique Limitada (90.0%)
Av. Samora Machel 3380/1, Mozambique
Babcock Namibia Services Pty Ltd (90.0%)
Unit 3 Ground Floor, Dr Agostinho Neto Road,
Ausspann Plaza, Ausspanplatz, Windhoek,
Namibia
Babcock Ntuthuko Aviation (Pty) Limited
(66.78%)*
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road, Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock Ntuthuko Engineering (Pty)
Limited (46.37%)
9
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road, Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock Ntuthuko Powerlines (Pty) Limited
(46.81%)*
Unit G3 Victoria House, Plot 132 Independence
Avenue, Gaborone, Botswana
Babcock Plant Services (Pty) Ltd (64.82%)
5
Riley Road Office Park, 15E Riley Road, Bedfordview,
Gauteng, 2007, South Africa
Babcock TCM Plant (Proprietary) Limited
(90.0%)
7
Unit G3 Victoria House, Plot 132 Independence
Avenue, Gaborone, Botswana
Babcock Zambia Limited (90.0%)
16 Arusha, Town Centre, Ndola, Copper Belt, Zambia
Cognac Formation Aero (90.0%)
Base Aérienne 709 Cognac 16100 Châteaubernard,
France
National Training Institute LLC (70.0%)
PO Box 267, MadinatQaboos, Sultanate of Oman,
115 Oman
Joint ventures and associates
(equity accounted):
ABC Electrification Ltd (33.3%)
9
8th Floor, The
Place, High Holborn, London, WC1V
7AA
AirTanker Services Limited (23.5%)
12
AirTanker Hub RAF Brize Norton, Carterton,
Oxfordshire, England, OX18 3LX, United Kingdom
Alert Communications Group Holdings
Limited (20.0%)
Alkali Metal Processing Limited (50.0%)
Ascent Flight Training (Holdings) Limited
(50.0%)
Cavendish Boccard Nuclear Limited
(51.0%)
Cavendish Dounreay Partnership Limited
(50.0%)
9
Cavendish Fluor Partnership Limited
(65.0%)
Debut Services (South West) Limited
(50.0%)
20 Triton
Street, Regent’s Place, London, NW1 3BF,
United Kingdom
Duqm Naval Dockyard SAOC (49.0%)
The Special Economic Zone at Duqm, Al
-Duqm,
Al
-Wusta’a, 3972 112, Oman
FSP (2004) Limited (50.0%)
1
8 Stephenson Place, Hamilton International
Technology Park, Blantyre, G72 0LH, Scotland
Okeanus Vermogensverwaltungs
GmbH & Co. KG (50.0%)
Vorsetzen 54, 20459, Hamburg, Germany
Wholly owned subsidiaries with registered
office at 55 Baker Street, London,
W1U 7EU, United Kingdom, in Members
Voluntary Liquidation:
Babcock Civil Infrastructure Limited; Bond
Aviation Leasing Limited.
Wholly owned subsidiaries with registered
office at 5 Temple Square, Temple Street,
Liverpool, L2 5RH, in Members Voluntary
Liquidation:
Babcock Infrastructure Holdings LLP.
Skills2Learn Limited
Joint venture, with registered office at
18-22 Lloyd Street, Manchester, M2 5WA
United Kingdom, in Members Voluntary
Liquidation:
ALC (Superholdco) Limited (50.0%)
13
Notes
* Dormant entity.
1. Holding of two types of ordinary shares.
2. Holding of three types of ordinary shares.
3. Holding of four types of ordinary shares.
4. Holding of six types of ordinary shares.
5. Holding of ordinary and preference shares.
6. Holding of ordinary and deferred shares.
7. Holding of ordinary and redeemable
preference shares.
8. Holding of ordinary and five types of
preference shares.
9. Holding of one type of ordinary share only,
where more than one type of share is authorised
or in issue.
10. Holding of two types of ordinary shares, where
more than two types of share are authorised or
in issue.
11. Holding of one type of ordinary share and one
type of preference share, where more than two
types of share are authorised or in issue.
12. Year end 31 December.
13. Year end 30 June.
246 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Company statement of financial position
As at 31 March
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 247
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
Note
31 March 2024
£m
31 March 2023
£m
Non
-current assets
Investment in subsidiaries
5
3,450.7
3,449.5
Trade and other receivables
6
463.4
2,585.5
3,914.1 6,035.0
Current assets
Trade and other
receivables
6
165.1 236.7
Other financial assets
1.1
Cash and cash equivalents
150.4
166.2
387.1
Total assets
4,080.3 6,422.1
Non-current liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
7
742.5
744.4
Other financial liabilities
8
48.6 47.4
791.1
791.8
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
9
518.2
2,893.5
518.2
2,893.5
Total liabilities
1,309.3 3,685.3
Net assets
2,771.0 2,736.8
Equity
Called up share capital
10
303.4
303.4
Share premium account
873.0 873.0
Capital redemption reserve
30.6 30.6
Other reserve
768.8
768.8
Retained earnings
795.2
761.0
Total equity
2,771.0
2,736.8
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Company statement of financial position. Company number 02342138.
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption granted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 whereby no
individual income statement of the Company is disclosed. The Company’s profit (2023: loss) for the financial year was £35.5 million
(2023: £4.3 million).
The financial statements on pages 247 to 255 were approved by the Board of Directors on 25 July 2024 and are signed on its
behalf by:
David Lockwood OBE David Mellors
Director Director
247Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Company statement of changes in equity
248 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
Share
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m
Other
reserve
£m
Capital
redemption
£m
Retained
earnings
£m
Total
equity
£m
At 31 March 2022 (restated)
303.4 873.0 768.8 30.6 757.0 2,732.8
Loss
for the year
(4.3)
(4.3)
Other comprehensive income
(1)
(1.5)
(1.5)
Total comprehensive income
(5.8)
(5.8)
Share-based payments
9.4 9.4
Tax on share
-based payments
0.4 0.4
Net movement in equity
4.0 4.0
At 31 March 2023
303.4
873.0
768.8
30.6
761.0
2,736.8
Profit for the year
35.5
35.5
Other comprehensive income
(1)
2.8
2.8
Total comprehensive income
38.3 38.3
Dividends
(8.5)
(8.5)
Share-based payments
12.4
12.4
Tax on share-based payments
4.5
4.5
Purchase of own shares
(12.5)
(12.5)
Net movement in equity
34.2
34.2
At 31 March 2024
303.4
873.0
768.8
30.6
795.2
2,771.0
1. Other comprehensive income relates to hedge reserve movements net of deferred tax of £2.8 million (2023: £1.5 million).
The other reserve relates to the rights issue of new ordinary shares on 7 May 2014 and the capital redemption reserve relates to the
issue and redemption of redeemable ‘B’ preference shares in 2001.
The retained earnings account includes £289.3 million (2023: £286.5 million), the distribution of which is limited by statutory
or other restrictions.
248 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Notes to the Company financial statements
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 249
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
1. General information
Babcock International Group PLC (‘the Company) is incorporated and domiciled in England, UK. The address of the registered office
is 33 Wigmore Street, London, W1U 1QX. The Company has no ultimate controlling party. The principal activity of the Company is that
of a holding company. The Company also arranges certain borrowing facilities on behalf of the wider Group.
2. Material accounting policy information
The material accounting policy information adopted in the preparation of these financial statements is set out below. Material
accounting policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented.
Basis of accounting
The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under Financial Reporting Standard 100 (FRS 100) issued by the Financial
Reporting Council. Accordingly, these financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101
‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (FRS 101). In preparing these financial statements, the company applies the recognition and
measurement requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the UK, but makes amendments where
necessary in order to comply with the Companies Act 2006 and sets out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions
has been taken:
Paragraphs 45(b) and 46 to 52 of IFRS 2, ‘Share-based payments’
IFRS 7, ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’
Paragraphs 91 to 99 of IFRS 13, ‘Fair value measurement’ (disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value
measurement of assets and liabilities)
Paragraph 38 of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’ comparative information in respect of:
paragraph 79(a) (iv) of IAS 1, ‘Share capital and reserves’;
paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’; and
paragraph 118(e) of IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’ (reconciliations between the carrying amount at the beginning and end of
the year).
The following paragraphs of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’:
10(d), 10(f), 16, 38A-38D, 40A-40D, 111, and 134-136.
IAS 7, ‘Statement of cash flows’
Paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8, ‘Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors’
Paragraph 17 of IAS 24, ‘Related party transactions’ in respect of key management compensation
The requirements of IAS 24, ‘Related party disclosures’ to disclose related party transactions entered into between two or more
members of a group.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis using the historical cost convention, as modified by the
revaluation of certain financial instruments. The financial statements are prepared in Sterling which is the functional currency of the
Company and rounded to the nearest £0.1 million.
There were no changes to accounting standards that had a material impact on these Financial Statements. New accounting standards,
amendments and interpretations not yet adopted are also not anticipated to have a material impact on future periods.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 101 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies.
After making enquiries, the Directors, at the time of approving the financial statements, have a reasonable expectation that the
Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Directors consider
it appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements.
Investments
Investments are stated at cost less provision for impairment in value.
Investments are reviewed for impairment at least annually. The recoverable amount is measured as the higher of fair value less costs of
disposal, and value-in-use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows of the underlying investment are discounted to their
present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific
to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
When the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised immediately in the Company income statement.
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of the
recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined
if no impairment loss had been recognised in prior years.
249Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Company financial statements continued
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 250
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
2. Material accounting policy information continued
Taxation
Current income tax
Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or
substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.
Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax basis of assets and
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, if the deferred income tax arises from initial recognition of
an asset or liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor
taxable profit or loss, it is not accounted for. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted, or
substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset
is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the
temporary differences can be utilised.
Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in either other comprehensive
income or in equity.
Finance costs
Finance costs are recognised as an expense in the year in which they are incurred.
Employee benefits
(a) Share-based compensation
The Company operates equity-settled, share-based compensation plans which are either recharged to the relevant subsidiaries or
recognised as capital contributions in the associated investments. Full details of the share-based compensation plans are disclosed
in note 24 to the Group financial statements.
(b) Pension arrangements
The Company operates a multi-employer defined benefit pension scheme, however all assets and liabilities are recognised in the
relevant subsidiary in which the employee operates. See note 25 to the Group financial statements for further details.
Financial instruments
(a) Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are classified as financial assets held at amortised cost. Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
and bank loans and overdrafts are classified as financial liabilities held at amortised cost. These balances are initially recognised at fair value
and then held at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
The Company assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with financial assets held at amortised cost.
The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.
(b) Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair
value. The Company designates certain of the derivative instruments within its portfolio to be hedges of the fair value of recognised
assets or liabilities or unrecognised firm commitments.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement,
together with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.
For derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges, gains and losses are deferred in equity until such time as the firm commitment is recognised.
Certain derivatives do not qualify or are not designated as hedging instruments and any movement in their fair value is recognised
in profit or loss immediately.
Financial risk management
All treasury transactions are carried out only with investment grade counterparties as are investments of cash and cash equivalents.
250 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 251
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
2. Material accounting policy information continued
Company guarantees
The Company has guaranteed or has joint and several liability for bank facilities with £8.3 million utilisation at 31 March 2024 (2023:
£18.9 million) provided to certain Group companies. The Company has reviewed and concluded that these arrangements constitute
financial guarantee contracts. IFRS 17 allows an accounting policy choice to account for such contracts under either IFRS 9 or IFRS 17.
This policy choice can vary from contract to contract however the choice for each contract is irrevocable. The Company has elected
to apply IFRS 9 (rather than IFRS 17) to such arrangements. These guarantees are measured initially at their fair values, and subsequently
measured at the higher of the expected credit loss and the amount initially recognised less cumulative amortisation.
The Company has guaranteed the performance of certain contracts by subsidiaries with their customers. The Company has reviewed
and concluded that some of these performance guarantee contracts also meet the definition of financial guarantee contracts (thereby
granting a policy choice between IFRS 9 and IFRS 17), whilst others do not meet the definition of a financial guarantee contract (thereby
requiring accounting under IFRS 17). In all instances, the Company has elected to apply IFRS 17 (rather than IFRS 9) to performance
guarantee contracts in issue as at 31 March 2024.
The probability of losses on performance guarantees has been assessed and it has been determined that the probability is remote after
consideration of both historical and forward-looking triggers. As such the estimated liability is immaterial. As a result, no transition
accounting entries were required as at 1 April 2023.
Dividends
Dividends are recognised in the Company’s financial statements in the year in which they are approved and in the case of interim
dividends, when paid.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported for assets and liabilities as at the statement of financial position date and the amounts reported for revenues and
expenses during the year. However, the nature of estimation means that actual outcomes could differ from those estimates.
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations
of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. We have not identified any key sources of estimation
uncertainty impacting the reporting period. Other estimates that are not key sources of estimation uncertainty are discussed below.
Estimates which are not key sources of estimation uncertainty
The carrying value of investment in subsidiaries is tested annually for impairment, in accordance with IAS 36. The impairment
assessment is based on assumptions in relation to the cash flows expected to be generated by the subsidiaries, together with
appropriate discounting of the cash flows.
In the prior year, the carrying value of investments in subsidiaries was identified as a critical accounting estimate given the significance
of the remaining carrying value, the headroom within the base case and the inherent level of estimation uncertainty required to
undertake impairment testing.
In the current year, we have not identified the carrying value of investments in subsidiaries as a critical accounting estimate as the
headroom in the base case has increased such that no reasonably possible changes in assumptions could result in the complete
elimination of the headroom.
Critical accounting judgements
There are not considered to be any critical accounting judgements in respect of the Company for the current period.
3. Company profit
The Company has no employees other than the Directors.
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption granted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 whereby no individual profit
and loss account of the Company is disclosed. The Company’s profit for the financial year was £35.5 million (2023: loss of £4.3 million).
Fees payable to the parent auditor and its associates in respect of the audit of the Company’s financial statements were £1.8 million
(2023: £1.9 million).
4. Directors’ emoluments
Under Schedule 5 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (Schedule 5), total
Directors’ emoluments, excluding Company pension contributions, were £4.9 million (2023: £3.1 million); these amounts are
calculated on a different basis from emoluments in the Remuneration report which are calculated under Schedule 8 of the Large and
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (Schedule 8 (2013)). These emoluments
were paid for the Directors’ services on behalf of Babcock International Group. No emoluments relate specifically to their work for the
Company. Under Schedule 5, the aggregate gain made by Directors from the exercise of Long Term Incentive Plans in 2024 as at the
date of exercise was £1.0 million (2023: £nil) and the net aggregate value of assets received by Directors in the year ended 31 March
2024 from Long Term Incentive Plans as calculated at the date of vesting was £1.1 million (2023: £nil); these amounts are calculated
on a different basis from the valuation of share plan benefits under Schedule 8 (2013) in the Remuneration report.
251Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Company financial statements continued
252 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
5. Investment in subsidiary undertakings
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Cost at 1 April
3,449.5
2,466.5
Additions
1.2
983.0
Cost at 31 March
3,450.7
3,449.5
Investment additions in the prior year relate wholly to the conversion of preference shares in subsidiary undertakings, which matured
by mutual agreement of both parties on 31 March 2023.
Investment additions in the current year relate to the capitalisation of share-based payments charges not recharged to the associated
Group undertaking.
At 31 March 2024, the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets of £2,771.0 million exceeded the Group’s market capitalisation
of £2.6 billion (2023: £1.5 billion). As a result, management performed an impairment test of the Company’s investments in line with
the requirements of IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’.
Results of the impairment test for the year ended 31 March 2024
This impairment test for the year ended 31 March 2024 did not result in an impairment.
Impairment methodology
Cash-generating units
The CGU for the purpose of this analysis is the Group as a whole, as the Company has an investment in a single holding company
through which it indirectly owns the rest of the Group. The recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of its value-in-use and its fair
value less costs of disposal.
Calculation of recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of the Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings was assessed by reference to value-in-use calculations.
Note 10 of the Group financial statements sets out further details in relation to how the value-in-use calculations are determined.
Key assumptions
The key assumptions to which the recoverable amount of the Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings is most sensitive are
future cash flows, long-term growth rates and discount rates. Further details on how these inputs are determined are set out in Note 10
of the Group financial statements.
The discount rates and long-term growth rates used to determine the recoverable amount of the Company’s investment in subsidiary
undertakings are set out below.
31 March 2024
31 March 2023
Aviation Land Marine Nuclear Aviation Land Marine Nuclear
Pre
-tax discount rate 13.2 12.2
12.2 12.6
13.1 13.1 13.1 12.4
Post-tax discount rate
9.8
9.0
9.0
9.3
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.3
Long-term growth rate
2.0
2.2
2.1
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.0
1.9
Sensitivity
The Directors carried out sensitivity analyses on the reasonably possible changes in key assumptions used to determine the recoverable
value of the Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings. No reasonably possible changes in estimates led to any potential
impairment being identified with headroom remaining under these reasonably possible sensitivities.
252 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 253
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
6. Trade and other receivables
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Non-current
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
454.8
2,581.7
Deferred tax
8.6 3.8
Total non
-current trade and other receivables
463.4 2,585.5
Current
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
164.8
236.6
Prepayments
0.3
0.1
Total current trade and other receivables
165.1
236.7
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings that do not carry interest are repayable on demand.
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are held at amortised cost less expected credit losses. The Company’s profit for the year
includes a reversal of expected credit losses of £69.9 million (2023: charge of £117.4 million). As at 31 March 2024, the amount due
from subsidiary undertakings is stated net of an expected credit loss provision of £47.5 million (2023: £117.4 million).
The amounts recorded in the prior year were impacted by a change in assessed credit risk following the disposal of the Aerial Emergency
Services business. Reversals recorded in the current year have resulted following the settlement of a number of balances during the year.
Interest rates on amounts owed by subsidiary operations:
Non-current Current
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
EURIBOR + 4.0%
24.4
152.7
EURIBOR + 2.0%
13.1
EURIBOR + 1.5%
5.4
EURIBOR + 0.0%
0.8
SONIA + 1.5%
93.0
SONIA + 4.0%
29.2
89.7
USD LIBOR + 4.0%
5.8
STIBOR + 4%
6.8
BBSW + 1.5%
23.9
NIBOR + 4.0%
6.7
4.5%
100.8
Interest
-free 231.8
2,424.8
164.8 64.2
454.8
2,581.7
164.8
236.6
253Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Notes to the Company financial statements continued
254 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
7. Bank and other borrowings
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Non
-current
Bank loans and other borrowings
742.5
744.4
The Company has £1,517.5 million (2023: £1,968.0 million) of committed borrowing facilities, of which £742.5 million (2023:
£768.4 million) was drawn at the year end. The effective interest rates applying to bank loans and other borrowings were as follows:
31 March
2024
%
31 March
2023
%
UK bank overdraft
6.4
5.4
8-year Eurobond September 2027 fixed
2.9
2.9
8-year Eurobond September 2027 floating
6.9 6.3
£300 million bond 2026
1.9 1.9
8. Other financial liabilities
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Non-current
Other financial liabilities currency and interest rate swaps
48.6
47.4
Disclosures in respect of the fair value of other financial assets and liabilities are provided in note 21 to the Group accounts.
9. Trade and other payables
31 March
2024
£m
31 March
2023
£m
Current
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
512.4
2,887.6
Accruals and deferred income
5.8
5.9
518.2
2,893.5
The amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are repayable on demand and £512.4 million (2023: £2,887.6 million) is interest-free.
10. Share capital
Ordinary shares
of 60p
Number
Total
£m
Allotted, issued and fully paid
At 1 April 2023 and 31 March 2024
505,596,597
303.4
Allotted, issued and fully paid
At 1 April 2022 and 31 March 2023
505,596,597
303.4
254 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024 255
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
11. Contingent liabilities, financial guarantee contracts and performance guarantee contracts
(a) The Company has guaranteed or has joint and several liability for bank overdraft facilities that are shared across multiple Group
companies with overdrawn balances of £8.3 million at 31 March 2024 (2023: £18.9 million).
(b) Throughout the Group, guarantees exist in respect of performance bonds and indemnities issued on behalf of Group companies
by banks and insurance companies in the ordinary course of business. At 31 March 2024 these amounted to £277.5 million (2023:
£257.8 million), of which the Company had counter-indemnified £236.5 million (2023: £249.2 million). The liability recognised
in respect of these guarantees in the balance sheet as at both 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023 is immaterial.
(c) The Company has given guarantees on behalf of Group companies in connection with the completion of contracts
within specification. The liability recognised in respect of these guarantees in the balance sheet as at both 31 March 2024 and
31 March 2023 is immaterial.
12. Group entities
See note 33 of the Group financial statements for further details.
13. Events after the reporting period
See note 32 of the Group financial statements for further details.
255Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Strategic report Governance Financial statements
Shareholder information
256 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
Classification:IN-CONFIDENCE
Financial calendar
Financial year end
31 March 2024
202
3/24 full-year audited results announced 26 July 2024
Annual General Meeting
19 September 2024
Final dividend payment date (record date 23 August 2024)
30 September 2024
Registered office and
Company number
33 Wigmore Street
London, W1U 1QX
Registered in England
Company number 02342138
Registrars
Link Group
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds, LS1 4DL
Email:
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk
www.babcock-shares.com
Shareholdings can be managed by
registering for the Share Portal at
www.babcock-shares.com. Alternatively,
shareholder enquiries relating to
shareholding, dividend payments, change
of address, loss of share certificate etc,
can be addressed to Link using their postal
or email addresses given above.
Tel: +44 (0)37 1664 0300
(Calls are charged at standard geographic
rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside
the United Kingdom will be charged
at the applicable international rate.
Lines are open 9.00am 5.30pm,
Monday to Friday excluding public
holidays in England and Wales.)
www.babcock-shares.com
ShareGift
If you have only a small number of shares
which would cost more for you to sell than
they are worth, you may wish to consider
donating them to the charity ShareGift
(Registered Charity 1052686) which
specialises in accepting such shares
as donations.
Further information about ShareGift may
be obtained on 020 7930 3737 or from
www.ShareGift.org
256 Babcock International Group PLC / Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024